You are on page 1of 315

TSUBAKI

TSUBAKI GEAR MOTORS


TSUBAKI

TSUBAKI
TSUBAKI
TSUBAKI

T S UB A KI G EAR M O TO RS
TSUBAKI

Mechanical overload protection device


TSUBAKI

Mechanical overload protection device


TSUBAKI
TSUBAKI
Nomenclature, Model lineup

■Model number
GEAR MOTOR TA series

GMTA040-28L75□□□□
① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦

GMTA220-63F200B□□□
① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦
Nomenclature, model lineup

① Product GMTA Motorized type


series name GRTA Inline reducer type and adapter type Combination of specification codes and option codes
② Motor capacity 010 Three-phase 0.1 kW
(example) 220 Three-phase 2.2 kW 0.1kW∼0.75kW
③ Frame number (example) 38 Frame number 38 Specification code for None Specification code for B Specification
④ Mounting type L Foot mount type Z ZW ZWV W WV (0.1kWonly)
code for CB
U Face mount type ZJ ZJV WC WCV
Z ZV ZVH
F Flange mount ZV ZVH Z ZV ZVH
V
⑤ Reduction ratio (example) 1200 1/1200 ZH ZVQ
⑥ Specification No code Without B or CB or BE W WN ZVM
code B Brake type WV WV1 ZH ZHQ Specification
CB Clutch brake type WV2 ZHM code for BE
FI Adapter type WV3 ZQ ZQM Z ZV ZVH
BE Encoder type WV4 ZM V VH
SR Shock relay specification (0.75 kW excluded) WVN V VN H
⑦ Option code Z Inverter motor type J JV JV1 VH VHQ
(Order of priority) W Outdoor type JV2 VHM
WC Outdoor type with continuous nominal (Brake type with 0.2 to 0.75 kW only) Specification
JV3 VQ VQM
J code for SR
Waterproof specification JV4 VM
N
V 400V class (400/400/440V 50/50/60Hz) V VH V1 V1H
V1 380V50Hz VN V2 V2H
V2 380V60Hz VN2 V3 V3H
V3 415V50Hz V1 V1H V4 V4H
V4 460V60Hz V2 V2H N
N 200V class Ready for CE V3 V3H N2
N2 200V class Ready for UL V4 V4H PN3 PVN3
PN3 200V class Ready for CCC (resin terminal box) VH HN3 HVN3
HN3 200V class Ready for CCC (hard terminal box) N H HQ HQM
WN3 200V class CCC outdoor Global N2 HM
VN 400V class Ready for CE seriesNote) PN3 PVN3 Q QM
VN2 400V class Ready for UL HN3 HVN3 M
PVN3 400V class Ready for CCC (resin terminal box) WN3 WVN3 A1
HVN3 400V class Ready for CCC (hard terminal box) H A2
WVN3 400V class CCC outdoor A1
H Hard terminal box A2
Q One-touch manual release type
M Manual shaft type 1.5kW∼5.5kW
A1 Heat-resistance specification Specification code for None Specification code for B Specification
A2 Low-temperature-proof specification code for CB
Z ZW ZWV Z ZV ZVQ
Note) Refer to page 301 for global series voltage. Z ZV
ZV ZQ
V VQ V
W WV
WV1 V1
WV2 V2
■Supplementary code (indicated on the second line of the model number) WV3 V3 Specification
WV4 V4 code for BE
1.Terminal box position 3. Paint color (standard color: Munsell 2.5G6/3) WN WVN Q Z ZV
  P1:90°swing(1.5 kW to 5.5 kW only)   C0: Light gray (Munsell N7.5) V VN V

  P2: 180°swing   C1: Light silver metallic V1

  P3:240°swing (1.5 kW to 5.5 kW only)   C2: Ivory white V2


V3
  C3: Dark silver metallic
V4
2. Terminal box outlet direction
N
0.1 kW to 0.75 kW: Outdoor type, Hard terminal box 1.5 kW to 5.5 kW: Standard type, Outdoor Terminal box
A1
  D1: 90°swing   E1: 90°swing A2
  D2: 180°swing   E2: 180°swing Note)Combinations of outdoor-type with a brake and
  D3: 270°swing   E3: 270°swing waterproof type are made-to-order products.
  Note) Standard terminal boxes do not have an outlet direction code. Motor specification differs from standard
products. Please contact us for details.
※Refer to the next page for details about the mounting direction and outlet direction of the terminal box.
19
GEAR MOTOR TA series

■Model lineup

GEAR MOTOR TA series


Three-phase motor: Foot mount type (Non-brake type, Brake type)
5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 120 165 200 300 360 450 600 720 1000 1200

0.1kW 18L 24L 28L 38L

0.2kW 18L 24L 28L 38L 42L

0.4kW 24L 28L 38L 42L 50L

0.75kW 28L 38L 42L 50L

1.5kW 38L 42L 50L

2.2kW 42L 50L 63L

3.7kW 50L

5.5kW 50L

Nomenclature, model lineup


Three-phase motor: Face mount type, flange mount type (Non-brake type, Brake type)
5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 120 165 200 300 360 450 600 720 1000 1200

0.1kW 18U 24U 28U 38U

0.2kW 18U 24U 28U 38U 42F

0.4kW 24U 28U 38U 42F 50F

0.75kW 28U 38U 42F 50F

1.5kW 38U 42F 50F

2.2kW 42F 50F 63F

3.7kW 50F

5.5kW 50F

Single-phase motor (Made-to-order products)


5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 120 165 200 300 360 450 600 720 1000 1200

100W
(Foot mount type, Face mount type, Flange mount type) This range is the design-stock type. Please contact us for details.
200W

Mounting direction and lead outlet of the terminal box

 1. Terminal box position codes ※When the reduction ratio of 0.1 kW and 0.2 kW is 1/300 to 1/1200, the terminal box position
is inclined to 15°from the horizontal position and becomes as shown in the following figure.
  0.1 kW to 0.75 kW : P2 only
 (D1 and D3 directions indicate outdoor type and ones with a hard terminal box attached.)
  1.5 kW to 5.5 kW : P1, P2, and P3
D1 Standard P2
Standard P1 P2 P3
D3

D3

D1

 2. Terminal box outlet direction


  Positions D1(E1), D2(E2) and D3(E3) are obtained by sequentially rotating the lead outlet clockwise as viewed toward the terminal box by 90 degrees from the standard position of the lead outlet.

  0.1 kW to 0.75 kW : Outdoor type, Hard terminal box   1.5 kW to 5.5 kW : Standard type, Outdoor type terminal box
   ※In case of the standard motor (one with resin terminal box attached), the outlet
position can be changed by the setting direction of terminal box upper cover.
E2

D1

E3
D2
E1
Standard

D3 Standard

20
Standard specifications GEAR MOTOR TA series

■Specifications
GEAR MOTOR TA series

Three-phase :0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.75, 1.5, 2.2, 3.7, 5.5kW


Output
Non-brake-type, Brake-type

Power supply 200/200/220V 50/60/60Hz

Number of poles 4
Motor

Protection type 0.1kW―Totally-enclosed type (IP44) 0.2 to 5.5kW―Totally-enclosed external fan type (IP44)

Cooling method 0.1kW―Self-cooled type (IC410) 0.2 to 5.5kW―Self managed type (IC411)

Starting method ー

Rating Continuous
Standard specifications

Insulation 0.1kW to 3.7kWーClass E, 5.5kWーClass B

Brake Non-excitation operation, DC electromagnetic brake

Reduction ratio 1/5 to 1/1200


Reducer

Lubricating method Grease lubrication

Start end key way New JIS key (JISB1301-1976): Output shaft key attached (Ordinary-class key way.)

Output shaft end Tapped

Installation place Indoor not exposed to dust or water


Ambient condition

Ambient temperature −20℃ to 40℃

Ambient humidity Less than 85% (non condensing)

Altitude Elevations below 1000m

Atmosphere Free from corrosive gases, explosive gases and steam

Mounting direction No limitations on mounting angles: horizontal, vertical or inclined

Paint color Munsell 2.5G6/3

Note) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.

■Motor specifications
Number Number AC-side brake current
Frequency Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
of Output of Reference value at 20℃
Hz V A r/min
phases poles

0.63/0.57/0.58 1420/1680/1710
0.1kW 0.12
(0.32/0.29/0.29) (1440/1740/1740)

1.2/1.1/1.1 1420/1700/1720
0.2kW 0.12
(0.59/0.55/0.55) (1410/1690/1720)

2.3/2.0/2.0 1380/1650/1680
0.4kW 0.16
(1.2/1.0/1.0) (1390/1670/1700)

3.8/3.4/3.4 1410/1690/1710
0.75kW 0.17
200/200/220 (2.0/1.7/1.7) (1410/1690/1710)
Three-
phase 4 50/60/60
(400/400/440) 7.0/6.2/6.0 1420/1710/1730
1.5kW 0.10
(3.5/3.1/3.0) (1420/1710/1730)

9.8/8.9/8.5 1420/1710/1730
2.2kW 0.10
(4.9/4.5/4.3) (1420/1710/1730)

16.0/14.8/14.0 1420/1710/1730
3.7kW 0.08
(8.0/7.4/7.0) (1420/1710/1730)

23.8/21.0/20.0 1430/1730/1740
5.5kW 0.10
(11.9/10.5/10.0) (1430/1730/1740)

Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) For the brake-type models, the brake current shown above is added for the phase where the brake lead wire is connected to the motor lead wire.
The AC-side brake current is for 200 V AC 60 Hz and 100 V AC 60 Hz.

21
Specification chart GEAR MOTOR TA series

■Specification chart

GEAR MOTOR TA series


reduction steps
Frame number
Motor Output shaft revolution Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Page and drawing number

Number of
Nominal reduction
Model number output r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline dimensions
ratio
kW 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf} Foot mount type Flange mount type
5 1/5 300 360 2.8 {0.29} 2.4 {0.24} 274 { 28} 26− 1 38− 1
10 1/10 150 180 5.7 {0.58} 4.8 {0.49} 431 { 44}
15 1/15 100 120 8.6 {0.88} 7.2 {0.73} 568 { 58}
20 1/20 75 90 11.8 { 1.2} 9.5 {0.97} 686 { 70} 26 38
18 2
25 1/25 60 72 14.7 { 1.5} 11.8 { 1.2} 804 { 82} | |
2 2
30 1/30 50 60 17.6 { 1.8} 14.7 { 1.5} 902 { 92}
40 1/40 37.5 45 22.5 { 2.3} 19.6 { 2.0} 1098 { 112}
50 1/50 30 36 28.4 { 2.9} 23.5 { 2.4} 1264 { 129}

Specification chart
60 1/60 25 30 34.3 { 3.5} 28.4 { 2.9} 1431 { 146}
GMTA010 75 1/75 20 24 43.1 { 4.4} 36.3 { 3.7} 1666 { 170}
26 38
100 0.1 1/100 15 18 56.8 { 5.8} 48.0 { 4.9} 2009 { 205}
24 3 | |
120 1/120 12.5 15 68.6 { 7.0} 56.8 { 5.8} 2274 { 232} 3 3
165 1/165 9.1 10.9 94.1 { 9.6} 78.4 { 8.0} 2813 { 287}
200 1/200 7.5 9 115 {11.7} 95.1 { 9.7} 3195 { 326}
300 1/300 5 6 143 {14.6} 120 {12.2} 3195 { 326} 26 38
360 28 1/360 4.2 5 172 {17.5} 143 {14.6} 3606 { 368} | |
4 4
450 1/450 3.3 4 215 {21.9} 179 {18.3} 4185 { 427}
600 1/600 4 2.5 3 286 {29.2} 239 {24.4} 5076 { 518}
26 38
720 1/720 2.1 2.5 344 {35.1} 286 {29.2} 5733 { 585}
38 | |
1000 1/1000 1.5 1.8 446 {45.5} 319 {32.5} 6664 { 680} 5 5
※ ※
1200 1/1200 1.3 1.5 459 {46.8} 382 {39.0} 6684 { 682}
5 1/5 300 360 5.7 {0.58} 4.7 {0.48} 431 { 44} 28− 1 40− 1
10 1/10 150 180 11.8 { 1.2} 9.5 {0.97} 686 { 70}
15 18 1/15 100 120 17.6 { 1.8} 14.7 { 1.5} 902 { 92}
28 40
| |
20 1/20 2 75 90 22.5 { 2.3} 19.6 { 2.0} 1098 { 112} 2 2
25 1/25 60 72 28.4 { 2.9} 23.5 { 2.4} 1264 { 129}
30 1/30 50 60 34.3 { 3.5} 28.4 { 2.9} 1431 { 146}
40 1/40 37.5 45 46.1 { 4.7} 38.2 { 3.9} 1735 { 177} 28 40
50 24 1/50 30 36 56.8 { 5.8} 48.0 { 4.9} 2009 { 205} | |
3 3
60 1/60 25 30 68.6 { 7.0} 56.8 { 5.8} 2274 { 232}
GMTA020 75 1/75 20 24 86.2 { 8.8} 71.5 { 7.3} 2636 { 269}
100 0.2 1/100 3 15 18 115 {11.7} 95.1 { 9.7} 3195 { 326}
28 40
120 1/120 12.5 15 137 {14.0} 115 {11.7} 3606 { 368}
28 | |
165 1/165 9.1 10.9 189 {19.3} 158 {16.1} 4459 { 455} 4 4
200 1/200 7.5 9 218 {22.2} 181 {18.5} 4822 { 492}
300 1/300 5 6 286 {29.2} 239 {24.4} 4861 { 496} 28 40
360 38 1/360 4.2 5 343 {35.0} 286 {29.2} 5488 { 560} | |
5 5
450 1/450 3.3 4 430 {43.9} 358 {36.5} 5792 { 591}
600 1/600 4 2.5 3 611 {62.3} 509 {51.9} 7301 { 745}
720 1/720 2.1 2.5 733 {74.8} 611 {62.3} 8242 { 841}
28 40
42 | |
1000 1/1000 1.5 1.8 827 {84.4} 689 {70.3} 9800 {1000} 6 6
※ ※ ※ ※
1200 1/1200 1.3 1.5 840 {85.7} 700 {71.4} 9800 {1000}
Note 1) The nominal reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio.
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the nominal reduction ratio.
For the actual reduction ratio, refer to the specification chart for the adapter type/inline reducer type on pages 51 to 52.
Note 3) The models marked with ※ are ones for which the torque limited.

22
Specification chart
GEAR MOTOR TA series

reduction steps
Frame number
Motor Output shaft revolution Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Page and drawing number

Number of
Nominal reduction
Model number output r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline dimensions
ratio
kW 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf} Foot mount type Flange mount type
5 1/5 300 360 12.1  { 1.23 } 10.0 { 1.02} 686 { 70}
10 1/10 150 180 24.5 { 2.5} 20.6 { 2.1} 1098 { 112} 30 42
15 24 1/15 100 120 36.3 { 3.7} 30.4 { 3.1} 1431 { 146} | |
2 1 1
20 1/20 75 90 48.0 { 4.9} 40.2 { 4.1} 1735 { 177}
25 1/25 60 72 60.8 { 6.2} 50.0 { 5.1} 2009 { 205}
30 1/30 50 60 72.5 { 7.4} 60.8 { 6.2} 2274 { 232}
40 1/40 37.5 45 94.1 { 9.6} 78.4 { 8.0} 2754 { 281} 30 42
50 28 1/50 30 36 118 { 12.0} 98.0 { 10.0} 3195 { 326} | |
Specification chart

2 2
60 1/60 25 30 140 { 14.3} 118 { 12.0} 3606 { 368}
GMTA040 75 1/75 20 24 175 { 17.9} 146 { 14.9} 4185 { 427}
3
100 0.4 1/100 15 18 234 { 23.9} 195 { 19.9} 5076 { 518}
30 42
120 1/120 12.5 15 281 { 28.7} 234 { 23.9} 5733 { 585}
38 | |
165 1/165 9.1 10.9 364 { 37.1} 303 { 30.9} 6664 { 680} 3 3
200 1/200 7.5 9 389 { 39.7} 324 { 33.1} 6684 { 682}
300 1/300 5 6 611 { 62.3} 509 { 51.9} 7301 { 745} 30 42
360 42 1/360 4.2 5 733 { 74.8} 611 { 62.3} 8242 { 841} | |
4 4
450 1/450 3.3 4 916 { 93.5} 763 { 77.9} 9565 { 976}
600 1/600 4 2.5 3 1222 {124.7} 1018 {103.9} 11584 {1182}
720 1/720 2.1 2.5 1466 {149.6} 1222 {124.7} 13073 {1334}
30 42
50 | |
1000 1/1000 1.5 1.8 1654 {168.8} 1379 {140.7} 13230 {1350} 5 5

1200 1/1200 1.3 1.5 1680 ※
{171.4} ※
1400 ※
{142.9} 13230 {1350}
5 1/5 300 360 22.6  { 2.31 } 18.8 { 1.92} 1049 { 107}
10 1/10 150 180 45.1 { 4.6} 38.2 { 3.9} 1666 { 170} 31 43
15 28 1/15 100 120 67.6 { 6.9} 56.8 { 5.8} 2176 { 222} | |
2 1 1
20 1/20 75 90 91.1 { 9.3} 75.5 { 7.7} 2636 { 269}
25 1/25 60 72 114 { 11.6} 94.1 { 9.6} 3058 { 312}
30 1/30 50 60 136 { 13.9} 114 { 11.6} 3459 { 353}
40 1/40 37.5 45 175 { 17.9} 146 { 14.9} 4185 { 427} 31 43
50 38 1/50 30 36 220 { 22.4} 183 { 18.7} 4861 { 496} | |
2 2
GMTA075 60 0.75 1/60 25 30 264 { 26.9} 220 { 22.4} 5488 { 560}
75 1/75 20 24 300 { 30.6} 250 { 25.5} 5792 { 591}
3
100 1/100 15 18 439 { 44.8} 369 { 37.7} 7301 { 745}
120 1/120 12.5 15 527 { 53.8} 439 { 44.8} 8242 { 841}
31 43
42 | |
165 1/165 9.1 10.9 724 { 73.9} 604 { 61.6} 9800 {1000} 3 3
※ ※
200 1/200 7.5 9 735 { 75.0} 613 { 62.5} 9800 {1000}
300 1/300 5 6 1146 {116.9} 955 { 97.4} 9418 { 961} 31 43
360 50 1/360 4 4.2 5 1289 {131.5} 1074 {109.6} 10633 {1085} | |
※ 4 4
450 1/450 3.3 4 1396 ※
{142.4} ※
1163 ※
{118.7} 12338 {1259}
5 1/5 300 360 45.3  { 4.62 } 37.7 { 3.85} 1666 { 170}
10 1/10 150 180 91.1 { 9.3} 75.5 { 7.7} 2548 { 260}
32 44
15 1/15 100 120 136 { 13.9} 114 { 11.6} 3342 { 341}
38 2 | |
20 1/20 75 90 181 { 18.5} 151 { 15.4} 4047 { 413} 1 1
25 1/25 60 72 226 { 23.1} 189 { 19.3} 4694 { 479}
30 1/30 50 60 272 { 27.8} 226 { 23.1} 5302 { 541}
40 1/40 37.5 45 351 { 35.8} 293 { 29.9} 6292 { 642}
GMTA150 1.5 32 44
50 1/50 30 36 439 { 44.8} 366 { 37.3} 7301 { 745}
42 | |
60 1/60 25 30 527 { 53.8} 439 { 44.8} 8242 { 841} 2 2
75 1/75 20 24 659 { 67.2} 549 { 56.0} 9565 { 976}
3
100 1/100 15 18 878 { 89.6} 732 { 74.7} 11584 {1182}
120 1/120 12.5 15 1054 {107.5} 878 { 89.6} 13073 {1334} 32 44
50 | |
165 1/165 9.1 10.9 1449 {147.9} 1207 {123.2} 13230 {1350} 3 3

200 1/200 7.5 9 1470 ※
{150.0} ※
1225 ※
{125.0} 13230 {1350}
Note 1) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
For the actual reduction ratio, refer to the specification chart for the adapter type/inline reducer type on pages 51 to 52.
Note 2) The models marked with ※ are ones for which the torque limited.

23
GEAR MOTOR TA series

GEAR MOTOR TA series


reduction steps
Frame number
Motor Output shaft revolution Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Page and drawing number

Number of
Nominal reduction
Model number output r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline dimensions
ratio
kW 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf} Foot mount type Flange mount type
5 1/5 300 360 66.6 { 6.8} 55.9 { 5.7} 2078 { 212}
10 1/10 150 180 133 { 13.6} 111 { 11.3} 3293 { 336}
15 1/15 100 120 200 { 20.4} 167 { 17.0} 4312 { 440} 33 45
42 2 | |
20 1/20 75 90 266 { 27.1} 221 { 22.6} 5223 { 533} 1 1
25 1/25 60 72 332 { 33.9} 277 { 28.3} 6066 { 619}
30 1/30 50 60 399 { 40.7} 332 { 33.9} 6850 { 699}
40 1/40 37.5 45 515 { 52.6} 429 { 43.8} 8114 { 828}
GMTA220 2.2 33 45
50 1/50 30 36 644 { 65.7} 537 { 54.8} 9418 { 961}
| |

Specification chart
50
60 1/60 25 30 773 { 78.9} 644 { 65.7} 10633 {1085} 2 2
75 1/75 20 24 966 { 98.6} 805 { 82.1} 12338 {1259}
3
100 1/100 15 18 1288 {131.4} 1073 {109.5} 14955 {1526}
120 1/120 12.5 15 1545 {157.7} 1288 {131.4} 16885 {1723} 33 45
63 | |
165 1/165 9.1 10.9 2126 {216.9} 1771 {180.7} 17640 {1800} 3 3
※ ※ ※ ※
200 1/200 7.5 9 2156 {220.0} 1796 {183.3} 17640 {1800}
5 1/5 300 360 112 { 11.4} 93.1 { 9.5} 2930 { 299}
10 1/10 150 180 223 { 22.8} 186 { 19.0} 4645 { 474}
15 1/15 100 120 335 { 34.2} 279 { 28.5} 6096 { 622} 34 46
2 | |
20 1/20 75 90 448 { 45.7} 372 { 38.0} 7389 { 754} 1 1
GMTA370 3.7 50
25 1/25 60 72 560 { 57.1} 466 { 47.6} 8565 { 874}
30 1/30 50 60 671 { 68.5} 560 { 57.1} 9673 { 987}
40 1/40 37.5 45 866 { 88.4} 722 { 73.7} 10290 {1050} 34 46
3 | |
50 1/50 30 36 1083 {110.5} 903 { 92.1} 10290 {1050} 2 2

5 1/5 300 360 167 { 17.0} 138 { 14.1} 3812 { 389}


10 1/10 150 180 332 { 33.9} 277 { 28.3} 6056 { 618}
15 1/15 100 120 499 { 50.9} 416 { 42.4} 7938 { 810} 35 47
GMTA550 5.5 50 2 | |
20 1/20 75 90 665 { 67.9} 554 { 56.5} 9624 { 982} 1 1
25 1/25 60 72 831 { 84.8} 693 { 70.7} 10290 {1050}
※ ※ ※ ※
30 1/30 50 60 893 { 91.1} 744 { 75.9} 10290 {1050}
Note 1) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
For the actual reduction ratio, refer to the specification chart for the adapter type/inline reducer type on pages 51 to 52.
Note 2) The models marked with ※ are ones for which the torque limited.

24
Foot mount type Three-phase 0.1kW Non-brake type, Brake type

■Specification chart
GEAR MOTOR TA series

Brake
Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation
Hz type method Rated torque
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type Insulation
(of motor torque)

Totally Self cooled


Three- 200/200/220 0.63/0.57/0.58 1420/1680/1710 Non-excitation 150%
0.1kW 4 50/60/60 enclosed type type Continuous Class E Class B
phase (400/400/440) (0.32/0.29/0.29) (1440/1740/1740) type over
(IP44) (IC410)

Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.

reduction steps
Frame numbe

Allowable output shaft torque


Foot mount type 0.1kW

Number of

Motor Nominal Output shaft revolution Allowable output Drawing number


Model number output reduction r/min shaft O.H.L. of outline
N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m}
kW ratio dimensions
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf}

5 1/5 300 360 2.8 {0.29} 2.4 {0.24} 274 { 28} 1

10 1/10 150 180 5.7 {0.58} 4.8 {0.49} 431 { 44}

15 1/15 100 120 8.6 {0.88} 7.2 {0.73} 568 { 58}

20 1/20 75 90 11.8 { 1.2} 9.5 {0.97} 686 { 70}


18 2
25 1/25 60 72 14.7 { 1.5} 11.8 { 1.2} 804 { 82} 2

30 1/30 50 60 17.6 { 1.8} 14.7 { 1.5} 902 { 92}

40 1/40 37.5 45 22.5 { 2.3} 19.6 { 2.0} 1098 { 112}

50 1/50 30 36 28.4 { 2.9} 23.5 { 2.4} 1264 { 129}

60 1/60 25 30 34.3 { 3.5} 28.4 { 2.9} 1431 { 146}

75 1/75 20 24 43.1 { 4.4} 36.3 { 3.7} 1666 { 170}

GMTA010 100 0.1 1/100 15 18 56.8 { 5.8} 48.0 { 4.9} 2009 { 205}
24 3 3
120 1/120 12.5 15 68.6 { 7.0} 56.8 { 5.8} 2274 { 232}

165 1/165 9.1 10.9 94.1 { 9.6} 78.4 { 8.0} 2813 { 287}

200 1/200 7.5 9 115 {11.7} 95.1 { 9.7} 3195 { 326}

300 1/300 5 6 143 {14.6} 120 {12.2} 3195 { 326}

360 28 1/360 4.2 5 172 {17.5} 143 {14.6} 3606 { 368} 4

450 1/450 3.3 4 215 {21.9} 179 {18.3} 4185 { 427}

600 1/600 4 2.5 3 286 {29.2} 239 {24.4} 5076 { 518}

720 1/720 2.1 2.5 344 {35.1} 286 {29.2} 5733 { 585}
38 5
1000 1/1000 1.5 1.8 446 {45.5} 319 {32.5} 6664 { 680}

※ ※
1200 1/1200 1.3 1.5 459 {46.8} 382 {39.0} 6684 { 682}

Note 1) The nominal reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio.


Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor ※Motor shape of the Brake-type
revolution rate by the nominal reduction ratio.
For the actual reduction ratio, refer to the specification chart for the inline reducer on page 51.
Note 3) The models marked with ※ are ones for which the torque limited. (***)
φ140

Nomenclature Technical Information


25 Page 19 Page 254
GEAR MOTOR TA series

■Outline dimensions

GEAR MOTOR TA series


GMTA010-18L5(B) 1 GMTA010-18L10∼50(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 5 Approx. weight : 6.6
(8.4)
kg Reduction ratio : 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 Approx. weight : 5.4
(7.0)
kg

M6 TAP 81(104.5)
256.5(294.5) 81(104.5) 236(274) M6 TAP
16 DEEP
φ18h6
6 16 DEEP

φ18h6
28 6 28

6
6
φ127(φ140)

φ127(φ140)
25 25

15
18

128.5
134.5
4-φ9 3.5
3.5

85
90
4-φ11

Foot mount type 0.1kW


φ12 12 12
φ12 31 31

10
16 16 30 30 87 49

12
59 59
98 57 63 63 111 140
130 150

GMTA010-24L60∼200(B) 3 GMTA010-28L300∼450(B) 4
Reduction ratio : 60, 75, 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 6.8
(8.4)
kg Reduction ratio : 300, 360, 450 Approx. weight : 10.5
(12.0)
kg
φ127(φ140)

M6 TAP 353.5(391.5)
265.5(303.5) 81(104.5) 16 DEEP 86(109) M8 TAP
φ24h6

42

φ28h6
36 7 20 DEEP
7
19
φ127(φ140)

32 37
18
8

23
8
134.5

164
4-φ11 4
90

105
12

4-φ12 4

15
φ12
φ12 16 16
98 66 30 30 16 16
116 78 35 35
130 63 63 75 75
148
150 180

GMTA010-38L600∼1200(B) 5
Reduction ratio : 600, 720, 1000, 1200 Approx. weight : 14.5
(16.0)
kg
φ127(φ140)

M10 TAP
393.5(431.5) 8 25 DEEP
φ38h6

58
10

50
27

198.5

5
130
19

4-φ15
20

φ12

17 17 41 41
140 98 93 93
174 220

Note 1) ( ) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-types.


Note 2) The Brake-type is attached the Fan-cover, refer to the shape on last page.

26
Foot mount type Three-phase 0.2kW Non-brake type, Brake type

■Specification chart
GEAR MOTOR TA series

Brake
Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation
Hz type method Rated torque
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type Insulation
(of motor torque)

Totally Self managed


Three- 200/200/220 1.2/1.1/1.1 1420/1700/1720 Non-excitation 150%
0.2kW 4 50/60/60 enclosed type type Continuous Class E Class B
phase (400/400/440) (0.59/0.55/0.55) (1410/1690/1720) type over
(IP44)(JC411)

Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.

reduction steps
Frame number

Allowable output shaft torque


Foot mount type 0.2kW

Output shaft revolution


Number of

Motor Nominal Allowable output Drawing number


Model number output reduction r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline
kW ratio dimensions
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf}

5 1/5 300 360 5.7 {0.58} 4.7 {0.48} 431 { 44} 1

10 1/10 150 180 11.8 { 1.2} 9.5 {0.97} 686 { 70}

15 18 1/15 100 120 17.6 { 1.8} 14.7 { 1.5} 902 { 92}


2
20 1/20 2 75 90 22.5 { 2.3} 19.6 { 2.0} 1098 { 112}

25 1/25 60 72 28.4 { 2.9} 23.5 { 2.4} 1264 { 129}

30 1/30 50 60 34.3 { 3.5} 28.4 { 2.9} 1431 { 146}

40 1/40 37.5 45 46.1 { 4.7} 38.2 { 3.9} 1735 { 177}

50 24 1/50 30 36 56.8 { 5.8} 48.0 { 4.9} 2009 { 205} 3

60 1/60 25 30 68.6 { 7.0} 56.8 { 5.8} 2274 { 232}

75 1/75 20 24 86.2 { 8.8} 71.5 { 7.3} 2636 { 269}

GMTA020 100 0.2 1/100 3 15 18 115 {11.7} 95.1 { 9.7} 3195 { 326}

120 1/120 12.5 15 137 {14.0} 115 {11.7} 3606 { 368}


28 4
165 1/165 9.1 10.9 189 {19.3} 158 {16.1} 4459 { 455}

200 1/200 7.5 9 218 {22.2} 181 {18.5} 4822 { 492}

300 1/300 5 6 286 {29.2} 239 {24.4} 4861 { 496}

360 38 1/360 4.2 5 343 {35.0} 286 {29.2} 5488 { 560} 5

450 1/450 3.3 4 430 {43.9} 358 {36.5} 5792 { 591}

600 1/600 4 2.5 3 611 {62.3} 509 {51.9} 7301 { 745}

720 1/720 2.1 2.5 733 {74.8} 611 {62.3} 8242 { 841}
42 6
1000 1/1000 1.5 1.8 827 {84.4} 689 {70.3} 9800 {1000}

※ ※ ※ ※
1200 1/1200 1.3 1.5 840 {85.7} 700 {71.4} 9800 {1000}

Note 1) The nominal reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio.


Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the nominal reduction ratio.
For the actual reduction ratio, refer to the specification chart for the inline reducer on page 51.
Note 3) The models marked with ※ are ones for which the torque limited.

Nomenclature Technical Information


27 Page 19 Page 254
GEAR MOTOR TA series

■Outline dimensions

GEAR MOTOR TA series


GMTA020-18L5(B) 1 GMTA020-18L10∼25(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 5 Approx. weight : 6.7
(8.8)
kg Reduction ratio : 10 ,15, 20, 25 Approx. weight : 5.5
(7.6)
kg

M6 TAP M6 TAP
294.5(311.5) 81(104.5) 274(291) 81(104.5) 16 DEEP
16 DEEP

φ18h6
φ18h6
28 28
25 6 25 6

15
φ140
18
6
φ140

137.5
139.5

85
3.5

90
4-φ11 3.5 4-φ9

Foot mount type 0.2kW


12

10
16 16 30 30 12 12 31 31
φ12 φ12 87 49
98 57 63 63 59 59
130 111
150 140

GMTA020-24L30∼75(B) 3 GMTA020-28L100∼200(B) 4
Reduction ratio : 30, 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 6.9
(9.0)
kg Reduction ratio : 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 9.3
(11.3)
kg

M8 TAP
M6 TAP 330(347) 20 DEEP
81(104.5)

φ28h6
303.5(320.5) 81(104.5) 16 DEEP 42
φ24h6

36 37 7
32 7

23
8
φ140

158.5
18
8
φ140

139.5

105
4
90

4-φ11 4-φ12

15
12

16 16
16 16 30 30 φ12 35 35
φ12 116 78
98 66 75 75
63 63 148
130 180
150

GMTA020-38L300∼450(B) 5 GMTA020-42L600∼1200(B) 6
Reduction ratio : 300, 360, 450 Approx. weight : 15.3
(17.3)
kg Reduction ratio : 600, 720, 1000, 1200 Approx. weight : 37.4
(39.0)
kg

451.5(468.5) M10 TAP 481(498)


58 25 DEEP
φ38h6

66 M10 TAP
50
φ42h6

8 60 25 DEEP
23.5

10

8
27

9.5
φ140

33
198.5

φ140

5
230
12
130

4-φ15
20

150

5
4-φ18
φ12 φ12
17 17 41 41
22

140 98 93 93 25 25 60 60
174 220 150 96 105 105
200
260

Note) ( ) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-types.

28
Foot mount type Three-phase 0.4kW Non-brake type, Brake type

■Specification chart
GEAR MOTOR TA series

Brake
Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation
Hz type method Rated torque
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type Insulation
(of motor torque)

Totally Self managed


Three- 200/200/220 2.3/2.0/2.0 1380/1650/1680 Non-excitation 150%
0.4kW 4 50/60/60 enclosed type type Continuous Class E Class B
phase (400/400/440) (1.2/1.0/1.0) (1390/1670/1700) type over
(IP44)(JC411)

Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.

reduction steps
Frame number

Allowable output shaft torque


Foot mount type 0.4kW

Output shaft revolution


Number of

Motor Nominal Allowable output Drawing number


Model number output reduction r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline
kW ratio dimensions
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf}

5 1/5 300 360 12.1  { 1.23 } 10.0 { 1.02} 686 { 70}

10 1/10 150 180 24.5 { 2.5} 20.6 { 2.1} 1098 { 112}

15 24 1/15 100 120 36.3 { 3.7} 30.4 { 3.1} 1431 { 146} 1


2
20 1/20 75 90 48.0 { 4.9} 40.2 { 4.1} 1735 { 177}

25 1/25 60 72 60.8 { 6.2} 50.0 { 5.1} 2009 { 205}

30 1/30 50 60 72.5 { 7.4} 60.8 { 6.2} 2274 { 232}

40 1/40 37.5 45 94.1 { 9.6} 78.4 { 8.0} 2754 { 281}

50 28 1/50 30 36 118 { 12.0} 98.0 { 10.0} 3195 { 326} 2

60 1/60 25 30 140 { 14.3} 118 { 12.0} 3606 { 368}

GMTA040 75 1/75 20 24 175 { 17.9} 146 { 14.9} 4185 { 427}


3
100 0.4 1/100 15 18 234 { 23.9} 195 { 19.9} 5076 { 518}

120 1/120 12.5 15 281 { 28.7} 234 { 23.9} 5733 { 585}


38 3
165 1/165 9.1 10.9 364 { 37.1} 303 { 30.9} 6664 { 680}

200 1/200 7.5 9 389 { 39.7} 324 { 33.1} 6684 { 682}

300 1/300 5 6 611 { 62.3} 509 { 51.9} 7301 { 745}

360 42 1/360 4.2 5 733 { 74.8} 611 { 62.3} 8242 { 841} 4

450 1/450 3.3 4 916 { 93.5} 763 { 77.9} 9565 { 976}

600 1/600 4 2.5 3 1222 {124.7} 1018 {103.9} 11584 {1182}

720 1/720 2.1 2.5 1466 {149.6} 1222 {124.7} 13073 {1334}
50 5
1000 1/1000 1.5 1.8 1654 {168.8} 1379 {140.7} 13230 {1350}

※ ※ ※ ※
1200 1/1200 1.3 1.5 1680 {171.4} 1400 {142.9} 13230 {1350}

Note 1) The nominal reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio.


Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the nominal reduction ratio.
For the actual reduction ratio, refer to the specification chart for the inline reducer on page 51.
Note 3) The models marked with ※ are ones for which the torque limited.

Nomenclature Technical Information


29 Page 19 Page 254
GEAR MOTOR TA series

■Outline dimensions

GEAR MOTOR TA series


GMTA040-24L5∼25(B) 1 GMTA040-28L30∼75(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25 Approx. weight : 7.5
(10.0)
kg Reduction ratio : 30, 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 10.0
(12.5)
kg

325(342) M6 TAP 355(372)


81(104.5) 16 DEEP 81(104.5) M8 TAP
φ24h6

φ28h6
36 42 20 DEEP
32 37 7
7

18

8
8
φ140

φ140
139.5

23

158.5
90
4

105
4-φ11 4

Foot mount type 0.4kW


12
4-φ12

15
16 16 30 30 16 16
φ12 φ12 35 35
98 66 63 63 116 78 75 75
130 150 148 180

GMTA040-38L100∼200(B) 3 GMTA040-42L300∼450(B) 4
Reduction ratio : 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 14.0
(16.5)
kg Reduction ratio : 300, 360, 450 Approx. weight : 43.1
(44.9)
kg

395(412) M10 TAP 529(546)


25 DEEP M10 TAP
φ38h6

58 66
25 DEEP

φ42h6
50 8 60
8
10

27
φ140

1.5

12
198.5

33
φ140

230
130

5
4-φ15

150
5
20

4-φ18

22
φ12
φ12
17 17 41 41
140 98 25 25 60 60
93 93 150 96
174 105 105
220 200
260

GMTA040-50L600∼1200(B) 5
Reduction ratio : 600, 720, 1000, 1200 Approx. weight : 63.1
(64.9)
kg

556(573) M10 TAP


82
φ50h6

25 DEEP
75
9
8.5

14
φ140

43

292.5

5.5
190

φ12 4-φ18
25

25 25 65 65
180 112 135 135
230 330

Note) ( ) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-types.

30
Foot mount type Three-phase 0.75kW Non-brake type, Brake type GEAR MOTOR TA series

■Specification chart
GEAR MOTOR TA series

Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution Brake


Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated torque
Hz type method Type Insulation
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz (of motor torque)
Three- 200/200/220 3.8/3.4/3.4 1410/1690/1710 Totally enclosed type Self managed type Non-excitation 150%
0.75kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous Class E Class B
phase (400/400/440) (2.0/1.7/1.7) (1410/1690/1710) (IP44) (JC411) type over
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.

reduction steps
Frame number

Motor Nominal Output shaft revolution Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number

Number of
Model number output reduction r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline
kW ratio 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf} dimensions
5 1/5 300 360 22.6  { 2.31 } 18.8 { 1.92} 1049 { 107}
10 1/10 150 180 45.1 { 4.6} 38.2 { 3.9} 1666 { 170}
Foot mount type 0.75kW

15 28 1/15 100 120 67.6 { 6.9} 56.8 { 5.8} 2176 { 222} 1


2
20 1/20 75 90 91.1 { 9.3} 75.5 { 7.7} 2636 { 269}
25 1/25 60 72 114 { 11.6} 94.1 { 9.6} 3058 { 312}
30 1/30 50 60 136 { 13.9} 114 { 11.6} 3459 { 353}
40 1/40 37.5 45 175 { 17.9} 146 { 14.9} 4185 { 427}
50 38 1/50 30 36 220 { 22.4} 183 { 18.7} 4861 { 496} 2
GMTA075
60 0.75 1/60 25 30 264 { 26.9} 220 { 22.4} 5488 { 560}
75 1/75 20 24 300 { 30.6} 250 { 25.5} 5792 { 591}
3
100 1/100 15 18 439 { 44.8} 369 { 37.7} 7301 { 745}
120 1/120 12.5 15 527 { 53.8} 439 { 44.8} 8242 { 841}
42 3
165 1/165 9.1 10.9 724 { 73.9} 604 { 61.6} 9800 {1000}
※ ※
200 1/200 7.5 9 735 { 75.0} 613 { 62.5} 9800 {1000}
300 1/300 5 6 1146 {116.9} 955 { 97.4} 9418 { 961}
360 50 1/360 4 4.2 5 1289 {131.5} 1074 {109.6} 10633 {1085} 4
※ ※ ※ ※
450 1/450 3.3 4 1396 {142.4} 1163 {118.7} 12338 {1259}
Note 1) The nominal reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio.
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the nominal reduction ratio.
For the actual reduction ratio, refer to the specification chart for the inline reducer on page 52.
Note 3) The models marked with ※ are ones for which the torque limited.

■Outline dimensions

GMTA075-28L5∼25(B) 1 GMTA075-38L30∼75(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25 Approx. weight : 12.5
(16.0)
kg Reduction ratio : 30, 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 16.5
(20.0)
kg

415.5(442.5) (*113.5) M10 TAP


372.5(399.5) 25 DEEP
42 90(113.5) M8 TAP
φ38h6
φ28h6

20 DEEP 58
37
7 50 8
10

27
23
8
φ158

φ158
158.5

198.5
105

130

4 5
4-φ12 4-φ15
15

20

16 16 35 35 φ12 17 17
φ12 116 78 41 41
75 75 140 98
148 93 93
180 174
220

GMTA075-42L100∼200(B) 3 GMTA075-50L300∼450(B) 4
Reduction ratio : 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 38.0
(41.0)
kg Reduction ratio : 300, 360, 450 Approx. weight : 62.1
(65.0)
kg

445(472) 592(619) M10 TAP


M10 TAP
66 25 DEEP 82 25 DEEP
φ50h6
φ42h6

60 75
8 9
φ158
12

1.5

14
φ158

292.5
33

230

43
190
150

4-φ18 5 4-φ18 5.5


φ12
22

25

φ12
25 25 60 60 25 25 65 65
150 96 105 105 180 112 135 135
200 230
260 330

Nomenclature Technical Information


Note) ( ) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-types.
31 Page 19 Page 254
Foot mount type Three-phase 1.5kW Non-brake type, Brake type GEAR MOTOR TA series

■Specification chart

GEAR MOTOR TA series


Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution Brake
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated torque
Hz type method Type Insulation
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz (of motor torque)
Three- 200/200/220 7.0/6.2/6.0 1420/1710/1730 Totally enclosed type Self managed type Class E Non-excitation 150%
1.5kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous Class B
phase (400/400/440) (3.5/3.1/3.0) (1420/1710/1730) (IP44) (JC411) (Class B) type over
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.

reduction steps
Frame number

Motor Nominal Output shaft revolution Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number

Number of
Model number output reduction r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline
kW ratio 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf} dimensions
5 1/5 300 360 45.3  { 4.62 } 37.7 { 3.85} 1666 { 170}

Foot mount type 1.5kW


10 1/10 150 180 91.1 { 9.3} 75.5 { 7.7} 2548 { 260}
15 1/15 100 120 136 { 13.9} 114 { 11.6} 3342 { 341}
38 2 1
20 1/20 75 90 181 { 18.5} 151 { 15.4} 4047 { 413}
25 1/25 60 72 226 { 23.1} 189 { 19.3} 4694 { 479}
30 1/30 50 60 272 { 27.8} 226 { 23.1} 5302 { 541}
40 1/40 37.5 45 351 { 35.8} 293 { 29.9} 6292 { 642}
GMTA150 1.5
50 1/50 30 36 439 { 44.8} 366 { 37.3} 7301 { 745}
42 2
60 1/60 25 30 527 { 53.8} 439 { 44.8} 8242 { 841}
75 1/75 20 24 659 { 67.2} 549 { 56.0} 9565 { 976}
3
100 1/100 15 18 878 { 89.6} 732 { 74.7} 11584 {1182}
120 1/120 12.5 15 1054 {107.5} 878 { 89.6} 13073 {1334}
50 3
165 1/165 9.1 10.9 1449 {147.9} 1207 {123.2} 13230 {1350}
※ ※ ※ ※
200 1/200 7.5 9 1470 {150.0} 1225 {125.0} 13230 {1350}
Note 1) The nominal reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio.
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the nominal reduction ratio.
For the actual reduction ratio, refer to the specification chart for the inline reducer on page 52.
Note 3) The models marked with ※ are ones for which the torque limited.

■Outline dimensions

GMTA150-38L5∼30(B) 1 GMTA150-42L40∼75(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 26.0
(31.0)
kg Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 47.0
(52.0)
kg

467.5(521.5) 143(141) 486.5(540.5) 143(141)


M10 TAP
M10 TAP 66 25 DEEP
φ42h6

25 DEEP 60
φ38h6

58 8
198.5

50 8
110

12
φ198
10
φ198

33

230
27

5 5
150
130

4-φ15 4-φ18
20

φ27
22

17 17 41 41 φ27 25 25 60 60
140 98 105 105
93 93 150 96
174 260
220 200

GMTA150-50L100∼200(B) 3
Reduction ratio : 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 67.0
(72.0)
kg

513.5(567.5)
M10 TAP
82 25 DEEP
φ50h6

75 9
292.5
14
φ198

43

5.5
190

4-φ18
25

φ27
25 25 65 65
180 112 135 135
230 330

Note) ( ) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-types. Nomenclature Technical Information
Page 19 Page 254 32
Foot mount type Three-phase 2.2kW Non-brake type, Brake type GEAR MOTOR TA series

■Specification chart
GEAR MOTOR TA series

Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution Brake


Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated torque
Hz type method Type Insulation
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz (of motor torque)
Three- 200/200/220 9.8/8.9/8.5 1420/1710/1730 Totally enclosed type Self managed type Class E Non-excitation 150%
2.2kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous Class B
phase (400/400/440) (4.9/4.5/4.3) (1420/1710/1730) (IP44) (JC411) (Class B) type over
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.

reduction steps
Frame number

Motor Nominal Output shaft revolution Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number
Model number output reduction Number of r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline
kW ratio 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf} dimensions
5 1/5 300 360 66.6 { 6.8} 55.9 { 5.7} 2078 { 212}
Foot mount type 2.2kW

10 1/10 150 180 133 { 13.6} 111 { 11.3} 3293 { 336}


15 1/15 100 120 200 { 20.4} 167 { 17.0} 4312 { 440}
42 2 1
20 1/20 75 90 266 { 27.1} 221 { 22.6} 5223 { 533}
25 1/25 60 72 332 { 33.9} 277 { 28.3} 6066 { 619}
30 1/30 50 60 399 { 40.7} 332 { 33.9} 6850 { 699}
40 1/40 37.5 45 515 { 52.6} 429 { 43.8} 8114 { 828}
GMTA220 2.2
50 1/50 30 36 644 { 65.7} 537 { 54.8} 9418 { 961}
50 2
60 1/60 25 30 773 { 78.9} 644 { 65.7} 10633 {1085}
75 1/75 20 24 966 { 98.6} 805 { 82.1} 12338 {1259}
3
100 1/100 15 18 1288 {131.4} 1073 {109.5} 14955 {1526}
120 63 1/120 12.5 15 1545 {157.7} 1288 {131.4} 16885 {1723}
3
165 1/165 9.1 10.9 2126 {216.9} 1771 {180.7} 17640 {1800}
※ ※ ※ ※
200 1/200 7.5 9 2156 {220.0} 1796 {183.3} 17640 {1800}
Note 1) The nominal reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio.
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the nominal reduction ratio.
For the actual reduction ratio, refer to the specification chart for the inline reducer on page 52.
Note 3) The models marked with ※ are ones for which the torque limited.

■Outline dimensions

GMTA220-42L5∼30(B) 1 GMTA220-50L40∼75(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 46.0
(51.0)
kg Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 67.0
(72.0)
kg

486(540) 143(141) 537.5(591.5)


M10 TAP M10 TAP
66 82
60 25 DEEP 25 DEEP
φ50h6
φ42h6

75
8 9
14
12
φ198

φ198
33

292.5
43
230

5 5.5
150

190

4-φ18 4-φ18
25

φ27 φ27
22

25 25 60 60 25 25
150 96 105 105 65 65
200 180 112 135 135
260 230 330

GMTA220-63L100∼200(B) 3
Reduction ratio : 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 98.0
(103.0)
kg

582(636) M12 TAP


95 30 DEEP
φ63h6

90
11
18
φ198

339.5
54

7
225

4-φ22
φ27
28

35 35 75 75
210 135 150 150
280 370

Nomenclature Technical Information


Note) ( ) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-types.
33 Page 19 Page 254
Foot mount type Three-phase 3.7kW Non-brake type, Brake type GEAR MOTOR TA series

■Specification chart

GEAR MOTOR TA series


Brake
Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation
Hz type method Rated torque
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type Insulation
(of motor torque)

Totally Self managed


Three- 200/200/220 16.0/14.8/14.0 1420/1710/1730 Class E Non-excitation 150%
3.7kW 4 50/60/60 enclosed type type Continuous Class E
phase (400/400/440) (8.0/7.4/7.0) (1420/1710/1730) (Class B) type over
(IP44) (JC411)

Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.

reduction steps
Frame number

Foot mount type 3.7kW


Allowable output shaft torque
Number of

Motor Nominal Output shaft revolution Allowable output Drawing number


Model number output reduction r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline
kW ratio dimensions
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf}

5 1/5 300 360 112 { 11.4} 93.1 { 9.5} 2930 { 299}

10 1/10 150 180 223 { 22.8} 186 { 19.0} 4645 { 474}

15 1/15 100 120 335 { 34.2} 279 { 28.5} 6096 { 622}


2 1
20 1/20 75 90 448 { 45.7} 372 { 38.0} 7389 { 754}
GMTA370 3.7 50
25 1/25 60 72 560 { 57.1} 466 { 47.6} 8565 { 874}

30 1/30 50 60 671 { 68.5} 560 { 57.1} 9673 { 987}

40 1/40 37.5 45 866 { 88.4} 722 { 73.7} 10290 {1050}


3 2
50 1/50 30 36 1083 {110.5} 903 { 92.1} 10290 {1050}

Note 1) The nominal reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio.


Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the nominal reduction ratio.
For the actual reduction ratio, refer to the specification chart for the inline reducer on page 52.

■Outline dimensions

GMTA370-50L5∼30(B) 1 GMTA370-50L40∼50(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 72.0
(80.0)
kg Reduction ratio : 40, 50 Approx. weight : 76.0
(84.0)
kg

575.5(649.5) 151(154) M10 TAP 602(676) 151(154) M10 TAP


82 25 DEEP 82
φ50h6

25 DEEP
φ50h6

75 75
9 9
14

14
φ214

φ214
43

292.5

292.5
43

5.5
190

5.5
190

4-φ18 4-φ18
25

25

φ27 25 25 65 65 φ27 25 25 65 65
180 112 135 135 180 112 135 135
230 330 230 330

Note) ( ) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-types.

Nomenclature Technical Information


Page 19 Page 254 34
Foot mount type Three-phase 5.5kW Non-brake type, Brake type GEAR MOTOR TA series

■Specification chart
GEAR MOTOR TA series

Brake
Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation
Hz type method Rated torque
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type Insulation
(of motor torque)

Totally Self managed


Three- 200/200/220 23.8/21.0/20.0 1430/1730/1740 Non-excitation 150%
5.5kW 4 50/60/60 enclosed type type Continuous Class B Class E
phase (400/400/440) (11.9/10.5/10.0) (1430/1730/1740) type over
(IP44) (JC411)

Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.

reduction steps
Frame number

Allowable output shaft torque


Foot mount type 5.5kW

Output shaft revolution


Number of

Motor Nominal Allowable output Drawing number


Model number output reduction r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline
kW ratio dimensions
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf}

5 1/5 300 360 167 { 17.0} 138 { 14.1} 3812 { 389}

10 1/10 150 180 332 { 33.9} 277 { 28.3} 6056 { 618}

15 1/15 100 120 499 { 50.9} 416 { 42.4} 7938 { 810}


GMTA550 5.5 50 2 1
20 1/20 75 90 665 { 67.9} 554 { 56.5} 9624 { 982}

25 1/25 60 72 831 { 84.8} 693 { 70.7} 10290 {1050}

※ ※ ※ ※
30 1/30 50 60 893 { 91.1} 744 { 75.9} 10290 {1050}

Note 1) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
Refer to the specification chart for the inline reducer on page 52.
Note 2) The models marked with ※ are ones for which the torque limited.

■Outline dimensions

GMTA550-50L5∼30(B) 1
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 92.0
(104.0)
kg

643.5(755.5) 202(205) M10 TAP


82 25 DEEP
φ50h6

75 9
(166)

14

292.5
43
φ252

5.5
190

4-φ18
25

φ35
25 25 65 65
180 112 135 135
230 330

Note) ( ) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-types.

Nomenclature Technical Information


35 Page 19 Page 254
Notes

36
Foot mount type 5.5kW GEAR MOTOR TA series
Face mount type Three-phase 0.1kW Non-brake type, Brake type

■Specification chart
GEAR MOTOR TA series

Brake
Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation
Hz type method Rated torque
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type Insulation
(of motor torque)

Totally Self cooled


Three- 200/200/220 0.63/0.57/0.58 1420/1680/1710 Non-excitation 150%
0.1kW 4 50/60/60 enclosed type type Continuous Class E Class B
phase (400/400/440) (0.32/0.29/0.29) (1440/1740/1740) type over
(IP44) (IC410)

Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.

reduction steps
Frame number
Face mount type 0.1kW

Allowable output shaft torque


Number of

Motor Nominal Output shaft revolution Allowable output Drawing number


Model number output reduction r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline
kW ratio dimensions
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf}

5 1/5 300 360 2.8 {0.29} 2.4 {0.24} 274 { 28} 1

10 1/10 150 180 5.7 {0.58} 4.8 {0.49} 431 { 44}

15 1/15 100 120 8.6 {0.88} 7.2 {0.73} 568 { 58}

20 1/20 75 90 11.8 { 1.2} 9.5 {0.97} 686 { 70}


18 2
25 1/25 60 72 14.7 { 1.5} 11.8 { 1.2} 804 { 82} 2

30 1/30 50 60 17.6 { 1.8} 14.7 { 1.5} 902 { 92}

40 1/40 37.5 45 22.5 { 2.3} 19.6 { 2.0} 1098 { 112}

50 1/50 30 36 28.4 { 2.9} 23.5 { 2.4} 1264 { 129}

60 1/60 25 30 34.3 { 3.5} 28.4 { 2.9} 1431 { 146}

75 1/75 20 24 43.1 { 4.4} 36.3 { 3.7} 1666 { 170}

GMTA010 100 0.1 1/100 15 18 56.8 { 5.8} 48.0 { 4.9} 2009 { 205}
24 3 3
120 1/120 12.5 15 68.6 { 7.0} 56.8 { 5.8} 2274 { 232}

165 1/165 9.1 10.9 94.1 { 9.6} 78.4 { 8.0} 2813 { 287}

200 1/200 7.5 9 115 {11.7} 95.1 { 9.7} 3195 { 326}

300 1/300 5 6 143 {14.6} 120 {12.2} 3195 { 326}

360 28 1/360 4.2 5 172 {17.5} 143 {14.6} 3606 { 368} 4

450 1/450 3.3 4 215 {21.9} 179 {18.3} 4185 { 427}

600 1/600 4 2.5 3 286 {29.2} 239 {24.4} 5076 { 518}

720 1/720 2.1 2.5 344 {35.1} 286 {29.2} 5733 { 585}
38 5
1000 1/1000 1.5 1.8 446 {45.5} 319 {32.5} 6664 { 680}

※ ※
1200 1/1200 1.3 1.5 459 {46.8} 382 {39.0} 6684 { 682}

Note 1) The nominal reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio.


Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor ※Motor shape of the Brake-type
revolution rate by the nominal reduction ratio.
For the actual reduction ratio, refer to the specification chart for the inline reducer
on page 51. (***)
Note 3) The models marked with ※ are ones for which the torque limited.
φ140

Nomenclature Technical Information


37 Page 19 Page 254
GEAR MOTOR TA series

■Outline dimensions

GEAR MOTOR TA series


GMTA010-18U5(B) 1 GMTA010-18U10∼50(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 5 Approx. weight : 6.6
(8.2)
kg Reduction ratio : 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 Approx. weight : 5.2
(6.8)
kg

256.5(294.5)
50 81(104.5) 236(274)
10 28 M6 TAP 46
16 DEEP 81(104.5) M6 TAP
25 8 28 16 DEEP
φ127(φ140)

25

φ127(φ140)

58.5
φ105h7
φ128
18

φ90h7
φ109
6
φ18h6

Face mount type 0.1kW


3.5
6

φ18h6

6
15
3.5

58.5
6
φ12 30
D1 10
R9

4-M10 TAP
PC D1

R8
32 DEEP φ12 PC 4-M8 TAP
26 DEEP

GMTA010-24U60∼200(B) 3 GMTA010-28U300∼450(B) 4
Reduction ratio : 60, 75, 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 6.6
(8.4)
kg Reduction ratio : 300, 360, 450 Approx. weight : 10.5
(12.0)
kg

265.5(303.5)
59 353.5(391.5)
φ127(φ140)

81(104.5) M6 TAP 67 M8 TAP


10 36 20 DEEP
16 DEEP 10 42 86(109)
32
37
φ127(φ140)

82
φ105h7
φ128

19

φ125h7
φ157
φ24h6
18

8
φ28h6
4
23

7
7
30 φ12
50
D1 D1
PC
R9

φ12
PC

1
4-M10 TAP
R1
32 DEEP 4-M12 TAP
38 DEEP

GMTA010-38U600∼1200(B) 5
Reduction ratio : 600, 720, 1000, 1200 Approx. weight : 20.0
(22.0)
kg

393.5(431.5) M10 TAP


25 DEEP
φ127(φ140)

87 (*109)
12 58
50
137.5
φ155h7
φ191

10
φ38h6

5
27
19

8
φ12
95
D1
PC
6
R1

4-M16 TAP
34 DEEP

Note 1) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-types.


Note 2) The dimension marked with * indicates the Terminal-Box of the Brake-type.
Note 3) The Brake-type is attached the Fan-cover, refer to the shape on last page.

38
Face mount type Flange mount type Three-phase 0.2kW Non-brake type, Brake type

■Specification chart
GEAR MOTOR TA series

Brake
Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation
Hz type method Rated torque
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type Insulation
(of motor torque)

Totally Self managed


Three- 200/200/220 1.2/1.1/1.1 1420/1700/1720 Non-excitation 150%
0.2kW 4 50/60/60 enclosed type type Continuous Class E Class B
phase (400/400/440) (0.59/0.55/0.55) (1410/1690/1720) type over
(IP44)(JC411)

Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.

reduction steps
Frame number

Allowable output shaft torque


Face/Flange mount type 0.2kW

Output shaft revolution


Number of

Motor Nominal Allowable output Drawing number


Model number output reduction r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline
kW ratio dimensions
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf}

5 1/5 300 360 5.7 {0.58} 4.7 {0.48} 431 { 44} 1

10 1/10 150 180 11.8 { 1.2} 9.5 {0.97} 686 { 70}

15 18 1/15 100 120 17.6 { 1.8} 14.7 { 1.5} 902 { 92}


2
20 1/20 2 75 90 22.5 { 2.3} 19.6 { 2.0} 1098 { 112}

25 1/25 60 72 28.4 { 2.9} 23.5 { 2.4} 1264 { 129}

30 1/30 50 60 34.3 { 3.5} 28.4 { 2.9} 1431 { 146}

40 1/40 37.5 45 46.1 { 4.7} 38.2 { 3.9} 1735 { 177}

50 24 1/50 30 36 56.8 { 5.8} 48.0 { 4.9} 2009 { 205} 3

60 1/60 25 30 68.6 { 7.0} 56.8 { 5.8} 2274 { 232}

75 1/75 20 24 86.2 { 8.8} 71.5 { 7.3} 2636 { 269}

GMTA020 100 0.2 1/100 3 15 18 115 {11.7} 95.1 { 9.7} 3195 { 326}

120 1/120 12.5 15 137 {14.0} 115 {11.7} 3606 { 368}


28 4
165 1/165 9.1 10.9 189 {19.3} 158 {16.1} 4459 { 455}

200 1/200 7.5 9 218 {22.2} 181 {18.5} 4822 { 492}

300 1/300 5 6 286 {29.2} 239 {24.4} 4861 { 496}

360 38 1/360 4.2 5 343 {35.0} 286 {29.2} 5488 { 560} 5

450 1/450 3.3 4 430 {43.9} 358 {36.5} 5792 { 591}

600 1/600 4 2.5 3 611 {62.3} 509 {51.9} 7301 { 745}

720 1/720 2.1 2.5 733 {74.8} 611 {62.3} 8242 { 841}
42 6
1000 1/1000 1.5 1.8 827 {84.4} 689 {70.3} 9800 {1000}

※ ※ ※ ※
1200 1/1200 1.3 1.5 840 {85.7} 700 {71.4} 9800 {1000}

Note 1) The nominal reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio.


Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the nominal reduction ratio.
For the actual reduction ratio, refer to the specification chart for the inline reducer on page 51.
Note 3) The models marked with ※ are ones for which the torque limited.

Nomenclature Technical Information


39 Page 19 Page 254
GEAR MOTOR TA series

■Outline dimensions

GEAR MOTOR TA series


GMTA020-18U5(B) 1 GMTA020-18U10∼25(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 5 Approx. weight : 6.7
(8.8)
kg Reduction ratio : 10, 15, 20, 25 Approx. weight : 5.3
(7.4)
kg

294.5(311.5) 274(291) M6 TAP


M6 TAP
50 81(104.5) 16 DEEP 46 81(104.5) 16 DEEP
10 28 8 28

67.5
67.5
25 25

φ140
φ140

φ109

φ90h7
φ105h7
φ128

φ18h6
φ18h6

6
6
3.5

15
3.5
18

Face/Flange mount type 0.2kW


6

67

67
6
30 10
D1 φ12 D1
R9

PC 4-M10 TAP

R8
φ12
32 DEEP PC 4-M8 TAP
26 DEEP

GMTA020-24U30∼75(B) 3 GMTA020-28U100∼200(B) 4
Reduction ratio : 30, 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 6.7
(8.8)
kg Reduction ratio : 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 9.1
(11.3)
kg

303.5(320.5) 330(347) M8 TAP


59 67 81(104.5) 20 DEEP
81(104.5) M6 TAP 10 42
10 36
32 16 DEEP
37
67.5

φ140

φ125h7
φ157
8
φ140

φ105h7

23
φ128

8
φ28h6
4
φ24h6
18

4 7
67

7
0 50
13 D1
D φ12 PC

1
R9

PC

R1
φ12 4-M10 TAP 4-M12 TAP
32 DEEP 38 DEEP

GMTA020-38U300∼450(B) 5 GMTA020-42F600∼1200(B) 6
Reduction ratio : 300, 360, 450 Approx. weight : 21.3
(23.3)
kg Reduction ratio : 600, 720, 1000, 1200 Approx. weight : 39.4
(41.0)
kg

451.5(468.5) (*109) M10 TAP 481(498) M10 TAP


87 25 DEEP 98 25 DEEP
18 10 255
12 58
50
137.5

φ42h6

66
23.5
φ140

60 8
φ155h7

φ230h7
φ191

12
9.5

255
φ140
10
φ38h6
27

5
0

8
31

146

5
φ

φ12 1 95
P CD φ12
6
R1

4-M16 TAP
34 DEEP 4-φ18

Note 1) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-types.


Note 2) The dimension marked with * indicates the Terminal-Box of the Brake-type.

40
Face mount type Flange mount type Three-phase 0.4kW Non-brake type, Brake type

■Specification chart
GEAR MOTOR TA series

Brake
Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation
Hz type method Rated torque
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type Insulation
(of motor torque)

Totally Self managed


Three- 200/200/220 2.3/2.0/2.0 1380/1650/1680 Non-excitation 150%
0.4kW 4 50/60/60 enclosed type type Continuous Class E Class B
phase (400/400/440) (1.2/1.0/1.0) (1390/1670/1700) type over
(IP44)(JC411)

Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.

reduction steps
Frame number

Allowable output shaft torque


Face/Flange mount type 0.4kW

Output shaft revolution


Number of

Motor Nominal Allowable output Drawing number


Model number output reduction r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline
kW ratio dimensions
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf}

5 1/5 300 360 12.1  { 1.23 } 10.0 { 1.02} 686 { 70}

10 1/10 150 180 24.5 { 2.5} 20.6 { 2.1} 1098 { 112}

15 24 1/15 100 120 36.3 { 3.7} 30.4 { 3.1} 1431 { 146} 1


2
20 1/20 75 90 48.0 { 4.9} 40.2 { 4.1} 1735 { 177}

25 1/25 60 72 60.8 { 6.2} 50.0 { 5.1} 2009 { 205}

30 1/30 50 60 72.5 { 7.4} 60.8 { 6.2} 2274 { 232}

40 1/40 37.5 45 94.1 { 9.6} 78.4 { 8.0} 2754 { 281}

50 28 1/50 30 36 118 { 12.0} 98.0 { 10.0} 3195 { 326} 2

60 1/60 25 30 140 { 14.3} 118 { 12.0} 3606 { 368}

GMTA040 75 1/75 20 24 175 { 17.9} 146 { 14.9} 4185 { 427}


3
100 0.4 1/100 15 18 234 { 23.9} 195 { 19.9} 5076 { 518}

120 1/120 12.5 15 281 { 28.7} 234 { 23.9} 5733 { 585}


38 3
165 1/165 9.1 10.9 364 { 37.1} 303 { 30.9} 6664 { 680}

200 1/200 7.5 9 389 { 39.7} 324 { 33.1} 6684 { 682}

300 1/300 5 6 611 { 62.3} 509 { 51.9} 7301 { 745}

360 42 1/360 4.2 5 733 { 74.8} 611 { 62.3} 8242 { 841} 4

450 1/450 3.3 4 916 { 93.5} 763 { 77.9} 9565 { 976}

600 1/600 4 2.5 3 1222 {124.7} 1018 {103.9} 11584 {1182}

720 1/720 2.1 2.5 1466 {149.6} 1222 {124.7} 13073 {1334}
50 5
1000 1/1000 1.5 1.8 1654 {168.8} 1379 {140.7} 13230 {1350}

※ ※ ※ ※
1200 1/1200 1.3 1.5 1680 {171.4} 1400 {142.9} 13230 {1350}

Note 1) The nominal reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio.


Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the nominal reduction ratio.
For the actual reduction ratio, refer to the specification chart for the inline reducer on page 51.
Note 3) The models marked with ※ are ones for which the torque limited.

Nomenclature Technical Information


41 Page 19 Page 254
GEAR MOTOR TA series

■Outline dimensions

GEAR MOTOR TA series


GMTA040-24U5∼25(B) 1 GMTA040-28U30∼75(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25 Approx. weight : 7.3
(10.0)
kg Reduction ratio : 30, 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 10.0
(12.5)
kg

325(342) 355(372)
59 67 M8 TAP
81(104.5)
10 36 81(104.5) M6 TAP 10 42 20 DEEP
32 16 DEEP 37

67.5
8
φ140

φ105h7

φ140

φ125h7
φ128

φ157

8
φ28h6
φ24h6
18

Face/Flange mount type 0.4kW


23
4

67
7 7
0
13 50
D1
R9

φ12 D

1
PC φ12
PC

R1
4-M10 TAP 4-M12 TAP
32 DEEP 38 DEEP

GMTA040-38U100∼200(B) 3 GMTA040-42F300∼450(B) 4
Reduction ratio : 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 20.0
(22.0)
kg Reduction ratio : 300, 360, 450 Approx. weight : 44.1
(45.9)
kg

395(412) M10 TAP 529(546) M10 TAP


87 (104.5) 25 DEEP 98 25 DEEP
12 58 255
18 10
50
137.5

φ42h6
66
60 8
φ140

φ155h7
φ191

φ230h7
1.5

12
27

φ140

255
10
φ38h6

0
8

31

146
5

φ
5
D 19 φ12
φ12 PC
6
R1

4-M16 TAP 4-φ18


34 DEEP

GMTA040-50F600∼1200(B) 5
Reduction ratio : 600, 720, 1000, 1200 Approx. weight : 65.1
(66.9)
kg

556(573) M10 TAP


25 DEEP
114 320
18 10

82
φ50h6

75 9
φ300h7
8.5

14
φ140

320
0
39

188.5

5.5
φ

φ12

4-φ18

Note) ( ) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-types.

42
Face mount type Flange mount type Three-phase 0.75kW Non-brake type, Brake type GEAR MOTOR TA series

■Specification chart
GEAR MOTOR TA series

Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution Brake


Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated torque
Hz type method Type Insulation
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz (of motor torque)
Three- 200/200/220 3.8/3.4/3.4 1410/1690/1710 Totally enclosed type Self managed type Non-excitation 150%
0.75kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous Class E Class B
phase (400/400/440) (2.0/1.7/1.7) (1410/1690/1710) (IP44) (JC411) type over
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.

reduction steps
Frame number

Motor Nominal Output shaft revolution Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number

Number of
Model number output reduction r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline
kW ratio 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf} dimensions
5 1/5 300 360 22.6  { 2.31 } 18.8 { 1.92} 1049 { 107}
Face/Flange mount type 0.75kW

10 1/10 150 180 45.1 { 4.6} 38.2 { 3.9} 1666 { 170}


15 28 1/15 100 120 67.6 { 6.9} 56.8 { 5.8} 2176 { 222} 1
2
20 1/20 75 90 91.1 { 9.3} 75.5 { 7.7} 2636 { 269}
25 1/25 60 72 114 { 11.6} 94.1 { 9.6} 3058 { 312}
30 1/30 50 60 136 { 13.9} 114 { 11.6} 3459 { 353}
40 1/40 37.5 45 175 { 17.9} 146 { 14.9} 4185 { 427}
50 38 1/50 30 36 220 { 22.4} 183 { 18.7} 4861 { 496} 2
GMTA075
60 0.75 1/60 25 30 264 { 26.9} 220 { 22.4} 5488 { 560}
75 1/75 20 24 300 { 30.6} 250 { 25.5} 5792 { 591}
3
100 1/100 15 18 439 { 44.8} 369 { 37.7} 7301 { 745}
120 1/120 12.5 15 527 { 53.8} 439 { 44.8} 8242 { 841}
42 3
165 1/165 9.1 10.9 724 { 73.9} 604 { 61.6} 9800 {1000}
※ ※
200 1/200 7.5 9 735 { 75.0} 613 { 62.5} 9800 {1000}
300 1/300 5 6 1146 {116.9} 955 { 97.4} 9418 { 961}
360 50 1/360 4 4.2 5 1289 {131.5} 1074 {109.6} 10633 {1085} 4
※ ※ ※ ※
450 1/450 3.3 4 1396 {142.4} 1163 {118.7} 12338 {1259}
Note 1) The nominal reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio.
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the nominal reduction ratio.
For the actual reduction ratio, refer to the specification chart for the inline reducer on page 52.
Note 3) The models marked with ※ are ones for which the torque limited.

■Outline dimensions

GMTA075-28U5∼25(B) 1 GMTA075-38U30∼75(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25 Approx. weight : 12.5
(16.0)
kg Reduction ratio : 30, 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 22.5
(25.5)
kg

415.5(442.5) M10 TAP


372.5(399.5) 87 25 DEEP
M8 TAP
67 90(113.5) 20 DEEP 12 58 (*113.5)
10 42 50
37
137.5
φ158

φ155h7
φ158

φ191
φ125h7
φ157

27

10
8

φ38h6
φ28h6

4 5
23

7 8
79

50 95
D1 D1
PC
1

PC φ12
6
R1

R1

φ12 4-M12 TAP 4-M16 TAP


38 DEEP 34 DEEP

GMTA075-42F100∼200(B) 3 GMTA075-50F300∼450(B) 4
Reduction ratio : 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 40.0
(43.0)
kg Reduction ratio : 300, 360, 450 Approx. weight : 65.1
(68.0)
kg
592(619) M10 TAP
445(472) M10 TAP
25 DEEP 114 320 25 DEEP
98 255 18 10
18 10
82
φ50h6
φ42h6

66 75 9
φ300h7

60 8
φ158

1.5

14
φ230h7

12

320
255
φ158

33

0
0

39
31

188.5

5
146

φ
φ

5.5
φ12

φ12
4-φ18 4-φ18

Nomenclature Technical Information


Note 1) ( ) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-types.
Note 2) The dimension marked with * indicates the Terminal-Box of the Brake-type.
43 Page 19 Page 254
Face mount type Flange mount type Three-phase 1.5kW Non-brake type, Brake type GEAR MOTOR TA series

■Specification chart

GEAR MOTOR TA series


Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution Brake
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated torque
Hz type method Type Insulation
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz (of motor torque)
Three- 200/200/220 7.0/6.2/6.0 1420/1710/1730 Totally enclosed type Self managed type Class E Non-excitation 150%
1.5kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous Class B
phase (400/400/440) (3.5/3.1/3.0) (1420/1710/1730) (IP44) (JC411) (Class B) type over
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.

reduction steps
Frame number
Motor Nominal Output shaft revolution Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number

Number of
Model number output reduction r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline
kW ratio 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf} dimensions
5 1/5 300 360 45.3  { 4.62 } 37.7 { 3.85} 1666 { 170}
10 1/10 150 180 91.1 { 9.3} 75.5 { 7.7} 2548 { 260}

Face/Flange mount type 1.5kW


15 1/15 100 120 136 { 13.9} 114 { 11.6} 3342 { 341}
38 2 1
20 1/20 75 90 181 { 18.5} 151 { 15.4} 4047 { 413}
25 1/25 60 72 226 { 23.1} 189 { 19.3} 4694 { 479}
30 1/30 50 60 272 { 27.8} 226 { 23.1} 5302 { 541}
40 1/40 37.5 45 351 { 35.8} 293 { 29.9} 6292 { 642}
GMTA150 1.5
50 1/50 30 36 439 { 44.8} 366 { 37.3} 7301 { 745}
42 2
60 1/60 25 30 527 { 53.8} 439 { 44.8} 8242 { 841}
75 1/75 20 24 659 { 67.2} 549 { 56.0} 9565 { 976}
3
100 1/100 15 18 878 { 89.6} 732 { 74.7} 11584 {1182}
120 1/120 12.5 15 1054 {107.5} 878 { 89.6} 13073 {1334}
50 3
165 1/165 9.1 10.9 1449 {147.9} 1207 {123.2} 13230 {1350}
※ ※ ※ ※
200 1/200 7.5 9 1470 {150.0} 1225 {125.0} 13230 {1350}
Note 1) The nominal reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio.
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the nominal reduction ratio.
For the actual reduction ratio, refer to the specification chart for the inline reducer on page 52.
Note 3) The models marked with ※ are ones for which the torque limited.

■Outline dimensions

GMTA150-38U5∼30(B) 1 GMTA150-42F40∼75(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 33.0
(38.0)
kg Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 48.0
(53.0)
kg

M10 TAP
486.5(540.5) 25 DEEP
467.5(521.5) 143(141) 98 255
87 M10 TAP 18 10 143(141)
12 58 25 DEEP
66
φ42h6
φ191

50 60
φ155h7

8
φ230h7

255
φ198

110

27

10

12
φ38h6

φ198

5
33

8
0

5
31

9 5
146

φ27
D1
φ

PC
6
R1

4-M16 TAP
34 DEEP φ27
4-φ18

GMTA150-50F100∼200(B) 3
Reduction ratio : 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 69.0
(74.0)
kg

513.5(567.5)
114 320
18 10 M10 TAP
25 DEEP
82
75
φ50h6

9
φ300h7

14

320
φ198

43

0
39

5.5
188.5
φ

φ27

4-φ18

Note) ( ) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-types. Nomenclature Technical Information
Page 19 Page 254 44
Flange mount type Three-phase 2.2kW Non-brake type, Brake type GEAR MOTOR TA series

■Specification chart
GEAR MOTOR TA series

Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution Brake


Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated torque
Hz type method Type Insulation
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz (of motor torque)
Three- 200/200/220 9.8/8.9/8.5 1420/1710/1730 Totally enclosed type Self managed type Class E Non-excitation 150%
2.2kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous Class B
phase (400/400/440) (4.9/4.5/4.3) (1420/1710/1730) (IP44) (JC411) (Class B) type over
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.

reduction steps
Frame number

Motor Nominal Output shaft revolution Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number
Model number output reduction Number of r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline
kW ratio 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf} dimensions
5 1/5 300 360 66.6 { 6.8} 55.9 { 5.7} 2078 { 212}
Flange mount type 2.2kW

10 1/10 150 180 133 { 13.6} 111 { 11.3} 3293 { 336}


15 1/15 100 120 200 { 20.4} 167 { 17.0} 4312 { 440}
42 2 1
20 1/20 75 90 266 { 27.1} 221 { 22.6} 5223 { 533}
25 1/25 60 72 332 { 33.9} 277 { 28.3} 6066 { 619}
30 1/30 50 60 399 { 40.7} 332 { 33.9} 6850 { 699}
40 1/40 37.5 45 515 { 52.6} 429 { 43.8} 8114 { 828}
GMTA220 2.2
50 1/50 30 36 644 { 65.7} 537 { 54.8} 9418 { 961}
50 2
60 1/60 25 30 773 { 78.9} 644 { 65.7} 10633 {1085}
75 1/75 20 24 966 { 98.6} 805 { 82.1} 12338 {1259}
3
100 1/100 15 18 1288 {131.4} 1073 {109.5} 14955 {1526}
120 63 1/120 12.5 15 1545 {157.7} 1288 {131.4} 16885 {1723}
3
165 1/165 9.1 10.9 2126 {216.9} 1771 {180.7} 17640 {1800}
※ ※ ※ ※
200 1/200 7.5 9 2156 {220.0} 1796 {183.3} 17640 {1800}
Note 1) The nominal reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio.
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the nominal reduction ratio.
For the actual reduction ratio, refer to the specification chart for the inline reducer on page 52.
Note 3) The models marked with ※ are ones for which the torque limited.

■Outline dimensions

GMTA220-42F5∼30(B) 1 GMTA220-50F40∼75(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 48.0
(53.0)
kg Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 70.0
(75.0)
kg

537.5(591.5) M10 TAP


486(540) M10 TAP 114 320 25 DEEP
98 255 25 DEEP 18 10
18 10 143(141)
82
66 75
φ50h6
φ42h6

60 9
8
φ230h7

320
255

14
12
φ198

φ198
33

43
0

φ300h7
31

0
39

5
188.5
146
φ

5.5
φ

φ27
φ27 4-φ18 4-φ18

GMTA220-63F100∼200(B) 3
Reduction ratio : 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 102.0
(107.0)
kg

582(636)
127 360 M12 TAP
18 10 30 DEEP
φ63h6

95
360

90 11
φ340h7
φ198

54

φ 18
0

214.5
44

φ27
4-φ18

Nomenclature Technical Information


Note) ( ) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-types.
45 Page 19 Page 254
Flange mount type Three-phase 3.7kW Non-brake type, Brake type GEAR MOTOR TA series

■Specification chart

GEAR MOTOR TA series


Brake
Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation
Hz type method Rated torque
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type Insulation
(of motor torque)

Totally Self managed


Three- 200/200/220 16.0/14.8/14.0 1420/1710/1730 Class E Non-excitation 150%
3.7kW 4 50/60/60 enclosed type type Continuous Class E
phase (400/400/440) (8.0/7.4/7.0) (1420/1710/1730) (Class B) type over
(IP44) (JC411)

Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.

reduction steps
Frame number

Flange mount type 3.7kW


Allowable output shaft torque
Number of

Motor Nominal Output shaft revolution Allowable output Drawing number


Model number output reduction r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline
kW ratio dimensions
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf}

5 1/5 300 360 112 { 11.4} 93.1 { 9.5} 2930 { 299}

10 1/10 150 180 223 { 22.8} 186 { 19.0} 4645 { 474}

15 1/15 100 120 335 { 34.2} 279 { 28.5} 6096 { 622}


2 1
20 1/20 75 90 448 { 45.7} 372 { 38.0} 7389 { 754}
GMTA370 3.7 50
25 1/25 60 72 560 { 57.1} 466 { 47.6} 8565 { 874}

30 1/30 50 60 671 { 68.5} 560 { 57.1} 9673 { 987}

40 1/40 37.5 45 866 { 88.4} 722 { 73.7} 10290 {1050}


3 2
50 1/50 30 36 1083 {110.5} 903 { 92.1} 10290 {1050}

Note 1) The nominal reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio.


Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the nominal reduction ratio.
For the actual reduction ratio, refer to the specification chart for the inline reducer on page 52.

■Outline dimensions

GMTA370-50F5∼30(B) 1 GMTA370-50F40∼50(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 74.0
(82.0)
kg Reduction ratio : 40, 50 Approx. weight : 78.0
(86.0)
kg

M10 TAP M10 TAP


575.5(649.5) 602(676)
320 25 DEEP 114 320 25 DEEP
114
18 10 18 10
82 82
φ50h6

φ50h6

75 75
9 9
φ300h7
φ300h7

320
14
14

320
φ214

φ214
43

43

0
0

39
39

188.5
188.5

5.5 5.5
φ
φ

φ27 4-φ18 φ27 4-φ18

Note) ( ) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-types.

Nomenclature Technical Information


Page 19 Page 254 46
Flange mount type Three-phase 5.5kW Non-brake type, Brake type GEAR MOTOR TA series

■Specification chart
GEAR MOTOR TA series

Brake
Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation
Hz type method Rated torque
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type Insulation
(of motor torque)

Totally Self managed


Three- 200/200/220 23.8/21.0/20.0 1430/1730/1740 Non-excitation 150%
5.5kW 4 50/60/60 enclosed type type Continuous Class B Class E
phase (400/400/440) (11.9/10.5/10.0) (1430/1730/1740) type over
(IP44) (JC411)

Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.

reduction steps
Frame number

Allowable output shaft torque


Flange mount type 5.5kW

Output shaft revolution Allowable output shaft


Number of

Motor Nominal Drawing number


r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} O.H.L.
Model number output reduction of outline
kW ratio dimensions
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf}

5 1/5 300 360 167 { 17.0} 138 { 14.1} 3812 { 389}

10 1/10 150 180 332 { 33.9} 277 { 28.3} 6056 { 618}

15 1/15 100 120 499 { 50.9} 416 { 42.4} 7938 { 810}


GMTA550 5.5 50 2 1
20 1/20 75 90 665 { 67.9} 554 { 56.5} 9624 { 982}

25 1/25 60 72 831 { 84.8} 693 { 70.7} 10290 {1050}

※ ※ ※ ※
30 1/30 50 60 893 { 91.1} 744 { 75.9} 10290 {1050}

Note 1) The nominal reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio.


Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the nominal reduction ratio.
For the actual reduction ratio, refer to the specification chart for the inline reducer on page 52.
Note 3) The models marked with ※ are ones for which the torque limited.

■Outline dimensions

GMTA550-50F5∼30(B) 1
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 95.0
(107.0)
kg

643.5(755.5) M10 TAP


114 320 25 DEEP
18 10 202(205)

82
φ50h6

75
320

9
(166)

φ300h7

14
φ252

43

0
39

188.5

5.5
φ

φ35

4-φ18

Note) ( ) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-types.

Nomenclature Technical Information


47 Page 19 Page 254
Nomenclature, Model lineup

■Model number
GEAR MOTOR TA series

 Adapter type

GRTA150-38L30FI
① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥

 Inline reducer type

GRTA040-50F1200
Nomenclature, model lineup

① ② ③ ④ ⑤

① Product series name GRTA Adapter type・Inline reducer type


② Motor capacity (example) 150 1.5 kW or equivalent
③ Frame number (example) 38 Frame number 38
④ Mounting type L Foot mount type
U Face mount type
F Flange mount type
⑤ Reduction ratio (example) 30 1/30
⑥ Specification No code Inline reducer type
code FI Adapter type

■Model lineup
Adaptor type, Inline reducer type (Foot mount type)
5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 120 165 200 300 360 450 600 720 1000 1200

0.1kW 18L 24L 28L 38L

0.2kW 18L 24L 28L 38L 42L

0.4kW 24L 28L 38L 42L 50L

0.75kW 28L 38L 42L 50L

1.5kW 38L 42L 50L

2.2kW 42L 50L 63L

3.7kW 50L

5.5kW 50L

Adaptor type, Inline reducer type (Face mount, flange mount type)
5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 120 165 200 300 360 450 600 720 1000 1200

0.1kW 18U 24U 28U 38U

0.2kW 18U 24U 28U 38U 42F

0.4kW 24U 28U 38U 42F 50F

0.75kW 28U 38U 42F 50F

1.5kW 38U 42F 50F

2.2kW 42F 50F 63F

3.7kW 50F

5.5kW 50F

49
Dimensions of input section and specifications GEAR MOTOR/Adapter type・Inline reducer type

■Dimensions of input section: Adapter type

GEAR MOTOR TA series


0.1 kW to 0.2 kW 0.4 kW to 0.75 kW 1.5 kW to 5.5 kW
(D cut shaft)

section and specification


Dimensions of input
(mm)

Motor output A B C D E F G H I

0.1 kW 110G7 25 14 5 10 – 4-M8 130 11F7


0.2 kW 110G7 25 14 5 10 – 4-M8 130 11F7
0.4 kW 110G7 32 14 5 16.3 5 4-M8 130 14F7
0.75 kW 130G7 42 20 5 21.8 6 4-M10 165 19F7
1.5 kW 130G7 52 16 5 27.3 8 4-M10 165 24F7
2.2 kW 180G7 62 20 5 31.3 8 4-M12 215 28F7
3.7 kW 180G7 65 20 5 31.3 8 4-M12 215 28F7
5.5 kW 230G7 82 20 5 41.3 10 4-M12 265 38F7

■ Relationship between the input shaft revolution speed and allowable output shaft torque
An allow able torque for the output shaft on the specification chart is obtained when the input revolution
speed is as follows. 50 Hz: 1500 r/min, 60 Hz: 1800 r/min.
If a revolution speed other than above is used, an allowable output shaft torque is a value obtained by
multiplying the torque correction factor in the following drawing.

Allowable torque factor of output shaft for input shaft rotating speed
(Ex.)
When GRTA 010-18L50 is used with the
input revolution speed of 2500 r/min. By
Torque correction factor

referring the graph to the left, the correction


factor when the input revolution speed of
2500 r/min is 0.65
Allowable output shaft torque = 28.4×0.65 = 18.46N
{2.9×0.65 = 1.88kgf
・ m}
Allowable output shaft O.H.L. = 1264×0.65 = 821.6N
{129×0.65 = 838kgf}
Allowable input shaft O.H.L. = 96.0×0.65 = 62.4N
{9.8×0.65 = 6.37kgf}

Input shaft revolution speed(r/min)


Note 1) The correction coefficient shown in the figure above is also applied to the allowable input/output shaft O.H.L.
Note 2) For the inertia ratio and allowable starting frequency, refer to Table 3 on page 258.
Note 3) Please contact us if using the product as a speed increaser.

50
Specification chart

■Specification chart
GEAR MOTOR TA series

reduction steps
Frame number
4P motor Allowable output shaft torque Allowable O.H.L. Allowable output Page and drawing number

Number of
capacity Nominal Actual reduction
Model number N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} Inline type input shaft shaft O.H.L. of outline dimensions
equivalence reduction ratio ratio
kW 50Hz:1500r/min 60Hz:1800r/min N {kgf} N {kgf} Foot mount type Flange mount type
5 1/5 1/ 4.932 (5.031) 2.8 { 0.29 } 2.4 { 0.24 } 274 { 28 } 53・54− 1 63・64− 1
10 1/10 1/ 9.953 (9.779) 5.7 { 0.58 } 4.8 { 0.49 } 431 { 44 }
15 1/15 1/ 15.027(14.800) 8.6 { 0.88 } 7.2 { 0.73 } 568 { 58 }
20 18 1/20 1/ 20.417(19.821) 11.8 { 1.2 } 9.5 { 0.97 } 686 { 70 } 53・54 63・64
2
25 1/25 1/ 25.461(24.843) 14.7 { 1.5 } 11.8 { 1.2 } 804 { 82 } | |
30 1/30 1/ 29.944 17.6 { 1.8 } 14.7 { 1.5 } 902 { 92 } 2 2
40 1/40 1/ 40.153 22.5 { 2.3 } 19.6 { 2.0 } 1098 { 112 }
50 1/50 1/ 49.817 28.4 { 2.9 } 23.5 { 2.4 } 1264 { 129 }
60 1/60 1/ 57.829 34.3 { 3.5 } 28.4 { 2.9 } 1431 { 146 }
Specification chart

75 1/75 1/ 75.252 43.1 { 4.4 } 36.3 { 3.7 } 1666 { 170 }


GRTA010 0.1 53・54 63・64
100 1/100 1/ 99.644 56.8 { 5.8 } 48.0 { 4.9 } 2009 { 205 }
24 3 96.0 {9.8} | |
120 1/120 1/ 122.160 68.6 { 7.0 } 56.8 { 5.8 } 2274 { 232 } 3 3
165 1/165 1/ 172.821 94.1 { 9.6 } 78.4 { 8.0 } 2813 { 287 }
200 1/200 1/ 197.213 115 { 11.7 } 95.1 { 9.7 } 3195 { 326 }
300 1/300 1/ 305.455 143 { 14.6 } 120 { 12.2 } 3195 { 326 } 53・54 63・64
360 28 1/360 1/ 360.000 172 { 17.5 } 143 { 14.6 } 3606 { 368 } | |
450 1/450 1/ 439.481 215 { 21.9 } 179 { 18.3 } 4185 { 427 } 4 4

600 1/600 1/ 609.265 4 286 { 29.2 } 239 { 24.4 } 5076 { 518 }


720 1/720 1/ 702.677 344 { 35.1 } 286 { 29.2 } 5733 { 585 } 53・54 63・64
38 | |
1000 1/1000 1/ 964.229 446 { 45.5 } 319 { 32.5 } 6664 { 680 } 5 5
※ ※
1200 1/1200 1/ 1155.363 459 { 46.8 } 382 { 39.0 } 6684 { 682 }
5 1/5 1/ 5.023 (5.031) 5.7 { 0.58 } 4.7 { 0.48 } 431 { 44 } 55・56− 1 65・66− 1
10 1/10 1/ 10.066 (9.779) 11.8 { 1.2 } 9.5 { 0.97 } 686 { 70 }
15 1/15 1/ 15.079(14.800) 17.6 { 1.8 } 14.7 { 1.5 } 902 { 92 } 55・56 65・66
18
| |
20 1/20 1/ 20.118(19.821) 22.5 { 2.3 } 19.6 { 2.0 } 1098 { 112 } 2 2
2
25 1/25 1/ 25.333(24.843) 28.4 { 2.9 } 23.5 { 2.4 } 1264 { 129 }
30 1/30 1/ 29.571(29.464) 34.3 { 3.5 } 28.4 { 2.9 } 1431 { 146 }
40 1/40 1/ 39.030 46.1 { 4.7 } 38.2 { 3.9 } 1735 { 177 } 55・56 65・66
50 24 1/50 1/ 49.407 56.8 { 5.8 } 48.0 { 4.9 } 2009 { 205 } | |
60 1/60 1/ 59.417 68.6 { 7.0 } 56.8 { 5.8 } 2274 { 232 } 3 3
75 1/75 1/ 72.286 86.2 { 8.8 } 71.5 { 7.3 } 2636 { 269 }
100 1/100 1/ 97.785 115 { 11.7 } 95.1 { 9.7 } 3195 { 326 }
GRTA020 0.2 3 147 {15} 55・56 65・66
120 1/120 1/ 120.653 137 { 14.0 } 115 { 11.7 } 3606 { 368 }
28 | |
165 1/165 1/ 160.136 189 { 19.3 } 158 { 16.1 } 4459 { 455 } 4 4
200 1/200 1/ 194.775 218 { 22.2 } 181 { 18.5 } 4822 { 492 }
300 1/300 1/ 294.857 286 { 29.2 } 239 { 24.4 } 4861 { 496 } 55・56 65・66
360 38 1/360 1/ 360.490 343 { 35.0 } 286 { 29.2 } 5488 { 560 } | |
450 1/450 1/ 448.000 430 { 43.9 } 358 { 36.5 } 5792 { 591 } 5 5
600 1/600 1/ 577.684 4 611 { 62.3 } 509 { 51.9 } 7301 { 745 }
720 1/720 1/ 735.000 733 { 74.8 } 611 { 62.3 } 8242 { 841 } 55・56 65・66
42 | |
1000 1/1000 1/ 964.923 827 { 84.4 } 689 { 70.3 } 9800 {1000 } 6 6
※ ※
1200 1/1200 1/ 1187.879 840 { 85.7 } 700 { 71.4 } 9800 {1000 }
5 1/5 1/ 4.950 12.1 { 1.23 } 10.0 { 1.02 } 686 { 70 }
10 1/10 1/ 10.313 24.5 { 2.5 } 20.6 { 2.1 } 1098 { 112 } 57・58 67・68
15 24 1/15 1/ 15.125 36.3 { 3.7 } 30.4 { 3.1 } 1431 { 146 } | |
2 1 1
20 1/20 1/ 19.388 48.0 { 4.9 } 40.2 { 4.1 } 1735 { 177 }
25 1/25 1/ 24.750 60.8 { 6.2 } 50.0 { 5.1 } 2009 { 205 }
30 1/30 1/ 30.875 72.5 { 7.4 } 60.8 { 6.2 } 2274 { 232 }
40 1/40 1/ 40.519 94.1 { 9.6 } 78.4 { 8.0 } 2754 { 281 } 57・58 67・68
50 28 1/50 1/ 50.909 118 { 12.0 } 98.0 { 10.0 } 3195 { 326 } | |
60 1/60 1/ 60.000 140 { 14.3 } 118 { 12.0 } 3606 { 368 } 2 2
75 1/75 1/ 73.247 175 { 17.9 } 146 { 14.9 } 4185 { 427 }
3
100 1/100 1/ 101.544 234 { 23.9 } 195 { 19.9 } 5076 { 518 }
GRTA040 0.4 235 {24} 57・58 67・68
120 1/120 1/ 117.113 281 { 28.7 } 234 { 23.9 } 5733 { 585 }
38 | |
165 1/165 1/ 160.705 364 { 37.1 } 303 { 30.9 } 6664 { 680 } 3 3
200 1/200 1/ 192.560 389 { 39.7 } 324 { 33.1 } 6684 { 682 }
300 1/300 1/ 292.226 611 { 62.3 } 509 { 51.9 } 7301 { 745 } 57・58 67・68
360 42 1/360 1/ 368.952 733 { 74.8 } 611 { 62.3 } 8242 { 841 } | |
450 1/450 1/ 437.152 916 { 93.5 } 763 { 77.9 } 9565 { 976 } 4 4
600 1/600 1/ 597.694 4 1222 {124.7 } 1018 {103.9 } 11584 {1182 }
720 1/720 1/ 748.052 1466 {149.6 } 1222 {124.7 } 13073 {1334 } 57・58 67・68
50 | |
1000 1/1000 1/ 962.850 1654 {168.8 } 1379 {140.7 } 13230 {1350 } 5 5
※ ※
1200 1/1200 1/ 1165.714 1680 {171.4 } 1400 {142.9 } 13230 {1350 }
Note 1) Values in( )are actual reduction ratio of three-phase motor type and CB gear motor.
Note 2) The models marked with ※ are ones for which the torque limited.
51
GEAR MOTOR/Adapter type・Inline reducer type

GEAR MOTOR TA series


reduction steps
Frame number
4P motor Allowable output shaft torque Allowable O.H.L. Allowable output Page and drawing number

Number of
capacity Nominal Actual reduction
Model number N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} Inline type input shaft shaft O.H.L. of outline dimensions
equivalence reduction ratio ratio
kW 50Hz:1500r/min 60:1800r/min N {kgf} N {kgf} Foot mount type Flange mount type
5 1/5 1/ 5.061 22.6 { 2.31 } 18.8 { 1.92 } 1049 { 107 }
10 1/10 1/ 10.159 45.1 { 4.6 } 38.2 { 3.9 } 1666 { 170 } 59 69
| |
15 28 1/15 1/ 14.694 67.6 { 6.9 } 56.8 { 5.8 } 2176 { 222 } 1 1
2
20 1/20 1/ 19.948 91.1 { 9.3 } 75.5 { 7.7 } 2636 { 269 } 5 5
25 1/25 1/ 25.397 114 { 11.6 } 94.1 { 9.6 } 3058 { 312 }
30 1/30 1/ 30.381 136 { 13.9 } 114 { 11.6 } 3459 { 353 }
40 1/40 1/ 40.635 175 { 17.9 } 146 { 14.9 } 4185 { 427 } 59 69
| |
50 38 1/50 1/ 49.143 220 { 22.4 } 183 { 18.7 } 4861 { 496 } 2 2
GRTA075 60 0.75 1/60 1/ 60.082 264 { 26.9 } 220 { 22.4 } 353 {36} 5488 { 560 } 6 6

Specification chart
75 1/75 1/ 74.667 300 { 30.6 } 250 { 25.5 } 5792 { 591 }
3
100 1/100 1/ 96.280 439 { 44.8 } 369 { 37.7 } 7301 { 745 } 59 69
120 1/120 1/ 122.500 527 { 53.8 } 439 { 44.8 } 8242 { 841 } | |
42 3 3
165 1/165 1/ 160.820 724 { 73.9 } 604 { 61.6 } 9800 {1000 }
7 7
200 1/200 1/ 197.979 735 { 75.0 } 613 { 62.5 } 9800 {1000 }
300 1/300 1/ 298.523 1146 {116.9 } 955 { 97.4 } 9418 { 961 } 59 69
| |
360 50 1/360 1/ 363.462 4 1289 {131.5 } 1074 {109.6 } 10633 {1085 } 4 4
450 1/450 1/ 448.907 ※
1396 ※
{142.4 } 1163 {118.7 } 12338 {1259 } 8 8
5 1/5 1/ 5.000 45.3 { 4.62 } 37.7 { 3.85 } 1666 { 170 }
10 1/10 1/ 10.000 91.1 { 9.3 } 75.5 { 7.7 } 2548 { 260 } 60 70
15 1/15 1/ 15.000 136 { 13.9 } 114 { 11.6 } 3342 { 341 } | |
38 2 1 1
20 1/20 1/ 19.615 181 { 18.5 } 151 { 15.4 } 4047 { 413 }
4 4
25 1/25 1/ 24.091 226 { 23.1 } 189 { 19.3 } 4694 { 479 }
30 1/30 1/ 30.000 272 { 27.8 } 226 { 23.1 } 5302 { 541 }
40 1/40 1/ 39.253 351 { 35.8 } 293 { 29.9 } 6292 { 642 } 60 70
GRTA150 1.5 568 {58}
50 1/50 1/ 48.704 439 { 44.8 } 366 { 37.3 } 7301 { 745 } | |
42
60 1/60 1/ 61.492 527 { 53.8 } 439 { 44.8 } 8242 { 841 } 2 2
75 1/75 1/ 72.859 659 { 67.2 } 549 { 56.0 } 9565 { 976 } 5 5
3
100 1/100 1/ 99.616 878 { 89.6 } 732 { 74.7 } 11584 {1182 } 60 70
120 1/120 1/ 124.675 1054 {107.5 } 878 { 89.6 } 13073 {1334 } | |
50 3 3
165 1/165 1/ 160.475 1449 {147.9 } 1207 {123.2 } 13230 {1350 }
200 1/200 1/ 194.286 ※
1470 ※
{150.0 } 1225 {125.0 } 13230 {1350 } 6 6

5 1/5 1/ 5.000 66.6 { 6.8 } 55.9 { 5.7 } 2078 { 212 }


10 1/10 1/ 9.870 133 { 13.6 } 111 { 11.3 } 3293 { 336 } 61 71
15 1/15 1/ 14.454 200 { 20.4 } 167 { 17.0 } 4312 { 440 } | |
42 2
20 1/20 1/ 20.659 266 { 27.1 } 221 { 22.6 } 5223 { 533 } 1 1
25 1/25 1/ 25.455 332 { 33.9 } 277 { 28.3 } 6066 { 619 } 4 4

30 1/30 1/ 29.143 399 { 40.7 } 332 { 33.9 } 6850 { 699 }


40 1/40 1/ 38.806 515 { 52.6 } 429 { 43.8 } 8114 { 828 } 61 71
GRTA220 2.2 735 {75}
50 1/50 1/ 49.754 644 { 65.7 } 537 { 54.8 } 9418 { 961 } | |
50 2 2
60 1/60 1/ 60.577 773 { 78.9 } 644 { 65.7 } 10633 {1085 }
75 1/75 1/ 74.818 966 { 98.6 } 805 { 82.1 } 12338 {1259 } 5 5
3
100 1/100 1/ 101.957 1288 { 131.4 } 1076 { 109.5 } 14955 {1526 } 61 71
120 1/120 1/ 118.321 1545 { 157.7 } 1288 { 131.4 } 16885 {1723 } | |
63 3 3
165 1/165 1/ 165.073 2126 { 216.9 } 1771 { 180.7 } 17640 {1800 }
※ ※ 6 6
200 1/200 1/ 200.138 2156 { 220.0 } 1796 { 183.3 } 17640 {1800 }
5 1/5 1/ 4.865 112 { 11.4 } 93.1 { 9.5 } 2930 { 299 }
10 1/10 1/ 10.080 223 { 22.8 } 186 { 19.0 } 4645 { 474 } 62 72
15 1/15 1/ 15.158 335 { 34.2 } 279 { 28.5 } 6096 { 622 } | |
2 1 1
20 1/20 1/ 20.667 448 { 45.7 } 372 { 38.0 } 7389 { 754 }
GRTA370 3.7 50 1039 {106} 3 3
25 1/25 1/ 24.923 560 { 57.1 } 466 { 47.6 } 8565 { 874 }
30 1/30 1/ 30.545 671 { 68.5 } 560 { 57.1 } 9673 { 987 }
40 1/40 1/ 40.461 866 { 88.4 } 722 { 73.7 } 10290 {1050 } 62 72
3 | |

50 1/50 1/ 49.703 1083 { 110.5 } 903 { 92.1 } 10290 {1050 } 2 4 2 4


5 1/5 1/ 5.069 167 { 17.0 } 138 { 14.1 } 3812 { 389 }
10 1/10 1/ 9.990 332 { 33.9 } 277 { 28.3 } 6056 { 618 } 62 72
15 1/15 1/ 15.359 499 { 50.9 } 416 { 42.4 } 7938 { 810 } | |
GRTA550 5.5 50 2 1352 {138} 5 5
20 1/20 1/ 19.770 665 { 67.9 } 554 { 56.5 } 9624 { 982 }
6 6
25 1/25 1/ 24.370 831 { 84.8 } 693 { 70.7 } 10290 {1050 }
※ ※
30 1/30 1/ 29.244 893 { 91.1 } 744 { 75.9 } 10290 {1050 }
Note) The models marked with ※ are ones for which the torque limited.

52
Outline dimensions Foot mount type

0.1kW: Adapter type


GEAR MOTOR TA series

GRTA010-18L5FI 1 GRTA010-18L10∼50FI 2
Reduction ratio : 5 Approx. weight : 6.2kg Reduction ratio : 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 Approx. weight : 4.8kg
Outline dimensions

GRTA010-24L60∼200FI 3 GRTA010-28L300∼450FI 4
Reduction ratio : 60, 75, 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 6.2kg Reduction ratio : 300, 360, 450 Approx. weight : 9.6kg

GRTA010-38L600∼1200FI 5
Reduction ratio : 600. 720. 1000. 1200 Approx. weight : 14.0kg

Note) For the dimension of input section, refer to the chart on page 50.

Nomenclature Specification chart Technical Information


53 Page 49 Page 51 Page 254
GEAR MOTOR/Adapter type・Inline reducer type

0.1kW: Inline reducer type

GEAR MOTOR TA series


GRTA010-18L5 1 GRTA010-18L10∼50 2
Reduction ratio : 5 Approx. weight : 3.8kg Reduction ratio : 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 Approx. weight : 2.6kg

Outline dimensions
GRTA010-24L60∼200 3 GRTA010-28L300∼450 4
Reduction ratio : 60, 75, 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 4.0kg Reduction ratio : 300, 360, 450 Approx. weight : 7.2kg

GRTA010-38L600∼1200 5
Reduction ratio : 600, 720, 1000, 1200 Approx. weight : 11.5kg

Nomenclature Specification chart Technical Information


Page 49 Page 51 Page 254 54
Outline dimensions Foot mount type

0.2kW: Adapter type


GEAR MOTOR TA series

GRTA020-18L5FI 1 GRTA020-18L10∼25FI 2
Reduction ratio : 5 Approx. weight : 6.2kg Reduction ratio : 10, 15, 20, 25 Approx. weight : 4.8kg
Outline dimensions

GRTA020-24L30∼75FI 3 GRTA020-28L100∼200FI 4
Reduction ratio : 30, 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 6.2kg Reduction ratio : 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 8.6kg

GRTA020-38L300∼450FI 5 GRTA020-42L600∼1200FI 6
Reduction ratio : 300, 360, 450 Approx. weight : 14.5kg Reduction ratio : 600, 720, 1000, 1200 Approx. weight : 36.9kg

Note) For the dimension of input section, refer to the chart on page 50.

Nomenclature Specification chart Technical Information


55 Page 49 Page 51 Page 254
GEAR MOTOR/Adapter type・Inline reducer type

0.2kW: Inline reducer type

GEAR MOTOR TA series


GRTA020-18L5 1 GRTA020-18L10∼25 2
Reduction ratio : 5 Approx. weight : 3.8kg Reduction ratio : 10, 15, 20, 25 Approx. weight : 2.6kg

Outline dimensions
GRTA020-24L30∼75 3 GRTA020-28L100∼200 4
Reduction ratio : 30, 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 4.0kg Reduction ratio : 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 6.2kg

GRTA020-38L300∼450 5 GRTA020-42L600∼1200 6
Reduction ratio : 300, 360, 450 Approx. weight : 12.0kg Reduction ratio : 600, 720, 1000, 1200 Approx. weight : 34.3kg

Nomenclature Specification chart Technical Information


Page 49 Page 51 Page 254 56
Outline dimensions Foot mount type

0.4kW: Adapter type


GEAR MOTOR TA series

GRTA040-24L5∼25FI 1 GRTA040-28L30∼75FI 2
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25 Approx. weight : 6.6kg Reduction ratio : 30, 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 9.0kg
Outline dimensions

GRTA040-38L100∼200FI 3 GRTA040-42L300∼450FI 4
Reduction ratio : 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 13.0kg Reduction ratio : 300, 360, 450 Approx. weight : 42.2kg

GRTA040-50L600∼1200FI 5
Reduction ratio : 600, 720, 1000, 1200 Approx. weight : 62.2kg

Note) For the dimension of input section, refer to the chart on page 50.

Nomenclature Specification chart Technical Information


57 Page 49 Page 51 Page 254
GEAR MOTOR/Adapter type・Inline reducer type

0.4kW: Inline reducer type

GEAR MOTOR TA series


GRTA040-24L5∼25 1 GRTA040-28L30∼75 2
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25 Approx. weight : 4.0kg Reduction ratio : 30, 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 6.4kg

Outline dimensions
GRTA040-38L100∼200 3 GRTA040-42L300∼450 4
Reduction ratio : 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 10.5kg Reduction ratio : 300, 360, 450 Approx. weight : 39.6kg

GRTA040-50L600∼1200 5
Reduction ratio : 600, 720, 1000, 1200 Approx. weight : 59.6kg

Nomenclature Specification chart Technical Information


Page 49 Page 51 Page 254 58
Outline dimensions Foot mount type

0.75kW: Adapter type 0.75kW: Inline reducer type


GEAR MOTOR TA series

GRTA075-28L5∼25FI 1 GRTA075-28L5∼25 5
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25 Approx. weight : 11.5kg Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25 Approx. weight : 7.4kg
Outline dimensions

GRTA075-38L30∼75FI 2 GRTA075-38L30∼75 6
Reduction ratio : 30, 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 15.5kg Reduction ratio : 30, 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 11.5kg

GRTA075-42L100∼200FI 3 GRTA075-42L100∼200 7
Reduction ratio : 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 37.0kg Reduction ratio : 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 32.9kg

GRTA075-50L300∼450FI 4 GRTA075-50L300∼450 8
Reduction ratio : 300, 360, 450 Approx. weight : 61.1kg Reduction ratio : 300, 360, 450 Approx. weight : 57.0kg

Nomenclature Specification chart Technical Information


Note) For the dimension of input section, refer to the chart on page 50.
59 Page 49 Page 51 Page 254
GEAR MOTOR/Adapter type・Inline reducer type

1.5kW: Adapter type 1.5kW: Inline reducer type

GEAR MOTOR TA series


GRTA150-38L5∼30FI 1 GRTA150-38L5∼30 4
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 19.0kg Reduction ratio : 5, 10,15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 16.0kg

Outline dimensions
GRTA150-42L40∼75FI 2 GRTA150-42L40∼75 5
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 40.0kg Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 37.0kg

GRTA150-50L100∼200FI 3 GRTA150-50L100∼200 6
Reduction ratio : 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 60.0kg Reduction ratio : 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 57.0kg

Note) For the dimensions of input section, refer to the chart on page 50.

Nomenclature Specification chart Technical Information


Page 49 Page 51 Page 254 60
Outline dimensions Foot mount type

2.2kW: Adapter type 2.2kW: Inline reducer type


GEAR MOTOR TA series

GRTA220-42L5∼30FI 1 GRTA220-42L5∼30 4
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 40.0kg Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 32.0kg
Outline dimensions

GRTA220-50L40∼75FI 2 GRTA220-50L40∼75 5
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 61.0kg Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 53.0kg

GRTA220-63L100∼200FI 3 GRTA220-63L100∼200 6
Reduction ratio : 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 92.0kg Reduction ratio : 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 84.0kg

Note) For the dimension of input section, refer to the chart on page 50.

Nomenclature Specification chart Technical Information


61 Page 49 Page 51 Page 254
GEAR MOTOR/Adapter type・Inline reducer type

3.7kW: Adapter type 3.7kW: Inline reducer type

GEAR MOTOR TA series


GRTA370-50L5∼30FI 1 GRTA370-50L5∼30 3
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 58.0kg Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 53.0kg

Outline dimensions
GRTA370-50L40∼50FI 2 GRTA370-50L40∼50 4
Reduction ratio : 40, 50 Approx. weight : 62.0kg Reduction ratio : 40, 50 Approx. weight : 57.0kg

5.5kW : Adapter type 5.5kW: Inline reducer type


GRTA550-50L5∼30FI 5 GRTA550-50L5∼30 6
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 69.0kg Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 62.0kg

Note) For the dimension of input section, refer to the chart on page 50.

Nomenclature Specification chart Technical Information


Page 49 Page 51 Page 254 62
Outline dimensions Face mount type

0.1kW: Adapter type


GEAR MOTOR TA series

GRTA010-18U5FI 1 GRTA010-18U10∼50FI 2
Reduction ratio : 5 Approx. weight : 6.0kg Reduction ratio : 10, 15, 20, 25 , 30, 40, 50 Approx. weight : 4.6kg
Outline dimensions

GRTA010-24U60∼200FI 3 GRTA010-28U300∼450FI 4
Reduction ratio : 60, 75, 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 6.2kg Reduction ratio : 300, 360, 450 Approx. weight : 9.6kg

GRTA010-38U600∼1200FI 5
Reduction ratio : 600, 720, 1000, 1200 Approx. weight : 19.5kg

Note) For the dimension of input section, refer to the chart on page 50.

Nomenclature Specification chart Technical Information


63 Page 49 Page 51 Page 254
GEAR MOTOR/Adapter type・Inline reducer type

0.1kW: Inline reducer type

GEAR MOTOR TA series


GRTA010-18U5 1 GRTA010-18U10∼50 2
Reduction ratio : 5 Approx. weight : 3.6kg Reduction ratio : 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 Approx. weight : 2.4kg

Outline dimensions
GRTA010-24U60∼200 3 GRTA010-28U300∼450 4
Reduction ratio : 60, 75, 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 3.8kg Reduction ratio : 300, 360, 450 Approx. weight : 7.2kg

GRTA010-38U600∼1200 5
Reduction ratio : 600, 720, 1000, 1200 Approx. weight : 17.0kg

Nomenclature Specification chart Technical Information


Page 49 Page 51 Page 254 64
Outline dimensions Face mount type Flange mount

0.2kW: Adapter type


GEAR MOTOR TA series

GRTA020-18U5FI 1 GRTA020-18U10∼25FI 2
Reduction ratio : 5 Approx. weight : 6.0kg Reduction ratio : 10, 15, 20, 25 Approx. weight : 4.6kg
Outline dimensions

GRTA020-24U30∼75FI 3 GRTA020-28U100∼200FI 4
Reduction ratio : 30, 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 6.2kg Reduction ratio : 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 8.6kg

GRTA020-38U300∼450FI 5 GRTA020-42F600∼1200FI 6
Reduction ratio : 300, 360, 450 Approx. weight : 20.5kg Reduction ratio : 600, 720, 1000, 1200 Approx. weight : 38.2kg

Note) For the dimension of input section, refer to the chart on page 50.

Nomenclature Specification chart Technical Information


65 Page 49 Page 51 Page 254
GEAR MOTOR/Adapter type・Inline reducer type

0.2kW: Inline reducer type

GEAR MOTOR TA series


GRTA020-18U5 1 GRTA020-18U10∼25 2
Reduction ratio : 5 Approx. weight : 3.6kg Reduction ratio : 10, 15, 20, 25 Approx. weight : 2.4kg

Outline dimensions
GRTA020-24U30∼75 3 GRTA020-28U100∼200 4
Reduction ratio : 30, 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 3.8kg Reduction ratio : 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 6.2kg

GRTA020-38U300∼450 5 GRTA020-42F600∼1200 6
Reduction ratio : 300, 360, 450 Approx. weight : 18.0kg Reduction ratio : 600, 720, 1000, 1200 Approx. weight : 36.5kg

Nomenclature Specification chart Technical Information


Page 49 Page 51 Page 254 66
Outline dimensions Face mount type Flange mount

0.4kW: Adapter type


GEAR MOTOR TA series

GRTA040-24U5∼25FI 1 GRTA040-28U30∼75FI 2
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25 Approx. weight : 6.6kg Reduction ratio : 30, 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 9.0kg
Outline dimensions

GRTA040-38U100∼200FI 3 GRTA040-42F300∼450FI 4
Reduction ratio : 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 19.5kg Reduction ratio : 300, 360, 450 Approx. weight : 43.2kg

GRTA040-50F600∼1200FI 5
Reduction ratio : 600, 720, 1000, 1200 Approx. weight : 64.2kg

Note) For the dimensions of input section, refer to the chart on page 50.

Nomenclature Specification chart Technical Information


67 Page 49 Page 51 Page 254
GEAR MOTOR/Adapter type・Inline reducer type

0.4kW: Inline reducer type

GEAR MOTOR TA series


GRTA040-24U5∼25 1 GRTA040-28U30∼75 2
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25 Approx. weight : 3.8kg Reduction ratio : 30, 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 6.4kg

Outline dimensions
GRTA040-38U100∼200 3 GRTA040-42F300∼450 4
Reduction ratio : 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 16.5kg Reduction ratio : 300, 360, 450 Approx. weight : 40.6kg

GRTA040-50F600∼1200 5
Reduction ratio : 600, 720, 1000, 1200 Approx. weight : 62.9kg

Nomenclature Specification chart Technical Information


Page 49 Page 51 Page 254 68
Outline dimensions Face mount type Flange mount

0.75kW: Adapter type 0.75kW: Inline reducer type


GEAR MOTOR TA series

GRTA075-28U5∼25FI 1 GRTA075-28U5∼25 5
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25 Approx. weight : 11.5kg Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25 Approx. weight : 7.4kg
Outline dimensions

GRTA075-38U30∼75FI 2 GRTA075-38U30∼75 6
Reduction ratio : 30, 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 21.5kg Reduction ratio : 30, 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 17.5kg

GRTA075-42F100∼200FI 3 GRTA075-42F100∼200 7
Reduction ratio : 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 39.0kg Reduction ratio : 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 36.9kg

GRTA075-50F300∼450FI 4 GRTA075-50F300∼450 8
Reduction ratio : 300, 360, 450 Approx. weight : 63.1kg Reduction ratio : 300, 360, 450 Approx. weight : 61.9kg

Nomenclature Specification chart Technical Information


Note) For the dimension of input section, refer to the chart on page 50.
69 Page 49 Page 51 Page 254
GEAR MOTOR/Adapter type・Inline reducer type

1.5kW: Adapter type 1.5kW: Inline reducer type

GEAR MOTOR TA series


GRTA150-38U5∼30FI 1 GRTA150-38U5∼30 4
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 26.0kg Reduction ratio : 5, 10,15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 23.0kg

Outline dimensions
GRTA150-42F40∼75FI 2 GRTA150-42F40∼75 5
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 41.0kg Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 38.0kg

GRTA150-50F100∼200FI 3 GRTA150-50F100∼200 6
Reduction ratio : 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 62.0kg Reduction ratio : 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 59.0kg

Note) For the dimension of input section, refer to the chart on page 50.

Nomenclature Specification chart Technical Information


Page 49 Page 51 Page 254 70
Outline dimensions Flange mount

2.2kW: Adapter type 2.2kW: Inline reducer type


GEAR MOTOR TA series

GRTA220-42F5∼30FI 1 GRTA220-42F5∼30 4
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 42.0kg Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 34.0kg
Outline dimensions

GRTA220-50F40∼75FI 2 GRTA220-50F40∼75 5
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 64.0kg Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 56.0kg

GRTA220-63F100∼200FI 3 GRTA220-63F100∼200 6
Reduction ratio : 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 96.0kg Reduction ratio : 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 88.0kg

Note) For the dimension of input section, refer to the chart on page 50.

Nomenclature Specification chart Technical Information


71 Page 49 Page 51 Page 254
GEAR MOTOR/Adapter type・Inline reducer type

3.7kW: Adapter type 3.7kW: Inline reducer type

GEAR MOTOR TA series


GRTA370-50F5∼30FI 1 GRTA370-50F5∼30 3
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 60.0kg Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 55.0kg

Outline dimensions
GRTA370-50F40∼50FI 2 GRTA370-50F40∼50 4
Reduction ratio : 40, 50 Approx. weight : 64.0kg Reduction ratio : 40, 50 Approx. weight : 59.0kg

Note) For the dimension of input section, refer to the chart on page 50.

5.5kW: Adapter type 5.5kW: Inline reducer type


GRTA550-50F5∼30FI 5 GRTA550-50F5∼30 6
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 72.0kg Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 65.0kg

Note) For the dimension of input section, refer to the chart on page 50.

Nomenclature Specification chart Technical Information


Page 49 Page 51 Page 254 72
Notes

73
Nomenclature and model lineup

①Product HMTA Motorized type


series name HRTA Inline reducer type and adapter type
②Motor capacity 010 Three-phase 0.1kW Combination of specification codes and option codes
(example) 150 Three-phase 1.5kW
0.1kW∼0.75kW
③Frame number 38 Frame number 38
Specification code for None Specification code for B Specification code for BE
(example) 55 Frame number 55
Z ZW ZWV W WV (0.1kW only) Z ZV
④Mounting type L Foot mount type ZJ ZJV WC WCV V VH
U Face mount type ZV ZVH Z ZV ZVH H
H Hollow shaft type
HYPOID MOTOR TA series

ZH ZVQ
⑤Reduction ratio 1200 1/1200 W WN ZVM Specification code for SR
(example) 200 1/200 WV WV1 ZH ZHQ N
WV2 ZHM
⑥Shaft L Output shaft located to the left as viewed from the motor side WV3 ZQ ZQM Specification code for K
arrangement T Output shaft located on both sides WV4 ZM Z ZW ZWV
R Output shaft located to the right as viewed from the motor side WVN V VN ZJ ZJV
S Output shaft located on one side (face side: for face mount type only) J JV JV1 VH VHQ W WV WV1
No code Hollow shaft type JV2 VHM WV2
JV3 VQ VQM WV3
⑦Specification No code Without B or BE
JV4 VM WV4
code B Brake type
V VH V1 V1H J JV JV1
FI Adapter type VN V2 V2H JV2
K Power lock type (For hollow shaft type with standard shaft hole diameter only) VN2 V3 V3H JV3
BE Encoder type V1 V1H V4 V4H JV4
SR Shock relay specification (0.1 to 0.4 kW only) V2 V2H N V VN
⑧Option code Z Inverter motor type V3 V3H N2 VN2
(Order of priority) W Outdoor type V4 V4H PN3 PVN3 PN3 PVN3
Nomenclature and

WC Outdoor type with continuous nominal (Brake type with 0.2 to 0.75 kW only) VH HN3 HVN3 HN3 HVN3
N H HQ HQM WN3 WVN3
J Waterproof specification (0.1 to 0.75 kW only)
model lineup

N2 HM VH
V 400V class (400/400/440V 50/50/60Hz)
PN3 PVN3 Q QM V1 V1H
V1 380V50Hz HN3 HVN3 M V2 V2H
V2 380V60Hz WN3 WVN3 A1 V3 V3H
V3 415V50Hz H A2 V4 V4H
V4 460V60Hz A1
N 200V class Ready for CE A2
N2 200V class Ready for UL
PN3 200V class Ready for CCC (resin terminal box) Note)Combinations of outdoor-type with a brake and waterproof type are made-to-order products.
Motor specification differs from standard products. Please be careful.
HN3 200V class Ready for CCC (hard terminal box)
WN3 200V class CCC outdoor Global
VN 400V class Ready for CE seriesNote) 1.5kW∼5.5kW
VN2 400V class Ready for UL Specification code for None Specification code for B Specification code for K
PVN3 400V class Ready for CCC (resin terminal box) Z ZW ZWV Z ZV ZVQ Z ZW ZWV
HVN3 400V class Ready for CCC (hard terminal box) ZV ZQ W WV
WVN3 400V class CCC outdoor W WV V VQ WV1
H Hard terminal box type (0.1 to 0.75 kW only) WV1 V1 WV2
Q One-touch manual release type WV2 V2 WV3
M Manual shaft type WV3 V3 WV4
A1 Heat-resistance specification (0.1 to 0.75 kW only) WV4 V4 V
A2 Low-temperature-proof specification (0.1 to 0.75 kW only) V Q V1
V1 V2
Note) Refer to page 301 for capacity and voltage corresponding to the global series.
V2 V3
V3 V4
V4
VN Specification code for BE
■Supplementary code (indicated on the second line of the model number) N
A1
Z ZV
V
A2
1.Terminal box position 3.Paint color (standard color: Munsell 2.5G6/3) 4.Hollow shaft hole diameter Note)
A combination of "brake type" and "outdoor type" is a made-to-order products.
P1:90°swing C0:Light gray(Munsell N7.5) S1:φ20 S5:φ40 Motor specification differs from standard products. Please be careful.
P2:180°swing C1:Light silver metallic S2:φ25 S6:φ45
P3:240°swing C2:Ivory white S3:φ30 S7:φ50
C3:Dark silver metallic S4:φ35

2.Terminal box outlet direction


 0.1 kW to 0.75 kW: Outdoor type, Hard terminal box  1.5 kW to 5.5 kW: Standard item, outdoor terminal box
 D1:90°swing  D1:90°swing
 D2:180°swing  D2:180°swing
 D3:270°swing  D3:270°swing
  Note) Standard terminal boxes do not have an outlet direction code.

※Refer to the next page for details about the mounting direction and outlet direction of the terminal box.

77
HYPOID MOTOR TA series

■Model lineup
Three-phase motor type: Hollow shaft type (Non-brake, Brake-type)
5 7.5 10 12.5 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 80 100 120 160 200 300 360 480 600 720 960 1200

0.1kW 20H 30H 35H

0.2kW 20H 30H 35H 45H

0.4kW 30H 35H 45H 55H

0.75kW 35H 45H 55H

1.5kW 45H 55H

2.2kW 45H 55H

3.7kW 55H

5.5kW 55H

※Reduction ratio 1/7.5 and 1/12.5 are for only to 0.75 kW.

Three-phase motor type: Face mount type (Non-brake, Brake-type)


5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 80 100 120 160 200 300 360 480 600 720 960 1200

0.1kW 22U 24U 28U 38U

0.2kW 22U 28U 38U 42U

0.4kW 28U 38U 42U 50U

0.75kW 38U 42U 50U

1.5kW 42U 50U

HYPOID MOTOR TA series


2.2kW 42U 50U

3.7kW 50U

5.5kW 50U

Three-phase motor type: Foot mount type (Non-brake, Brake-type)


5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 80 100 120 160 200 300 360 480 600 720 960 1200

0.1kW 19L 22L 24L 28L 38L

0.2kW 19L 22L 28L 38L 42L

0.4kW 24L 38L 42L 50L

0.75kW 30L 42L 50L

1.5kW 42L 50L

2.2kW 42L 50L

3.7kW 50L

Nomenclature and
5.5kW 50L

model lineup
Frame numbers in thick-bordered boxes are the foot mount type.

Mounting direction and lead outlet of the terminal box


 1. Terminal box position codes ※When the reduction ratio of 0.1 kW and 0.2 kW is 1/300 to 1/1200, the terminal box position
Standard P1 P2 P3 is inclined to 15°from the horizontal position and becomes as shown in the following figure.
(D1 and D3 directions indicate outdoor type and ones with a hard terminal box attached.)

D1 Standard P2

D3

D3

D1

 2. Terminal box outlet direction


Positions D1(E1), D2(E2) and D3(E3) are obtained by sequentially rotating the lead outlet clockwise as viewed toward the terminal box by 90 degrees from the standard position of the lead outlet.
0.1 kW to 0.75 kW: Outdoor type, Hard terminal box 1.5 kW to 5.5 kW: Standard type, outdoor terminal box
※In case of the standard motor (resin terminal
box), the outlet position can be changed by the
setting direction of terminal box upper cover. E2

D1

E3
E1
D2
Standard

Standard
D3

78
Standard specifications HYPOID MOTOR TA series

■Specifications
Three-phase:0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.75, 1.5, 2.2, 3.7, 5.5kW
Output
Non-brake-type, Brake-type

Power supply 200/200/220V 50/60/60Hz

Number of poles 4

Protection type 0.1kW―Totally enclosed type (IP44) 0.2 to 5.5kW―Totally-enclosed external fan type (IP44)
Motor

Cooling method 0.1kW―Self cooled type (IC410) 0.2 to 5.5kW―Self managed type (IC411)

Starting method ー

Rating Continuous

Insulation 0.1 to 3.7kWーClass E, 5.5kWーClass B

Brake Non-excitation operation, DC electromagnetic brake

Reduction ratio 1/5 to 1/1200


Reducer

Lubricating method Grease

Start end key way New JIS key (JIS B1301-1976): Output shaft key attached (Ordinary-class key way, not for hollow shaft)
HYPOID MOTOR TA series

Output shaft end Tapped

Installation place Indoor not exposed to dust or water


Ambient condition

Ambient temperature −20℃ to 40℃

Ambient humidity Less than 85% (non condensing)

Altitude Elevations below 1000m

Atmosphere Free from corrosive gases, explosive gases and steam

Mounting direction No limitations on mounting angles : horizontal, vertical or inclined

Paint color Munsell 2.5G6/3


Standard specifications

Note) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.

■Motor specifications

Number Number
Frequency Voltage Rated current Rated revolution AC-side brake current
of Output of
Hz V A r/min Reference value at 20℃
phases poles

0.63/0.57/0.58 1420/1680/1710
0.1kW 0.12
(0.32/0.29/0.29) (1440/1740/1740)

1.2/1.1/1.1 1420/1700/1720
0.2kW 0.12
(0.59/0.55/0.55) (1410/1690/1720)

2.3/2.0/2.0 1380/1650/1680
0.4kW 0.16
(1.2/1.0/1.0) (1390/1670/1700)

3.8/3.4/3.4 1410/1690/1710
0.75kW 0.17
Three- (2.0/1.7/1.7) (1410/1690/1710)
4 50/60/60 200/200/220
phase
7.0/6.2/6.0 1420/1710/1730
1.5kW (400/400/440) 0.10
(3.5/3.1/3.0) (1420/1710/1730)

9.8/8.9/8.5 1420/1710/1730
2.2kW 0.10
(4.9/4.5/4.3) (1420/1710/1730)

16.0/14.8/14.0 1420/1710/1730
3.7kW 0.08
(8.0/7.4/7.0) (1420/1710/1730)

23.8/21.0/20.0 1430/1730/1740
5.5kW 0.10
(11.9/10.5/10.0) (1430/1730/1740)

Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) For the brake-type models, the brake current shown above is added for the phase where the brake lead wire is connected
to the motor lead wire.
The AC-side brake current is for 200 V AC 60 Hz and 100 V AC 60 Hz.

79
Specification chart HYPOID MOTOR TA series

■Specification chart
Number of Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output
Motor Actual reduction Output shaft revolution Page and drawing number
Model r/min
output reduction steps N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline dimensions
number
kW ratio U
L H 50Hz 60Hz
・ 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf}Hollow shaft type Face mount Foot mount type
5 1/5 300 360 2.7 {0.28} 2.4 {0.24} 588 {60}
7.5 1/7.5 200 240 4.2 {0.43} 3.4 {0.35} 784 {80}
10 1/10 150 180 5.6 {0.57} 4.6 {0.47} 980{100}
12.5 1/12.5 120 144 7.0 {0.71} 5.8 {0.59}1029{105}
108
15 1/15 100 120 8.3 {0.85} 7.0 {0.71}1078{110}
2 2 |
20 1/20 75 90 10.8 {1.1} 9.3 {0.95}1176{120}
84 96 1
25 1/25 60 72 13.7 {1.4} 11.8 {1.2} 1274{130} | |
30 1/30 50 60 16.7 {1.7} 13.7 {1.4} 1421{145} 1 1
40 1/40 37.5 45 22.5 {2.3} 18.6 {1.9} 1617{165}
50 1/50 30 36 27.4 {2.8} 23.5 {2.4} 1862{190}
60 1/60 25 30 31.4 {3.2} 26.5 {2.7} 2009{205}
HMTA 108
80 0.1 1/80 18.8 22.5 42.1 {4.3} 35.3 {3.6} 2254{230}
010 |
100 1/100 15 18 52.9 {5.4} 44.1 {4.5} 2548{260}
3 3 2
120 1/120 12.5 15 63.7 {6.5} 52.9 {5.4} 2793{285}
160 1/160 9.4 11.3 84.3 {8.6} 70.6 {7.2} 3332{340} 84 96 108
| | |

HYPOID MOTOR TA series


200 1/200 7.5 9 106 {10.8} 88.2 {9.0} 3332{340} 2 2 3
300 1/300 5 6 129 {13.2} 108 {11.0} 3332{340} 84 96 108
360 1/360 4.2 5 156 {15.9} 129 {13.2} 3332{340} | | |
480 1/480 3.1 3.8 ※
169 ※{
17.2} ※169 ※{
17.2} 3332{340} 3 3 4
600 1/600 4 4 2.5 3 260 {26.5} 217 {22.1} 4410{450}
84 96 108
720 1/720 2.1 2.5 312 {31.8} 260 {26.5} 4410{450}
※ ※{
| | |
960 1/960 1.6 1.9 374 38.2} 346 {35.3} 4410{450}
※ ※{ ※{
4 4 5
1200 1/1200 1.3 1.5 374 38.2} ※374 38.2} 4410{450}
5 1/5 300 360 5.6 {0.57} 4.6 {0.47} 588 {60}
7.5 1/7.5 200 240 8.3 {0.85} 7.0 {0.71} 784 {80}
10 1/10 150 180 10.8 {1.1} 9.3 {0.95} 980{100}
12.5 1/12.5 2 120 144 13.7 {1.4} 11.8 {1.2} 1029{105}
110
15 1/15 100 120 16.7 {1.7} 13.7 {1.4} 1078{110} 86 98
2 |

Specification chart
20 1/20 75 90 22.5 {2.3} 18.6 {1.9} 1176{120} | |
1
25 1/25 60 72 27.4 {2.8} 23.5 {2.4} 1274{130} 1 1
◎ ◎{ ◎ ◎{
30 1/30 50 60 31.4 3.2} 26.5 2.7} 1421{145}
40 1/40 37.5 45 ◎
42.1 ◎ {4.3} ◎
35.3 ◎{
3.6} 1617{165}
50 1/50 30 36 ◎
52.9 ◎ {5.4} ◎
44.1 ◎ {4.5} 1862{190}
60 1/60 25 30 66.6 {6.8} 54.9 {5.6} 2009{205} 110− 2
HMTA
020 80 0.2 1/80 3 18.8 22.5 84.3 {8.6} 70.6 {7.2} 2254{230}
100 1/100 15 18 106 {10.8} 88.2 {9.0} 2548{260} 86 98 110
120 1/120 3 12.5 15 126 {12.9} 106 {10.8} 2793{285} | | |
160 1/160 9.4 11.3 169 {17.2} 140 {14.3} 3332{340} 2 2 3
※ ※{ ※{
200 1/200 7.5 9 169 17.2} ※169 17.2} 3332{340}
300 1/300 5 6 260 {26.5} 217 {22.1} 4410{450} 86 98 110
360 1/360 4.2 5 312 {31.8} 260 {26.5} 4410{450} | | |
480 1/480 3.1 3.8 ※
374 ※{
38.2} ※312 ※{
31.8} 4410{450} 3 3 4
600 1/600 4 4 2.5 3 506 {51.6} 432 {44.1} 6272{640}
86 98 110
720 1/720 2.1 2.5 607 {61.9} 519 {53.0} 6272{640}
※ ※{ ※{
| | |
960 1/960 1.6 1.9 621 63.4} ※621 63.4} 6272{640}
※{
4 4 5
1200 1/1200 1.3 1.5 ※
621 63.4} ※621 ※{
63.4} 6272{640}
Note 1) The reduction ratio shown here is the actual reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
   The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor (page 79).
Note 3) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or
less than the value shown in the table above.
Also, O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.
Note 4) The models with ※ mark are ones for which the torque is limited.
Note 5) The figures with the mark ◎ indicate the values for which there are three reduction steps. The values for the L type, for
which there are two reduction steps, are listed below.

1/30 50 60 33.3 {3.4} 27.4 {2.8}


0.2 1/40 2 37.5 45 44.1 {4.5} 37.2 {3.8}
1/50 30 36 55.9 {5.7} 46.1 {4.7}
Note 6) Reduction ratio 1/7.5 and 1/12.5 are for the hollow shaft three phase-motor type (non-brake or brake type) only.

80
Specification chart

Number of Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Page and drawing number
Motor Actual reduction Output shaft revolution
Model number output reduction steps r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline dimensions
kW ratio U
L ・ H 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf}Hollow shaft type Face mount type Foot mount type

5 1/5 300 360 10.8 {1.1} 9.3 {0.95} 931 {95}


7.5 1/7.5 200 240 16.7 {1.7} 13.7 {1.4} 1254 {128}
10 1/10 150 180 22.5 {2.3} 18.6 {1.9} 1568 {160}
12.5 1/12.5 120 144 27.4 {2.8} 23.5 {2.4} 1646 {168}
2
15 1/15 100 120 33.3 {3.4} 27.4 {2.8} 1715 {175} 88 100 112
2 | | |
20 1/20 75 90 44.1 {4.5} 37.2 {3.8} 1862 {190} 1 1 1
25 1/25 60 72 55.9 {5.7} 46.1 {4.7} 2009 {205}
30 1/30 50 60 66.6 {6.8} 55.9 {5.7} 2205 {225}
40 1/40 37.5 45 ◎
84.3 ◎{8.6} ◎
70.6 {7.2} 2450 {250}

50 1/50 30 36 ◎
106 ◎ {10.8} ◎
88.2 {9.0} 2793 {285}

60 1/60 25 30 126 {12.9} 106 {10.8} 3038 {310}


HMTA
80 0.4 1/80 18.8 22.5 169 {17.2} 141 {14.4} 3479 {355}
040 3
100 1/100 15 18 212 {21.6} 176 {18.0} 3920 {400} 88 100 112
3 | | |
120 1/120 12.5 15 254 {25.9} 212 {21.6} 4410 {450}
HYPOID MOTOR TA series

2 2 2
160 1/160 9.4 11.3 338 {34.5} 281 {28.7} 4410 {450}
200 1/200 7.5 9 ※
374 ※ {38.2} ※312 ※{31.8} 4410 {450}
300 1/300 5 6 519 {53.0} 432 {44.1} 6272 {640}
88 100 112
360 1/360 4.2 5 621 {63.4} 519 {53.0} 6272 {640} | | |
※ ※ {63.4} ※621 ※{63.4} 6272 {640} 3 3 3
480 1/480 3.1 3.8 621
600 1/600 4 4 2.5 3 1029 {105} 869 {88.7} 9800{1000}
720 1/720 2.1 2.5 ※
1176 ※ {120} 1029 {105} 9800{1000} 88 100 112
| | |
960 1/960 1.6 1.9 ※
1176 ※ {120} ※
1176 ※{120} 9800{1000}
4 4 4
1200 1/1200 1.3 1.5 ※
1176 ※ {120} ※
1176 ※{120} 9800{1000}
5 1/5 300 360 20.6 {2.1} 17.6 {1.8} 1519 {155}
7.5 1/7.5 200 240 31.4 {3.2} 26.5 {2.7} 1862 {190}
Specification chart

10 1/10 150 180 42.1 {4.3} 34.3 {3.5} 2205 {225}


12.5 1/12.5 120 144 51.9 {5.3} 43.1 {4.4} 2303 {235}
2
15 1/15 100 120 62.7 {6.4} 51.9 {5.3} 2401 {245} 90 102 114
2 | | |
20 1/20 75 90 83.3 {8.5} 69.6 {7.1} 2646 {270} 1 1 1
25 1/25 60 72 104 {10.6} 87.2 {8.9} 2891 {295}
30 1/30 50 60 125 {12.8} 104 {10.6} 3136 {320}
40 1/40 37.5 45 ◎
159 ◎ {16.2} ◎132 ◎ {13.5} 3626 {370}
HMTA
50 0.75 1/50 30 36 ◎
198 ◎ {20.2} ◎165 ◎ {16.8} 4116 {420}
075
60 1/60 25 30 238 {24.3} 198 {20.2} 4508 {460}
80 1/80 18.8 22.5 317 {32.3} 264 {26.9} 5390 {550}
3
100 1/100 15 18 396 {40.4} 330 {33.7} 6272 {640} 90 102 114
3 | | |
120 1/120 12.5 15 475 {48.5} 396 {40.4} 6272 {640} 2 2 2
160 1/160 9.4 11.3 621 {63.4} 517 {52.8} 6272 {640}
※ ※ ※ ※
200 1/200 7.5 9 621 {63.4} 621 {63.4} 6272 {640}
300 1/300 5 6 973 {99.3} 807 {82.3} 9800{1000}
90 102 114
360 1/360 4 4 4.2 5 1166 {119} 973 {99.3} 9800{1000} | | |
※ ※ {120} ※ ※ {120} 3 3 3
480 1/480 3.1 3.8 1176 1176 9800{1000}

Note 1) The reduction ratio shown here is the actual reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor (page 79).
Note 3) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or less than the value shown in the table above.
Also, O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.
Note 4) The models with ※ mark are ones for which the torque is limited.
Note 5) The figures with the mark ◎ indicate the values for which there are three reduction steps. The values for the L type, for which there are two reduction steps, are listed below.

1/40 37.5 45 89.2 { 9.1} 74.5 { 7.6}


0.4 2
1/50 30 36 112 {11.4} 93.1 { 9.5}

1/40 37.5 45 167 {17.0} 139 {14.2}


0.75 2
1/50 30 36 209 {21.3} 173 {17.7}
Note 6) Reduction ratio 1/7.5 and 1/12.5 are for the hollow shaft three phase-motor type (non-brake or brake type) only.

81
HYPOID MOTOR TA series

Number of Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Page and drawing number
Motor Actual reduction Output shaft revolution
Model number output reduction steps r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline dimensions
kW ratio U
L ・ H 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf}Hollow shaft type Face mount type Foot mount type

5  1/5 300 360 41.2 {4.2} 34.3 {3.5}2058{210}


10  1/10 150 180 83.3 {8.5} 69.6 {7.1}2842{290}
15  1/15 100 120 124 {12.7} 104 {10.6}3234{330}
2 2
20  1/20 75 90 166 {16.9} 138 {14.1}3626{370}
25  1/25 60 72 208 {21.2} 173 {17.7}4018{410} 91 103 115
| | |
30  1/30 50 60 249 {25.4} 208 {21.2}4508{460} 1 1 1

HMTA 40  1/40 37.5 45 317 {32.3} 264 {26.9}5292{540}


150 1.5
50  1/50 30 36 396 {40.4} 330 {33.7}6076{620}
60  1/60 25 30 475 {48.5} 396 {40.4}6272{640}
80  1/80 18.8 22.5 634 {64.7} 528 {53.9}6272{640}
3 3
100  1/100 15 18 792 {80.8} 661 {67.4}9800{1000}
120  1/120 12.5 15 951 {97.0} 792 {80.8}9800{1000} 91 103 115
| | |

HYPOID MOTOR TA series


※ ※
160  1/160 9.4 11.3 1176 {120 } 1058 {108} 9800{1000} 2 2 2
※ ※
200  1/200 7.5 9 1176 {120 } ※1176 ※
{120} 9800{1000}
5  1/5 300 360 60.8 {6.2} 51.0 {5.2}3038{310}
10  1/10 150 180 122 {12.4} 102 {10.4}3822{390}
2 2
15  1/15 100 120 182 {18.6} 152 {15.5}4214{430}
20  1/20 75 90 244 {24.9} 203 {20.7}4606{470}
92 104 116
25  1/25 60 72 290 {29.6} 242 {24.7}4998{510} | | |
1 1 1
HMTA 30  1/30 50 60 349 {35.6} 290 {29.6}5390{550}
220 2.2
40  1/40 37.5 45 465 {47.4} 387 {39.5}5782{590}
★50 ★1/50 30 36 581 {59.3} 484 {49.4}6076{620}
3 3

Specification chart
60  1/60 25 30 697 {71.1} 581 {59.3}6272{640}
80  1/80 18.8 22.5 930 {94.9} 774 {79.0}9800{1000}
92 104 116
100  1/100 15 18 ※
1068 ※
{109} 968 {98.8}9800{1000} | | |
2 2 2
※ ※
120  1/120 12.5 15 1176 {120} 1166 {119} 9800{1000}
5  1/5 300 360 103 {10.5} 85.3 {8.7}4900{500}
10  1/10 150 180 205 {20.9} 171 {17.4}5880{600}
2 2
15  1/15 100 120 308 {31.4} 256 {26.1}6860{700}
20  1/20 75 90 410 {41.8} 341 {34.8}7742{790}
HMTA 93 105 117
25 3.7  1/25 60 72 489 {49.9} 407 {41.5}8134{830} | | |
370
1 1 1
30  1/30 50 60 586 {59.8} 489 {49.9}8428{860}
40  1/40 3 3 37.5 45 782 {79.8} 652 {66.5}8820{900}
50  1/50 30 36 977 {99.7} 814 {83.1}9114{930}
60  1/60 25 30 1176 {120 } 977 {99.7}9408{960}
5  1/5 300 360 152 {15.5} 126 {12.9}4900{500}
10  1/10 150 180 305 {31.1} 254 {25.9}5880{600}
2 2
15  1/15 100 120 457 {46.6} 380 {38.8}6860{700}
HMTA 94 106 118
550 20 5.5  1/20 75 90 609 {62.1} 508 {51.8}7742{790} | | |
1 1 1
25  1/25 60 72 726 {74.1} 606 {61.8}8134{830}
30  1/30 3 3 50 60 871 {88.9} 726 {74.1}8428{860}
40  1/40 37.5 45 1166 {119} 968 {98.8}8820{900}

Note 1) The reduction ratio shown here is the actual reduction ratio. In the case of 1/50 for 2.2kW, marked with ★, however, the actual ratio is 1/49.286.
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor (page 79).
Note 3) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or less than the value shown in the table above.
Also, O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.
Note 4) The models marked with ※ are ones for which the torque is limited.

82
Hollow shaft type Three-phase 0.1kW Non-brake type, Brake type

■Specification chart
HYPOID MOTOR TA Series

Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution Brake


Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated torque
Hz type method Type Insulation
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz (of motor torque)

Totally Self cooled


Three- 200/200/220 0.63/0.57/0.58 1420/1680/1710 Non-excitation
0.1kW 4 50/60/60 enclosed type type Continuous Class E 150% over Class B
phase (400/400/440) (0.32/0.29/0.29) (1440/1740/1740) type
(IP44) (IC410)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.

Number of Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque


Allowable output
Motor Actual reduction revolution Drawing number
shaft O.H.L.
Model number output reduction steps r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} of outline
kW ratio dimensions
H 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf}

5 1/5 300 360 2.7 {0.28} 2.4 {0.24} 588 {60}

7.5 1/7.5 200 240 4.2 {0.43} 3.4 {0.35} 784 {80}
HYPOID MOTOR TA series

10 1/10 150 180 5.6 {0.57} 4.6 {0.47} 980 {100}

12.5 1/12.5 120 144 7.0 {0.71} 5.8 {0.59} 1029 {105}

15 1/15 100 120 8.3 {0.85} 7.0 {0.71} 1078 {110}


2
20 1/20 75 90 10.8 {1.1} 9.3 {0.95} 1176 {120}

25 1/25 60 72 13.7 {1.4} 11.8 {1.2} 1274 {130}


1
30 1/30 50 60 16.7 {1.7} 13.7 {1.4} 1421 {145}

40 1/40 37.5 45 22.5 {2.3} 18.6 {1.9} 1617 {165}

50 1/50 30 36 27.4 {2.8} 23.5 {2.4} 1862 {190}


Hollow shaft type 0.1kW

60 1/60 25 30 31.4 {3.2} 26.5 {2.7} 2009 {205}

HMTA010 80 0.1 1/80 18.8 22.5 42.1 {4.3} 35.3 {3.6} 2254 {230}

100 1/100 15 18 52.9 {5.4} 44.1 {4.5} 2548 {260}


3
120 1/120 12.5 15 63.7 {6.5} 52.9 {5.4} 2793 {285}

160 1/160 9.4 11.3 84.3 {8.6} 70.6 {7.2} 3332 {340}
2
200 1/200 7.5 9 106 {10.8} 88.2 {9.0} 3332 {340}

300 1/300 5 6 129 {13.2} 108 {11.0} 3332 {340}

360 1/360 4.2 5 156 {15.9} 129 {13.2} 3332 {340} 3

480 1/480 3.1 3.8 ※


169 ※ {17.2} ※
169 ※ {17.2} 3332 {340}

600 1/600 4 2.5 3 260 {26.5} 217 {22.1} 4410 {450}

720 1/720 2.1 2.5 312 {31.8} 260 {26.5} 4410 {450}
4
960 1/960 1.6 1.9 ※
374 ※ {38.2} 346 {35.3} 4410 {450}

1200 1/1200 1.3 1.5 ※


374 ※ {38.2} ※
374 ※ {38.2} 4410 {450}

Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio.


(They are all integer ratios.) ※Motor shape of the brake type
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous
motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution (***)
speed of the motor.
Note 3) The models marked with ※ are ones for witch the torque limited.
φ140

Nomenclature Technical Information


83 Page 77 Page 254
HYPOID MOTOR TA series

■Outline dimensions

HYPOID MOTOR TA Series


HMTA010-20H5∼120(B) 1/5∼1/50   、
1/60∼1/120 1
Reduction ratio : 5, 7.5, 10, 12.5, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120 Approx. weight : 5.7
(7.7)
kg
266(304) 143(166.5) 8
128
48 6 85 6
70 38 62
101
36 36
φ127(φ140)

φ20.1
15 15
58.5

6 1.15 1.15

φ21

φ21
22.8
48
38

φ70h7
φ70.6
2

φ32
96
38
φ20H8
58.5

Details of hollow shaft


(5.5※)
φ12 4-M6 bolt through-hole 28 10
Opposite side: M8 TAP 38 DEEP (Thread Length)

HMTA010-30H160∼200(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 160, 200 Approx. weight : 9.0
(10.6)
kg

HYPOID MOTOR TA series


297(335) 143(166.5) 10.3
157.5 7 106.5 7
59 62
127
88 47
45 45

φ30.1

φ31.4
φ31.4

20 20
φ127(φ140)

8 1.35 1.35
59
47

φ90h7
10

33.3
118

φ45
47

φ30H8
Details of hollow shaft
9.5

4-M8 bolt through-hole


φ12 Opposite side: M10 TAP 34 DEEP

Hollow shaft type 0.1kW


HMTA010-30H300∼480(B) 3
Reduction ratio : 300, 360, 480 Approx. weight : 11.1
(12.7)
kg

353(391) 148(170.5) 10.3


131(186) 157.5 7 106.5 7
59 62
88 47 127
φ127(φ140)

45 45
φ31.4

φ31.4
φ30.1

20 20
8 1.35 1.35
59
47
9

φ90h7
33.3

φ45
148
118
47

φ30H8
Details of hollow shaft
17

φ12 4※
4-M8 bolt through-hole
Opposite side: M10 TAP 34 DEEP

HMTA010-35H600∼1200(B) 4
Reduction ratio : 600, 720, 960, 1200 Approx. weight : 14.0
(15.6)
kg

382.5(420.5) 161(183.5) 10
131(186) 187 7 133 7
70 75
106 58 153
52 52
φ127(φ140)

φ35.1

23 23
10
70

1.65 1.65
58
7

φ90h7
38.3

φ37

φ37

φ50
140
58

φ35H8
Details of hollow shaft

φ12
8

4-M10 bolt through-hole


Opposite side: M12 TAP 46 DEEP

Note 1) ( ) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-type with the Fan-cover, refer to the shape on last page.
Note 2) The dimension marked with ※ indicates that part of the motor protrudes from the mounting face.
84
Note 3) The direction of rotation of the output shaft is based on direction of rotation A shown on page 262.
Hollow shaft type Three-phase 0.2kW Non-brake type, Brake type

■Specification chart
Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution Brake
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated torque
Hz type method Type Insulation
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz (of motor torque)

Totally Self managed


Three- 200/200/220 1.2/1.1/1.1 1420/1700/1720 Non-excitation
0.2kW 4 50/60/60 enclosed type type Continuous Class E 150% over Class B
phase (400/400/440) (0.59/0.55/0.55) (1410/1690/1720) type
(IP44) (JC411)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.

Number of Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque


Allowable output Drawing
Motor Actual reduction revolution
shaft O.H.L. number of
Model number output reduction steps r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m}
outline
kW ratio
dimensions
H 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf}

5 1/5 300 360 5.6 {0.57} 4.6 {0.47} 588 {60}

7.5 1/7.5 200 240 8.3 {0.85} 7.0 {0.71} 784 {80}
HYPOID MOTOR TA series

 10 1/10 150 180 10.8 {1.1} 9.3 {0.95} 980 {100}

12.5 1/12.5 2 120 144 13.7 {1.4} 11.8 {1.2} 1029 {105}

15 1/15 100 120 16.7 {1.7} 13.7 {1.4} 1078 {110}

20 1/20 75 90 22.5 {2.3} 18.6 {1.9} 1176 {120} 1

25 1/25 60 72 27.4 {2.8} 23.5 {2.4} 1274 {130}

30 1/30 50 60  
31.4   {3.2}  
26.5   {2.7} 1421 {145}

40 1/40 37.5 45  
42.1   {4.3}  
35.3   {3.6} 1617 {165}

50 1/50 30 36  
52.9   {5.4}  
44.1   {4.5} 1862 {190}

60 1/60 25 30 66.6 {6.8} 54.9 {5.6} 2009 {205}


Hollow shaft type 0.2kW

HMTA020 80 0.2 1/80 3 18.8 22.5 84.3 {8.6} 70.6 {7.2} 2254 {230}

100 1/100 15 18 106 {10.8} 88.2 {9.0} 2548 {260}

120 1/120 12.5 15 126 {12.9} 106 {10.8} 2793 {285} 2

160 1/160 9.4 11.3 169 {17.2} 140 {14.3} 3332 {340}

200 1/200 7.5 9 ※


169 ※ {17.2} ※
169 ※ {17.2} 3332 {340}

300 1/300 5 6 260 {26.5} 217 {22.1} 4410 {450}

360 1/360 4.2 5 312 {31.8} 260 {26.5} 4410 {450} 3

480 1/480 3.1 3.8 ※


374 ※ {38.2} ※
312 ※ {31.8} 4410 {450}

600 1/600 4 2.5 3 506 {51.6} 432 {44.1} 6272 {640}

720 1/720 2.1 2.5 607 {61.9} 519 {53.0} 6272 {640}
4
960 1/960 1.6 1.9 ※
621 ※ {63.4} ※
621 ※ {63.4} 6272 {640}

1200 1/1200 1.3 1.5 ※


621 ※ {63.4} ※
621 ※ {63.4} 6272 {640}

Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the nominal reduction
ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) The models marked with ※ are ones for which the torque limited.

Nomenclature Technical Information


85 Page 77 Page 254
HYPOID MOTOR TA series

■Outline dimensions

HMTA020-20H5∼60(B) 1/5∼1/25  、1/30∼1/60 1


Reduction ratio : 5, 7.5, 10, 12.5, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60 Approx. weight : 6.2
(8.0)
kg

304(321) 143(166.5) 8
128 6 85 6
48 62
70 38 101
36 36

φ20.1
15 15
67.5

6 1.15 1.15

φ21

φ21
22.8
48
38

φ70h7
φ70.6
2
φ140

φ32
96
38
φ20H8
67

Details of hollow shaft

5.5※
φ12 4-M6 bolt through-hole
28 10
Opposite side: M8 TAP 38 DEEP
(Thread Length)

HMTA020-30H80∼200(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight : 8.8
(10.9)
kg

HYPOID MOTOR TA series


335(352) 143(166.5) 10.3
157.5 7 106.5 7
59 62
88 47 127
45 45

φ30.1
φ31.4

φ31.4
20 20
8 1.35 1.35
59
47
10

φ90h7
φ140

33.3

φ45
118
47

φ30H8 Details of hollow shaft


18

5.5 ※
φ12 4-M8 bolt through-hole
Opposite side: M10 TAP 34 DEEP

Hollow shaft type 0.2kW


HMTA020-35H300∼480(B) 3
Reduction ratio : 300, 360, 480 Approx. weight : 14.0
(16.1)
kg

426(443) 161(183.5) 10
169(186) 187 7 133 7
70 75
106 58 153
52 52
φ35.1

23 23
10
11.5

1.65 1.65
70
φ140

58

φ90h7
168.5
38.3

φ50
φ37

φ37
140
58

φ35H8
Details of hollow shaft

φ12
17

4-HOLES FOR M10 BOLTS.


M12 TAP 46 DEEP
ON THE OPPOSITE FACE.

HMTA020-45H600∼1200(B) 4
Reduction ratio : 600, 720, 960, 1200 Approx. weight : 21.3
(23.4)
kg

465(482) 170.5(193) 10.3


169(186) 226 7 149.5 7
89
123 73 84.5
170
(34)

67 67
φ45.1

φ47.5
φ47.5

30 30
14 1.9 1.9
89
73
7.5

φ90h7
φ140

48.8

φ60
178
73

φ45H8
Details of hollow shaft
φ12
4-HOLES FOR M12 BOLTS.
2

M16 TAP 44 DEEP


ON THE OPPOSITE FACE.

Note 1) ( ) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-types.


Note 2) The dimension marked with ※ indicates that part of the motor protrudes from the mounting face.
86
Note 3) The direction of rotation of the output shaft is based on direction of rotation A shown on page 262.
Hollow shaft type Three-phase 0.4kW Non-brake type, Brake type

■Specification chart
Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution Brake
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated torque
Hz type method Type Insulation
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz (of motor torque)

Totally Self managed


Three- 200/200/220 2.3/2.0/2.0 1380/1650/1680 Non-excitation
0.4kW 4 50/60/60 enclosed type type Continuous Class E 150% over Class B
phase (400/400/440) (1.2/1.0/1.0) (1390/1670/1700) type
(IP44) (JC411)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.

Number of Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque


Allowable output Drawing
Motor Actual reduction revolution
shaft O.H.L. number of
Model number output reduction steps r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m}
outline
kW ratio
dimensions
H 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf}

5 1/5 300 360 10.8 {1.1} 9.3 {0.95} 931 {95}

7.5 1/7.5 200 240 16.7 {1.7} 13.7 {1.4} 1254 {128}
HYPOID MOTOR TA series

10 1/10 150 180 22.5 {2.3} 18.6 {1.9} 1568 {160}

12.5 1/12.5 120 144 27.4 {2.8} 23.5 {2.4} 1646 {168}
2
15 1/15 100 120 33.3 {3.4} 27.4 {2.8} 1715 {175}
1
20 1/20 75 90 44.1 {4.5} 37.2 {3.8} 1862 {190}

25 1/25 60 72 55.9 {5.7} 46.1 {4.7} 2009 {205}

30 1/30 50 60 66.6 {6.8} 55.9 {5.7} 2205 {225}

40 1/40 37.5 45  
84.3   {8.6}  
70.6   {7.2} 2450 {250}
Hollow shaft type 0.4kW

50 1/50 30 36  
106   {10.8}  
88.2   {9.0} 2793 {285}

60 1/60 25 30 126 {12.9} 106 {10.8} 3038 {310}

HMTA040 80 0.4 1/80 18.8 22.5 169 {17.2} 141 {14.4} 3479 {355}
3
100 1/100 15 18 212 {21.6} 176 {18.0} 3920 {400}
2
120 1/120 12.5 15 254 {25.9} 212 {21.6} 4410 {450}

160 1/160 9.4 11.3 338 {34.5} 281 {28.7} 4410 {450}

200 1/200 7.5 9 ※


374 ※ {38.2} ※
312 ※ {31.8} 4410 {450}

300 1/300 5 6 519 {53.0} 432 {44.1} 6272 {640}

360 1/360 4.2 5 621 {63.4} 519 {53.0} 6272 {640} 3

480 1/480 3.1 3.8 ※


621 ※ {63.4} ※
621 ※ {63.4} 6272 {640}

600 1/600 4 2.5 3 1029 {105} 869 {88.7} 9800 {1000}

720 1/720 2.1 2.5 ※


1176 ※ {120} 1029 {105} 9800 {1000}
4
960 1/960 1.6 1.9 ※
1176 ※ {120} ※
1176 ※ {120} 9800 {1000}

1200 1/1200 1.3 1.5 ※


1176 ※ {120} ※
1176 ※ {120} 9800 {1000}

Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) The models marked with ※ are ones for witch the torque limited.

Nomenclature Technical Information


87 Page 77 Page 254
HYPOID MOTOR TA series

■Outline dimensions

HMTA040-30H5∼50(B) 1/5∼1/30  、1/40∼1/50 1


Reduction ratio : 5, 7.5, 10, 12.5, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 Approx. weight : 9.4
(11.7)
kg

349.5(366.5) 143(166.5) 10.3


157.5 7 106.5 7
59 62
127
88 47
45 45

φ30.1
φ31.4

φ31.4
20 20
8 1.35 1.35

59
47
10

φ90h7
φ140

33.3

φ45
118
47
φ30H8
Details of hollow shaft

5.5 ※

18.5
4-M8 bolt through-hole
φ12 Opposite side: M10 TAP 34 DEEP

HMTA040-35H60∼200(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight : 14.2
(16.5)
kg

HYPOID MOTOR TA series


379.5(396.5) 156(179.5) 10
187 7 133 7
70 75
106 58 153
52 52

φ35.1
23 23
10
70

1.65 1.65
58

φ90h7
12

140

38.3
φ140

φ37

φ37

φ50
58

φ35H8
Details of hollow shaft
9.5

4-M10 bolt through-hole


φ12
Opposite side: M12 TAP 46 DEEP

Hollow shaft type 0.4kW


HMTA040-45H300∼480(B) 3
Reduction ratio : 300, 360, 480 Approx. weight : 26.2
(28.5)
kg

515.5(532.5)
179(196) 226 169.5(189) 10.3
89 7 149.5 7
123 73 170 84.5
67 67
φ45.1

φ47.5
φ47.5

30 30
18.5

1.9 1.9
89

14
73
φ140

φ90h7
194.5
48.8
178

φ60
73

φ45H8
Details of hollow shaft
φ12
1※
12

4-M12 bolt through-hole


Opposite side: M16 TAP 44 DEEP

HMTA040-55H600∼1200(B) 4
Reduction ratio : 600, 720, 960, 1200 Approx. weight : 52.8
(55.1)
kg

625.5(642.5)
179(196) 332 190(208.5) 14
130 10 176 10
182 105 104
204
82 82
φ55.1

16 37 37
130
11.5

105

2.2 2.2
φ140h7
φ140

260

59.3

φ58

φ75
φ58
105
130

φ55H8
φ12 Details of hollow shaft

4-M16 bolt through-hole


Opposite side: M20 TAP 52 DEEP

Note 1) ( ) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-types.


Note 2) The dimension marked with ※ indicates that part of the motor protrudes from the mounting face.
88
Note 3) The direction of rotation of the output shaft is based on direction of rotation A shown on page 262.
Hollow shaft type Three-phase 0.75kW Non-brake type, Brake type

■Specification chart
Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution Brake
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated torque
Hz type method Type Insulation
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz (of motor torque)

Totally Self managed


Three- 200/200/220 3.8/3.4/3.4 1410/1690/1710 Non-excitation
0.75kW 4 50/60/60 enclosed type type Continuous Class E 150% over Class B
phase (400/400/440) (2.0/1.7/1.7) (1410/1690/1710) type
(IP44) (JC411)

Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.

Number of Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque


Allowable output Drawing
Motor Actual reduction revolution
shaft O.H.L. number of
Model number output reduction steps r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m}
outline
kW ratio
dimensions
H 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf}

5 1/5 300 360 20.6 {2.1} 17.6 {1.8} 1519 {155}

7.5 1/7.5 200 240 31.4 {3.2} 26.5 {2.7} 1862 {190}
HYPOID MOTOR TA series

10 1/10 150 180 42.1 {4.3} 34.3 {3.5} 2205 {225}

12.5 1/12.5 120 144 51.9 {5.3} 41.3 {4.4} 2303 {235}
2
15 1/15 100 120 62.7 {6.4} 51.9 {5.3} 2401 {245}
1
20 1/20 75 90 83.3 {8.5} 69.6 {7.1} 2646 {270}

25 1/25 60 72 104 {10.6} 87.2 {8.9} 2891 {295}

30 1/30 50 60 125 {12.8} 104 {10.6} 3136 {320}

40 1/40 37.5 45 159   {16.2}  


132   {13.5} 3626 {370}
Hollow shaft type 0.75kW

HMTA075 50 0.75 1/50 30 36 198   {20.2}  


165   {16.8} 4116 {420}

60 1/60 25 30 238 {24.3} 198 {20.2} 4508 {460}

80 1/80 18.8 22.5 317 {32.3} 264 {26.9} 5390 {550}


3
100 1/100 15 18 396 {40.4} 330 {33.7} 6272 {640}
2
120 1/120 12.5 15 475 {48.5} 396 {40.4} 6272 {640}

160 1/160 9.4 11.3 621 {63.4} 517 {52.8} 6272 {640}

※ ※ ※ ※
200 1/200 7.5 9 621 {63.4} 621 {63.4} 6272 {640}

300 1/300 5 6 973 {99.3} 807 {82.3} 9800 {1000}

360 1/360 4 4.2 5 1166 {119} 973 {99.3} 9800 {1000} 3

480 1/480 3.1 3.8 ※


1176 ※ {120} ※
1176 ※ {120} 9800 {1000}

Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) The models marked with ※ are ones for witch the torque limited.

Nomenclature Technical Information


89 Page 77 Page 254
HYPOID MOTOR TA series

■Outline dimensions

HMTA075-35H5∼50(B) 1/5∼1/30  、1/40∼1/50 1


Reduction ratio : 5, 7.5, 10, 12.5, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 Approx. weight : 19.0
(21.0)
kg

385(412) 165(188.5) 10
187 7 133 7
70 75
106 58 153
52 52

φ35.1
23 23
10 1.65 1.65

70
58

φ90h7
12

38.3
140
φ158

φ37

φ37

φ50
58
φ35H8
Details of hollow shaft

17
4-M10 bolt through-hole
φ12 Opposite side: M12 TAP 46 DEEP

HMTA075-45H60∼200(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight : 23.0
(25.5)
kg

HYPOID MOTOR TA series


422(449)
226 174.5(198) 10.3
89 7 149.5 7
123 73 84.5
170
67 67

φ45.1
φ47.5

φ47.5
30 30
14 1.9 1.9
89
73

(212)
16

φ90h7
48.8
178

φ60
φ158

73

φ45H8
Details of hollow shaft
2

φ12 4-M12 bolt through-hole


Opposite side: M16 TAP 44 DEEP

Hollow shaft type 0.75kW


HMTA075-55H300∼480(B) 3
Reduction ratio : 300, 360, 480 Approx. weight : 61.5
(63.5)
kg

683.5(710.5)
185(212) 332 194(217.5) 14
130 10 176 10
182 105 104
204
82 82
φ55.1

37 37
130

16
φ58

φ58
105
18.5

2.2 2.2
φ158

φ140h7
59.3
260

φ75
105
130

φ55H8
φ12 Details of hollow shaft

4-M16 bolt through-hole


Opposite side: M20 TAP 52 DEEP

Note 1) ( ) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-types.


Note 2) The direction of rotation of the output shaft is based on direction of rotation A shown on page 262.

90
Hollow shaft type Three-phase 1.5kW Non-brake type, Brake type HYPOID MOTOR TA series

■Specification chart
Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution Brake
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated torque
Hz type method Type Insulation
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz (of motor torque)
Three- 200/200/220 7.0/6.2/6.0 1420/1710/1730 Totally enclosed type Self managed type Class E Non-excitation
1.5kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous 150% over Class B
phase (400/400/440) (3.5/3.1/3.0) (1420/1710/1730) (IP44) (JC411) (Class B) type
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.

Number of Output shaft revolution Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing
Motor Actual
number of
Model number output reduction reduction steps r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L.
outline
kW ratio
H 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf} dimensions

5  1/5 300 360 41.2 {4.2} 34.3 {3.5} 2058 {210}


10  1/10 150 180 83.3 {8.5} 69.6 {7.1} 2842 {290}
15  1/15 100 120 124 {12.7} 104 {10.6} 3234 {330}
2
20  1/20 75 90 166 {16.9} 138 {14.1} 3626 {370}
25  1/25 60 72 208 {21.2} 173 {17.7} 4018 {410}
1
30  1/30 50 60 249 {25.4} 208 {21.2} 4508 {460}
HMTA150 40  1/40 37.5 45 317 {32.3} 264 {26.9} 5292 {540}
1.5
HYPOID MOTOR TA series

50  1/50 30 36 396 {40.4} 330 {33.7} 6076 {620}


60  1/60 25 30 475 {48.5} 396 {40.4} 6272 {640}
80  1/80 18.8 22.5 634 {64.7} 528 {53.9} 6272 {640}
3
100  1/100 15 18 792 {80.8} 661 {67.4} 9800 {1000}
120  1/120 12.5 15 951 {97.0} 792 {80.8} 9800 {1000}
※ ※ 2
160  1/160 9.4 11.3 1176 {120 } 1058 {108} 9800 {1000}
※ ※ ※ ※
200  1/200 7.5 9 1176 {120 } 1176 {120} 9800 {1000}

Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) The models marked with ※ are ones for witch the torque limited.
Hollow shaft type 1.5kW

■Outline dimensions

HMTA150-45H5∼80(B) 1/5∼1/30  、1/40∼1/80 1


Reduction ratio : 5,10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80 Approx. weight : 29.0
(34.0)
kg
473.5(527.5)
226 227(225) 10.3
89 7 149.5 7
123 73 84.5
170
67 67
φ45.1

30 30
89

14 1.9 1.9
73

178

φ90h7
16

(198)

φ60
φ47.5
φ198

φ47.5
48.8
73

φ45H8
Details of hollow shaft
φ27
23

11※

4-M12 bolt through-hole


Opposite side: M16 TAP 44 DEEP

HMTA150-55H100∼200(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight : 57.0
(62.0)
kg
587.5(641.5)
332 247(245) 14
130 10 176 10
182 105 104

204
82 82
130

φ55.1

16 37 37
105

2.2 2.2
φ140h7
23

φ75
260
φ198

φ58

φ58
59.3
105
130

φ55H8 Details of hollow shaft


φ27

4-M16 bolt through-hole


Opposite side: M20 TAP 52 DEEP

Nomenclature Technical Information Note 1) ( ) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-types.
91 Page 77 Page 254 Note 2) The dimension marked with ※ indicates that part of the motor protrudes from the mounting face.
Note 3) The direction of rotation of the output shaft is based on direction of rotation A shown on page 262.
Hollow shaft type Three-phase 2.2kW Non-brake type, Brake type HYPOID MOTOR TA series

■Specification chart
Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution Brake
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated torque
Hz type method Type Insulation
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz (of motor torque)
Three- 200/200/220 9.8/8.9/8.5 1420/1710/1730 Totally enclosed type Self managed type Class E Non-excitation
2.2kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous 150% over Class B
phase (400/400/440) (4.9/4.5/4.3) (1420/1710/1730) (IP44) (JC411) (Class B) type
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.

Number of Output shaft revolution Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing
Motor Actual
number of
Model number output reduction reduction steps r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L.
outline
kW ratio
H 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf} dimensions

5  1/5 300 360 60.8 {6.2} 51.0 {5.2} 3038 {310}


10  1/10 150 180 122 {12.4} 102 {10.4} 3822 {390}
2
15  1/15 100 120 182 {18.6} 152 {15.5} 4214 {430}
20  1/20 75 90 244 {24.9} 203 {20.7} 4606 {470}
25  1/25 60 72 290 {29.6} 242 {24.7} 4998 {510} 1
HMTA220 30  1/30 50 60 349 {35.6} 290 {29.6} 5390 {550}
2.2
40  1/40 37.5 45 465 {47.4} 387 {39.5} 5782 {590}

HYPOID MOTOR TA series


★50 ★1/50 30 36 581 {59.3} 484 {49.4} 6076 {620}
3
60  1/60 25 30 697 {71.1} 581 {59.3} 6272 {640}
80  1/80 18.8 22.5 930 {94.9} 774 {79.0} 9800 {1000}
※ ※
100  1/100 15 18 1068 {109} 968 {98.8} 9800 {1000} 2
※ ※
120  1/120 12.5 15 1176 {120} 1166 {119} 9800 {1000}

Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. In the case of 1/50 for 2.2kW, marked with ★ , however, the actual ratio is 1/49.286.
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) The models marked with ※ are ones for witch the torque limited.

Hollow shaft type 2.2kW


■Outline dimensions

HMTA220-45H5∼60(B) 1/5∼1/20  、1/25∼1/60 1


Reduction ratio : 5,10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60 Approx. weight : 34.0
(39.0)
kg
502.5(556.5)
226 227(225) 10.3
89 7 149.5 7
123 73 84.5

170
67 67
φ45.1

30 30
89
73

14 1.9 1.9
φ90h7
16

(198)

φ60
178
φ198

φ47.5
φ47.5
48.8
73

φ45H8
Details of hollow shaft
φ27
23


14

4-M12 bolt through-hole


Opposite side: M16 TAP 44 DEEP

HMTA220-55H80∼120(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 80, 100, 120 Approx. weight : 61.0
(66.0)
kg
616.5(670.5)
332 247(245) 14
130 10 176 10
182 105 104

204
82 82
130

φ55.1

16 37 37
105

2.2 2.2
φ140h7
23

φ75
260
φ198

φ58

φ58
59.3
105
130

φ55H8 Details of hollow shaft


φ27

4-M16 bolt through-hole


Opposite side: M20 TAP 52 DEEP

Note 1) ( ) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-types. Nomenclature Technical Information
Note 2) The dimension marked with ※ indicates that part of the motor protrudes from the mounting face. Page 77 Page 254 92
Note 3) The direction of rotation of the output shaft is based on direction of rotation A shown on page 262.
Hollow shaft type Three-phase 3.7kW Non-brake type, Brake type HYPOID MOTOR TA series

■Specification chart
Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution Brake
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated torque
Hz type method Type Insulation
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz (of motor torque)
Three- 200/200/220 16.0/14.8/14.0 1420/1710/1730 Totally enclosed type Self managed type Class E Non-excitation
3.7kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous 150% over Class E
phase (400/400/440) (8.0/7.4/7.0) (1420/1710/1730) (IP44) (JC411) (Class B) type
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.

Number of Output shaft revolution Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing
Motor Actual
number of
Model number output reduction reduction steps r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L.
outline
kW ratio
H 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf} dimensions

5  1/5 300 360 103 {10.5} 85.3 {8.7} 4900 {500}


10  1/10 150 180 205 {20.9} 171 {17.4} 5880 {600}
2
15  1/15 100 120 308 {31.4} 256 {26.1} 6860 {700}
20  1/20 75 90 410 {41.8} 341 {34.8} 7742 {790}
HMTA370 1
25 3.7  1/25 60 72 489 {49.9} 407 {41.5} 8134 {830}
30  1/30 50 60 586 {59.8} 489 {49.9} 8428 {860}
HYPOID MOTOR TA series

40  1/40 3 37.5 45 782 {79.8} 652 {66.5} 8820 {900}


50  1/50 30 36 977 {99.7} 814 {83.1} 9114 {930}
60  1/60 25 30 1176 {120 } 977 {99.7} 9408 {960}

Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.

■Outline dimensions

HMTA370-55H5∼60(B) 1/5∼1/20  、1/25∼1/60 1


Hollow shaft type 3.7kW

Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60 Approx. weight : 70.0
(78.0)
kg
676(750)
332 255(258) 14
130 10 176 10
182 105 104

204
82 82
φ55.1
130

16 37 37
105

2.2 2.2
φ140h7
23

φ75
φ214

260

φ58

φ58
59.3
105
130

φ55H8 Details of hollow shaft


φ27

4-M16 bolt through-hole


Opposite side: M20 TAP 52 DEEP

Note 1) ( ) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-types.


Note 2) The direction of rotation of the output shaft is based on direction of rotation A shown on page 262.

Nomenclature Technical Information


93 Page 77 Page 254
Hollow shaft type Three-phase 5.5kW Non-brake type, Brake type HYPOID MOTOR TA series

■Specification chart
Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution Brake
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated torque
Hz type method Type Insulation
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz (of motor torque)
Three- 200/200/220 23.8/21.0/20.0 1430/1730/1740 Totally enclosed type Self managed type Non-excitation
5.5kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous Class B 150% over Class E
phase (400/400/440) (11.9/10.5/10.0) (1430/1730/1740) (IP44) (JC411) type
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.

Number of Output shaft revolution Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing
Motor Actual
number of
Model number output reduction reduction steps r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L.
outline
kW ratio
H 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf} dimensions

5  1/5 300 360 152 {15.5} 126 {12.9} 4900 {500}


10  1/10 150 180 305 {31.1} 254 {25.9} 5880 {600}
2
15  1/15 100 120 457 {46.6} 380 {38.8} 6860 {700}
HMTA550
20 5.5  1/20 75 90 609 {62.1} 508 {51.8} 7742 {790} 1

25  1/25 60 72 726 {74.1} 606 {61.8} 8134 {830}


30  1/30 3 50 60 871 {88.9} 726 {74.1} 8428 {860}

HYPOID MOTOR TA series


40  1/40 37.5 45 1166 {119} 968 {98.8} 8820 {900}

Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.

■Outline dimensions

HMTA550-55H5∼40(B) 1/5∼1/20  、1/25∼1/40 1

Hollow shaft type 5.5kW


Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40 Approx. weight : 91.0
(103.0)
kg
717.5(829.5)
332 306(309) 14
130 10 176 10
182 105 104

204
82 82
130

φ55.1
105

16 37 37
φ140h7

2.2 2.2
23

(281)

φ75
260
φ252

φ58

φ58
59.3
105
130

φ55H8
Details of hollow shaft φ35
27 ※
4-M16 bolt through-hole
24

Opposite side: M20 TAP 52 DEEP

Note 1) ( ) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-types.


Note 2) The dimension marked with ※ indicates that part of the motor protrudes from the mounting face.
Note 3) The direction of rotation of the output shaft is based on direction of rotation A shown on page 262.

Nomenclature Technical Information


Page 77 Page 254 94
Face mount type Three-phase 0.1kW Non-brake type, Brake type

■Specification chart
Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution Brake
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated torque
Hz type method Type Insulation
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz (of motor torque)

Totally Self cooled


Three- 200/200/220 0.63/0.57/0.58 1420/1680/1710 Non-excitation
0.1kW 4 50/60/60 enclosed type type Continuous Class E 150% over Class B
phase (400/400/440) (0.32/0.29/0.29) (1440/1740/1740) type
(IP44) (IC410)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.

Number of Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque


Allowable output Drawing
Motor Actual reduction revolution
shaft O.H.L. number of
Model number output reduction steps r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m}
outline
kW ratio
dimensions
U 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf}

5 1/5 300 360 2.7 {0.28} 2.4 {0.24} 588 {60}

10 1/10 150 180 5.6 {0.57} 4.6 {0.47} 980 {100}


HYPOID MOTOR TA series

15 1/15 100 120 8.3 {0.85} 7.0 {0.71} 1078 {110}

20 1/20 75 90 10.8 {1.1} 9.3 {0.95} 1176 {120}


2
25 1/25 60 72 13.7 {1.4} 11.8 {1.2} 1274 {130}

30 1/30 50 60 16.7 {1.7} 13.7 {1.4} 1421 {145}

40 1/40 37.5 45 22.5 {2.3} 18.6 {1.9} 1617 {165} 1

50 1/50 30 36 27.4 {2.8} 23.5 {2.4} 1862 {190}

60 1/60 25 30 31.4 {3.2} 26.5 {2.7} 2009 {205}

80 1/80 18.8 22.5 42.1 {4.3} 35.3 {3.6} 2254 {230}


HMTA010 0.1
Face mount type 0.1kW

100 1/100 15 18 52.9 {5.4} 44.1 {4.5} 2548 {260}


3
120 1/120 12.5 15 63.7 {6.5} 52.9 {5.4} 2793 {285}

160 1/160 9.4 11.3 84.3 {8.6} 70.6 {7.2} 3332 {340}
2
200 1/200 7.5 9 106 {10.8} 88.2 {9.0} 3332 {340}

300 1/300 5 6 129 {13.2} 108 {11.0} 3332 {340}

360 1/360 4.2 5 156 {15.9} 129 {13.2} 3332 {340} 3

480 1/480 3.1 3.8 ※


169 ※ {17.2} ※
169 ※ {17.2} 3332 {340}

600 1/600 4 2.5 3 260 {26.5} 217 {22.1} 4410 {450}

720 1/720 2.1 2.5 312 {31.8} 260 {26.5} 4410 {450}
4
960 1/960 1.6 1.9 ※
374 ※ {38.2} 346 {35.3} 4410 {450}

1200 1/1200 1.3 1.5 ※


374 ※ {38.2} ※
374 ※ {38.2} 4410 {450}

Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio.


(They are all integer ratios.) ※Motor shape of the brake type
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous
motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution (***)
speed of the motor.
Note 3) The models marked with ※ are ones for witch the torque limited.
Note 4) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts,
the sum of both torques should be equal to or less than the value shown
in the table above.
φ140

In addition, O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value
shown in the table above.

Nomenclature Technical Information


95 Page 77 Page 254
HYPOID MOTOR TA series

■Outline dimensions

HMTA010-22U5∼120(B)
S
T 1/5∼1/50  、1/60∼1/120 1
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120 Approx. weight : 6.2
(8.2)
kg

S T
143(166.5)
266(304) 143(166.5) 44 44 85 44
128 6 85 6 6 6
48 62
70 38 36 36 62 36

φ22h6

φ22h6

φ22h6
M6 TAP 32 32
32
φ127(φ140)

16 DEEP
58.5

48
38

φ70h7

φ70h7
φ70.6

φ70.6
6
2

96
38
3.5
58.5

Shaft end shape (5.5※)


OUTPUT SHAFT
φ12 4-M6 bolt through-hole 28 10 28 10
Opposite side: M8 TAP 38 DEEP (Thread Length) (Thread Length)

HMTA010-24U160∼200(B)
S
T 2
Reduction ratio : 160, 200 Approx. weight : 10.0
(11.7)
kg

HYPOID MOTOR TA series


297(335)
157.5
S T
143(166.5) 55 55 106.5 55
59 106.5 7
88 47 62 36 62 7

φ24h6

φ24h6

φ24h6
36 36
32
M6 TAP 32 32
16 DEEP
φ127(φ140)

7
59
47

φ90h7
φ90h7
10

φ90h7
118

8
47

4
Shaft end shape
OUTPUT SHAFT
81(104.5) (5.5※)
9.5

M6 TAP
φ12 16 DEEP (5.5※) 143(166.5)
4-M8 bolt through-hole
Opposite side: M10 TAP 34 DEEP

Face mount type 0.1kW


HMTA010-28U300∼480 ST(B) 3
Reduction ratio : 300, 360, 480 Approx. weight : 12.1
(13.7)
kg

S T
353(391)
131(186) 157.5 148(170.5) 61
φ28h6

59 106.5 7 61 106.5 61
φ28h6

62 7 62 7
φ28h6

88 47
42 42
φ127(φ140)

M8 TAP 37 37
20 DEEP
59

7
φ90h7

φ90h7
47

φ90h7
9

118

148

148
8
47

4 37
Shaft end shape 42
17

φ12 OUTPUT SHAFT 1.5(8)※


M8 TAP 86(108.5)
20 DEEP 148(170.5) 1.5(8)※

4-M8 bolt through-hole


Opposite side: M10 TAP 34 DEEP

HMTA010-38U600∼1200 ST(B) 4
Reduction ratio : 600, 720, 960, 1200 Approx. weight : 15.8
(17.4)
kg

S T
382.5(420.5) 73.5 133 73.5
161(183.5) 73.5
131(186) 187 7 75 7
133 7
70 58 58 58
φ38h6

75
φ38h6

φ38h6

M10 TAP
106 58 25 DEEP 50 50
50
φ127(φ140)

8
8
70
58

φ90h7
10

φ90h7

φ90h7
7

140
58

φ12 Shaft end shape 86(108.5)


8

M10 TAP OUTPUT SHAFT


25 DEEP 161(183.5)
4-M10 bolt through-hole
Opposite side: M12 TAP 46 DEEP

Note 1) ( ) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-type with the Fan-cover, refer to the shape on last page.
Note 2) The dimension marked with ※ indicates that part of the motor protrudes from the mounting face.
Note 3) For output shaft arrangement "T" the phases of the right and left output shaft key way are not necessarily aligned precisely. 96
Note 4) The direction of rotation of the output shaft is based on direction of rotation A shown on page 262.
Face mount type Three-phase 0.2kW Non-brake type, Brake type

■Specification chart
Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution Brake
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated torque
Hz type method Type Insulation
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz (of motor torque)

Totally Self managed


Three- 200/200/220 1.2/1.1/1.1 1420/1700/1720 Non-excitation
0.2kW 4 50/60/60 enclosed type type Continuous Class E 150% over Class B
phase (400/400/440) (0.59/0.55/0.55) (1410/1690/1720) type
(IP44) (JC411)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.

Number of Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque


Allowable output Drawing
Motor Actual reduction revolution
shaft O.H.L. number of
Model number output reduction steps r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m}
outline
kW ratio
dimensions
U 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf}

5 1/5 300 360 5.6 {0.57} 4.6 {0.47} 588 {60}

10 1/10 150 180 10.8 {1.1} 9.3 {0.95} 980 {100}


HYPOID MOTOR TA series

15 1/15 2 100 120 16.7 {1.7} 13.7 {1.4} 1078 {110}

20 1/20 75 90 22.5 {2.3} 18.6 {1.9} 1176 {120}

25 1/25 60 72 27.4 {2.8} 23.5 {2.4} 1274 {130} 1

30 1/30 50 60  
31.4   {3.2}  
26.5   {2.7} 1421 {145}

40 1/40 37.5 45  
42.1   {4.3}  
35.3   {3.6} 1617 {165}

50 1/50 30 36  
52.9   {5.4}  
44.1   {4.5} 1862 {190}

60 1/60 25 30 66.6 {6.8} 54.9 {5.6} 2009 {205}

80 1/80 3 18.8 22.5 84.3 {8.6} 70.6 {7.2} 2254 {230}

HMTA020 100 1/100 15 18 106 {10.8} 88.2 {9.0} 2548 {260}


Face mount type 0.2kW

0.2

120 1/120 12.5 15 126 {12.9} 106 {10.8} 2793 {285} 2

160 1/160 9.4 11.3 169 {17.2} 140 {14.3} 3332 {340}

200 1/200 7.5 9 ※


169 ※ {17.2} ※
169 ※ {17.2} 3332 {340}

300 1/300 5 6 260 {26.5} 217 {22.1} 4410 {450}

360 1/360 4.2 5 312 {31.8} 260 {26.5} 4410 {450} 3

480 1/480 3.1 3.8 ※


374 ※ {38.2} ※
312 ※ {31.8} 4410 {450}

600 1/600 4 2.5 3 506 {51.6} 432 {44.1} 6272 {640}

720 1/720 2.1 2.5 607 {61.9} 519 {53.0} 6272 {640}
4
960 1/960 1.6 1.9 ※
621 ※ {63.4} ※
621 ※ {63.4} 6272 {640}

1200 1/1200 1.3 1.5 ※


621 ※ {63.4} ※
621 ※ {63.4} 6272 {640}

Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) The models marked with ※ are ones for witch the torque limited.
Note 4) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or
less than the value shown in the table above.
In addition O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.

Nomenclature Technical Information


97 Page 77 Page 254
HYPOID MOTOR TA series

■Outline dimensions

HMTA020-22U5∼60(B)
S
T 1/5∼1/25  、1/30∼1/60 1
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60 Approx. weight : 6.7
(8.5)
kg

304(321)
S 143(166.5)
T
128 143(166.5) 44 44 85 44
48 6 85 6 6 6
70 38 62 36 62 36

φ22h6

φ22h6

φ22h6
M6 TAP 36 32 32
16 DEEP 32
67.5

48
38

(φ70.6)

φ70h7

φ70h7
φ70.6
6
2
φ140

96
38
3.5
67

Shaft end shape 5.5※ 5.5※


φ12 4-M6 bolt through-hole OUTPUT SHAFT
28 10 28 10
Opposite side: M8 TAP 38 DEEP (Thread Length) (Thread Length)

HMTA020-28U80∼200(B)
S
T 2
Reduction ratio : 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight : 9.6
(11.8)
kg

HYPOID MOTOR TA series


335(352)
157.5 S T
59 143(166.5) 61 61 106.5 61

φ28h6
106.5 7 62 7

φ28h6

φ28h6
88 47 7
62 42 42 42
M8 TAP
20 DEEP 37 37 37
7
59
47
10

φ90h7
φ90h7

φ90h7
φ140

118

8
47

Shaft end shape


18

OUTPUT SHAFT 5.5※


φ12 81(104.5)
M8 TAP
20 DEEP 143(166.5) 5.5※

4-M8 bolt through-hole


Opposite side: M10 TAP 34 DEEP

Face mount type 0.2kW


HMTA020-38U300∼480 ST(B) 3
Reduction ratio : 300, 360, 480 Approx. weight : 15.8
(17.9)
kg

426(443) S T
169(186) 187 73.5
161(183.5) 73.5 133 73.5
φ38h6

70 133 7 58 7 75 7
φ38h6

106 58
φ38h6

M10 TAP 75 50 58
58
25 DEEP
50 50
8
11.5

70
58

φ90h7
10

φ90h7

φ90h7
168.5

168.5
φ140

140
58

5
φ12 Shaft end shape
M10 TAP OUTPUT SHAFT 86(108.5)
17

25 DEEP 161(183.5)
4-M10 bolt through-hole
Opposite side: M12 TAP 46 DEEP

HMTA020-42U600∼1200 ST(B) 4
Reduction ratio : 600, 720, 960, 1200 Approx. weight : 25.3
(27.4)
kg

169(186)
465(482)
226
S T
170.5(193) 85
89 149.5 7 85 149.5 85
(34)

123 73 84.5 7 84.5 7


φ42h6

φ42h6

φ42h6

M10 TAP 66 66 66
25 DEEP 60 60 60
8
89
73
7.5

12

φ90h7

φ90h7
φ90h7
178
φ140

73

5
φ12 Shaft end shape
86(108.5)
2

M10 TAP OUTPUT SHAFT


25 DEEP 170.5(193)
4-M12 bolt through-hole
Opposite side: M16 TAP 44 DEEP

Note 1) ( ) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-types.


Note 2) The dimension marked with ※ indicates that part of the motor protrudes from the mounting face.
Note 3) For output shaft arrangement "T" the phases of the right and left output shaft key way are not necessarily aligned precisely. 98
Note 4) The direction of rotation of the output shaft is based on direction of rotation A shown on page 262.
Face mount type Three-phase 0.4kW Non-brake type, Brake type

■Specification chart
Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution Brake
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated torque
Hz type method Type Insulation
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz (of motor torque)

Totally Self managed


Three- 200/200/220 2.3/2.0/2.0 1380/1650/1680 Non-excitation
0.4kW 4 50/60/60 enclosed type type Continuous Class E 150% over Class B
phase (400/400/440) (1.2/1.0/1.0) (1390/1670/1700) type
(IP44) (JC411)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.

Number of Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque


Allowable output Drawing
Motor Actual reduction revolution
shaft O.H.L. number of
Model number output reduction steps r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m}
outline
kW ratio
dimensions
U 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf}

5 1/5 300 360 10.8 {1.1} 9.3 {0.95} 931 {95}

10 1/10 150 180 22.5 {2.3} 18.6 {1.9} 1568 {160}


HYPOID MOTOR TA series

15 1/15 100 120 33.3 {3.4} 27.4 {2.8} 1715 {175}


2
20 1/20 75 90 44.1 {4.5} 37.2 {3.8} 1862 {190}
1
25 1/25 60 72 55.9 {5.7} 46.1 {4.7} 2009 {205}

30 1/30 50 60 66.6 {6.8} 55.9 {5.7} 2205 {225}

40 1/40 37.5 45  
84.3   {8.6}  
70.6   {7.2} 2450 {250}

50 1/50 30 36  
106   {10.8}  
88.2   {9.0} 2793 {285}

60 1/60 25 30 126 {12.9} 106 {10.8} 3038 {310}


Face mount type 0.4kW

80 1/80 18.8 22.5 169 {17.2} 141 {14.4} 3479 {355}


3
HMTA040 100 0.4 1/100 15 18 212 {21.6} 176 {18.0} 3920 {400}
2
120 1/120 12.5 15 254 {25.9} 212 {21.6} 4410 {450}

160 1/160 9.4 11.3 338 {34.5} 281 {28.7} 4410 {450}

200 1/200 7.5 9 ※


374 ※ {38.2} ※
312 ※ {31.8} 4410 {450}

300 1/300 5 6 519 {53.0} 432 {44.1} 6272 {640}

360 1/360 4.2 5 621 {63.4} 519 {53.0} 6272 {640} 3

480 1/480 3.1 3.8 ※


621 ※ {63.4} ※
621 ※ {63.4} 6272 {640}

600 1/600 4 2.5 3 1029 {105} 869 {88.7} 9800 {1000}

720 1/720 2.1 2.5 ※


1176 ※ {120} 1029 {105} 9800 {1000}
4
960 1/960 1.6 1.9 ※
1176 ※ {120} ※
1176 ※ {120} 9800 {1000}

1200 1/1200 1.3 1.5 ※


1176 ※ {120} ※
1176 ※ {120} 9800 {1000}

Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) The models marked with ※ are ones for witch the torque limited.
Note 4) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or
less than the value shown in the table above.
In addition O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.

Nomenclature Technical Information


99 Page 77 Page 254
HYPOID MOTOR TA series

■Outline dimensions
HMTA040-28U5∼50(B)
S
T 1/5∼1/30  、1/40∼1/50 1
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 Approx. weight : 10.2
(12.7)
kg

349.5(366.5) S T
157.5 143(166.5) 61 61 106.5 61
59 106.5 7 7 62 7
88 47 62 42 42 42

φ28h6

φ28h6

φ28h6
M8 TAP 37 37 37
20 DEEP

59
7

47

φ90h7

φ90h7
φ90h7
10
φ140

118

8
4

47
Shaft end shape
OUTPUT SHAFT
5.5※
M8 TAP 81
(104.5)

18.5
20 DEEP 143(166.5) 5.5※
φ12
4-M8 bolt through-hole
Opposite side: M10 TAP 34 DEEP

HMTA040-38U60∼200 ST(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight : 16.0
(18.5)
kg

HYPOID MOTOR TA series


379.5(396.5)
187
S T
156(179.5) 73.5 73.5 133 73.5
70
133 7 7 75 7
106 58

φ38h6

φ38h6

φ38h6
M10 TAP 75 58 58 58
25 DEEP
50 50 50
8
70
58

10
12

φ90h7

φ90h7

φ90h7
φ140

140
58

Shaft end shape


M10 TAP OUTPUT SHAFT 81(174.5)
9.5

φ12 25 DEEP
156(179.5)
4-M10 bolt through-hole
Opposite side: M12 TAP 46 DEEP

Face mount type 0.4kW


HMTA040-42U300∼480 ST(B) 3
Reduction ratio : 300, 360, 480 Approx. weight : 30.2
(32.7)
kg

515.5(532.5) S T
179 226 165.5(189) 85 85 149.5 85
φ42h6

89 149.5 7 7 84.5 7
123 73 66
84.5
φ42h6

φ42h6

M10 TAP 66 60
25 DEEP 66
60 60
18.5

8
φ140

89
73

12

φ90h7

φ90h7
φ90h7

194.5
194.5
178
73

5
φ12 Shaft end shape
OUTPUT SHAFT 1※
20 ※1
12

M10 TAP
25 DEEP
4-M12 bolt through-hole
Opposite side: M16 TAP 44 DEEP

HMTA040-50U600∼1200 ST(B) 4
Reduction ratio : 600, 720, 960, 1200 Approx. weight : 58.8
(61.3)
kg

179
625.5(642.5)
332 S T
130 186(208.5) 107 107 176 107
182 105 176 10 10 104 10
104 82 82
φ50h6

φ50h6
φ50h6

M10 TAP 82
25 DEEP 75 75 75
130

9
11.5

105
φ140

14

φ140h7

φ140h7

φ140h7
260
105

5.5
130

φ12
Shaft end shape
OUTPUT SHAFT
M10 TAP
25 DEEP
4-M16 bolt through-hole
Opposite side: M20 TAP 52 DEEP

Note 1) ( ) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-types.


Note 2) The dimension marked with ※ indicates that part of the motor protrudes from the mounting face.
Note 3) For output shaft arrangement "T" the phases of the right and left output shaft key way are not necessarily aligned precisely. 100
Note 4) The direction of rotation of the output shaft is based on direction of rotation A shown on page 262.
Face mount type Three-phase 0.75kW Non-brake type, Brake type

■Specification chart
Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution Brake
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated torque
Hz type method Type Insulation
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz (of motor torque)

Totally Self managed


Three- 200/200/220 3.8/3.4/3.4 1410/1690/1710 Non-excitation
0.75kW 4 50/60/60 enclosed type type Continuous Class E 150% over Class B
phase (400/400/440) (2.0/1.7/1.7) (1410/1690/1710) type
(IP44) (JC411)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.

Number of Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque


Allowable output Drawing
Motor Actual reduction revolution
shaft O.H.L. number of
Model number output reduction steps r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m}
outline
kW ratio
dimensions
U 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf}

5 1/5 300 360 20.6 {2.1} 17.6 {1.8} 1519 {155}

10 1/10 150 180 42.1 {4.3} 34.3 {3.5} 2205 {225}


HYPOID MOTOR TA series

15 1/15 100 120 62.7 {6.4} 51.9 {5.3} 2401 {245}


2
20 1/20 75 90 83.3 {8.5} 69.6 {7.1} 2646 {270}
1
25 1/25 60 72 104 {10.6} 87.2 {8.9} 2891 {295}

30 1/30 50 60 125 {12.8} 104 {10.6} 3136 {320}

40 1/40 37.5 45 159   {16.2}  


132   {13.5} 3626 {370}

50 1/50 30 36 198   {20.2}  


165   {16.8} 4116 {420}

HMTA075 60 0.75 1/60 25 30 238 {24.3} 198 {20.2} 4508 {460}


Face mount type 0.75kW

80 1/80 18.8 22.5 317 {32.3} 264 {26.9} 5390 {550}


3
100 1/100 15 18 396 {40.4} 330 {33.7} 6272 {640}
2
120 1/120 12.5 15 475 {48.5} 396 {40.4} 6272 {640}

160 1/160 9.4 11.3 621 {63.4} 517 {52.8} 6272 {640}

※ ※ ※ ※
200 1/200 7.5 9 621 {63.4} 621 {63.4} 6272 {640}

300 1/300 5 6 973 {99.3} 807 {82.3} 9800 {1000}

360 1/360 4 4.2 5 1166 {119} 973 {99.3} 9800 {1000} 3

480 1/480 3.1 3.8 ※


1176 ※ {120} ※
1176 ※ {120} 9800 {1000}

Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) The models marked with ※ are ones for witch the torque limited.
Note 4) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or
less than the value shown in the table above.
In addition O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.

Nomenclature Technical Information


101 Page 77 Page 254
HYPOID MOTOR TA series

■Outline dimensions

HMTA075-38U5∼50(B)
S
T 1/5∼1/30  、1/40∼1/50 1
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 Approx. weight : 21.0
(23.0)
kg

385(412)
187
S
165(188.5) 73.5
T
70 73.5 133 73.5
133 7
106 58 7 58 75 7
M10 TAP 75 58

φ38h6

φ38h6
φ38h6
58 58
25 DEEP 50 50 50
8

70
58

10

φ90h7
12

φ90h7

φ90h7
φ158

140
58
5

Shaft end shape


M10 TAP 17 OUTPUT SHAFT 90(113.5)
φ12 25 DEEP
165(188.5)
4-M10 bolt through-hole
Opposite side: M12 TAP 46 DEEP

HMTA075-42U60∼200 ST(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight : 27.0
(29.5)
g

HYPOID MOTOR TA series


422(449)
226
S
174.5(198) 85
T
89 149.5 7 85 149.5 85
123 73 84.5 7 84.5 7
66 66 66
M10 TAP

φ42h6

φ42h6
φ42h6
60 60 60
25 DEEP
8
89
73

(212)

12

φ90h7
16

φ90h7
φ90h7
178
φ158

73

5
Shaft end shape
OUTPUT SHAFT 90(113.5)
2

M10 TAP
φ12
25 DEEP 174.5(198)
4-M12 bolt through-hole
Opposite side: M16 TAP 44 DEEP

Face mount type 0.75kW


HMTA075-50U300∼480 ST(B) 3
Reduction ratio : 300, 360, 480 Approx. weight : 67.5
(69.5)
kg

185
683.5(710.5)
332
S T
194(217.5) 107 107 176 107
130
182 105 176 10 10 104 10
104 82
φ50h6

φ50h6
φ50h6

M10 TAP 82 82
25 DEEP 75 75 75
130

9
18.5

105
φ158

φ140h7
φ140h7

φ140h7
14
260
105
130

5.5
φ12
Shaft end shape
OUTPUT SHAFT
M10 TAP 90(113.5)
25 DEEP
194(217.5)
4-M16 bolt through-hole
Opposite side: M20 TAP 52 DEEP

Note 1) ( ) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-types.


Note 2) For output shaft arrangement "T" the phases of the right and left output shaft key way are not necessarily aligned
precisely.
Note 3) The direction of rotation of the output shaft is based on direction of rotation A shown on page 262.

102
Face mount type Three-phase 1.5kW Non-brake type, Brake type HYPOID MOTOR TA series

■Specification chart
Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution Brake
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated torque
Hz type method Type Insulation
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz (of motor torque)
Three- 200/200/220 7.0/6.2/6.0 1420/1710/1730 Totally enclosed type Self managed type Class E Non-excitation
1.5kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous 150% over Class B
phase (400/400/440) (3.5/3.1/3.0) (1420/1710/1730) (IP44) (JC411) (Class B) type
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.

Number of Output shaft revolution Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing
Motor Actual
number of
Model number output reduction reduction steps r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L.
outline
kW ratio
U 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf} dimensions

5  1/5 300 360 41.2 {4.2} 34.3 {3.5} 2058 {210}


10  1/10 150 180 83.3 {8.5} 69.6 {7.1} 2842 {290}
15  1/15 100 120 124 {12.7} 104 {10.6} 3234 {330}
2
20  1/20 75 90 166 {16.9} 138 {14.1} 3626 {370}
25  1/25 60 72 208 {21.2} 173 {17.7} 4018 {410}
1
30  1/30 50 60 249 {25.4} 208 {21.2} 4508 {460}
HMTA150 40  1/40 37.5 45 317 {32.3} 264 {26.9} 5292 {540}
1.5
HYPOID MOTOR TA series

50  1/50 30 36 396 {40.4} 330 {33.7} 6076 {620}


60  1/60 25 30 475 {48.5} 396 {40.4} 6272 {640}
80  1/80 18.8 22.5 634 {64.7} 528 {53.9} 6272 {640}
3
100  1/100 15 18 792 {80.8} 661 {67.4} 9800 {1000}
120  1/120 12.5 15 951 {97.0} 792 {80.8} 9800 {1000}
2
※ ※
160  1/160 9.4 11.3 1176 {120 } 1058 {108} 9800 {1000}
※ ※ ※ ※
200  1/200 7.5 9 1176 {120 } 1176 {120} 9800 {1000}

Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) The models marked with ※ are ones for witch the torque limited.
Note 4) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or less than the value shown in the table above.
In addition O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.
Face mount type 1.5kW

■Outline dimensions
HMTA150-42U5∼80 ST(B) 1/5∼1/30  、1/40∼1/80 1
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80 Approx. weight : 33.0
(38.0)
kg

473.5(527.5) S T
226 227(225) 85 85 149.5 85
89 149.5 7 7 84.5 7
123 73 84.5 66 66 66
M10 TAP 60 60 60
φ42h6

φ42h6
φ42h6

25 DEEP
8
89
73

φ90h7
φ90h7

φ90h7
12
(198)
16
φ198

178

5
73

φ27 ※ φ27 ※
11 11
23

Shaft end shape


OUTPUT SHAFT
4-M12 bolt through-hole
Opposite side: M16 TAP 44 DEEP

HMTA150-50U100∼200 (B)
S
T 2
Reduction ratio : 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight : 63.0
(68.0)
kg

587.5(641.5)
332 247(245)
S 107
T
130 176 107 176 107
182 105 104 10 10 104 10
M10 TAP
82 82 82
φ50h6
φ50h6

φ50h6

25 DEEP 75 75 75
130

9
105

φ140h7
φ140h7

φ140h7
14
23
φ198

260
105
130

5.5
φ27 φ27

Shaft end shape


4-M16 bolt through-hole OUTPUT SHAFT
Opposite side: M20 TAP 52 DEEP

Note 1) ( ) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-types.


Nomenclature Technical Information Note 2) The dimension marked with ※ indicates that part of the motor protrudes from the mounting face.
103 Page 77 Page 254 Note
Note
3)
4)
For output shaft arrangement "T" the phases of the right and left output shaft key way are not necessarily aligned precisely.
The direction of rotation of the output shaft is based on direction of rotation A shown on page 262.
Face mount type Three-phase 2.2kW Non-brake type, Brake type HYPOID MOTOR TA series

■Specification chart
Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution Brake
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated torque
Hz type method Type Insulation
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz (of motor torque)
Three- 200/200/220 9.8/8.9/8.5 1420/1710/1730 Totally enclosed type Self managed type Class E Non-excitation
2.2kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous 150% over Class B
phase (400/400/440) (4.9/4.5/4.3) (1420/1710/1730) (IP44) (JC411) (Class B) type
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.

Number of Output shaft revolution Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing
Motor Actual
number of
Model number output reduction reduction steps r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L.
outline
kW ratio
U 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf} dimensions

5  1/5 300 360 60.8 {6.2} 51.0 {5.2} 3038 {310}


10  1/10 150 180 122 {12.4} 102 {10.4} 3822 {390}
2
15  1/15 100 120 182 {18.6} 152 {15.5} 4214 {430}
20  1/20 75 90 244 {24.9} 203 {20.7} 4606 {470}
25  1/25 60 72 290 {29.6} 242 {24.7} 4998 {510} 1
HMTA220 30  1/30 50 60 349 {35.6} 290 {29.6} 5390 {550}
2.2
40  1/40 37.5 45 465 {47.4} 387 {39.5} 5782 {590}

HYPOID MOTOR TA series


★50 ★1/50 30 36 581 {59.3} 484 {49.4} 6076 {620}
3
60  1/60 25 30 697 {71.1} 581 {59.3} 6272 {640}
80  1/80 18.8 22.5 930 {94.9} 774 {79.0} 9800 {1000}
※ ※
100  1/100 15 18 1068 {109} 968 {98.8} 9800 {1000} 2
※ ※
120  1/120 12.5 15 1176 {120} 1166 {119} 9800 {1000}

Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. In the case of 1/50 for 2.2kW, marked with ★ , however, the actual ratio is 1/49.286.
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) The models marked with ※ are ones for witch the torque limited.
Note 4) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or less
than the value shown in the table above.
In addition O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.

Face mount type 2.2kW


■Outline dimensions
HMTA220-42U5∼60(B)
S
T 1/5∼1/20  、1/25∼1/60 1
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60 Approx. weight : 38.0
(43.0)
kg

502.5(556.5)
S T
226 227(225) 85 85 149.5 85
89 149.5 7 7 84.5 7
123 73 M10 TAP 84.5 66 66 66
60 60 60
φ42h6
φ42h6
φ42h6

25 DEEP

8
89
73

φ90h7
φ90h7
φ90h7
12
(198)
16
φ198

73

5
178

φ27 ※ φ27 ※
23

14 14
Shaft end shape
OUTPUT SHAFT
4-M12 bolt through-hole
Opposite side: M16 TAP 44 DEEP

HMTA220-50U80∼120 ST(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 80, 100, 120 Approx. weight : 67.0
(72.0)
kg

616.5(670.5)
332 247(245)
S 107
T
130 176 107 176 107
182 105 104 10 10 104 10
M10 TAP
φ50h6
φ50h6

φ50h6

82 82 82
25 DEEP 75 75 75
130

9
105

φ140h7
φ140h7

φ140h7
14
23
φ198

260
105
130

5.5
φ27 φ27

Shaft end shape


4-M16 bolt through-hole OUTPUT SHAFT
Opposite side: M20 TAP 52 DEEP

Note 1) ( ) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-types.


Note 2) The dimension marked with ※ indicates that part of the motor protrudes from the mounting face. Nomenclature Information
Note
Note
3)
4)
For output shaft arrangement "T" the phases of the right and left output shaft key way are not necessarily aligned precisely.
The direction of rotation of the output shaft is based on direction of rotation A shown on page 262.
Page 77 Page 254 104
Face mount type Three-phase 3.7kW Non-brake type, Brake type HYPOID MOTOR TA series

■Specification chart
Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution Brake
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated torque
Hz type method Type Insulation
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz (of motor torque)
Three- 200/200/220 16.0/14.8/14.0 1420/1710/1730 Totally enclosed type Self managed type Class E Non-excitation
3.7kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous 150% over Class E
phase (400/400/440) (8.0/7.4/7.0) (1420/1710/1730) (IP44) (JC411) (Class B) type
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.

Number of Output shaft revolution Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing
Motor Actual
number of
Model number output reduction reduction steps r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L.
outline
kW ratio
U 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf} dimensions

5  1/5 300 360 103 {10.5} 85.3 {8.7} 4900 {500}


10  1/10 150 180 205 {20.9} 171 {17.4} 5880 {600}
2
15  1/15 100 120 308 {31.4} 256 {26.1} 6860 {700}
20  1/20 75 90 410 {41.8} 341 {34.8} 7742 {790}
HMTA370 1
25 3.7  1/25 60 72 489 {49.9} 407 {41.5} 8134 {830}
30  1/30 50 60 586 {59.8} 489 {49.9} 8428 {860}
HYPOID MOTOR TA series

40  1/40 3 37.5 45 782 {79.8} 652 {66.5} 8820 {900}


50  1/50 30 36 977 {99.7} 814 {83.1} 9114 {930}
60  1/60 25 30 1176 {120 } 977 {99.7} 9408 {960}

Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or less
than the value shown in the table above.
In addition O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.

■Outline dimensions
Face mount type 3.7kW

HMTA370-50U5∼60(B)
S
T 1/5∼1/20  、1/25∼1/60 1
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60 Approx. weight : 76.0
(84.0)
kg

676(750) S T
332 255(258) 107
130 176 107 176 107
182 105 M10 TAP 104 10 10 104 10
φ50h6
φ50h6

φ50h6

25 DEEP 82 82 82
75 75 75
130
105

9
φ140h7
φ140h7

φ140h7
14
23
φ214

260
105
130

5.5
φ27 φ27
※ ※
1 1
Shaft end shape
OUTPUT SHAFT
4-M16 bolt through-hole
Opposite side: M20 TAP 52 DEEP

Note 1) ( ) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-types.


Note 2) The dimension marked with ※ indicates that part of the motor protrudes from the mounting face.
Note 3) For output shaft arrangement "T" the phases of the right and left output shaft key way are not necessarily aligned
precisely.
Note 4) The direction of rotation of the output shaft is based on direction of rotation A shown on page 262.

Nomenclature Technical Information


105 Page 77 Page 254
Face mount type Three-phase 5.5kW Non-brake type, Brake type HYPOID MOTOR TA series

■Specification chart
Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution Brake
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated torque
Hz type method Type Insulation
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz (of motor torque)
Three- 200/200/220 23.8/21.0/20.0 1430/1730/1740 Totally enclosed type Self managed type Non-excitation
5.5kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous Class B 150% over Class E
phase (400/400/440) (11.9/10.5/10.0) (1430/1730/1740) (IP44) (JC411) type
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.

Number of Output shaft revolution Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing
Motor Actual
number of
Model number output reduction reduction steps r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L.
outline
kW ratio
U 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf} dimensions

5  1/5 300 360 152 {15.5} 126 {12.9} 4900 {500}


10  1/10 150 180 305 {31.1} 254 {25.9} 5880 {600}
2
15  1/15 100 120 457 {46.6} 380 {38.8} 6860 {700}
HMTA550
20 5.5  1/20 75 90 609 {62.1} 508 {51.8} 7742 {790} 1

25  1/25 60 72 726 {74.1} 606 {61.8} 8134 {830}


30  1/30 3 50 60 871 {88.9} 726 {74.1} 8428 {860}

HYPOID MOTOR TA series


40  1/40 37.5 45 1166 {119} 968 {98.8} 8820 {900}

Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or less
than the value shown in the table above.
In addition O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.

■Outline dimensions

Face mount type 5.5kW


HMTA550-50U5∼40(B)
S
T 1/5∼1/20  、1/25∼1/40 1
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40 Approx. weight : 97.0
(109.0)
kg

717.5(829.5)
S T
332 306(309) 107
130 176 107 176 107
182 105 104 10 10 104 10
φ50h6
φ50h6

φ50h6
82 82 82
M10 TAP 75 75 75
130

25 DEEP
105

9
φ140h7

φ140h7

φ140h7
23

(281)

14
260
φ252

105
130

5.5
φ35 φ35
Shaft end shape 27※
OUTPUT SHAFT 202 27 ※
24

4-M16 bolt through-hole


Opposite side: M20 TAP 52 DEEP

Note 1) ( ) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-types.


Note 2) The dimension marked with ※ indicates that part of the motor protrudes from the mounting face.
Note 3) For output shaft arrangement "T" the phases of the right and left output shaft key way are not necessarily aligned
precisely.
Note 4) The direction of rotation of the output shaft is based on direction of rotation A shown on page 262.

Nomenclature Technical Information


Page 77 Page 254 106
Foot mount type Three-phase 0.1kW Non-brake type, Brake type

■Specification chart
Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution Brake
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated torque
Hz type method Type Insulation
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz (of motor torque)

Totally Self cooled


Three- 200/200/220 0.63/0.57/0.58 1420/1680/1710 Non-excitation
0.1kW 4 50/60/60 enclosed type type Continuous Class E 150% over Class B
phase (400/400/440) (0.32/0.29/0.29) (1440/1740/1740) type
(IP44) (IC410)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.

Number of Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque


Allowable output Drawing
Motor Actual reduction revolution
shaft O.H.L. number of
Model number output reduction steps r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m}
outline
kW ratio
dimensions
L 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf}

5 1/5 300 360 2.7 {0.28} 2.4 {0.24} 588 {60}

10 1/10 150 180 5.6 {0.57} 4.6 {0.47} 980 {100}


HYPOID MOTOR TA series

15 1/15 100 120 8.3 {0.85} 7.0 {0.71} 1078 {110}

20 1/20 75 90 10.8 {1.1} 9.3 {0.95} 1176 {120} 1


2
25 1/25 60 72 13.7 {1.4} 11.8 {1.2} 1274 {130}

30 1/30 50 60 16.7 {1.7} 13.7 {1.4} 1421 {145}

40 1/40 37.5 45 22.5 {2.3} 18.6 {1.9} 1617 {165}

50 1/50 30 36 27.4 {2.8} 23.5 {2.4} 1862 {190}

60 1/60 25 30 31.4 {3.2} 26.5 {2.7} 2009 {205}

80 1/80 18.8 22.5 42.1 {4.3} 35.3 {3.6} 2254 {230} 2


HMTA010 0.1
Foot mount type 0.1kW

100 1/100 15 18 52.9 {5.4} 44.1 {4.5} 2548 {260}


3
120 1/120 12.5 15 63.7 {6.5} 52.9 {5.4} 2793 {285}

160 1/160 9.4 11.3 84.3 {8.6} 70.6 {7.2} 3332 {340}
3
200 1/200 7.5 9 106 {10.8} 88.2 {9.0} 3332 {340}

300 1/300 5 6 129 {13.2} 108 {11.0} 3332 {340}

360 1/360 4.2 5 156 {15.9} 129 {13.2} 3332 {340} 4

480 1/480 3.1 3.8 ※


169 ※ {17.2} ※
169 ※ {17.2} 3332 {340}

600 1/600 4 2.5 3 260 {26.5} 217 {22.1} 4410 {450}

720 1/720 2.1 2.5 312 {31.8} 260 {26.5} 4410 {450}
5
960 1/960 1.6 1.9 ※
374 ※ {38.2} 346 {35.3} 4410 {450}

1200 1/1200 1.3 1.5 ※


374 ※ {38.2} ※
374 ※ {38.2} 4410 {450}

Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio.


(They are all integer ratios.) ※Motor shape of the brake type
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous
motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution (***)
speed of the motor.
Note 3) The models marked with ※ are ones for witch the torque limited.
Note 4) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts,
the sum of both torques should be equal to or less than the value shown
in the table above.
φ140

In addition O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the
value shown in the table above.

Nomenclature Technical Information


107 Page 77 Page 254
HYPOID MOTOR TA series

■Outline dimensions
L
HMTA010-19L5∼50(B)
T
R
1
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 Approx. weight : 6.0
(7.0)
kg

L T R
164 143.5
265(303) 163(186.5) 82 82 82
82 32 32
6 32
φ127(φ140)

32 28 28 28
28

φ19h6
φ19h6

φ19h6
M6 TAP M6 TAP

φ19h6
16 DEEP 16 DEEP
13

126.5

126.5

126.5
6
6 3.5

55

55
55
3.5 4-φ9 4-φ9
Shaft end shape
OUTPUT SHAFT
62.5 32.5 35 35 47 35 35 35 35

12

12
12
φ12 120 95 95 95

L
HMTA010-22L60∼120(B)
T
R
2
Reduction ratio : 60, 80, 100, 120 Approx. weight : 6.5
(8.5)
kg

L T R
100.5(124) 86.5 100.5(124) 48.5
266(304) 100.5(124) 86.5 86.5 86.5
128 19.5 36 19.5 36 36 19.5
M6 TAP
48 16 DEEP 36 32 32 32

HYPOID MOTOR TA series


32
φ127(φ140)

φ22h6

φ22h6

φ22h6

φ22h6
111.5(120.5)

6
6
2

103

3.5
55
3.2

Shaft end shape


OUTPUT SHAFT
(14※)
5.5※

φ12 70 38 4-φ7 121 26 26 121 26 26 121


122 135 135 135

L
HMTA010-24L160∼200 TR(B) 3
Reduction ratio : 160, 200 Approx. weight : 10.8
(12.4)
kg

297(335)
157.5
L T R
M6 TAP 59 90(113) 108 108(*113) 108 108(*113) 60
16 DEEP 7 9 9 9
M6 TAP

Foot mount type 0.1kW


φ24h6

36 36 36
φ127(φ140)

φ24h6

16 DEEP 36 φ24h6
φ24h6

7 32 32 32 32
10

139

139
8

139

4 4
80

80

80

Shaft end shape 4-φ11 4-φ11 4-φ11


3.2
3.2

3.2

OUTPUT SHAFT

88 47 150 33 33 150 33 33 150


φ12
155 170 170 170

L
HMTA010-28L300∼480 TR(B) 4
Reduction ratio : 300, 360, 480 Approx. weight : 13.0
(14.6)
kg

353(391)
L T R
131(186) 157.5 95(117) 114 114 114 114 60
M8 TAP 59 9 9 9
7
φ127(φ140)

20 DEEP M8 TAP
φ28h6
φ28h6

φ28h6
φ28h6

20 DEEP 42 42
7 37 37
9

152

152

152
8

4
4 37 37
80

80

80

4-φ11 42 4-φ11 42 4-φ11


3.2

Shaft end shape


3.2
3.2

φ12 OUTPUT SHAFT


88 47 150 39 39 150 39 39 150
155 170 170 170

L
HMTA010-38L600∼1200 (B)
T
R
5
Reduction ratio : 600, 720, 960, 1200 Approx. weight : 16.8
(18.4)
kg

382.5(420.5)
L T R
131(186) 187
φ38h6

φ38h6

70 94.5(117) 140 140 140 140 73.5


M10 TAP
25 DEEP 8 M10 TAP 8.5 8.5 8.5
φ38h6
φ38h6
7

25 DEEP
φ127(φ140)

58
58
8 50 50
10

10

160
160
160

5 5 50 50
90
90

90

4-φ13 4-φ13 58 4-φ13


4.5

58
4.5

4.5

φ12 Shaft end shape


OUTPUT SHAFT
106 58 185 47.5 47.5 185 47.5 47.5 185
188 210 210 210

Note 1) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-type with the Fan-cover, refer to the shape on last page.
Note 2) For output shaft arrangement "T" the phases of the right and left output shaft key way are not necessarily aligned precisely.
108
Note 3) The direction of rotation of the output shaft is based on direction of rotation A shown on page 262.
Foot mount type Three-phase 0.2kW Non-brake type, Brake type

■Specification chart
Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution Brake
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated torque
Hz type method Type Insulation
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz (of motor torque)

Totally Self managed


Three- 200/200/220 1.2/1.1/1.1 1420/1700/1720 Non-excitation
0.2kW 4 50/60/60 enclosed type type Continuous Class E 150% over Class B
phase (400/400/440) (0.59/0.55/0.55) (1410/1690/1720) type
(IP44) (JC411)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.

Number of Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque


Allowable output Drawing
Motor Actual reduction revolution
shaft O.H.L. number of
Model number output reduction steps r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m}
outline
kW ratio
dimensions
U 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf}

5 1/5 300 360 5.6 {0.57} 4.6 {0.47} 588 {60}

10 1/10 150 180 10.8 {1.1} 9.3 {0.95} 980 {100}


HYPOID MOTOR TA series

15 1/15 2 100 120 16.7 {1.7} 13.7 {1.4} 1078 {110}

20 1/20 75 90 22.5 {2.3} 18.6 {1.9} 1176 {120}


1
25 1/25 60 72 27.4 {2.8} 23.5 {2.4} 1274 {130}

30 1/30 50 60  
33.3   {3.4}  
27.4   {2.8} 1421 {145}

40 1/40 37.5 45  
44.1   {4.5}  
37.2   {3.8} 1617 {165}

50 1/50 30 36  
55.9   {5.7}  
46.1   {4.7} 1862 {190}

60 1/60 25 30 66.6 {6.8} 54.9 {5.6} 2009 {205} 2

80 1/80 3 18.8 22.5 84.3 {8.6} 70.6 {7.2} 2254 {230}

HMTA020 100 0.2 1/100 15 18 106 {10.8} 88.2 {9.0} 2548 {260}
Foot mount type 0.2kW

120 1/120 12.5 15 126 {12.9} 106 {10.8} 2793 {285} 3

160 1/160 9.4 11.3 169 {17.2} 140 {14.3} 3332 {340}

200 1/200 7.5 9 ※


169 ※ {17.2} ※
169 ※ {17.2} 3332 {340}

300 1/300 5 6 260 {26.5} 217 {22.1} 4410 {450}

360 1/360 4.2 5 312 {31.8} 260 {26.5} 4410 {450} 4

480 1/480 3.1 3.8 ※


374 ※ {38.2} ※
312 ※ {31.8} 4410 {450}

600 1/600 4 2.5 3 506 {51.6} 432 {44.1} 6272 {640}

720 1/720 2.1 2.5 607 {61.9} 519 {53.0} 6272 {640}
5
960 1/960 1.6 1.9 ※
621 ※ {63.4} ※
621 ※ {63.4} 6272 {640}

1200 1/1200 1.3 1.5 ※


621 ※ {63.4} ※
621 ※ {63.4} 6272 {640}

Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) The models marked with ※ are ones for witch the torque limited.
Note 4) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or
less than the value shown in the table above.
In addition O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.

Nomenclature Technical Information


109 Page 77 Page 254
HYPOID MOTOR TA series

■Outline dimensions
L
HMTA020-19L5∼50(B)
T
R
1
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 Approx. weight : 6.0
(7.5)
kg

L T R
303(320) 163(186.5) 164 149.5
82 82 82 82
32
6 32 32 32
28 28
M6 TAP 28 28

φ19h6
M6 TAP

φ19h6

φ19h6
16 DEEP

φ19h6
16 DEEP 6
φ140

13

135.5

135.5

135.5
6
6
3.5

55

55

55
4-φ9 4-φ9
Shaft end shape
φ12 3.5 OUTPUT SHAFT 35 35 47 35 35

12
35 35

12
12
62.5 32.5 95 95 95
120

L
HMTA020-22L60(B)
T
R
2
Reduction ratio : 60 Approx. weight : 7.0
(8.8)
kg

L T R
304(321) 100.5(124) 86.5 100.5(124) 48.5
128 100.5(124) 86.5 86.5 86.5
48 19.5 36 19.5 36 36 19.5

HYPOID MOTOR TA series


36 32 32 32
M6 TAP
16 DEEP 32

φ22h6

φ22h6
φ22h6

φ22h6
6
120.5

6
2

103
φ140

3.5
55
3.2

Shaft end shape


OUTPUT SHAFT
14※

φ12 70 38 4-φ7 121 26 26 121 26 26 121


122 135 135 135

L
HMTA020-28L80∼200(B)
T
R
3
Reduction ratio : 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight : 10.4
(12.5)
kg

335(352)
L T R
157.5
M8 TAP 59 90(113) 114 114 60 114 60

Foot mount type 0.2kW


20 DEEP 7 9 9 9
M8 TAP
φ28h6

42
φ28h6

20 DEEP 42 42 42
φ28h6

37 37 φ28h6 37
7 37
10

8
φ140

139

139

139
8

4 4
80

80

80

4-φ11
3.2

3.2

Shaft end shape 4-φ11 4-φ11


3.2

OUTPUT SHAFT
φ12 88 47 150 39 39 150 39 39 150
155 170 170 170

L
HMTA020-38L300∼480 TR(B) 4
Reduction ratio : 300, 360, 480 Approx. weight : 16.8
(18.9)
kg

L T R
426(443)
169 187
94.5(117) 140 140 140 140 73.5
M10 TAP 70 8.5 8.5
M10 TAP 8.5
φ38h6

25 DEEP 8
φ38h6

25 DEEP
φ38h6

φ38h6

58 58
8
11.5

50 50
10

10
φ140

172

172

172

5 5 50 50
90

90

90

4-φ13 4-φ13 4-φ13


4.5

58 58
4.5

4.5

φ12 Shaft end shape


OUTPUT SHAFT
106 58 185 47.5 47.5 185 47.5 47.5 185
188 210 210 210

L
HMTA020-42L600∼1200 TR(B) 5
Reduction ratio : 600, 720, 960, 1200 Approx. weight : 26.3
(28.4)
kg

L T R
465(482)
169 226 96(118) 160 160 160 160 82
10 10 66 10
M10 TAP 89
M10 TAP 66 60
25 DEEP 8
25 DEEP 60
φ42h6
φ42h6

φ42h6

φ42h6

66 66
8 60 60
7.5

12

12

(231)

(231)

(231)
φ140

197

197
197

5
5
108

108

108

4-φ17 4-φ17 4-φ17


4.5

4.5

φ12 Shaft end shape


OUTPUT SHAFT
123 73 210 55 55 210 55 55 210
4.5

228 240 240 240

Note 1) ( ) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-types.


Note 2) The dimension marked with ※ indicates that part of the motor protrudes from the mounting face.
Note 3) For output shaft arrangement "T" the phases of the right and left output shaft key way are not necessarily aligned precisely. 110
Note 4) The direction of rotation of the output shaft is based on direction of rotation A shown on page 262.
Foot mount type Three-phase 0.4kW Non-brake type, Brake type

■Specification chart
Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution Brake
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated torque
Hz type method Type Insulation
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz (of motor torque)

Totally Self managed


Three- 200/200/220 2.3/2.0/2.0 1380/1650/1680 Non-excitation
0.4kW 4 50/60/60 enclosed type type Continuous Class E 150% over Class B
phase (400/400/440) (1.2/1.0/1.0) (1390/1670/1700) type
(IP44) (JC411)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.

Number of Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque


Allowable output Drawing
Motor Actual reduction revolution
shaft O.H.L. number of
Model number output reduction steps r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m}
outline
kW ratio
dimensions
L 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf}

5 1/5 300 360 10.8 {1.1} 9.3 {0.95} 931 {95}

10 1/10 150 180 22.5 {2.3} 18.6 {1.9} 1568 {160}


HYPOID MOTOR TA series

15 1/15 100 120 33.3 {3.4} 27.4 {2.8} 1715 {175}

20 1/20 75 90 44.1 {4.5} 37.2 {3.8} 1862 {190}


2 1
25 1/25 60 72 55.9 {5.7} 46.1 {4.7} 2009 {205}

30 1/30 50 60 66.6 {6.8} 55.9 {5.7} 2205 {225}

40 1/40 37.5 45  
89.2   {9.1}  
74.5   {7.6} 2450 {250}

50 1/50 30 36  
112   {11.4}  
93.1   {9.5} 2793 {285}

60 1/60 25 30 126 {12.9} 106 {10.8} 3038 {310}


Foot mount type 0.4kW

80 1/80 18.8 22.5 169 {17.2} 141 {14.4} 3479 {355}

HMTA040 100 0.4 1/100 15 18 212 {21.6} 176 {18.0} 3920 {400}
3 2
120 1/120 12.5 15 254 {25.9} 212 {21.6} 4410 {450}

160 1/160 9.4 11.3 338 {34.5} 281 {28.7} 4410 {450}

200 1/200 7.5 9 ※


374 ※ {38.2} ※
312 ※ {31.8} 4410 {450}

300 1/300 5 6 519 {53.0} 432 {44.1} 6272 {640}

360 1/360 4.2 5 621 {63.4} 519 {53.0} 6272 {640} 3

480 1/480 3.1 3.8 ※


621 ※ {63.4} ※
621 ※ {63.4} 6272 {640}

600 1/600 4 2.5 3 1029 {105} 869 {88.7} 9800 {1000}

720 1/720 2.1 2.5 ※


1176 ※ {120} 1029 {105} 9800 {1000}
4
960 1/960 1.6 1.9 ※
1176 ※ {120} ※
1176 ※ {120} 9800 {1000}

1200 1/1200 1.3 1.5 ※


1176 ※ {120} ※
1176 ※ {120} 9800 {1000}

Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) The models marked with ※ are ones for witch the torque limited.
Note 4) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or
less than the value shown in the table above.
In addition O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.

Nomenclature Information
111 Page 77 Page 254
HYPOID MOTOR TA series

■Outline dimensions
L
HMTA040-24L5∼50(B)
T
R
1
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 Approx. weight : 8.2
(10.2)
kg

L T R
181(204.5) 200 167.5
340(357) 81(104.5) 100 100(*104.5) 100 100(*104.5)
M6 TAP
16 DEEP 45 45
45 45
7 M6 TAP 40 40 40 40

φ24h6
φ24h6

φ24h6
φ24h6
16 DEEP
φ140

158

158

158
21

8
8
4

70

70

70
4-φ11 4-φ11 4-φ11
Shaft end shape

15
15

15
OUTPUT SHAFT
φ12 4 37.5 37.5 62.5 62.5 37.5 37.5 62.5 62.5 37.5 37.5
70 40 105 105 105
140

L
HMTA040-38L60∼200 TR(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight : 16.8
(19.3)
kg

HYPOID MOTOR TA series


L T R
379.5(396.5)
89.5(113) 140 140 140 140 73.5
187
8.5 58 58 8.5 58 58 8.5
M10 TAP 70 50
50 50 50
25 DEEP

φ38h6
φ38h6

φ38h6
φ38h6

8
8 M10 TAP
10

10
12

25 DEEP
φ140

160

160

160
5
90

90
90

Shaft end shape 4-φ13 4-φ13 4-φ13


4.5

4.5
4.5

OUTPUT SHAFT
5 185 47.5 47.5 185 47.5 47.5 185
φ12
106 58 210 210 210
188

Foot mount type 0.4kW


L
HMTA040-42L300∼480 TR(B) 3
Reduction ratio : 300, 360, 480 Approx. weight : 31.7
(34.2)
kg

L T R
515.5(532.5)
95(*115) 160 160 160 160 82
179 226
10 66 66 10 66 66 10
89
M10 TAP 60 60 60 60
25 DEEP 8 M10 TAP
φ42h6

25 DEEP
φ42h6
φ42h6

φ42h6
18.5

8
φ140

12

12

202

202

202

5
108

108

108

4-φ17 4-φ17 4-φ17


4.5

4.5

φ12 Shaft end shape


OUTPUT SHAFT
5 210 55 55 210 55 55 210
4.5

123 73 240 240 240


228

L
HMTA040-50L600∼1200 TR(B) 4
Reduction ratio : 600, 720, 960, 1200 Approx. weight : 75.8
(78.3)
kg

L T R
625.5(642.5)
179 332 195 195 195 98
98(*120.5) 195
130 16 82 82 16 82 82 16
M10 TAP 75 75
9 M10 TAP 75 75
25 DEEP
25 DEEP
φ50h6
φ50h6

φ50h6
φ50h6

9
11.5

14
14
φ140

300

300

300

5.5 5.5 4-φ22 4-φ22 4-φ22


170

170

170

φ12
20
20

20

Shaft end shape


OUTPUT SHAFT

176 99 286 52 52 286


52 286 52
327 336 336
336

Note 1) ( ) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-types.


Note 2) For output shaft arrangement "T" the phases of the right and left output shaft key way are not necessarily aligned precisely.
112
Note 3) The direction of rotation of the output shaft is based on direction of rotation A shown on page 262.
Foot mount type Three-phase 0.75kW Non-brake type, Brake type

■Specification chart
Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution Brake
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated torque
Hz type method Type Insulation
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz (of motor torque)

Totally Self managed


Three- 200/200/220 3.8/3.4/3.4 1410/1690/1710 Non-excitation
0.75kW 4 50/60/60 enclosed type type Continuous Class E 150% over Class B
phase (400/400/440) (2.0/1.7/1.7) (1410/1690/1710) type
(IP44) (JC411)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.

Number of Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque


Allowable output Drawing
Motor Actual reduction revolution
shaft O.H.L. number of
Model number output reduction steps r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m}
outline
kW ratio
dimensions
L 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf}

5 1/5 300 360 20.6 {2.1} 17.6 {1.8} 1519 {155}

7.5 1/7.5 200 240 31.4 {3.2} 26.5 {2.7} 1862 {190}
HYPOID MOTOR TA series

10 1/10 150 180 42.1 {4.3} 34.3 {3.5} 2205 {225}

12.5 1/12.5 120 144 51.9 {5.3} 43.1 {4.4} 2303 {235}

15 1/15 100 120 62.7 {6.4} 51.9 {5.3} 2401 {245}


2 1
20 1/20 75 90 83.3 {8.5} 69.6 {7.1} 2646 {270}

25 1/25 60 72 104 {10.6} 87.2 {8.9} 2891 {295}

30 1/30 50 60 125 {12.8} 104 {10.6} 3136 {320}

40 1/40 37.5 45 167   {17.0}  


139   {14.2} 3626 {370}
Foot mount type 0.75kW

HMTA075 50 0.75 1/50 30 36 209   {21.3}  


173   {17.7} 4116 {420}

60 1/60 25 30 238 {24.3} 198 {20.2} 4508 {460}

80 1/80 18.8 22.5 317 {32.3} 264 {26.9} 5390 {550}

100 1/100 15 18 396 {40.4} 330 {33.7} 6272 {640}


3 2
120 1/120 12.5 15 475 {48.5} 396 {40.4} 6272 {640}

160 1/160 9.4 11.3 621 {63.4} 517 {52.8} 6272 {640}

※ ※ ※ ※
200 1/200 7.5 9 621 {63.4} 621 {63.4} 6272 {640}

300 1/300 5 6 973 {99.3} 807 {82.3} 9800 {1000}

360 1/360 4 4.2 5 1166 {119} 973 {99.3} 9800 {1000} 3

480 1/480 3.1 3.8 ※


1176 ※ {120} ※
1176 ※ {120} 9800 {1000}

Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) The models marked with ※ are ones for witch the torque limited.
Note 4) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or
less than the value shown in the table above.
In addition O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.

Nomenclature Technical Information


113 Page 77 Page 254
HYPOID MOTOR TA series

■Outline dimensions
L
HMTA075-30L5∼50(B)
T
R
1
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 Approx. weight : 16.0
(17.5)
kg

L T R
202.5(226) 225 187.5
366(393)
M8 TAP 90(113.5) 112.5 112.5(*113.5) 112.5 112.5(*113.5)
20 DEEP 50
7 50 50
50 45
M8 TAP 45 45 45

φ30h6

φ30h6
φ30h6

φ30h6
20 DEEP
φ158

182

182

182
23

8
8
4

80

80

80
4-φ13 4-φ13 4-φ13
Shaft end shape
OUTPUT SHAFT

18

18
18
φ12 4 45 45 67.5 67.5 45 45 67.5 67.5 45 45
85 45 120 120 120
160

L
HMTA075-42L60∼200 (B)
T
R
2
Reduction ratio : 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight : 28.5
(31.0)
kg

HYPOID MOTOR TA series


L T R
422(449)
226 100(123) 160 160 160 160 82
89 10 10 10
M10 TAP
25 DEEP 8 M10 TAP
25 DEEP
φ42h6

66 66
φ42h6

66

φ42h6
66

φ42h6
8 60 60 60 60
12

12
16

(231)

(231)

(231)
φ158

197
197

197
5
108

108

108
4-φ17 4-φ17 4-φ17

4.5
4.5
4.5

Shaft end shape


OUTPUT SHAFT
φ12 5 210 55 55 210 55 55 210
123 73 240 240 240
228

Foot mount type 0.75kW


L
HMTA075-50L300∼480 TR(B) 3
Reduction ratio : 300, 360, 480 Approx. weight : 84.5
(86.5)
kg

683.5(710.5)
L T R
185 332 106(129.5) 195 195 195 195 98
M10 TAP 130 16 82 82 16 82 82 16
25 DEEP 9 M10 TAP 75 75 75 75
25 DEEP
φ50h6

φ50h6
φ50h6

φ50h6

9
18.5
φ158

14

14

300

300

300

5.5 4-φ22 4-φ22 4-φ22


170

170

170

φ12
20

20

Shaft end shape


20

OUTPUT SHAFT
5.5 286 52 52 286 52 52 286
176 99 336 336 336
327

Note 1) ( ) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-types.


Note 2) For output shaft arrangement "T" the phases of the right and left output shaft key way are not necessarily aligned precisely.
Note 3) The direction of rotation of the output shaft is based on direction of rotation A shown on page 262.

114
Foot mount type Three-phase 1.5kW Non-brake type, Brake type HYPOID MOTOR TA series

■Specification chart
Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution Brake
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated torque
Hz type method Type Insulation
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz (of motor torque)
Three- 200/200/220 7.0/6.2/6.0 1420/1710/1730 Totally enclosed type Self managed type Class E Non-excitation 150%
1.5kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous Class B
phase (400/400/440) (3.5/3.1/3.0) (1420/1710/1730) (IP44) (JC411) (Class B) type over
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.

Number of Output shaft revolution Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing
Motor Actual
number of
Model number output reduction reduction steps r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L.
outline
kW ratio
L 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf} dimensions

5  1/5 300 360 41.2 {4.2} 34.3 {3.5} 2058 {210}


10  1/10 150 180 83.3 {8.5} 69.6 {7.1} 2842 {290}
15  1/15 100 120 124 {12.7} 104 {10.6} 3234 {330}
2
20  1/20 75 90 166 {16.9} 138 {14.1} 3626 {370}
25  1/25 60 72 208 {21.2} 173 {17.7} 4018 {410}
1
30  1/30 50 60 249 {25.4} 208 {21.2} 4508 {460}
HMTA150 40  1/40 37.5 45 317 {32.3} 264 {26.9} 5292 {540}
1.5
HYPOID MOTOR TA series

50  1/50 30 36 396 {40.4} 330 {33.7} 6076 {620}


60  1/60 25 30 475 {48.5} 396 {40.4} 6272 {640}
80  1/80 18.8 22.5 634 {64.7} 528 {53.9} 6272 {640}
3
100  1/100 15 18 792 {80.8} 661 {67.4} 9800 {1000}
120  1/120 12.5 15 951 {97.0} 792 {80.8} 9800 {1000}
2
※ ※
160  1/160 9.4 11.3 1176 {120 } 1058 {108} 9800 {1000}
※ ※ ※ ※
200  1/200 7.5 9 1176 {120 } 1176 {120} 9800 {1000}

Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) The models marked with ※ are ones for witch the torque limited.
Note 4) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or less than the value shown in the table above.
In addition O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.
Foot mount type 1.5kW

■Outline dimensions
L
HMTA150-42L5∼80(B)
T
R
1/5∼1/30  、1/40∼1/80 1
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80 Approx. weight : 35.0
(40.0)
kg

473.5(527.5) L T R
226 153(150) 160 160 160 160 85
89 10 66 66 10 66 66 10
M10 TAP 60 60 60 60
25 DEEP
φ42h6

φ42h6
φ42h6
φ42h6

8
(217)

197
12
16
φ198

(217)

(217)
197
197

108

5
108
108

4-φ17 4-φ17 4-φ17


4.5

4.5

4.5

φ27
φ27
6※
6※

123 73
※6

210 55 φ27
228 240 55 210 55 55 210
240 240
Shaft end shape
OUTPUT SHAFT

L
HMTA150-50L100∼200 TR(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight : 81.0
(86.0)
kg

587.5(641)
L T R
332 159(157) 195 195 195 195 98
130 16 82 82 16 82 82 16
M10 TAP 75 75 75 75
25 DEEP
φ50h6

φ50h6
φ50h6
φ50h6

9
300
300
14
23
φ198

300

5.5 4-φ22 4-φ22 4-φ22


170

170

170

φ27 φ27 φ27


20
20

20

70 70 83 83 83 83 83 83
176 99 286 52 52 286 52 52 286
327 336 336 336
Shaft end shape
OUTPUT SHAFT

Note 1) ( ) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-types.


Nomenclature Technical Information Note 2) The dimension marked with ※ indicates that part of the motor protrudes from the mounting face.
115 Page 77 Page 254 Note
Note
3)
4)
For output shaft arrangement "T" the phases of the right and left output shaft key way are not necessarily aligned precisely.
The direction of rotation of the output shaft is based on direction of rotation A shown on page 262.
Foot mount type Three-phase 2.2kW Non-brake type, Brake type HYPOID MOTOR TA series

■Specification chart
Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution Brake
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated torque
Hz type method Type Insulation
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz (of motor torque)
Three- 200/200/220 9.8/8.9/8.5 1420/1710/1730 Totally enclosed type Self managed type Class E Non-excitation 150%
2.2kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous Class B
phase (400/400/440) (4.9/4.5/4.3) (1420/1710/1730) (IP44) (JC411) (Class B) type over
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.

Number of Output shaft revolution Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing
Motor Actual
number of
Model number output reduction reduction steps r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L.
outline
kW ratio
L 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf} dimensions

5  1/5 300 360 60.8 {6.2} 51.0 {5.2} 3038 {310}


10  1/10 150 180 122 {12.4} 102 {10.4} 3822 {390}
2
15  1/15 100 120 182 {18.6} 152 {15.5} 4214 {430}
20  1/20 75 90 244 {24.9} 203 {20.7} 4606 {470}
25  1/25 60 72 290 {29.6} 242 {24.7} 4998 {510} 1
HMTA220 30  1/30 50 60 349 {35.6} 290 {29.6} 5390 {550}
2.2
40  1/40 37.5 45 465 {47.4} 387 {39.5} 5782 {590}

HYPOID MOTOR TA series


★50 ★1/50 30 36 581 {59.3} 484 {49.4} 6076 {620}
3
60  1/60 25 30 697 {71.1} 581 {59.3} 6272 {640}
80  1/80 18.8 22.5 930 {94.9} 774 {79.0} 9800 {1000}
※ ※
100  1/100 15 18 1068 {109} 968 {98.8} 9800 {1000}
2
※ ※
120  1/120 12.5 15 1176 {120} 1166 {119} 9800 {1000}

Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. In the case of 1/50 for 2.2kW, marked with ★ , however, the actual ratio is 1/49.286.
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) The models marked with ※ are ones for witch the torque limited.
Note 4) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or less
than the value shown in the table above.
In addition O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.

Foot mount type 2.2kW


■Outline dimensions
L
HMTA220-42L5∼60(B)
T
R
1/5∼1/20  、1/25∼1/60 1
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60 Approx. weight : 39.0
(44.0)
kg

L T R
502.5(556.5) 153(150) 160 160 160 160 89
226 10 66 66 10 66 66 10
89 M10 TAP 60 60 60 60
25 DEEP
φ42h6

φ42h6
φ42h6

φ42h6

8
197
197
12

197
16
φ198

(217)

(217)

(217)
108

5
108

108

4-φ17 4-φ17 4-φ17


4.5

4.5

4.5

φ27 φ27 φ27


6※
6※

123 73 210 55
6※

240 55 210 55 55 210


228
240 240
Shaft end shape
OUTPUT SHAFT

L
HMTA220-50L80∼120 TR(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 80, 100, 120 Approx. weight : 84.0
(89.0)
kg

616.5(670.5)
L T R
332 159(157) 195 195 195 195 98
130 16 82 82 16 82 82 16
M10 TAP 75 75 75 75
25 DEEP
φ50h6

φ50h6
φ50h6

φ50h6

9
300
14
23
φ198

300

300

5.5 4-φ22 4-φ22 4-φ22


170

170

170

φ27 φ27 φ27


20
20

20

70 70 83 83 83 83 83 83
176 99 286 52 52 286 52 52 286
327 336 336 336
Shaft end shape
OUTPUT SHAFT

Note 1) ( ) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-types.


Note 2) The dimension marked with ※ indicates that part of the motor protrudes from the mounting face. Nomenclature Technical Information
Note
Note
3)
4)
For output shaft arrangement "T" the phases of the right and left output shaft key way are not necessarily aligned precisely.
The direction of rotation of the output shaft is based on direction of rotation A shown on page 262.
Page 77 Page 254 116
Foot mount type Three-phase 3.7kW Non-brake type, Brake type HYPOID MOTOR TA series

■Specification chart
Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution Brake
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated torque
Hz type method Type Insulation
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz (of motor torque)
Three- 200/200/220 16.0/14.8/14.0 1420/1710/1730 Totally enclosed type Self managed type Class E Non-excitation
3.7kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous 150% over Class E
phase (400/400/440) (8.0/7.4/7.0) (1420/1710/1730) (IP44) (JC411) (Class B) type
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.

Number of Output shaft revolution Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing
Motor Actual
number of
Model number output reduction reduction steps r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L.
outline
kW ratio
L 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf} dimensions

5  1/5 300 360 103 {10.5} 85.3 {8.7} 4900 {500}


10  1/10 150 180 205 {20.9} 171 {17.4} 5880 {600}
2
15  1/15 100 120 308 {31.4} 256 {26.1} 6860 {700}
20  1/20 75 90 410 {41.8} 341 {34.8} 7742 {790}
HMTA370 1
25 3.7  1/25 60 72 489 {49.9} 407 {41.5} 8134 {830}
30  1/30 50 60 586 {59.8} 489 {49.9} 8428 {860}
HYPOID MOTOR TA series

40  1/40 3 37.5 45 782 {79.8} 652 {66.5} 8820 {900}


50  1/50 30 36 977 {99.7} 814 {83.1} 9114 {930}
60  1/60 25 30 1176 {120 } 977 {99.7} 9408 {960}

Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or less
than the value shown in the table above.
In addition O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.

■Outline dimensions
Foot mount type 3.7kW

L
HMTA370-50L5∼60(B)
T
R
1/5∼1/20  、1/25∼1/60 1
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60 Approx. weight : 93.0
(101.0)
kg

676(750)
L T R
332 167(170) 195 195 195 195 98
130 M10 TAP 16 82 82 16 82 82 16
25 DEEP 75 75 75 75
φ50h6

φ50h6
φ50h6
φ50h6

9
14
23
φ214

300

300

300

5.5 4-φ22 4-φ22 4-φ22


170

170

170

φ27 φ27 φ27


20
20

20

70 70 83 83 83 83 83 83
176 99 286 52 52 286 52 52 286
327 336 336 336
Shaft end shape
OUTPUT SHAFT

Note 1) ( ) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-types.


Note 2) For output shaft arrangement "T" the phases of the right and left output shaft key way are not necessarily aligned
precisely.
Note 3) The direction of rotation of the output shaft is based on direction of rotation A shown on page 262.

Nomenclature Technical Information


117 Page 77 Page 254
Foot mount type Three-phase 5.5kW Non-brake type, Brake type HYPOID MOTOR TA series

■Specification chart
Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution Brake
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated torque
Hz type method Type Insulation
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz (of motor torque)
Three- 200/200/220 23.8/21.0/20.0 1430/1730/1740 Totally enclosed type Self managed type Non-excitation
5.5kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous Class B 150% over Class E
phase (400/400/440) (11.9/10.5/10.0) (1430/1730/1740) (IP44) (JC411) type
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.

Number of Output shaft revolution Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing
Motor Actual
number of
Model number output reduction reduction steps r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L.
outline
kW ratio
L 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf} dimensions

5  1/5 300 360 152 {15.5} 126 {12.9} 4900 {500}


10  1/10 150 180 305 {31.1} 254 {25.9} 5880 {600}
2
15  1/15 100 120 457 {46.6} 380 {38.8} 6860 {700}
HMTA550
20 5.5  1/20 75 90 609 {62.1} 508 {51.8} 7742 {790} 1

25  1/25 60 72 726 {74.1} 606 {61.8} 8134 {830}


30  1/30 3 50 60 871 {88.9} 726 {74.1} 8428 {860}

HYPOID MOTOR TA series


40  1/40 37.5 45 1166 {119} 968 {98.8} 8820 {900}

Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or less
than the value shown in the table above.
In addition O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.

■Outline dimensions

Foot mount type 5.5kW


L
HMTA550-50L5∼40(B)
T
R
1/5∼1/20  、1/25∼1/40 1
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40 Approx. weight : 114.0
(126.0)
kg

L T R
717.5(829.5) 218(221) 218(221)
332 218(221) 195 195 195 195 98
130 16 82 16 82 16
M10 TAP 75 75
φ50h6

φ50h6

25 DEEP
φ50h6

82
φ50h6

82
9 75 75
23

14

(321)

(321)

(321)
300

300

300
φ252

5.5
170

170

170

φ35 φ35 φ35


20
20
20

Shaft end shape


4-φ22 70 70 83 83 83 83 83 83
176 99 OUTPUT SHAFT 286 52 52 286 52 52 286
327 336 336 336

Note 1) ( ) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-types.


Note 2) For output shaft arrangement "T" the phases of the right and left output shaft key way are not necessarily aligned
precisely.
Note 3) The direction of rotation of the output shaft is based on direction of rotation A shown on page 262.

Nomenclature Technical Information


Page 77 Page 254 118
Special combination of motor and reducer HYPOID MOTOR TA series

Three-phase 0.1kW・0.2kW
HMTA010-30H5∼120(B) 1
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120 Approx. weight : 9.0
(10.6)
kg
297(335) 143(166.5) 10.3
157.5 7 106.5 7
59 62
88 47
127
45 45
φ127(φ140)

20 20

φ30.1
59
8 1.35 1.35

47

φ90h7
φ45
10

118

φ31.4

φ31.4
33.3
47
φ30HB Thread Length

9.5
4-M8 bolt through-hole
φ12 Opposite side: M10 TAP 34 DEEP

HMTA010-24U5∼120 ST(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120 Approx. weight : 10.0
(11.7)
kg
S
297(335) 143(166.5) 55 T
157.5 106.5 7 55 106.5(166.5) 55
59 62 36 62 7
36 36

φ24h6

φ24h6

φ24h6
88 47 32
32 32
M6 TAP
φ127(φ140)

16 DEEP
59
47

7
10

φ90h7

φ90h7

φ90h7
118

8
47

4
Shaft end shape
OUTPUT SHAFT
9.5
HYPOID MOTOR TA series

M6 TAP 81
4-M8 bolt through-hole
φ12 16 DEEP Opposite side: M10 TAP 34 DEEP 143

L
HMTA010-24L60∼120 TR(B) 3
Reduction ratio : 60, 80, 100, 120 Approx. weight : 10.8
(12.4)
kg

297(335) L T R
157.5 90(113) 108 108 108 108 60
M6 TAP 59 9 9 9
16 DEEP
M6 TAP 36 36 36 36
φ127(φ140)

φ24h6

φ24h6

φ24h6

φ24h6
16 DEEP 32 32 32
32
7
10

139

139

139
8

4 4

80
80

80

Shaft end shape 4-φ11 4-φ11 4-φ11


3.2

OUTPUT SHAFT

3.2
3.2

88 47 150 33 33 150 33 33 150


φ12 155 170 170 170
Outline dimensions

HMTA020-30H5∼60 (B) 4
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60 Approx. weight : 8.8
(10.9)
kg
335(352) 143(166.5) 10.3
157.5 7 106.5 7
59 62
88 47
127
45 45
20 20
φ30.1
59
φ140

47

8 1.35 1.35
φ90h7
10

φ45
118

φ31.4

φ31.4
33.3
47

φ30HB Thread Length


HOLLOW SHAFT
18

5.5
φ12 4-M8 bolt through-hole
Opposite side: M10 TAP 34 DEEP

HMTA020-28U5∼60 ST(B) 5
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60 Approx. weight : 9.6kg
(11.7)
kg
S
335(352) 143(166.5) 61 T
157.5 106.5 7 61 106.5 61
59 62 42 7 62 7
φ28h6

φ28h6
φ28h6

88 47 37 42 42
37 37
M8 TAP
φ140

20 DEEP
59
47

7
10

φ90h7

φ90h7
φ90h7
118

8
47

Shaft end shape


OUTPUT SHAFT
18

5.5
81(104.5)
φ12 M8 TAP 4-M8 bolt through-hole
Opposite side: M10 TAP 34 DEEP 143(166.5) 5.5
20 DEEP

L
HMTA020-28L60 TR(B) 6
Reduction ratio : 60 Approx. weight : 10.4
(12.5)
kg

335(352) L T R
157.5 90(113) 114 114 60 114 60
M6 TAP 59 9 9 9
16 DEEP
42 42 42 42
φ28h6

φ28h6
φ28h6

φ28h6

M6 TAP
37 37 37 37
φ140

16 DEEP
7
10

139

139

139
8

4
80
80

80

4-φ11
Shaft end shape 4-φ11 4-φ11
3.2

3.2
3.2

OUTPUT SHAFT
φ12 88 47 150 39 39 150 39 150
39
155 170 170 170

Nomenclature Specification chart Technical Information Note) The dimension marked with ※ indicates that part of the motor protrudes from the mounting surface.
119 Page 77 Page 80 Page 254 Note) The Brake-type is attached the Fan-cover. ( ) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-types.
120
Nomenclature, model lineup

Adapter type and inline reducer type


HYPOID MOTOR TA series

■Model lineup
Adapter type・Inline reducer type (hollow shaft)
Nomenclature and

5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 80 100 120 160 200


model lineup

0.1kW 30H

0.2kW 30H

0.4kW 30H 35H

0.75kW 35H 45H

1.5kW 45H

Adapter type・Inline reducer type (Face mount type)


5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 80 100 120 160 200

0.1kW 24U

0.2kW 28U

0.4kW 28U 38U

0.75kW 38U 42U

1.5kW 42U

Adapter type・Inline reducer type (Foot mount type)


5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 80 100 120 160 200

0.1kW 19L 24L

0.2kW 19L 28L

0.4kW 24L 38L

0.75kW 30L 42L

1.5kW 42L

Frame numbers in thick-bordered boxes are the foot mount type.

121
Dimensions of Input shaft and specifications HYPOID MOTOR/Adapter type, Inline reducer type

■Adapter type, input shaft dimension

0.1 kW ∼ 0.2kW 0.4 kW ∼ 0.75 kW 1.5 kW


(D cut axis)

(mm)

Motor output A B C D E F G H I

0.1 kW 110G7 25 14 5 10 – 4-M8 130 11F7


0.2 kW 110G7 25 14 5 10 – 4-M8 130 11F7

HYPOID MOTOR TA series


0.4 kW 110G7 32 14 5 16.3 5 4-M8 130 14F7
0.75 kW 130G7 42 20 5 21.8 6 4-M10 165 19F7
1.5 kW 130G7 52 16 5 27.3 8 4-M10 165 24F7

■ Relationship between the input shaft revolution speed and allowable output shaft torque
An allow able torque for the output shaft on the specification chart is obtained when the input revolution
speed is as follows. 50 Hz: 1500 r/min, 60 Hz: 1800 r/min.
If a revolution speed other than above is used, an allowable output shaft torque is a value obtained by
multiplying the torque correction factor in the following drawing.

Input shaft dimension and feature


Allowable torque factor of output shaft for input shaft rotating speed
(Ex.)
When HRTA010-19L50L is used with the
input revolution speed of 2500 r/min. By
Torque correction factor

referring the graph to the left, the correction


factor when the input revolution speed of
2500 r/min is 0.65
Allowable output shaft torque = 27.4×0.65 = 17.81N
{2.8×0.65 = 1.82kgf
・ m}
Allowable output shaft O.H.L. = 1862×0.65 = 1210.3N
{190×0.65 = 123.5kgf}
Allowable input shaft O.H.L. = 96.0×0.65 = 62.4N
{9.8×0.65 = 6.37kgf}

Input shaft revolution speed(r/min)

Note 1) For an allowable input/output shaft O.H.L., an allowable value is the one obtained by multiplying the above correction factor.
Note 2) Refer to Table 3 on page 258 for inertia ratio and allowable starting frequency.
Note 3) Please contact us if using the product as a speed increaser.

122
Specification chart

■Specification chart
4P motor Number of Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Allowable output Page and drawing number
Actual reduction Output shaft revolution
Model capacity r/min
reduction steps N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. shaft O.H.L. of outline dimensions
number equivalence
ratio
kW L U・H 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz:1500r/min 60Hz:1800r/min N {kgf} N {kgf} Hollow shaft type Face mount type Foot mount type
5 1/5 300 360 2.7 {0.28} 2.4 {0.24} 588{ 60}
10 1/10 150 180 5.6 {0.57} 4.6 {0.47} 980{100}
15 1/15 100 120 8.3 {0.85} 7.0 {0.71} 1078{110} 133


134
20 1/20 75 90 10.8 { 1.1} 9.3 {0.95} 1176{120} |
25 1/25 2 2 60 72 13.7 { 1.4} 11.8 {1.2 } 1274{130} 1
30 1/30 50 60 16.7 { 1.7} 13.7 {1.4 } 1421{145} 125 129
・ ・
40 1/40 37.5 45 22.5 { 2.3} 18.6 {1.9 } 1617{165} 126 130
HRTA
0.1 96.0 {9.8} | |
010 50 1/50 30 36 27.4 { 2.8} 23.5 {2.4 } 1862{190} 1 1
60 1/60 25 30 31.4 { 3.2} 26.5 {2.7 } 2009{205}
80 1/80 18.8 22.5 42.1 { 4.3} 35.3 {3.6 } 2254{230} 133


100 1/100 15 18 52.9 { 5.4} 44.1 {4.5 } 2548{260} 134

120 1/120 3 3 12.5 15 63.7 { 6.5} 52.9 {5.4 } 2793{285}
2
160 1/160 9.4 11.3 84.3 { 8.6} 70.6 {7.2 } 3332{340}
200 1/200 7.5 9 106 {10.8} 88.2 {9.0 } 3332{340}
HYPOID MOTOR TA series

5 1/5 300 360 5.6 {0.57} 4.6 {0.47} 588{ 60}


10 1/10 150 180 10.8 { 1.1} 9.3 {0.95} 980{100}
15 1/15 100 120 16.7 { 1.7} 13.7 { 1.4} 1078{110} 133


134
20 1/20 75 90 22.5 { 2.3} 18.6 { 1.9} 1176{120} |
25 1/25 2 2 60 72 27.4 { 2.8} 23.5 { 2.4} 1274{130} 3
30 1/30 50 60 33.3 { 3.4} 27.4 { 2.8} 1421{145} 125 129

  ・
40 1/40 44.1 { 4.5} 37.2 { 3.8} 126 130
HRTA 37.5 45 1617{165}
0.2 147 {15} | |
020 50 1/50 30 36 55.9 { 5.7} 46.1 { 4.7} 1862{190} 2 2
60 1/60 25 30 66.6 { 6.8} 54.9 { 5.6} 2009{205}
80 1/80 18.8 22.5 84.3 { 8.6} 70.6 { 7.2} 2254{230} 133


100 1/100 15 18 106 {10.8} 88.2 { 9.0} 2548{260} 134

Specification chart

120 1/120 3 3 12.5 15 126 {12.9} 106 {10.8} 2793{285}


4
160 1/160 9.4 11.3 169 {17.2} 140 {14.3} 3332{340}
※ ※ ※ ※
200 1/200 7.5 9 169 {17.2} 169 {17.2} 3332{340}
5 1/5 300 360 10.8 { 1.1} 9.3 {0.95} 931{ 95}
10 1/10 150 180 22.5 { 2.3} 18.6 { 1.9} 1568{160}
15 1/15 100 120 33.3 { 3.4} 27.4 { 2.8} 1715{175} 125 129 133

  ・ ・
20 1/20 75 90 44.1 { 4.5} 37.2 { 3.8} 1862{190} 126 130 134
2 2 | | |
25 1/25 60 72 55.9 { 5.7} 46.1 { 4.7} 2009{205} 3 3 1
30 1/30 50 60 66.6 { 6.8} 55.9 { 5.7} 2205{225}
◎ ◎ ◎ ◎
HRTA 40 1/40 37.5 45 89.2 { 9.1} 74.5 { 7.6} 2450{250}
0.4 235 {24}
040 50 1/50 30 36 ◎
112 ◎
{11.4} ◎ ◎
93.1 { 9.5} 2793{285}
60 1/60 25 30 126 {12.9} 106 {10.8} 3038{310}
80 1/80 18.8 22.5 169 {17.2} 141 {14.4} 3479{355} 125 129 133
3 3 ・
  ・ ・
100 1/100 15 18 212 {21.6} 176 {18.0} 3920{400} 126 130 134
| | |
120 1/120 12.5 15 254 {25.9} 212 {21.6} 4410{450} 4 4 2
160 1/160 9.4 11.3 338 {34.5} 281 {28.7} 4410{450}
※ ※
200 1/200 7.5 9 374 {38.2} 312 {31.8} 4410{450}

Note 1) The reduction ratio shown here is the actual reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
Note 3) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or less than the value shown in the table above.
Also, O.H.L on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.
Note 4) The figures with the mark ◎ indicate the values for which there are two reduction steps. The values for the U type, for which there
are three reduction steps, are listed below.
1/40 37.5 45 84.3 { 8.6} 70.6 {7.2}
0.4 2 3
1/50 30 36 106 {10.8} 88.2 {9.0}
Note 5) For output shaft arrangement "T" the phases of the right and left output shaft key way are not necessarily aligned precisely.
Note 6) The models with ※ mark are ones for which the torque is limited.

123
HYPOID MOTOR/Adapter type, Inline reducer type

4P motor Number of Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Allowable output Page and drawing number
Actual reduction Output shaft revolution
Model capacity r/min
reduction steps N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. shaft O.H.L. of the outline dimensions
number equivalence
ratio
kW L U・H 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz:1500r/min 60Hz:1800r/min N {kgf} N {kgf} Hollow shaft type Face mount type Foot mount type
5 1/5 300 360 20.6 { 2.1} 17.6 { 1.8} 1519{155}
10 1/10 150 180 42.1 { 4.3} 34.3 { 3.5} 2205{225}
15 1/15 100 120 62.7 { 6.4} 51.9 { 5.3} 2401{245} 127 131 137
・ ・ ・
20 1/20 75 90 83.3 { 8.5} 69.6 { 7.1} 2646{270} 128 132 138
2 2 | | |
25 1/25 60 72 104 {10.6} 87.2 { 8.9} 2891{295} 1 1 3
30 1/30 50 60 125 {12.8} 104 {10.6} 3136{320}
◎ ◎
HRTA 40 1/40 37.5 45 167 {17.0}◎ 139 ◎
{14.2} 3626{370}
0.75 353 {36}
075 50 1/50 30 36 ◎
209 ◎
{21.3}◎ 173 ◎
{17.7} 4116{420}
60 1/60 25 30 238 {24.3} 198 {20.2} 4508{460}
80 1/80 18.8 22.5 317 {32.3} 264 {26.9} 5390{550} 127 131 137
・ ・ ・
100 1/100 15 18 396 {40.4} 330 {33.7} 6272{640} 128 132 138
3 3 | | |
120 1/120 12.5 15 475 {48.5} 396 {40.4} 6272{640} 2 2 4
160 1/160 9.4 11.3 621 {63.4} 517 {52.8} 6272{640}
※ ※
200 1/200 7.5 9 621 {63.4}※ 621 ※
{63.4} 6272{640}

HYPOID MOTOR TA series


5 1/5 300 360 41.2 { 4.2} 34.3 { 3.5} 2058{210}
10 1/10 150 180 83.3 { 8.5} 69.6 { 7.1} 2842{290}
15 1/15 100 120 124 {12.7} 104 {10.6} 3234{330} 127 131 137
2 2 ・ ・ ・
HRTA 20 1/20 75 90 166 {16.9} 138 {14.1} 3626{370} 128 132 138
1.5 568 {58} | | |
150 25 1/25 60 72 208 {21.2} 173 {17.7} 4018{410} 3 3 5
30 1/30 50 60 249 {25.4} 208 {21.2} 4508{460}
40 1/40 37.5 45 317 {32.3} 264 {26.9} 5292{540}
3 3
50 1/50 30 36 396 {40.4} 330 {33.7} 6076{620}

Note 1) The reduction ratio shown here is the actual reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
Note 3) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or less than the value shown in the table above.
Also, O.H.L on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.

Specification chart
Note 4) The figures with the mark ◎ indicate the values for which there are two reduction steps. The values for the U type, for which there
are three reduction steps, are listed below.

1/40 37.5 45 159 {16.2} 132 {13.5}


0.75 2 3
1/50 30 36 198 {20.2} 165 {16.8}

Note 5) For output shaft arrangement "T" the phases of the right and left output shaft key way are not necessarily aligned precisely.
Note 6) The models with ※ mark are ones for which the torque is limited.

124
Outline dimensions Hollow shaft type

0.1kW: Adapter type

HRTA010-30H5∼200FI 1/5∼1/60 、
1/80∼1/200 1
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight : 9.5kg

Details of hollow output shaft


4-M8 bolt through-hole
Opposite side: M10 TAP 34 DEEP

0.2kW: Adapter type

HRTA020-30H5∼200FI 1/5∼1/60 、
1/80∼1/200 2
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight : 9.5kg
HYPOID MOTOR TA series

Details of hollow output shaft


4-M8 bolt through-hole
Opposite side: M10 TAP 34 DEEP

0.4kW: Adapter type


Outline dimensions

HRTA040-30H5∼50FI 1/5∼1/30 、
1/40∼1/50 3
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 Approx. weight : 9.5kg

Details of hollow output shaft


4-M8 bolt through-hole
Opposite side: M10 TAP 34 DEEP

HRTA040-35H60∼200FI 4
Reduction ratio : 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight : 13.5kg

Details of hollow output shaft


4-M10 bolt through-hole
Opposite side: M12 TAP 46 DEEP

Nomenclature Specification chart Technical Information   is when the shaft is rotated clockwise as viewed from the input shaft side.
125 Page 121 Page 123 Page 254
HYPOID MOTOR/Adapter type, Inline reducer type

0.1kW: Inline reducer type

HRTA010-30H5∼200 1/5∼1/60 、
1/80∼1/200 1
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight : 7.0kg

Details of hollow output shaft


4-M8 bolt through-hole
Opposite side: M10 TAP 34 DEEP

0.2kW: Inline reducer type

HRTA020-30H5∼200 1/5∼1/60 、
1/80∼1/200 2
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight : 7.0kg

HYPOID MOTOR TA series


4-M8 bolt through-hole Details of hollow output shaft
Opposite side: M10 TAP 34 DEEP

0.4kW: Inline reducer type

Outline dimensions
HRTA040-30H5∼50 1/5∼1/30 、1/40∼1/50 3
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 Approx. weight : 8.0kg

4-M8 bolt through-hole Details of hollow output shaft


Opposite side: M10 TAP 34 DEEP

HRTA040-35H60∼200 4
Reduction ratio : 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight : 12.0kg

4-M10 bolt through-hole Details of hollow output shaft


Opposite side: M12 TAP 46 DEEP

Note) The dimension marked with ※ indicates that part of the input shaft bracket protrudes from Nomenclature Specification chart Technical Information
the mounting surface. Page 121 Page 123 Page 254 126
Outline dimensions Hollow shaft type

0.75kW: Adapter type

HRTA075-35H5∼50FI 1/5∼1/30 、140∼1/50 1


Reduction ratio : 5,10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 Approx. weight : 16.5kg

4-M10 bolt through-hole


Opposite side: M12 TAP 46 DEEP

Details of hollow output shaft

HRTA075-45H60∼200FI 2
Reduction ratio : 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight : 23.0kg
HYPOID MOTOR TA series

4-M12 bolt through-hole


Opposite side: M16 TAP 44 DEEP

Details of hollow output shaft


Outline dimensions

1.5kW: Adapter type

HRTA150-45H5∼50FI 1/5∼1/30 、1/40∼1/50 3


Reduction ratio : 5,10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 Approx. weight : 24.5kg

Details of hollow output shaft


4-M12 bolt through-hole
Opposite side: M16 TAP 44 DEEP

  is when the shaft is rotated clockwise as viewed from the input shaft side.

Nomenclature Specification chart Technical Information


127 Page 121 Page 123 Page 254
HYPOID MOTOR/Adapter type, Inline reducer type

0.75kW: Inline reducer type

HRTA075-35H5∼50 1/5∼1/30 、1/40∼1/50 1


Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 Approx. weight : 12.0kg

Details of hollow output shaft


4-M10 bolt through-hole
Opposite side: M12 TAP 46 DEEP

HRTA075-45H60∼200 2
Reduction ratio : 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight : 20.5kg

HYPOID MOTOR TA series


4-M12 bolt through-hole
Opposite side: M16 TAP 44 DEEP Details of hollow output shaft

Outline dimensions
1.5kW: Inline reducer type

HRTA150-45H5∼50 1/5∼1/30 、1/40∼1/50 3


Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 Approx. weight : 22.0kg

Details of hollow output shaft


4-M12 bolt through-hole
Opposite side: M16 TAP 44 DEEP

Note) The dimension marked with ※ indicates that part of the input shaft bracket protrudes from the mounting surface.

Nomenclature Specification chart Technical Information


Page 121 Page 123 Page 254 128
Outline dimensions Face mount type

0.1kW: Adapter type


HRTA010-24U5∼200 ST FI 1/5∼1/60 、
1/80∼1/200 1
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight : 10.5kg

4-M8 bolt through-hole


Opposite side: M10 TAP 34 DEEP

0.2kW: Adapter type


HRTA020-28U5∼200 ST FI 1/5∼1/60 、
1/80∼1/200 2
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight : 10.5kg
HYPOID MOTOR TA series

4-M8 bolt through-hole


Opposite side: M10 TAP 34 DEEP

0.4kW: Adapter type


Outline dimensions

HRTA040-28U5∼50 ST FI 1/5∼1/30 、1/40∼1/50 3


Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 Approx. weight : 10.5kg

4-M8 bolt through-hole


Opposite side: M10 TAP 34 DEEP

HRTA040-38U60∼200 ST FI 4
Reduction ratio : 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight : 15.5kg

4-M10 bolt through-hole


Opposite side: M12 TAP 46 DEEP

Nomenclature Specification chart Technical Information Note) For output shaft arrangement "T" the phase of the right and left output shaft key way are not
129 Page 121 Page 123 Page 254 necessarily aligned precisely.
  is when the shaft is rotated clockwise as viewed from the input shaft side.
HYPOID MOTOR/Adapter type, Inline reducer type

0.1kW: Inline reducer type


HRTA010-24U5∼200ST 1/5∼1/60 、
1/80∼1/200 1
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight : 8.0kg

4-M8 bolt through-hole


Opposite side: M10 TAP 34 DEEP

0.2kW: Inline reducer type


HRTA020-28U5∼200ST 1/5∼1/60 、
1/80∼1/200 2
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight : 8.0kg

HYPOID MOTOR TA series


4-M8 bolt through-hole
Opposite side: M10 TAP 34 DEEP

0.4kW: Inline reducer type

Outline dimensions
HRTA040-28U5∼50 ST 1/5∼1/30 、1/40∼1/50 3
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 Approx. weight : 9.0kg

4-M8 bolt through-hole


Opposite side: M10 TAP 34 DEEP

HRTA040-38U60∼200 ST 4
Reduction ratio : 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight : 13.5kg

4-M10 bolt through-hole


Opposite side: M12 TAP 46 DEEP

Note 1) The dimension marked with ※ indicates that part of the bracket protrudes from the mounting surface. Nomenclature Specification chart Technical Information
Note 2) Input shaft and output shaft, for output shaft arrangement "T" the phase of the right and Page 121 Page 123 Page 254 130
left output shaft key way are not necessarily aligned precisely.
Outline dimensions Face mount type

0.75kW: Adapter type

HRTA075-38U5∼50 ST FI 1/5∼1/30 、
1/40∼1/50 1
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 Approx. weight : 18.5kg

4-M10 bolt through-hole


Opposite side: M12 TAP 46 DEEP

HRTA075-42U60∼200 ST FI 2
Reduction ratio : 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight : 27.0kg
HYPOID MOTOR TA series

4-M12 bolt through-hole


Opposite side: M16 TAP 44 DEEP
Outline dimensions

1.5kW: Adapter type

HRTA150-42U5∼50 ST FI 1/5∼1/30 、
1/40∼1/50 3
Reduction ratio : 5,10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 Approx. weight : 28.5kg

4-M12 bolt through-hole


Opposite side: M16 TAP 44 DEEP

Note) Input shaft and output shaft, for output shaft arrangement "T" the phase of the right and left output shaft key way are not
necessarily aligned precisely.
  is when the shaft is rotated clockwise as viewed from the input shaft side.

Nomenclature Specification chart Technical Information


131 Page 121 Page 123 Page 254
HYPOID MOTOR/Adapter type, Inline reducer type

0.75kW: Inline reducer type

HRTA075-38U5∼50 ST 1/5∼1/30 、 1/40∼1/50 1


Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 Approx. weight : 13.5kg

4-M10 bolt through-hole


Opposite side: M12 TAP 46 DEEP

HRTA075-42U60∼200ST 2
Reduction ratio : 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight : 24.5kg

HYPOID MOTOR TA series


4-M12 bolt through-hole
Opposite side: M16 TAP 44 DEEP

Outline dimensions
1.5kW: Inline reducer type

HRTA150-42U5∼50 ST 1/5∼1/30 、1/40∼1/50 3


Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 Approx. weight : 26.0kg

4-M12 bolt through-hole


Opposite side: M16 TAP 44 DEEP

Note 1) The dimension marked with ※ indicates that part of the bracket protrudes from the mounting surface.
Note 2) Input shaft and output shaft, for output shaft arrangement "T" the phase of the right and left output shaft key way are not
necessarily aligned precisely.

Nomenclature Specification chart Technical Information


Page 121 Page 123 Page 254 132
Outline dimensions Foot mount type

0.1kW: Adapter type


L
HRTA010-19L5∼50 TR FI 1
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 Approx. weight : 6.0g

L
HRTA010-24L60∼200 TR FI 1/60 、
1/80∼1/200 2
Reduction ratio : 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight : 11.5kg
HYPOID MOTOR TA series

0.2kW: Adapter type


Outline dimensions

L
HRTA020-19L5∼50 TR FI 3
Reduction ratio : 5,10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 Approx. weight : 6.0kg

L
HRTA020-28L60∼200 TR FI 1/5∼1/60 、
1/80∼1/200 4
Reduction ratio : 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight : 11.5kg

Nomenclature Specification chart Technical Information Note) For output shaft arrangement "T" the phases of the right and left output shaft key way are not
133 Page 121 Page 123 Page 254 necessarily aligned precisely.
  is when the shaft is rotated clockwise as viewed from the input shaft side.
HYPOID MOTOR/Adapter type, Inline reducer type

0.1kW: Inline reducer type


L
HRTA010-19L5∼50TR 1
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 Approx. weight : 3.5kg

L
HRTA010-24L60∼200TR 1/60 、
1/80∼1/200 2
Reduction ratio : 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight : 9.0kg

HYPOID MOTOR TA series


Outline dimensions
0.2kW: Inline reducer type
L
HRTA020-19L5∼50TR 3
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 Approx. weight : 3.5kg

L
HRTA020-28L60∼200TR 1/5∼1/60 、
1/80∼1/200 4
Reduction ratio : 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight : 9.0kg

Note) Input shaft and output shaft, for output shaft arrangement "T" the phase of the right and left Nomenclature Specification chart Technical Information
output shaft key way are not necessarily aligned precisely. Page 121 Page 123 Page 254 134
Outline dimensions Foot mount type
0.4kW: Adapter type
L
HRTA040-24L5∼50TR FI 1
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 Approx. weight : 7.5kg

L
HRTA040-38L60∼200 TR FI 2
Reduction ratio : 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight : 16.0kg
HYPOID MOTOR TA series

0.75kW: Adapter type


L
HRTA075-30L5∼50 TR FI 3
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 Approx. weight : 13.5kg
Outline dimensions

L
HRTA075-42L60∼200 TR FI 4
Reduction ratio : 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 180, 200 Approx. weight : 28.5kg
(231)
197

1.5kW: Adapter type


L
HRTA150-42L5∼50TR FI 1/5∼1/30 、 1/40∼1/50 5
Reduction ratio : 5,10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 Approx. weight : 30.0kg
(231)
197

Nomenclature Specification chart Technical Information Note) Input shaft and output shaft, for output shaft arrangement "T" the phase of the right and left
135 Page 121 Page 123 Page 254 output shaft key way are not necessarily aligned precisely.
  is when the shaft is rotated clockwise as viewed from the input shaft side.
HYPOID MOTOR/Adapter type, Inline reducer type

0.4kW: Inline reducer type


L
HRTA040-24L5∼50TR 1
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 Approx. weight : 6.0kg

L
HRTA040-38L60∼200 TR 2
Reduction ratio : 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight : 14.5kg

HYPOID MOTOR TA series


0.75kW: Inline reducer type
L
HRTA075-30L5∼50TR 3
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 Approx. weight : 9.0kg

Outline dimensions
L
HRTA075-42L60∼200TR 4
Reduction ratio : 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight : 26.0kg

1.5kW: Inline reducer type


L
HRTA150-42L5∼50TR 1/5∼1/30 、1/40∼1/50 5
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 Approx. weight : 39.0kg

Note) Input shaft and output shaft, for output shaft arrangement "T" the phase of the right and left Nomenclature Specification chart Technical Information
output shaft key way are not necessarily aligned precisely. Page 121 Page 123 Page 254 136
Notes

137
CROISE MOTOR
Hollow shaft type 0.1kW

Nomenclature Technical Information


139 Page 14 Page 254
140
Hollow shaft type 0.1kW CROISE MOTOR
Nomenclature

■Model number

CSMA010-130L20T□□□
① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ⑨

HCMA150-401H120B□□□
① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑧ ⑨
①Product series
name
CSMA Reduction for one step with motor ④Installation code
HCMA High reduction with motor
②Motor capacity 010 Three-phase 0.1kW CSMA series HCMA series CSMA/HCMA series
(example) 150 Three-phase 1.5kW
Frame number: Frame 13 to 28 Frame number: Frame 16 to 28 Frame number: Frame 32 to 50
③Frame number 13 Frame number 13
(example) 40 Frame number 40 Installation Installation Installation Installation Installation Installation
④Installation code (example) 0 Refer to the installation code and installation direction drawing. No. direction No. direction No. direction
⑤Mounting type L Foot mount type Standard installation 1 Standard installation
U Face mount type L-side at top installation 2 L-side at top installation
H Hollow shaft type 0
The R-side at top installation 3 R-side at top installation
⑥Reduction ratio 20 1/20
installation
(example) 120 1/120 0 Base at top installation 4 Base at top installation
direction is
⑦Shaft L Output shaft located to the left as viewed from the motor side not restricted. Input side at Input side at
arrangement T Output shaft located on both sides 5 5
top installation top installation
R Output shaft located to the right as viewed from the motor side
No code Hollow shaft type 6 Other than above 6 Other than above
⑧Specification No code Without B or BE
code B Brake type
BE Encoder type
SR Shock relay specification (0.1 to 0.4 kW only)
■Installation direction drawing
Installation

⑨Option code Z Inverter motor type Installation


No.

(Order of priority) W Outdoor type Hollow shaft type Face mount type Foot mount type
direction
J Waterproof specification (0.1 to 0.75 kW only)
Other than above Input side at top installation (Upside-down of standard) R-side at top installation L-side at top installation Standard installation

up
V 400V class (400/400/440V 50/50/60Hz) 0 ↑
V1 380V50Hz
V2 380V60Hz or
V3 415V50Hz 1 ↓
down
V4 460V60Hz
N 200V class Ready for CE up
N2 200V class Ready for UL ↑
PN3 200V class Ready for CCC (resin terminal box) 2
HN3 200V class Ready for CCC (hard terminal box) ↓
WN3 200V class CCC outdoor down
VN 400V class Ready for CE Global up
VN2 400V class Ready for UL seriesNote) ↑
PVN3 400V class Ready for CCC (resin terminal box)
HVN3 400V class Ready for CCC (hard terminal box) 3
WVN3 400V class CCC outdoor ↓
down
H Hard terminal box type (0.1 to 0.75 kW only)
Base at top installation

Q One-touch manual release type up


CROISE MOTOR

M Manual shaft type ↑


Note) Refer to page 301 for capacity and voltage corresponding to the global series. 4

down
Combination of specification codes and option codes
up
0.1 kW to 0.75 kW 1.5 kW to 5.5 kW ↑
Specification code for None Specification code for B Specification Specification code for None Specification code for B
Z ZW ZWV ZWVH Z ZV ZVH code for BE Z ZW ZWV Z ZV ZVQ
5
ZJ ZJV ZVQ Z ZV ZV ZQ ↓
W WV V VQ down
ZV ZVH ZVM V VH
ZH ZH ZHQ H WV1 V1
W WN ZHM WV2 V2 up

WV WV1 ZQ ZQM Specification WV3 V3 Please inform us about the direction for
WV2 ZM code for SR WV4 V4 6 installation at the time of order.
WV3 V VN N V Q ↓
V1 down
Nomenclature

WV4 VH VHQ
Specification code for G V2 Specification code for BE
WVN VHM
J JV JV1 VQ VQM Z ZV ZVH V3 Z ZV
JV2 VM ZH V4 V
JV3 V1 V1H V VH VN
JV4 V2 V2H V1 V1H N
V VN V3 V3H V2 V2H
VN2 V4 V4H V3 V3H
VH N V4 V4H
V1 V1H N2 H
V2 V2H PN3 PVN3
V3 V3H HN3 HVN3 Note) Combinations of outdoor-type
V4 V4H H HQ HQM with a brake and waterproof
N HM type are made-to-order
N2 Q QM products. Motor specification
PN3 PVN3 M differs from standard products.
HN3 HVN3 Please contact for details.
WN3 WVN3
H

141
Combination of reduction ratio CROISE MOTOR

■Supplementary code (indicated on the second line of the model number)

1.Terminal box
Standard P1 P2 P3
position
Standard
P1: 90°swing
P2: 180°swing
P3: 240°swing
※The motor terminal box position of 1.5 kW-32 frame and 3.7 kW-50 frame in HCMA
series are at the phase that is in 15° for counterclockwise direction from above
position.

2.Terminal box outlet direction


Positions D1(E1), D2(E2) and D3(E3) are obtained by sequentially rotating the lead outlet clockwise as viewed toward the
terminal box by 90 degrees from the standard position of the lead outlet.
0.1 kW to 0.75 kW: Outdoor type, Hard terminal box 1.5 kW to 5.5 kW: Standard type, outdoor terminal box
※In case of the standard motor (resin terminal box), the E1: 90°swing, E2: 180°swing, E3: 270°swing
outlet position can be changed by the setting direction
of terminal box upper cover.
D1: 90°swing, D2: 180°swing, D3: 270°swing

D1 E2

D2 E3
Standard E1

D3
Standard

3.Paint color [Standard color: Munsell 2.5G6/3]


C0: Light gray (Munsell N7.5), C1: Light silver metallic, C2: Ivory white, C3: Dark silver metallic

■Combination of reduction ratio


CSMA series
Reduction ratio 1/10 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40 1/50 1/60
Worm gear reduction ratio 1/10 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40 1/50 1/60

CROISE MOTOR
HCMA series
Reduction ratio 1/40 1/50 1/60 1/75 1/90 1/100 1/120 1/150 1/180 1/200 1/240 1/300
High-speed side
1/4 1/5 1/4 1/5 1/4.5 1/5 1/4 1/5 1/4.5 1/5 1/4 1/5
(helical gear reduction ratio)
Low-speed side 1/30 1/30 1/60 1/60
1/10 1/10 1/15 1/15 1/20 1/20 1/40 1/40
(worm gear reduction ratio) (31.5) (31.5) (63) (63)
Note1) When the reduction ratio of 2.2 kW is 1/240 and 1/300, the worm gear reduction ratio is as indicated in ( ).
Note2) When the reduction ratio of 3.7 kW is 1/120, 1/150, 1/240, and 1/300, the worm gear reduction ratio is as indicated in ( ).
Combination of
reduction ratio

142
Model lineup

■Model lineup
CROISE MOTOR (hollow shaft type)
CSMA series HCMA series
10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 40 50 60 75 90 100 120 150 180 200 240 300

0.1kW 13H 16H 22H

0.2kW 13H 16H 16H 22H 28H

0.4kW 16H 22H 22H 28H 32H

0.55kW 16H 22H 22H 28H 32H 40H

0.75kW 22H 28H 28H 32H 40H 50H

1.5kW 28H 32H 32H 40H 50H

2.2kW 32H 40H 40H 50H

3.7kW 40H 50H 50H

5.5kW 50H 50H

5.5kW of the HCMA series is a design stock. Please contact us separately.

CROISE MOTOR (face mount type)


CSMA series HCMA series
10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 40 50 60 75 90 100 120 150 180 200 240 300

0.1kW 13U 16U 22U

0.2kW 13U 16U 16U 22U 28U

0.4kW 16U 22U 22U 28U 32U

0.55kW 16U 22U 22U 28U 32U 40U

0.75kW 22U 28U 28U 32U 40U 50U

1.5kW 28U 32U 32U 40U 50U

2.2kW 32U 40U 40U 50U

3.7kW 40U 50U 50U

5.5kW 50U 50U

5.5kW of the HCMA series is a design stock. Please contact us separately.

CROISE MOTOR (foot mount type)


CSMA series HCMA series
10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 40 50 60 75 90 100 120 150 180 200 240 300

0.1kW 13L 16L 22L

0.2kW 13L 16L 16L 22L 28L

0.4kW 16L 22L 22L 28L 32L

0.55kW 16L 22L 22L 28L 32L 40L

0.75kW 22L 28L 28L 32L 40L 50L


32L 40L 50L
CROISE MOTOR

1.5kW 28L 32L

2.2kW 32L 40L 40L 50L

3.7kW 40L 50L 50L

5.5kW 50L 50L

Frame numbers in thick-bordered boxes are the foot mount type.


5.5kW of the HCMA series is a design stock. Please contact us separately.
Model lineup

143
Standard specifications CROISE MOTOR

■Specifications
Three-phase:0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.55,0.75,1.5,2.2,3.7kW
Output
Non-brake type, Brake type

Power supply 200/200/220V 50/60/60Hz

Number of poles 4
Motor

Protection type Totally-enclosed external fan type (IP44)

Cooling method Self-managed type (IC411)

Rating Continuous

Insulation Class E

Brake Non-excitation operation, DC electromagnetic brake

Reduction ratio 1/10 to 1/300


Reducer

Reduction method Circumscribed gear method (worm gear, helical gear)


Lubricating method Oil bath
Start end key way New JIS key (JIS B 1301-1996 average class): output shaft key attached (not for hollow shaft)
Output shaft end section Tapped (not for hollow shaft)
Installation place Indoor not exposed to dust or water
Ambient condition

Ambient temperature 0℃ to 40℃


Ambient humidity Less than 85% (non condensing)
Altitude Elevations below 1000m
Atmosphere Free from corrosive gases, explosive gases and steam
Horizontal installation is a standard specification.
Installation direction Please inform us separately in the case of installation other than horizontal installation.
Reducer frame numbers 13 to 28 of CSMA series do not have a limitation in the installation direction.

Paint color Munsell 2.5G6/3

Note) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.

■Motor specifications
Number
Voltage Rated current Rated revolution AC-side brake current A
of Output Frequency Hz
V A r/min Reference value at 20℃
phases

0.63/ 0.57/ 0.58 1420/1680/1710


0.1kW 0.178
(0.32/ 0.29/ 0.29) (1440/1740/1740)

1.2 / 1.1 / 1.1 1420/1700/1720

CROISE MOTOR
0.2kW 0.178
(0.59/ 0.55/ 0.55) (1410/1690/1720)

2.3 / 2.0 / 2.0 1380/1650/1680


0.4kW 0.232
(1.2 / 1.0 / 1.0) (1390/1670/1700)

2.9 / 2.6 / 2.5 1380/1650/1690


Three-phase

0.55kW 0.232
200/200/220 (1.45/ 1.3 / 1.3) (1380/1650/1690)
50/60/60
(400/400/440) 3.8 / 3.4 / 3.4 1410/1690/1710
0.75kW 0.273
(2.0 / 1.7 / 1.7) (1410/1690/1710)
Standard specifications

7.0 / 6.2 / 6.0 1420/1710/1730


1.5kW 0.10
(3.5 / 3.1 / 3.0) (1420/1710/1730)

9.8 / 8.9 / 8.5 1420/1710/1730


2.2kW 0.10
(4.9 / 4.5 / 4.3) (1420/1710/1730)

16.0 /14.8 /14.0 1420/1710/1730


3.7kW 0.08
(8.0 / 7.4 / 7.0) (1420/1710/1730)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440 V.
Note 2) For the brake-type models, the brake current shown above is added for the phase where the brake lead wire is connected to the motor lead wire.
The AC-side brake current is for 200 V AC 60 Hz and 200 V AC/60 Hz.

144
Specification chart

■Specification chart

Reducer frame number


reduction steps
Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Page and drawing number
Motor Actual

Number of
revolution
Model number output reduction r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline dimensions
kW ratio 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf} Hollow shaft type Face mount type Foot mount type
10 1/10 150 180 5.5 { 0.56} 4.6 { 0.47} 1350(1350){138(138)}
15 1/15 100 120 7.8 { 0.78} 6.6 { 0.67} 1350(1350){138(138)}
20 1/20 75 90 10.0 { 1.0 } 8.4 { 0.86} 1550(1550){158(158)}
CSMA 25 1/25 60 72 11.8 { 1.2 } 10.0 { 1.0 } 1550(1550){158(158)} 150 172 194
1 13 | | |
010 30 1/30 50 60 13.3 { 1.4 } 11.4 { 1.2 } 1550(1550){158(158)} 1 1 1
40 1/40 37.5 45 16.5 { 1.7 } 14.1 { 1.4 } 1550(1550){158(158)}
50 1/50 30 36 19.3 { 2.0 } 16.6 { 1.7 } 1550(1550){158(158)}
60 1/60 25 30 21.3 { 2.2 } 18.3 { 1.9 } 1550(1550){158(158)}
40 1/40 37.5 45 20.0 { 2.0 } 17.0 { 1.7 } 2470(2660){252(271)}
50 1/50 30 36 25.0 { 2.5 } 21.0 { 2.1 } 2470(2660){252(271)}
0.1
60 1/60 25 30 28.0 { 2.9 } 24.0 { 2.4 } 2470(2660){252(271)}
75 1/75 20 24 35.0 { 3.5 } 29.0 { 3.0 } 2470(2660){252(271)}
90 1/90 16.7 20 39.0 { 3.9 } 33.0 { 3.3 } 2470(2660){252(271)} 150 172 194
16 | | |
HCMA 100 1/100 15 18 43.0 { 4.3 } 36.0 { 3.7 } 2470(2660){252(271)}
2 2 2 2
010 120 1/120 12.5 15 46.0 { 4.7 } 39.0 { 4.0 } 2470(2660){252(271)}
150 1/150 10 12 56.0 { 5.7 } 47.0 { 4.8 } 2470(2660){252(271)}
180 1/180 8.3 10 59.8 { 6.1} 51.0 { 5.2 } 2470(2660){252(271)}
200 1/200 7.5 9 60.3 { 6.2 } 56.0 { 5.7 } 2470(2660){252(271)}
240 1/240 6.3 7.5 76.0 { 7.8 } 65.0 { 6.6 } 3730(3970){381(405)} 150 172 194
22 | | |

300 1/300 5 6 92.0 { 9.4 } 79.0 { 8.0 } 3730(3970){381(405)} 3 3 3


10 1/10 150 180 11.1 { 1.1 } 9.3 { 1.0 } 1350(1580){138(161)}
15 1/15 100 120 15.7 { 1.6 } 13.2 { 1.3 } 1350(1580){138(161)} 152 174 196
20 1/20 13 75 90 20.0 { 2.0 } 17.0 { 1.7 } 1550(1660){158(169)} | | |
CSMA 1 1 1
25 1/25 60 72 23.5 { 2.4 } 20.1 { 2.0 } 1550(1660){158(169)}
1
020 30 1/30 50 60 26.6 { 2.7 } 22.7 { 2.3 } 1550(1660){158(169)}
40 1/40 37.5 45 33.8 { 3.5 } 28.9 { 3.0 } 2130(2660){217(271)} 152 174 196
50 1/50 16 30 36 39.7 { 4.1 } 34.1 { 3.5 } 2250(2660){229(271)} | | |
60 1/60 25 30 45.0 { 4.6 } 38.7 { 4.0 } 2350(2660){240(271)} 2 2 2

40 1/40 37.5 45 40.0 { 4.1 } 34.0 { 3.4 } 2470(2660){252(271)}


50 1/50 30 36 50.0 { 5.1 } 42.0 { 4.3 } 2470(2660){252(271)} 152 174 196
0.2 16 | | |
60 1/60 25 30 56.0 { 5.7 } 47.0 { 4.8 } 2470(2660){252(271)} 3 3 3
75 1/75 20 24 59.0 { 6.1 } 58.0 { 6.0 } 2470(2660){252(271)}
90 1/90 16.7 20 81.0 { 8.3 } 68.0 { 7.0 } 3730(3970){381(405)}
CROISE MOTOR

HCMA 100 1/100 15 18 89.0 { 9.1 } 75.0 { 7.7 } 3730(3970){381(405)}


2
020 120 1/120 12.5 15 97.0 { 9.9 } 82.0 { 8.4 } 3730(3970){381(405)} 152 174 196
22 | | |
150 1/150 10 12 118.0 {12.0 } 100.0 {10.2 } 3730(3970){381(405)} 4 4 4
180 1/180 8.3 10 129.0 {13.1 } 110.0 {11.2 } 3730(3970){381(405)}
200 1/200 7.5 9 139.0 {14.2 } 120.0 {12.3 } 3730(3970){381(405)}
240 1/240 6.3 7.5 161.0 {16.4 } 138.0 {14.1 } 5150(5320){526(543)} 152 174 196
28 | | |

300 1/300 5 6 195.0 {19.9 } 167.0 {17.0 } 5150(5320){526(543)} 5 5 5


Note 1) The nominal reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio.
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
Note 3) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or less than
Specification chart

the value shown in the table above.


Note 4) A value in ( ) of allowable output shaft O.H.L. is a hollow shaft type value.

145
CROISE MOTOR

Reducer frame number


reduction steps
Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Page and drawing number
Motor Actual

Number of
revolution
Model number output reduction r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline dimensions
kW ratio 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf} Hollow shaft type Face mount type Foot mount type
10 1/10 150 180 22.3 { 2.3} 18.7 { 1.9} 1400( 1920){ 143( 196)}
15 1/15 100 120 31.4 { 3.2} 26.7 { 2.7} 1400( 1920){ 143( 196)} 154 176 198
20 1/20 16 75 90 40.5 { 4.1} 34.3 { 3.5} 1660( 2310){ 169( 236)} | | |
CSMA 25 1/25 60 72 46.1 { 4.7} 41.2 { 4.2} 1660( 2310){ 169( 236)} 1 1 1
1
040 30 1/30 50 60 54.3 { 5.5} 46.4 { 4.7} 1880( 2650){ 192( 270)}
40 1/40 37.5 45 72.1 { 7.4} 61.5 { 6.3} 3740( 3970){ 381( 405)} 154 176 198
50 1/50 22 30 36 85.3 { 8.7} 73.1 { 7.5} 3740( 3970){ 381( 405)} | | |
60 1/60 25 30 97.5 { 9.9} 83.7 { 8.5} 3740( 3970){ 381( 405)} 2 2 2

40 1/40 37.5 45 82.0 { 8.4} 69.0 { 7.1} 3730( 3970){ 381( 405)}
50 1/50 30 36 102 {10.4} 86.0 { 8.7} 3730( 3970){ 381( 405)} 154 176 198
0.4 22 | | |
60 1/60 25 30 116 {11.8} 98.0 {10.0} 3730( 3970){ 381( 405)} 3 3 3
75 1/75 20 24 138 {14.0} 121 {12.3} 3730( 3970){ 381( 405)}
90 1/90 16.7 20 167 {17.0} 141 {14.4} 5150( 5320){ 526( 543)}
HCMA 100 1/100 15 18 184 {18.8} 155 {15.9} 5150( 5320){ 526( 543)}
2 154 176 198
040 120 1/120 12.5 15 197 {20.1} 167 {17.1} 5150( 5320){ 526( 543)}
28 | | |
150 1/150 10 12 240 {24.5} 204 {20.8} 5150( 5320){ 526( 543)} 4 4 4
180 1/180 8.3 10 270 {27.5} 230 {23.4} 5150( 5320){ 526( 543)}
200 1/200 7.5 9 280 {28.6} 252 {25.7} 5150( 5320){ 526( 543)}
240 1/240 6.3 7.5 337 {34.4} 288 {29.4} 9760( 9460){ 996( 965)} 154 176 198
32 | | |

300 1/300 5 6 362 {37.0} 349 {35.6} 9760( 9460){ 996( 965)} 5 5 5
10 1/10 150 180 30.6 { 3.1} 25.8 { 2.6} 1400( 1920){ 143( 196)}
15 1/15 100 120 43.6 { 4.4} 36.7 { 3.7} 1400( 1920){ 143( 196)} 156 178 200
20 1/20 16 75 90 55.7 { 5.7} 47.2 { 4.8} 1660( 2310){ 169( 236)} | | |
CSMA 25 1/25 60 72 60.6 { 6.2} 55.9 { 5.7} 1660( 2310){ 169( 236)} 1 1 1
1
055 30 1/30 50 60 60.5 { 6.2} 56.2 { 5.7} 1880( 2650){ 192( 270)}
40 1/40 37.5 45 99.0 {10.1} 84.5 { 8.6} 3740( 3970){ 381( 405)} 156 178 200
50 1/50 22 30 36 117 {11.9} 100 {10.2} 3740( 3970){ 381( 405)} | | |
60 1/60 25 30 117 {11.9} 108 {11.1} 3740( 3970){ 381( 405)} 2 2 2

40 1/40 37.5 45 113 {11.6} 95.0 { 9.7} 3730( 3970){ 381( 405)} 156 178 200
22 | | |

50 1/50 30 36 130 {13.3} 118 {12.0} 3730( 3970){ 381( 405)} 3 3 3


0.55
60 1/60 25 30 161 {16.5} 136 {13.9} 5150( 5320){ 526( 543)}
75 1/75 20 24 199 {20.3} 168 {17.1} 5150( 5320){ 526( 543)}
156 178 200
90 1/90 16.7 20 229 {23.4} 194 {19.8} 5150( 5320){ 526( 543)}
28

CROISE MOTOR
| | |
HCMA 100 1/100 15 18 253 {25.8} 214 {21.8} 5150( 5320){ 526( 543)} 4 4 4
2
055 120 1/120 12.5 15 270 {27.6} 230 {23.5} 5150( 5320){ 526( 543)}
150 1/150 10 12 292 {29.8} 280 {28.6} 5150( 5320){ 526( 543)}
180 1/180 8.3 10 383 {39.1} 327 {33.3} 9760( 9460){ 996( 965)} 157 179 201
32 | | |

200 1/200 7.5 9 419 {42.8} 358 {36.6} 9760( 9460){ 996( 965)} 5 5 5
240 1/240 6.3 7.5 484 {49.4} 414 {42.2} 12210(11810){1246(1205)} 157 179 201
40 | | |

300 1/300 5 6 587 {59.9} 501 {51.1} 12210(11810){1246(1205)} 6 6 6


Note 1) The nominal reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio.
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
Note 3) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or less than
Specification chart

the value shown in the table above.


Note 4) A value in ( ) of allowable output shaft O.H.L. is a hollow shaft type value.

146
Specification chart

Reducer frame number


reduction steps
Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Page and drawing number
Motor Actual

Number of
revolution
Model number output reduction r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline dimensions
kW ratio 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf} Hollow shaft type Face mount type Foot mount type
10 1/10 150 180 42.8 { 4.4} 35.9 { 3.7} 3660( 2920){ 373( 298)}
15 1/15 100 120 60.8 { 6.2} 51.5 { 5.3} 3660( 2920){ 373( 298)} 160 182 204
20 1/20 22 75 90 78.8 { 8.0} 66.7 { 6.8} 3740( 3560){ 381( 363)} | | |
CSMA 25 1/25 60 72 94.1 { 9.6} 79.4 { 8.1} 3740( 3560){ 381( 636)} 1 1 1
1
075 30 1/30 50 60 108 { 11.0} 91.5 { 9.3} 3740( 3960){ 381( 404)}
40 1/40 37.5 45 141 { 14.3} 120 { 12.2} 5160( 5320){ 526( 543)} 160 182 204
50 1/50 28 30 36 168 { 17.1} 143 { 14.6} 5160( 5320){ 526( 543)} | | |
60 1/60 25 30 192 { 19.6} 165 { 16.8} 5160( 5320){ 526( 543)} 2 2 2

40 1/40 37.5 45 156 { 16.0} 132 { 13.4} 5150( 5320){ 526( 543)}
160 182 204
50 1/50 30 36 193 { 19.7} 163 { 16.6} 5150( 5320){ 526( 543)}
0.75 28 | | |
60 1/60 25 30 220 { 22.5} 186 { 19.0} 5150( 5320){ 526( 543)} 3 3 3
75 1/75 20 24 271 { 27.7} 229 { 23.3} 5150( 5320){ 526( 543)}
90 1/90 16.7 20 319 { 32.6} 270 { 27.5} 9630( 9460){ 983( 965)}
HCMA 100 1/100 15 18 352 { 35.9} 298 { 30.4} 9760( 9460){ 996( 965)} 160 182 204
2 32 | | |
075 120 1/120 12.5 15 382 { 39.0} 324 { 33.1} 9760( 9460){ 996( 965)} 4 4 4
150 1/150 10 12 435 { 44.4} 396 { 40.4} 9760( 9460){ 996( 965)}
180 1/180 8.3 10 540 { 55.2} 460 { 47.0} 12210(11810){1246(1205)} 161 183 205
40 | | |

200 1/200 7.5 9 593 { 60.5} 505 { 51.5} 12210(11810){1246(1205)} 5 5 5


240 1/240 6.3 7.5 673 { 68.7} 576 { 58.8} 16980(16680){1733(1702)} 161 183 205
50 | | |

300 1/300 5 6 815 { 83.2} 697 { 71.1} 16980(16680){1733(1702)} 6 6 6


10 1/10 150 180 86.8 { 8.8} 72.4 { 7.4} 4290( 3610){ 437( 368)}
15 1/15 100 120 125 { 12.7} 105 { 10.7} 4290( 3610){ 437( 368)} 164 186 208
20 1/20 28 75 90 162 { 16.5} 136 { 13.9} 5160( 4350){ 526( 444)} | | |
CSMA 25 1/25 60 72 196 { 20.0} 165 { 16.8} 5160( 4350){ 526( 444)} 1 1 1
1
150 30 1/30 50 60 223 { 22.7} 189 { 19.3} 5160( 4800){ 526( 490)}
40 1/40 37.5 45 289 { 29.4} 246 { 25.0} 9770( 7240){ 996( 739)} 164 186 208
50 1/50 32 30 36 321 { 32.8} 292 { 29.8} 9770( 7680){ 996( 784)} | | |
60 1/60 25 30 321 { 32.8} 292 { 29.8} 9770( 8280){ 996( 845)} 2 2 2

40 1/40 37.5 45 317 { 32.4} 267 { 27.2} 9760( 7240){ 996( 739)} 164 186 208
32 | | |

50 1/50 30 36 392 { 40.0} 330 { 33.7} 9760( 7680){ 996( 784)} 3 3 3


1.5
60 1/60 25 30 460 { 46.9} 388 { 39.5} 12210(10620){1246(1084)}
75 1/75 20 24 567 { 57.8} 478 { 48.7} 12210(11660){1246(1190)} 164 186 208
90 1/90 40 16.7 20 652 { 66.5} 551 { 56.2} 12210(11810){1246(1205)} | | |
CROISE MOTOR

HCMA 100 4 4 4
1/100 15 18 719 { 73.3} 607 { 62.0} 12210(11810){1246(1205)}
2
150 120 1/120 12.5 15 744 { 75.9} 674 { 68.8} 12210(11810){1246(1205)}
150 1/150 10 12 988 {101 } 840 { 85.7} 16980(16680){1733(1702)}
180 1/180 8.3 10 1126 {115 } 959 { 97.8} 16980(16680){1733(1702)} 164 186 208
200 1/200 50 7.5 9 1236 {126 } 1052 {107 } 16980(16680){1733(1702)} | | |
5 5 5
240 1/252 5.95 7.14 1607 {164 } 1362 {139 } 16983(16680){1733(1702)}
300 1/315 4.76 5.71 1980 {202 } 1676 {171 } 16983(16680){1733(1702)}
Note 1) The nominal reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio.
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
Note 3) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or less than
Specification chart

the value shown in the table above.


Note 4) A value in ( ) of allowable output shaft O.H.L. is a hollow shaft type value.

147
CROISE MOTOR

Reducer frame number


reduction steps
Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Page and drawing number
Motor Actual

Number of
revolution
Model number output reduction r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline dimensions
kW ratio 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf} Hollow shaft type Face mount type Foot mount type
10 1/10 150 180 128 { 13.1} 108 { 11.0} 9770( 4670){ 996( 476)}
15 1/15 100 120 185 { 18.9} 160 { 16.3} 9770( 4670){ 996( 476)} 166 188 210
20 1/20 32 75 90 240 { 24.5} 203 { 20.7} 9770( 5640){ 996( 575)} | | |
CSMA 1 1 1
25 1/25 60 72 301 { 30.7} 253 { 25.8} 9770( 5640){ 996( 575)}
1
220 30 1/30 50 60 335 { 34.1} 284 { 28.9} 9770( 6250){ 996( 637)}
40 1/40 37.5 45 436 { 44.4} 370 { 37.7} 12200( 9370){1240( 955)} 166 188 210
50 1/50 40 30 36 524 { 53.5} 446 { 45.5} 12200( 9940){1240(1010)} | | |
2 2 2
60 1/60 25 30 532 { 54.3} 474 { 48.3} 12200(10600){1240(1010)}
40 1/40 37.5 45 473 { 48.3} 398 { 40.6} 12210( 9360){1246( 955)}
166 188 210
50 1/50 30 36 585 { 59.7} 492 { 50.2} 12210( 9940){1246(1014)}
2.2 40 | | |
60 1/60 25 30 674 { 68.8} 568 { 58.0} 12210(10590){1246(1081)} 3 3 3
75 1/75 20 24 751 { 76.6} 701 { 71.5} 12210(10590){1246(1081)}
90 1/90 16.7 20 980 {100 } 827 { 84.4} 16980(16680){1733(1702)}
HCMA 100 1/100 15 18 1081 {110 } 912 { 93.1} 16980(16680){1733(1702)}
2
220 120 1/120 12.5 15 1187 {121 } 1008 {103 } 16980(16680){1733(1702)}
150 1/150 10 12 1400 {143 } 1231 {126 } 16980(16680){1733(1702)} 166 188 210
50 | | |
180 1/180 8.3 10 1980 {202 } 1666 {170 } 16983(16680){1733(1702)} 4 4 4
200 1/200 7.5 9 2195 {224 } 1842 {188 } 16983(16680){1733(1702)}
240 1/252 5.95 7.14 2489 {254 } 2097 {214 } 16983(16680){1733(1702)}
※ ※
300 1/315 4.76 5.71 2607 {266 } 2587 {264 } 16983(16680){1733(1702)}
10 1/10 150 180 218 { 22.3} 183 { 18.6} 12200( 5890){1240( 601)}
15 1/15 100 120 317 { 32.3} 266 { 27.1} 12200( 5890){1240( 601)} 168 190 212
20 1/20 40 75 90 411 { 41.9} 346 { 35.3} 12200( 7120){1240( 726)} | | |
CSMA 1 1 1
25 1/25 60 72 503 { 51.3} 424 { 43.2} 12200( 7120){1240( 726)}
1
370 30 1/30 50 60 579 { 59.1} 491 { 50.0} 12200( 7860){1240( 801)}
40 1/40 37.5 45 755 { 77.0} 640 { 65.3} 16600(15900){1690(1620)} 168 190 212
50 1/50 50 30 36 857 { 87.4} 767 { 78.3} 16600(16700){1690(1700)} | | |
2 2 2
60 1/60 25 30 857 { 87.4} 795 { 81.1} 16600(16700){1690(1700)}
40 1/40 37.5 45 803 { 81.9} 675 { 68.9} 16980(15920){1733(1624)}
50 1/50 30 36 993 {101 } 835 { 85.2} 16980(16680){1733(1702)}
3.7
60 1/60 25 30 1148 {117 } 967 { 98.7} 16980(16680){1733(1702)}
75 1/75 20 24 1363 {139 } 1192 {122 } 16980(16680){1733(1702)}
90 1/90 16.7 20 1833 {187 } 1539 {157 } 16983(16680){1733(1702)}

CROISE MOTOR
HCMA 100 168 190 212
1/100 15 18 2029 {207 } 1705 {174 } 16983(16680){1733(1702)}
2 50 | | |
370 120 1/126 11.9 14.3 2421 {247 } 2029 {207 } 16983(16680){1733(1702)} 3 3 3
※ ※
150 1/157.5 9.5 11.4 2607 {266 } 2519 {257 } 16983(16680){1733(1702)}
※ ※
180 1/180 8.3 10 2607 {266 } ※2607 ※{266 } 16983(16680){1733(1702)}
※ ※
200 1/200 7.5 9 2607 {266 } ※2607 ※{266 } 16983(16680){1733(1702)}
※ ※
240 1/252 5.95 7.14 2607 {266 } ※2607 ※{266 } 16983(16680){1733(1702)}
※ ※ ※ ※
300 1/315 4.76 5.71 2607 {266 } 2607 {266 } 16983(16680){1733(1702)}
10 1/10 150 180 326 { 33.3} 273 { 27.9} 16980(10220){1733(1043)}
15 1/15 100 120 476 { 48.5} 399 { 40.8} 16980(11530){1733(1177)} 170 192 214
CSMA
Specification chart

20 1/20 1 50 75 90 621 { 63.4} 522 { 53.3} 16980(12500){1733(1276)} | | |


550 1 1 1
25 1/25 60 72 758 { 77.3} 638 { 65.1} 16980(13300){1733(1358)}
30 1/30 50 60 876 { 89.4} 740 { 75.5} 16980(13990){1733(1428)}
5.5
40 1/41 36.59 43.9 1009 {103 } 941 { 96 } 16980(15920){1733(1624)}
50 1/51.25 29.27 35.12 1068 {109 } 1000 {102 } 16980(16680){1733(1702)} 170 192 214
HCM
75 1/80 2 50 18.75 22.5 1891 {193 } 1764 {180 } 16980(16680){1733(1702)} | | |
550 2 2 2
90 1/90 16.67 20 1960 {200 } 1833 {187 } 16980(16680){1733(1702)}
100 1/100 15 18 1999 {204 } 1862 {190 } 16980(16680){1733(1702)}
Note 1) The nominal reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio.
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
Note 3) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or less than the value shown in the table above.
Note 4) A value in ( ) of allowable output shaft O.H.L. is a hollow shaft type value.
Note 5) The models with ※ mark are ones for which the torque is limited. Note 6) HCM550 is a design stock. Please contact us separately. 148
Hollow shaft type Three-phase 0.1kW Non-brake type, Brake type

■Specification chart
Brake
Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Number Number Frequency Protection Cooling
Output V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated
of phases of poles Hz type method
50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type torque of Insulation
motor torque
Totally Self
Non-
Three- 200/200/220 0.63/0.57/0.58 1420/1680/1710 enclosed managed 150%
0.1kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous Class E excitation Class B
phase (400/400/440) (0.32/0.29/0.29) (1440/1740/1740) type type over
type
(IP44) (IC411)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20. reduction steps
Reducer frame number

Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number
Number of

Motor Actual revolution


Model number output reduction r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline
kW ratio dimensions
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf}

10 1/10 150 180 5.5 { 0.56} 4.6 { 0.47} 1350 { 138 }

15 1/15 100 120 7.8 { 0.78} 6.6 { 0.67} 1350 { 138 }

20 1/20 75 90 10.0 { 1.0 } 8.4 { 0.86} 1550 { 158 }

CSMA010 25 1/25 60 72 11.8 { 1.2 } 10.0 { 1.0 } 1550 { 1158 }


1 13 1
30 1/30 50 60 13.3 { 1.4 } 11.4 { 1.2 } 1550 { 158 }

40 1/40 37.5 45 16.5 { 1.7 } 14.1 { 1.4 } 1550 { 158 }

50 1/50 30 36 19.3 { 2.0 } 16.6 { 1.7 } 1550 { 1158 }

60 1/60 25 30 21.3 { 2.2 } 18.3 { 1.9 } 1550 { 1158 }

40 1/40 37.5 45 20.0 { 2.0 } 17.0 { 1.7 } 2660 { 271 }

50 1/50 30 36 25.0 { 2.5 } 21.0 { 2.1 } 2660 { 271 }


0.1
60 1/60 25 30 28.0 { 2.9 } 24.0 { 2.4 } 2660 { 2271 }

75 1/75 20 24 35.0 { 3.5 } 29.0 { 3.0 } 2660 { 271 }

90 1/90 16.7 20 39.0 { 3.9 } 33.0 { 3.3 } 2660 { 271 }


16 2
HCMA010 100 1/100 15 18 43.0 { 4.3 } 36.0 { 3.7 } 2660 { 271 }
2
120 1/120 12.5 15 46.0 { 4.7 } 39.0 { 4.0 } 2660 { 271 }

150 1/150 10 12 56.0 { 5.7 } 47.0 { 4.8 } 2660 { 271 }

180 1/180 8.3 10 59.8 { 6.1} 51.0 { 5.2 } 2660 { 271 }

200 1/200 7.5 9 60.3 { 6.2 } 56.0 { 5.7 } 2660 { 271 }


CROISE MOTOR

240 1/240 6.3 7.5 76.0 { 7.8 } 65.0 { 6.6 } 3970 { 405 }
22 3
300 1/300 5 6 92.0 { 9.4 } 79.0 { 8.0 } 3970 { 405 }
Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) The models marked with ※ are ones for which the torque limited.

■Output Housing dimensions


Hollow shaft type 0.1kW

Thru
B C
Frame hole
X B C RD
number φA
(H8)
RD
(Thru hole dia.)
φA

O
13 45 1.5 3 34

16 58 1.5 3 40.5

Cross-section
Y X−O−Y 22 70 2.0 4 54

Nomenclature Technical Information


149 Page 14 Page 254
CROISE MOTOR

■Outline dimensions

CSMA010-130H10∼60(B) 1
Reduction ratio : 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60 Approx. weight : 6.7
(8.7)
kg

268.5(285.5) 78
226(243) 1.5 75 1.5
45 42.5 4-M5 Tap Depth 10 3 3
° PCD80 (also applies to the other side)

φ45H8
35

φ45H8
35°
6Js9 1.5 1.5
H8

φ30

φ30
40
20
φ140
67.5

°
35°

φ21
30°
22.8

φ30
φ21

φ21
φ30
110
35
35

30°
70
35
5 1.15 1.15 5
67

25 25 25 120

32
(143.5) 28.5
Details of hollow shaft 148.5
φ12 65.5 (172)
80 4-M5 Tap Depth 10 45.8
55

HCMA010-160H40∼200(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60, 75, 90, 100, 120, 150, 180, 200 Approx. weight : 10.7kg
(12.7)
kg

336(353) 92
4-M6 Tap Depth 12
286(303) 50 1.5 89 1.5
PCD96 (also applies to the other side)
70 3 3
7.5

8Js9 1.5 1.5


H8
25
° 35°

35° 35°
φ140

φ
67.5

48

φ58H8

φ58H8
φ26.2

φ26.2
φ26
28.3

φ40

φ40
12

φ40
φ40
30°

30°
127
35

79
67

5 1.35 1.35 5
30 29 30 127
φ12 78.6 (150.5) 21.5
96 Details of hollow shaft 148.5
(172)
55
4-M6 Tap Depth 12 64

HCMA010-220H240∼300(B) 3
Reduction ratio : 240, 300 Approx. weight : 14.7
(16.7)
kg
365(382) 120
299(316) 66 4-M8 Tap Depth 15 2 116 2
83 PCD128 (also applies to the other side) 4 4
°

8Js9 1.5 1.5


35

H8
35° 35°

30
64

φ
φ70H8

φ70H8
φ31.4

φ31.4
67.5
φ140

33.3

φ48

φ48

φ48

φ48
30
φ31
°

°
26

30
164
100

3 5 1.35 1.35 5

CROISE MOTOR
5
67

°
40 36 40
φ12 141
104.8 (164.5) 7.5
148.5
128 (172)
73.4
4-M8 Tap Depth 16 86

Note) ( ) The values in parentheses are for Brake-types.


Hollow shaft type 0.1kW

150
Hollow shaft type Three-phase 0.2kW Non-brake type, Brake type

■Specification chart
Brake
Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Number Number Frequency Protection Cooling
Output V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated
of phases of poles Hz type method
50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type torque of Insulation
motor torque
Totally Self
Non-
Three- 200/200/220 1.2/1.1/1.1 1420/1700/1720 enclosed managed 150%
0.2kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous Class E excitation Class B
phase (400/400/440) (0.59/0.55/0.55) (1410/1690/1720) type type over
type
(IP44)(JC411)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.
Reducer frame number
reduction steps

Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number
Number of

Motor Actual revolution


Model number output reduction r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline
kW ratio dimensions
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf}

10 1/10 150 180 11.1 { 1.1 } 9.3 { 1.0 } 1580 { 161 }

15 1/15 100 120 15.7 { 1.6 } 13.2 { 1.3 } 1580 { 161 }

20 1/20 13 75 90 20.0 { 2.0 } 17.0 { 1.7 } 1660 { 169 } 1

25 1/25 60 72 23.5 { 2.4 } 20.1 { 2.0 } 1660 { 169 }


CSMA020 1
30 1/30 50 60 26.6 { 2.7 } 22.7 { 2.3 } 1660 { 169 }

40 1/40 37.5 45 33.8 { 3.5 } 28.9 { 3.0 } 2660 { 271 }

50 1/50 16 30 36 39.7 { 4.1 } 34.1 { 3.5 } 2660 { 271 } 2

60 1/60 25 30 45.0 { 4.6 } 38.7 { 4.0 } 2660 { 271 }

40 1/40 37.5 45 40.0 { 4.1 } 34.0 { 3.4 } 2660 { 271 }

50 1/50 30 36 50.0 { 5.1 } 42.0 { 4.3 } 2660 { 271 }


0.2 16 3
60 1/60 25 30 56.0 { 5.7 } 47.0 { 4.8 } 2660 { 271 }

75 1/75 20 24 59.0 { 6.1 } 58.0 { 6.0 } 2660 { 271 }

90 1/90 16.7 20 81.0 { 8.3 } 68.0 { 7.0 } 3970 { 405 }

100 1/100 15 18 89.0 { 9.1 } 75.0 { 7.7 } 3970 { 405 }


HCMA020 2
120 1/120 12.5 15 97.0 { 9.9 } 82.0 { 8.4 } 3970 { 405 }
22 4
150 1/150 10 12 118.0 {12.0 } 100.0 {10.2 } 3970 { 405 }

180 1/180 8.3 10 129.0 {13.1 } 110.0 {11.2 } 3970 { 405 }

200 1/200 7.5 9 139.0 {14.2 } 120.0 {12.3 } 3970 { 405 }


CROISE MOTOR

240 1/240 6.3 7.5 161.0 {16.4 } 138.0 {14.1 } 5320 { 543 }
28 5
300 1/300 5 6 195.0 {19.9 } 167.0 {17.0 } 5320 { 543 }

Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.

■Output Housing dimensions


Hollow shaft type 0.2kW

Thru
B C
Frame hole
X B C RD
number φA
(H8)
RD
(Thru hole dia.)

13
φA

45 1.5 3 34
O
16 58 1.5 3 40.5

22 70 2.0 4 54
Cross-section
Y X−O−Y 28 80 2.5 5 67

Nomenclature Technical Information


151 Page 14 Page 254
CROISE MOTOR

■Outline dimensions
CSMA020-130H10∼30(B) 1
Reduction ratio : 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 8
(10)
kg
78
268.5(285.5) 4-M5 Tap Depth 10
226(243) 1.5 75 1.5
PCD80 (also applies to the other side)
45 42.5 6Js9 1.5 1.5 3 3

°
H8

35
20

35°35°

40
φ

φ45H8

φ45H8
67.5

φ21
30°
22.8

φ30
φ21

φ21
φ30

φ30

φ30
30°
φ140

35°

110
35
5 1.15 1.15 5

70
25 25 25

35
67

Details of hollow shaft

32
120
65.5 (143.5) 28.5
φ12 80 148.5
(172)
45.8
4-M5 Tap Depth 10 55

CSMA020-160H40∼60(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60 Approx. weight : 9
(11)
kg
285.5(302.5) 4-M6 Tap Depth 12 92
235(252) 50.5 PCD96 (also applies to the other side) 1.5 89 1.5
54 8Js9 1.5 1.5 3 3
H8
25
°

φ58H8
φ

φ58H8
φ26.2

φ26.2
35° 35°

φ40
35

φ40
28.3

φ40

φ40
30°
φ26
48

30°
67.5

35°

127

5 1.35 1.35 5
42
φ140

79

30 29 30
37

Details of hollow shaft 127


67

 (150.5) 21.5
30

148.5
78.6 (172)
φ12 4-M6 Tap Depth 12 55
96 66

HCMA020-160H40∼75(B) 3
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 11
(13)
kg
336(353) 4-M6 Tap Depth 12 92
286(303) 50 1.5 89 1.5
PCD96 (also applies to the other side) 3 3
70
7.5
35° 5°

35° 35°

8Js9 1.5 1.5


67.5

48

H8
3
12
φ140

25
φ
127

φ58H8

φ58H8
φ26.2

φ26.2

φ40
28.3

φ40

φ40

φ40
φ26
30°

30°
79
67

5 1.35 1.35 5
φ12 127
30 29 30
 (150.5) 21.5
78.6 148.5
96 Details of hollow shaft
(172)
55
4-M6 Tap Depth 12 64

HCMA020-220H90∼200(B) 4
Reduction ratio : 90, 100, 120, 150, 180, 200 Approx. weight : 15
(17)
kg
365(382) 120
299(316) 66 4-M8 Tap Depth 15 2 116 2

CROISE MOTOR
83 PCD128 (also applies to the other side) 4 4
°

8Js9 1.5 1.5


35

H8
35°

30
64

φ
φ70H8

φ70H8
φ31.4

φ 31.4
67.5

33.3

φ48

φ48
30

φ48
φ48
φ31
φ140

°
30
26

35°

164

5 1.35 1.35 5
100

35
67

°
40 36 40
141
φ12 Details of hollow shaft (164.5) 7.5
104.8 148.5
(172)
128 4-M8 Tap Depth 16 73.4
86

HCMA020-280H240∼300(B) 5
Hollow shaft type 0.2kW

Reduction ratio : 240, 300 Approx. weight : 23


(25)
kg
394(411) 150
311(328) 83 4-M10 Tap Depth 19
2.5 145 2.5
103 PCD160 (also applies to the other side)
5 5
°

12Js9 2 2
35

H8
35° 35°

40
80

φ
φ80H8

φ80H8
φ42.5

φ42.5
67.5
φ140

43.3

φ58

φ58

φ58
φ58
φ41

30°
°
28

30
200

7 1.95 1.95 7
120
67

3
5

50 45 50
°

φ12 Details of hollow shaft 156


131 (179.5) 
160 91.8
4-M10 Tap Depth 20 108

Note) ( ) The values in parentheses are for Brake-types.


152
Hollow shaft type Three-phase 0.4kW Non-brake type, Brake type

■Specification chart
Brake
Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Number Number Frequency Protection Cooling
Output V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated
of phases of poles Hz type method
50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type torque of Insulation
motor torque
Totally Self
Non-
Three- 200/200/220 2.3/2.0/2.0 1380/1650/1680 enclosed managed 150%
0.4kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous Class E excitation Class B
phase (400/400/440) (1.2/1.0/1.0) (1390/1670/1700) type type over
type
(IP44)(JC411)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20. reduction steps
Reducer frame number

Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number
Number of

Motor Actual revolution


Model number output reduction r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline
kW ratio dimensions
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf}

10 1/10 150 180 22.3 { 2.3} 18.7 { 1.9} 1920 { 196 }

15 1/15 100 120 31.4 { 3.2} 26.7 { 2.7} 1920 { 196 }

20 1/20 16 75 90 40.5 { 4.1} 34.3 { 3.5} 2310 { 236 } 1

25 1/25 60 72 46.1 { 4.7} 41.2 { 4.2} 2310 { 236 }


CSMA040 1
30 1/30 50 60 54.3 { 5.5} 46.4 { 4.7} 2650 { 270 }

40 1/40 37.5 45 72.1 { 7.4} 61.5 { 6.3} 3970 { 405 }

50 1/50 22 30 36 85.3 { 8.7} 73.1 { 7.5} 3970 { 405 } 2

60 1/60 25 30 97.5 { 9.9} 83.7 { 8.5} 3970 { 405 }

40 1/40 37.5 45 82.0 { 8.4} 69.0 { 7.1} 3970 { 405 }

50 1/50 30 36 102 {10.4} 86.0 { 8.7} 3970 { 405 }


0.4 22 3
60 1/60 25 30 116 {11.8} 98.0 {10.0} 3970 { 405 }

75 1/75 20 24 138 {14.0} 121 {12.3} 3970 { 405 }

90 1/90 16.7 20 167 {17.0} 141 {14.4} 5320 { 543 }

100 1/100 15 18 184 {18.8} 155 {15.9} 5320 { 543 }


HCMA040 2
120 1/120 12.5 15 197 {20.1} 167 {17.1} 5320 { 543 }
28 4
150 1/150 10 12 240 {24.5} 204 {20.8} 5320 { 543 }

180 1/180 8.3 10 270 {27.5} 230 {23.4} 5320 { 543 }

200 1/200 7.5 9 280 {28.6} 252 {25.7} 5320 { 543 }


CROISE MOTOR

240 1/240 6.3 7.5 337 {34.4} 288 {29.4} 9460 { 965 }
32 5
300 1/300 5 6 362 {37.0} 349 {35.6} 9460 { 965 }
Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio.
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.

■Output Housing dimensions


Hollow shaft type 0.4kW

Thru
B C
Frame hole
X B C RD
number φA
(H8)
RD
(Thru hole dia.)

13
φA

45 1.5 3 34
O
16 58 1.5 3 40.5

22 70 2.0 4 54
Cross-section
Y X−O−Y 32 92 5.0 5 66

Nomenclature Technical Information


153 Page 14 Page 254
CROISE MOTOR

■Outline dimensions
CSMA040-160H10∼30(B) 1
Reduction ratio : 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 10
(13)
kg
300.5(317.5) 4-M6 Tap Depth 12 92
250(267) 50.5 PCD96 (also applies to the other side) 1.5 89 1.5
54 8Js9 1.5 1.5 3 3

°
8
5H

35° 35°
35
φ2

48

φ58H8
φ58H8
φ26.2

φ26.2
28.3

30°
φ40

φ40

φ40

φ40
30°
φ26
φ140
67.5

35°

127
42
79
51.35 1.35 5
30 29 30

37
67

127

30
Details of hollow shaft
 (150.5) 21.5
φ12 78.6 148.5
96 (172)
4-M6 Tap Depth 12 55
66

CSMA040-220H40∼60(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60 Approx. weight : 13
(16)
kg
327(344) 120
260.5(277.5) 66.5 4-M8 Tap Depth 15 2 116 2
66 PCD128 (also applies to the other side) 4 4
8Js9 1.5 1.5
H8
35°

35° 35°

30
64

φ70H8

φ70H8
φ

φ31.4

φ31.4
33.3

φ48

φ48

φ48

φ48
°

30
φ31
30

°
35°
67.5
φ140

164
56

5 1.35 1.35 5
100

40 36 40
44
67

23

Details of hollow shaft 141


104.8 (164.5) 7.5
φ12 148.5
128 (172)
4-M8 Tap Depth 16 73.4
88

HCMA040-220H40∼75(B) 3
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 16
(18)
kg
375(392) 120
309(326) 66 4-M8 Tap Depth 15 2 116 2
83 PCD128 (also applies to the other side) 4 4
°

8Js9 1.5 1.5


35

H8
35° 35°

30
64

φ
φ70H8

φ70H8
φ31.4

φ31.4
φ140
67.5

33.3

φ48

φ48

φ48

φ48
30
°

φ31
30

°
26

164

5 1.35 1.35 5
100

3
5
67

°
40 36 40
141
φ12 Details of hollow shaft (164.5) 7.5
104.8 148.5
128 (172)
4-M8 Tap Depth 16 73.4
86

HCMA040-280H90∼200(B) 4
Reduction ratio : 90, 100, 120, 150, 180, 200 Approx. weight : 25
(27)
kg
410(427) 150
327(344) 83 2.5 2.5

CROISE MOTOR
4-M10 Tap Depth 19 145
103 PCD160 (also applies to the other side) 5 5
°

12Js9 2 2
35

H8
35° 35°

40
80

φ
φ80H8

φ80H8
φ42.5

φ42.5
φ140

°
43.3

φ58

φ58

φ58

φ58
67.5

30°
φ41
30
28

200

7 1.95 1.95 7
120
67

50 45 50
5
°

φ12
Details of hollow shaft 156
131 (179.5)
91.8
160 4-M10 Tap Depth 20 108

HCMA040-321H240∼300(B) 5
Hollow shaft type 0.4kW

Reduction ratio : 240, 300 Approx. weight : 33


(35)
kg
433(450) 158
339(356) 94 4-M12 Tap Depth 24 5 148 5
115 PCD160 (also applies to the other side)
Pressure vent 5 5
14Js9 3 3
30°

H8
30° 30°

92

50
φ92H8

φ92H8

φ
φ70
φ53

φ53
φ70

φ70

φ70
53.8

30°

φ51
φ140
67.5

30
38

237

8 2.2 2.2 8
145
67

30

50 48 50
°

φ12 Details of hollow shaft


160
138.6 Drain plug (183.5)
80 Oil gauge
184
4-M12 Tap Depth 24 104

Note) ( ) The values in parentheses are for Brake-types.


154
Hollow shaft type Three-phase 0.55kW Non-brake type, Brake type

■Specification chart
Brake
Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Number Number Frequency Protection Cooling
Output V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated
of phases of poles Hz type method
50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type torque of Insulation
motor torque
Totally Self
Non-
Three- 200/200/220 2.9/2.6/2.5 1380/1650/1690 enclosed managed 100%
0.55kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous Class E excitation Class B
phase (400/400/440) (1.45/1.3/1.3) (1380/1650/1690) type type over
type
(IP44) (JC411)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20. reduction steps
Reducer frame number

Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number
Number of

Motor Actual revolution


Model number output reduction r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline
kW ratio dimensions
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf}

10 1/10 150 180 30.6 { 3.1} 25.8 { 2.6} 1920 { 196 }

15 1/15 100 120 43.6 { 4.4} 36.7 { 3.7} 1920 { 196 }

20 1/20 16 75 90 55.7 { 5.7} 47.2 { 4.8} 2310 { 236 } 1

25 1/25 60 72 60.6 { 6.2} 55.9 { 5.7} 2310 { 236 }


CSMA055 1
30 1/30 50 60 60.5 { 6.2} 56.2 { 5.7} 2650 { 270 }

40 1/40 37.5 45 99.0 {10.1} 84.5 { 8.6} 3970 { 405 }

50 1/50 22 30 36 117 {11.9} 100 {10.2} 3970 { 405 } 2

60 1/60 25 30 117 {11.9} 108 {11.1} 3970 { 405 }

40 1/40 37.5 45 113 {11.6} 95.0 { 9.7} 3970 { 405 }


22 3
50 1/50 30 36 130 {13.3} 118 {12.0} 3970 { 405 }
0.55
60 1/60 25 30 161 {16.5} 136 {13.9} 5320 { 543 }

75 1/75 20 24 199 {20.3} 168 {17.1} 5320 { 543 }

90 1/90 16.7 20 229 {23.4} 194 {19.8} 5320 { 543 }


28 4
100 1/100 15 18 253 {25.8} 214 {21.8} 5320 { 543 }
HCMA055 2
120 1/120 12.5 15 270 {27.6} 230 {23.5} 5320 { 543 }

150 1/150 10 12 292 {29.8} 280 {28.6} 5320 { 543 }

180 1/180 8.3 10 383 {39.1} 327 {33.3} 9460 { 965 }


32 5
200 1/200 7.5 9 419 {42.8} 358 {36.6} 9460 { 965 }
CROISE MOTOR

240 1/240 6.3 7.5 484 {49.4} 414 {42.2} 11810 { 1205 }
40 6
300 1/300 5 6 587 {59.9} 501 {51.1} 11810 { 1205 }
Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio.
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.

■Output Housing dimensions


Hollow shaft type 0.55kW

Thru
B C
Frame hole
X B C RD
number φA
(H8)
RD
(Thru hole dia.)

16 58 1.5 3 40.5
φA

O
22 70 2.0 4 54

28 80 2.5 5 67

Cross-section
32 92 5.0 5 66

Y X−O−Y 40 105 2.0 7 86

Nomenclature Technical Information


155 Page 14 Page 254
CROISE MOTOR

■Outline dimensions

CSMA055-160H10∼30(B) 1
Reduction ratio : 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 11
(14)
kg
320.5(337.5) 4-M6 Tap Depth 12 92
270(287) 50.5 1.5 89 1.5
PCD96 (also applies to the other side)
3 3
54 8Js9 1.5 1.5
° H8
25

35° 5°
35

φ58H8

φ58H8
48

φ26.2

φ26.2
28.3

30°
φ40

φ40

φ40

φ40
30°
3

φ26
67.5
φ140

35°

127
37 42
79
51.35 1.355
30 29 30
67

30
78.6 Details of hollow shaft 127
(150.5) 21.5
φ12 96 148.5
(172)
4-M6 Tap Depth 12 55
66

CSMA055-220H40∼60(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60 Approx. weight : 14
(17)
kg
347(364) 120
280.5(297.5) 66.5 4-M8 Tap Depth 15 2 116 2
66 PCD128 (also applies to the other side) 4 4
8Js9 1.5 1.5
H8
35°

35° 35°

30
64

φ70H8

φ70H8
φ31.4

φ31.4
33.3

φ48

φ48

φ48

φ48
φ31
°

30
30

°
φ140

164
67.5

35°

56

5 1.35 1.35 5
100

40 36 40
44
67

23

Details of hollow shaft 141


φ12 (164.5) 7.5
104.8 148.5
128 (172)
4-M8 Tap Depth 16 73.4
88

HCMA055-220H40∼50(B) 3
Reduction ratio : 40, 50 Approx. weight : 18
(20)
kg

395(412) 120
329(346) 66 4-M8 Tap Depth 15 2 116 2
83 PCD160 (also applies to the other side) 4 4
°

8Js9 1.5 1.5


35

H8
30
35°35°

64

φ70H8

φ70H8

φ
φ140

φ31.4

φ31.4
67.5

33.3

φ48

φ48

φ48

φ48
φ31
°

30
26

164

30

°
100

3
67

5 5 1.35 1.35 5

CROISE MOTOR
°
40 36 40
141
φ12 Details of hollow shaft (164.5) 7.5
104.8 148.5
128 (172)
4-M10 Tap Depth 20 73.4
86

HCMA055-280H60∼150(B) 4
Reduction ratio : 60, 75, 90, 100, 120, 150 Approx. weight : 26
(28)
kg
430(447) 150
Hollow shaft type 0.55kW

347(364) 83 4-M10 Tap Depth 19 2.5 145 2.5


103 PCD160 (also applies to the other side) 5 5
°

12Js9 2 2
35

H8
35° 35°

40
80

φ80H8

φ80H8

φ
φ42.5

φ42.5
67.5

43.3

φ58

φ58

φ58

φ58
°
φ140

φ41

30°
30
28

200

7 1.95 1.95 7
120
67

50 45 50
5
°

φ12 Details of hollow shaft


156
131 (179.5)
160 4-M10 Tap Depth 20 91.8
108

Note) ( ) The values in parentheses are for Brake-types.


156
Hollow shaft type Three-phase 0.55kW Non-brake type, Brake type CROISE MOTOR

■Outline dimensions

HCMA055-321H180∼200(B) 5
Reduction ratio : 180, 200 Approx. weight : 34
(36)
kg
453(470) 158
359(376) 94 4-M12 Tap Depth 24 5 148 5
Pressure vent 115 PCD160(also applies to the other side) 5 5

14Js9 3 3
30°

H8

30° 30°

92
50

φ92H8

φ92H8
φ

φ70
φ53

φ53
φ70

φ70
53.8

φ70
30°

φ51
φ140
67.5

30
38

°
237
8 2.2 2.2 8

145
67

30

50 48 50
Oil gauge
°

φ12 Details of hollow shaft


160
138.6 (183.5)
4-M10 Tap Depth 20 80
Drain plug 104
184

HCMA055-401H240∼300(B) 6
Reduction ratio : 240, 300 Approx. weight : 53
(55)
kg
526(543) 178
412(429) 114 4-M12 Tap Depth 24 2 2
174
152 PCD160 (also applies to the other side)
Pressure vent 7 7
16Js9 3 3
30°

H8
55
30° 30°
112

φ105H8

φ105H8
59.3

φ80
φ58

φ58
φ80

φ80

φ80
φ56
φ140

30°

30°
67 67.5

270
46
30°

158

8 2.2 2.2 8
60 54 60 Oil gauge
φ12
Details of hollow shaft
173 100
Drain plug 4-M10 Tap Depth 20 124
224 180

Note) ( ) The values in parentheses are for Brake-types.


CROISE MOTOR
Hollow shaft type 0.55kW

Nomenclature Technical Information


157 Page 14 Page 254
Notes

158
Hollow shaft type 0.55kW CROISE MOTOR
Hollow shaft type Three-phase 0.75kW Non-brake type, Brake type

■Specification chart
Brake
Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Number Number Frequency Protection Cooling
Output V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated
of phases of poles Hz type method
50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type torque of Insulation
motor torque
Totally Self
Non-
Three- 200/200/220 3.8/3.4/3.4 1410/1690/1710 enclosed managed 150%
0.75kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous Class E excitation Class B
phase (400/400/440) (2.0/1.7/1.7) (1410/1690/1710) type type over
type
(IP44) (JC411)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20. reduction steps
Reducer frame number

Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number
Number of

Motor Actual revolution


Model number output reduction r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline
kW ratio dimensions
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf}

10 1/10 150 180 42.8 { 4.4} 35.9 { 3.7} 2920 { 298 }

15 1/15 100 120 60.8 { 6.2} 51.5 { 5.3} 2920 { 298 }

20 1/20 22 75 90 78.8 { 8.0} 66.7 { 6.8} 3560 { 363 } 1

25 1/25 60 72 94.1 { 9.6} 79.4 { 8.1} 3560 { 636 }


CSMA075 1
30 1/30 50 60 108 { 11.0} 91.5 { 9.3} 3960 { 404 }

40 1/40 37.5 45 141 { 14.3} 120 { 12.2} 5320 { 543 }

50 1/50 28 30 36 168 { 17.1} 143 { 14.6} 5320 { 543 } 2

60 1/60 25 30 192 { 19.6} 165 { 16.8} 5320 { 543 }

40 1/40 37.5 45 156 { 16.0} 132 { 13.4} 5320 { 543 }

50 1/50 30 36 193 { 19.7} 163 { 16.6} 5320 { 543 }


0.75 28 3
60 1/60 25 30 220 { 22.5} 186 { 19.0} 5320 { 543 }

75 1/75 20 24 271 { 27.7} 229 { 23.3} 5320 { 543 }

90 1/90 16.7 20 319 { 32.6} 270 { 27.5} 9460 { 965 }

100 1/100 15 18 352 { 35.9} 298 { 30.4} 9460 { 965 }


HCMA075 2 32 4
120 1/120 12.5 15 382 { 39.0} 324 { 33.1} 9460 { 965 }

150 1/150 10 12 435 { 44.4} 396 { 40.4} 9460 { 965 }

180 1/180 8.3 10 540 { 55.2} 460 { 47.0} 11810 { 1205 }


40 5
200 1/200 7.5 9 593 { 60.5} 505 { 51.5} 11810 { 1205 }
CROISE MOTOR

240 1/240 6.3 7.5 673 { 68.7} 576 { 58.8} 16680 { 1702 }
50 6
300 1/300 5 6 815 { 83.2} 697 { 71.1} 16680 { 1702 }

Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio.


Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.

■Output Housing dimensions


Hollow shaft type 0.75kW

Thru
B C
Frame hole
X B C RD
number φA
(H8)
RD
(Thru hole dia.)

22 70 2.0 4 54
φA

O
28 80 2.5 5 67

32 92 5.0 5 66

Cross-section
40 105 2.0 7 86

Y X−O−Y 50 135 9.0 8 107

Nomenclature Technical Information


159 Page 14 Page 254
CROISE MOTOR

■Outline dimensions

CSMA075-220H10∼30(B) 1
Reduction ratio : 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 14
(18)
kg
339(366) 120
4-M8 Tap Depth 15
272.5(299.5) 66.5 2 116 2
PCD128 (also applies to the other side)
66 4 4
8Js9 1.5 1.5
H8
35°

35° 35°
30

64
φ

φ70H8

φ70H8
φ31.4

φ31.4
33.3

φ48

φ48

φ48

φ48
30
φ31
°

°
30
35°

164
φ158
75

44 56
5 1.35 1.35 5

100
40 36 40
79

Details of hollow shaft

35
150
(173.5) 15
φ12 104.8 165
128 (188.5)
4-M8 Tap Depth 16 73.4
88

CSMA075-280H40∼60(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60 Approx. weight : 19
(23)
kg

374(401) 150
4-M10 Tap Depth 19 2.5
290.5(317.5) 83.5 2.5 145
PCD160 (also applies to the other side)
83 5 5
12Js9 2 2
H8
35°

35° 35°

40
80

φ80H8

φ80H8
φ
φ42.5

φ42.5
43.3

φ58

φ58

φ58

φ58
φ41

30°
°
200

30
35°
φ158
75

70
120

7 1.95 1.95 7
50 45 50
50
79

Details of hollow shaft


29

165
φ12 131 (188.5)
160 91.8
4-M10 Tap Depth 20 110

HCMA075-280H40∼75(B) 3
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 27
(30)
kg

422(449) 150
4-M10 Tap Depth 19
339(366) 83 PCD160 (also applies to the other side) 2.5 145 2.5
103 5 5
°

12Js9 2 2
35

H8
35° 35°

40
80

φ
φ80H8

φ80H8
φ42.5

φ42.5
φ158

43.3

φ58

φ58

φ58

φ58
75

φ41
°

30°
28

200

30

CROISE MOTOR
7 1.95 1.95 7
120
79

50 45 50
5
°

φ12 Details of hollow shaft 165


131 (188.5)
160 4-M10 Tap Depth 20 91.8
108

HCMA075-321H90∼150(B) 4
Reduction ratio : 90, 100, 120, 150 Approx. weight : 35
(38)
kg
445(472) 158
Hollow shaft type 0.75kW

351(378) 94 4-M12 Tap Depth 24 5 5


148
115 PCD160 (also applies to the other side)
Pressure vent 5 5
14Js9 3 3
30°

H8
30° 30°
92

50
φ92H8

φ92H8

φ
φ53
53.8

φ70
φ53

φ70

φ70

φ70
φ158

30°

φ51

30
75

°
38

237

8 2.2 2.2 8
145
79

30

50 48 50 Oil gauge
°

φ12 169
Details of hollow shaft
138.6 (192.5)
Drain plug 80
184 4-M12 Tap Depth 24 104

Note) ( ) The values in parentheses are for Brake-types.


160
Hollow shaft type Three-phase 0.75kW Non-brake type, Brake type CROISE MOTOR

■Outline dimensions

HCMA075-401H180∼200(B) 5
Reduction ratio : 180, 200 Approx. weight : 55
(58)
kg
512(539) 178
398(425) 114 4-M12 Tap Depth 24 2 174 2
152 PCD200 (also applies to the other side)
7 7
Pressure vent
16Js9 3 3
°

H8
55

30° 30°
30

112

φ105H8
φ

φ105H8
59.3

φ80
φ58

φ58
φ80

φ80

φ80
φ56
φ158

30°

30°
75

270
46 °

158 8 2.2 2.2 8


79

30

60 54 60 Oil gauge

φ12 Details of hollow shaft 100


173 124
Drain plug 4-M12 Tap Depth 24
224 180

HCMA075-501H240∼300(B) 6
Reduction ratio : 240, 300 Approx. weight : 92
(95)
kg
569(596) 218
425(452) 144 4-M14 Tap Depth 28 9 200 9
PCD250 (also applies to the other side)
8 8
Pressure vent
20Js9 3 3
H8
30°

70
30° 30°

140

φ135H8
φ

φ135H8
φ105

φ105

φ105

φ105
30°
φ73

φ73
74.9

φ71

30°
φ158

355
79 75

71

215

8 2.7 2.7 8
30

Oil gauge
°

70 60 70
φ12
Details of hollow shaft
216.5 Drain plug 4-M14 Tap Depth 28 125
280 154

Note) ( ) The values in parentheses are for Brake-types.


CROISE MOTOR
Hollow shaft type 0.75kW

Nomenclature Technical Information


161 Page 14 Page 254
Notes

162
Hollow shaft type 0.75kW CROISE MOTOR
Hollow shaft type Three-phase 1.5kW Non-brake type, Brake type

■Specification chart
Brake
Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Number Number Frequency Protection Cooling
Output V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated
of phases of poles Hz type method
50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type torque of Insulation
motor torque
Totally Self
Non-
Three- 200/200/220 7.0/6.2/6.0 1420/1710/1730 enclosed managed Class E 150%
1.5kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous excitation Class B
phase (400/400/440) (3.5/3.1/3.0) (1420/1710/1730) type type (Class B) over
type
(IP44) (JC411)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20. reduction steps
Reducer frame number

Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number
Number of

Motor Actual revolution


Model number output reduction r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline
kW ratio dimensions
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf}

10 1/10 150 180 86.8 { 8.8} 72.4 { 7.4} 3610 { 368 }

15 1/15 100 120 125 { 12.7} 105 { 10.7} 3610 { 368 }

20 1/20 28 75 90 162 { 16.5} 136 { 13.9} 4350 { 444 } 1

25 1/25 60 72 196 { 20.0} 165 { 16.8} 4350 { 444 }


CSMA150 1
30 1/30 50 60 223 { 22.7} 189 { 19.3} 4800 { 490 }

40 1/40 37.5 45 289 { 29.4} 246 { 25.0} 7240 { 739 }

50 1/50 32 30 36 321 { 32.8} 292 { 29.8} 7680 { 784 } 2

60 1/60 25 30 321 { 32.8} 292 { 29.8} 8280 { 845 }

40 1/40 37.5 45 317 { 32.4} 267 { 27.2} 7240 { 739 }


32 3
50 1/50 30 36 392 { 40.0} 330 { 33.7} 7680 { 784 }
1.5
60 1/60 25 30 460 { 46.9} 388 { 39.5} 10620 { 1084 }

75 1/75 20 24 567 { 57.8} 478 { 48.7} 11660 { 1190 }

90 1/90 40 16.7 20 652 { 66.5} 551 { 56.2} 11810 { 1205 } 4

100 1/100 15 18 719 { 73.3} 607 { 62.0} 11810 { 1205 }


HCMA150 2
120 1/120 12.5 15 744 { 75.9} 674 { 68.8} 11810 { 1205 }

150 1/150 10 12 988 {101 } 840 { 85.7} 16680 { 1702 }

180 1/180 8.3 10 1126 {115 } 959 { 97.8} 16680 { 1702 }

200 1/200 50 7.5 9 1236 {126 } 1052 {107 } 16680 { 1702 } 5


CROISE MOTOR

240 1/252 5.95 7.14 1607 {164 } 1362 {139 } 16680 { 1702 }

300 1/315 4.76 5.71 1980 {202 } 1676 {171 } 16680 { 1702 }
Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio.
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.

■Output Housing dimensions


Hollow shaft type 1.5kW

Thru
B C
Frame hole
X B C RD
number φA
(H8)
RD
(Thru hole dia.)

28 80 2.5 5 67
φA

O
32 92 5.0 5 66

40 105 2.0 7 86
Cross-section
Y X−O−Y 50 135 9.0 8 107

Nomenclature Technical Information


163 Page 14 Page 254
CROISE MOTOR

■Outline dimensions
CSMA150-280H10∼30(B) 1
Reduction ratio : 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 24
(29)
kg

416.5(470.5)
150
333(387) 83.5
4−M10 Tap Depth 19 2.5 145 2.5
83

φ80H8

φ80H8
(PCD160, also applies to the other side) 5 5

φ42.5
φ42.5
°

°
12Js9 50 45 50

35

35
80

43.3

φ58

φ58
φ58

φ58
°

200
φ198

35
35°

φ41
50 70
120
7 1.95 1.95 7
φ40H8

46
218(216) 20
φ27 91.8
131
160 4−M10 Tap Depth 20 110

CSMA150-321H40∼60(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60 Approx. weight : 36
(41)
kg
438.5(492.5)
158
344.5(398.5) 94
4−M12 Tap Depth 24 5 148 5
Pressure vent 94 5 5
(PCD160, also applies to the other side)
14Js9 50 48 50
30°
92

φ92H8
φ92H8
53.8

φ53

φ53
φ70

φ70

φ70
φ70
°

30°
30

237
30°

65 80
φ198

8 2.2 2.2 8

φ51
145

φ50H8
31

φ27 138.6 222(220) 16


184 Drain plug 4−M12 Tap Depth 24 80 Oil gauge
104

HCMA150-321H40∼50(B) 3
Reduction ratio : 40, 50 Approx. weight : 42
(47)
kg
504(558) 158
410(464) 94 5 148 5
115 4−M12 Tap Depth 28 5 5
Pressure vent (PCD160, also applies to the other side)

14Js9 50 48 50
°

30°
30

92

φ92H8

φ92H8
φ53
φ53

φ51

φ70
53.8

φ70
φ70

φ70
φ198

38

30°

237

φ50H8 8 2.2 2.2 8


145
30
°

φ27 229(227) 18

138.6 Drain plug 4−M12 Tap Depth 24 80 Oil gauge


184 104

HCMA150-401H60∼120(B) 4
Reduction ratio : 60, 75, 90, 100, 120 Approx. weight : 62
(67)
kg
178
540(594) 2 174 2

CROISE MOTOR
426(480) 114 4−M12 Tap Depth 24 7 7
Pressure vent 152 (PCD200, also applies to the other side)

16Js9 60 54 60
30°
112
30° 46 30°

φ105H8

φ105H8
φ58

φ58
59.3

φ80

φ56

φ80

φ80

φ80

φ80
270
φ198

30°

φ55H8 8 2.2 2.2 8


158

φ27
232(230) 6
173 Drain plug
224 4−M12 Tap Depth 24 100 Oil gauge
124
180

HCMA150-501H150∼300(B) 5
Hollow shaft type 1.5kW

Reduction ratio : 150, 180, 200, 252, 315 Approx. weight : 102
(107)
kg
218
597(651) 9 200 9
453(507) 144 4−M14 Tap Depth 28 8 8
Pressure vent (PCD250, also applies to the other side)

20Js9 70 60 70
°

φ135H8
140

φ135H8
30°
30

φ105

φ105

φ105
φ105

φ71
φ73

φ73
74.9
30°
71

355

φ70H8 8 2.7 2.7 8


φ198

215
30
°

φ27
252(250)
216.5 Drain plug
4−M14 Tap Depth 28 125 Oil gauge
280
154

Note) ( ) The values in parentheses are for Brake-types.


164
Hollow shaft type Three-phase 2.2kW Non-brake type, Brake type

■Specification chart
Brake
Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Number Number Frequency Protection Cooling
Output V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated
of phases of poles Hz type method
50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type torque of Insulation
motor torque
Totally Self
Non-
Three- 200/200/220 9.8/8.9/8.5 1420/1710/1730 enclosed managed Class E 150%
2.2kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous excitation Class B
phase (400/400/440) (4.9/4.5/4.3) (1420/1710/1730) type type (Class B) over
type
(IP44) (JC411)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20. reduction steps
Reducer frame number

Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number
Number of

Motor Actual revolution


Model number output reduction r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline
kW ratio dimensions
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf}

10 1/10 150 180 128 { 13.1} 108 { 11.0} 4670 { 476 }

15 1/15 100 120 185 { 18.9} 160 { 16.3} 4670 { 476 }

20 1/20 32 75 90 240 { 24.5} 203 { 20.7} 5640 { 575 } 1

25 1/25 60 72 301 { 30.7} 253 { 25.8} 5640 { 575 }


CSMA220 1
30 1/30 50 60 335 { 34.1} 284 { 28.9} 6250 { 637 }

40 1/40 37.5 45 436 { 44.4} 370 { 37.7} 9370 { 955 }

50 1/50 40 30 36 524 { 53.5} 446 { 45.5} 9940 { 1010 } 2

60 1/60 25 30 532 { 54.3} 474 { 48.3} 10600 { 1010 }

40 1/40 37.5 45 473 { 48.3} 398 { 40.6} 9360 { 955 }

50 1/50 30 36 585 { 59.7} 492 { 50.2} 9940 { 1014 }


2.2 40 3
60 1/60 25 30 674 { 68.8} 568 { 58.0} 10590 { 1081 }

75 1/75 20 24 751 { 76.6} 701 { 71.5} 10590 { 1081 }

90 1/90 16.7 20 980 {100 } 827 { 84.4} 16680 { 1702 }

100 1/100 15 18 1081 {110 } 912 { 93.1} 16680 { 1702 }


HCMA220 2
120 1/120 12.5 15 1187 {121 } 1008 {103 } 16680 { 1702 }

150 1/150 10 12 1400 {143 } 1231 {126 } 16680 { 1702 }


50 4
180 1/180 8.3 10 1980 {202 } 1666 {170 } 16680 { 1702 }

200 1/200 7.5 9 2195 {224 } 1842 {188 } 16680 { 1702 }


CROISE MOTOR

240 1/252 5.95 7.14 2489 {254 } 2097 {214 } 16680 { 1702 }
※ ※
300 1/315 4.76 5.71 2607 {266 } 2587 {264 } 16680 { 1702 }

Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) The models marked with ※ are ones for which the torque limited.

■Output Housing dimensions


Hollow shaft type 2.2kW

Thru
B C
Frame hole
X B C RD
number φA
(H8)
RD
(Thru hole dia.)
φA

O
32 92 5.0 5 66

40 105 2.0 7 86

Cross-section
X−O−Y 50 135 9.0 8 107
Y

Nomenclature Technical Information


165 Page 14 Page 254
CROISE MOTOR

■Outline dimensions

CSMA220-321H10∼30(B) 1
Reduction ratio : 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 39
(44)
kg

467.5(521.5) 158
373.5(427.5) 94 5 148 5
94 4−M12 Tap Depth 24 5 5
Pressure vent (PCD160, also applies to the other side)

14Js9 50 48 50

30° 30°

92

φ92H8

φ92H8
53.8

φ53
φ53

φ70
φ70
φ70

φ70
°
30

237
30°

φ51
φ198

65 80
145
φ50H8 8 2.2 2.2 8

31

φ27 138.6 222(220) 16


184 Drain plug 4−M12 Tap Depth 24 80 Oil gauge
104

CSMA220-401H40∼60(B) 2

Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60 Approx. weight : 51


(56)
kg
508.5(562.5) 178
394.5(448.5) 114 2 174 2
115 4−M12 Tap Depth 24 7 7
Pressure vent (PCD200, also applies to the other side)

16Js9 60 54 60
°
30°

112
58 100 30° 30

φ105H8
φ105H8
59.3

φ80

φ58

φ80
φ58

φ80
φ80
270

φ56
30°

φ55H8 8 2.2 2.2 8


φ198

158
38

φ27
173 Drain plug 232(230) 6
224 4−M12 Tap Depth 24 100 Oil gauge
124

HCMA220-401H40∼75(B) 3
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 65
(70)
kg

569(623)
455(509) 114 178
152 4−M12 Tap Depth 24 2 174 2
Pressure vent (PCD200, also applies to the other side) 7 7

16Js9 60 54 60
30°

φ105H8

φ105H8
112
°

φ58
φ80
59.3

φ58

φ80

φ80
φ80
φ56
30

CROISE MOTOR
φ198

30° 46

270
30°

φ55H8 8 2.2 2.2 8


158

φ27 232(230) 6
4−M12 Tap Depth 24 100 Oil gauge
173 Drain plug 124
224 180

HCMA220-501H90∼300(B) 4
Reduction ratio : 90, 100, 120, 150, 180, 200, 252, 315 Approx. weight : 105
(110)
kg
626(680)
Hollow shaft type 2.2kW

218
482(536) 144 9 200 9
4−M14 Tap Depth 28 8 8
Pressure vent (PCD250, also applies to the other side)
°

20Js9 70 60 70
140
30°
30

φ135H8
φ135H8
φ105

φ71

φ105
φ105
74.9

φ73

φ105
φ73
30°
71

355
φ198

φ70H8 8 2.7 2.7 8


215
30
°

φ27

252(250)

216.5 Drain plug 4−M14 Tap Depth 28 125 Oil gauge


280 154

Note) ( ) The values in parentheses are for Brake-types.


166
Hollow shaft type Three-phase 3.7kW Non-brake type, Brake type

■Specification chart
Brake
Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Number Number Frequency Protection Cooling
Output V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated
of phases of poles Hz type method
50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type torque of Insulation
motor torque
Totally Self
Non-
Three- 200/200/220 16.0/14.8/14.0 1420/1710/1730 enclosed managed Class E 150%
3.7kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous excitation Class E
phase (400/400/440) (8.0/7.4/7.0) (1420/1710/1730) type type (Class B) over
type
(IP44) (JC411)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20. reduction steps
Reducer frame number

Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number
Number of

Motor Actual revolution


Model number output reduction r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline
kW ratio dimensions
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf}

10 1/10 150 180 218 { 22.3} 183 { 18.6} 5890 { 601 }

15 1/15 100 120 317 { 32.3} 266 { 27.1} 5890 { 601 }

20 1/20 40 75 90 411 { 41.9} 346 { 35.3} 7120 { 726 } 1

25 1/25 60 72 503 { 51.3} 424 { 43.2} 7120 { 726 }


CSMA370 1
30 1/30 50 60 579 { 59.1} 491 { 50.0} 7860 { 801 }

40 1/40 37.5 45 755 { 77.0} 640 { 65.3} 15900 { 1620 }

50 1/50 50 30 36 857 { 87.4} 767 { 78.3} 16700 { 1700 } 2

60 1/60 25 30 857 { 87.4} 795 { 81.1} 16700 { 1700 }

40 1/40 37.5 45 803 { 81.9} 675 { 68.9} 15920 { 1624 }

50 1/50 30 36 993 {101 } 835 { 85.2} 16680 { 1702 }


3.7
60 1/60 25 30 1148 {117 } 967 { 98.7} 16680 { 1702 }

75 1/75 20 24 1363 {139 } 1192 {122 } 16680 { 1702 }

90 1/90 16.7 20 1833 {187 } 1539 {157 } 16680 { 1702 }

100 1/100 15 18 2029 {207 } 1705 {174 } 16680 { 1702 }


HCMA370 2 50 3
120 1/126 11.9 14.3 2421 {247 } 2029 {207 } 16680 { 1702 }
※ ※
150 1/157.5 9.5 11.4 2607 {266 } 2519 {257 } 16680 { 1702 }
※ ※ ※ ※
180 1/180 8.3 10 2607 {266 } 2607 {266 } 16680 { 1702 }
※ ※ ※ ※
200 1/200 7.5 9 2607 {266 } 2607 {266 } 16680 { 1702 }
CROISE MOTOR

※ ※
240 1/252 5.95 7.14 2607 {266 } ※2607 ※{266 } 16680 { 1702 }
※ ※ ※ ※
300 1/315 4.76 5.71 2607 {266 } 2607 {266 } 16680 { 1702 }
Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) The models marked with ※ are ones for which the torque limited.

■Output Housing dimensions


Hollow shaft type 3.7kW

Thru
B C
Frame hole
X B C RD
number φA
(H8)
RD
(Thru hole dia.)
φA

O
32 92 5.0 5 66

40 105 2.0 7 86

Cross-section
X−O−Y 50 135 9.0 8 107
Y

Nomenclature Technical Information


167 Page 14 Page 254
CROISE MOTOR

■Outline dimensions

CSMA370-401H10∼30(B) 1
Reduction ratio : 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 65
(73)
kg

561(635) 178
447(521) 114 2 174 2
4−M12 Tap Depth 24 7 7
115
Pressure vent (PCD200, also applies to the other side)

16Js9 60 54 60
30°

112
30° 30°

φ105H8

φ105H8
φ58
59.3

φ80
φ80
φ58

φ80

φ80
270
30°

100

φ56
8 2.2 2.2 8

158
φ55H8
φ214

58

47
φ27 240(238) 16
173 Drain plug
4−M12 Tap Depth 24 100 Oil gauge
224 124

CSMA370-501H40∼60(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60 Approx. weight : 99
(107)
kg
620(694) 218
476(550) 144 4−M14 Tap Depth 28 9 200 9
Pressure vent 144 (PCD250, also applies to the other side) 8 8
30°

70 60 70
140

20Js9

φ135H8
φ135H8
φ105

φ105
30°

φ105

φ105
φ73
74.9

φ73
30°

355
30°

φ71
125

φ70H8 8 2.7 2.7 8


215
φ214

90

φ27
15

216.5 260(258)
280 Drain plug 4−M14 Tap Depth 28 125 Oil gauge
154

HCMA370-501H40∼300(B) 3
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60, 75, 90, 100, 126, 157.5, 180, 200, 252, 315 Approx. weight : 111
(118)
kg
676(750) 218
532(606) 144 9 200 9
4−M14 Tap Depth 28 8 8
Pressure vent (PCD250, also applies to the other side)
°

140

70 60 70
30°
30

20Js9
φ135H8
φ135H8

CROISE MOTOR
φ105

φ105
74.9

φ105
φ105

φ73
φ73

φ71
30°

355
71
φ214

215

φ70H8 8 2.7 2.7 8


30
°

φ27
267(268)

216.5 Drain plug 4−M14 Tap Depth 28 125 Oil gauge


280 154

Note) ( ) The values in parentheses are for Brake-types.


Hollow shaft type 3.7kW

168
Hollow shaft type Three-phase 5.5kW Non-brake type, Brake type

■Specification chart
Brake
Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Number Number Frequency Protection Cooling
Output V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated
of phases of poles Hz type method
50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type torque of Insulation
motor torque
Totally Self
Non-
Three- 200/200/220 23.8/21.0/20.0 1430/1730/1740 enclosed managed 150%
5.5kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous Class B excitation Class E
phase (400/400/440) (11.9/10.5/10.0) (1430/1730/1740) type type over
type
(IP44) (JC411)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20. reduction steps
Reducer frame number

Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number
Number of

Motor Actual revolution


Model number output reduction r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline
kW ratio dimensions
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf}

10 1/10 150 180 326 { 33.3} 273 { 27.9} 10220 { 1043 }

15 1/15 100 120 476 { 48.5} 399 { 40.8} 11530 { 1177 }

CSMA550 20 1/20 1 50 75 90 621 { 63.4} 522 { 53.3} 12500 { 1276 } 1

25 1/25 60 72 758 { 77.3} 638 { 65.1} 13300 { 1358 }

30 1/30 50 60 876 { 89.4} 740 { 75.5} 13990 { 1428 }


5.5
40 1/41 36.59 43.9 1009 {103 } 941 { 96 } 15920 { 1624 }

50 1/51.25 29.27 35.12 1068 {109 } 1000 {102 } 16680 { 1702 }

HCM550 75 1/80 2 50 18.75 22.5 1891 {193 } 1764 {180 } 16680 { 1702 } 2

90 1/90 16.67 20 1960 {200 } 1833 {187 } 16680 { 1702 }

100 1/100 15 18 1999 {204 } 1862 {190 } 16680 { 1702 }


Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.

■Output Housing dimensions


Thru
B C
Frame hole
X B C RD
number φA
(H8)
RD
(Thru hole dia.)
φA
CROISE MOTOR

50 135 9.0 8 107

Cross-section
Y X−O−Y
Hollow shaft type 5.5kW

Nomenclature Technical Information


169 Page 14 Page 254
CROISE MOTOR

■Outline dimensions

CSMA550-501H10∼30(B) 1
Reduction ratio : 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 115
(127)
kg
683(781) 218
539(651) 144 4−M14 Tap Depth 28 9 200 9
Pressure vent 144 (PCD250, also applies to the other side) 8 8

140
20Js9 70 60 70

30°

φ135H8
φ135H8
φ105
30°

φ105

φ105
φ105

φ73
φ73
74.9
30°
30°

355

φ71
125
φ70H8 8 2.7 2.7 8

215
φ252

90

36
299(302) 14
φ35
216.5 Drain plug 4−M14 Tap Depth 28 125 Oil gauge
280 154

HCM550-50H40∼100(B)-1 2
Reduction ratio : 41, 51.25, 80, 90, 100


(832) 218

(688) 144 9 200 9

(350) 338 4-M14 Tap Depth 28
PCD250 (also applies to the other side) 8 8
Pressure vent
φ300

30°

30° 30°
140

φ135H8
(148)

φ135H8
φ105
φ105
(φ220)

355
71
30°

215

Oil gauge

Drain plug
216.5 4-M14 Tap Depth 28 125
280 154

Note 1) ( ) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-types.


Note 2) Motor dimension of HCM550 is a reference value.

CROISE MOTOR
Hollow shaft type 5.5kW

170
Face mount type Three-phase 0.1kW Non-brake type, Brake type

■Specification chart
Brake
Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Number Number Frequency Protection Cooling
Output V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated
of phases of poles Hz type method
50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type torque of Insulation
motor torque
Totally Self
Non-
Three- 200/200/220 0.63/0.57/0.58 1420/1680/1710 enclosed managed 150%
0.1kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous Class E excitation Class B
phase (400/400/440) (0.32/0.29/0.29) (1440/1740/1740) type type over
type
(IP44) (IC411)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.
reduction steps
Reducer frame number
Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number
Number of

Motor Actual revolution


Model number output reduction r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline
kW ratio dimensions
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf}

10 1/10 150 180 5.5 { 0.56} 4.6 { 0.47} 1350 { 138 }

15 1/15 100 120 7.8 { 0.78} 6.6 { 0.67} 1350 { 138 }

20 1/20 75 90 10.0 { 1.0 } 8.4 { 0.86} 1550 { 158 }

CSMA010 25 1/25 60 72 11.8 { 1.2 } 10.0 { 1.0 } 1550 { 158 }


1 13 1
30 1/30 50 60 13.3 { 1.4 } 11.4 { 1.2 } 1550 { 158 }

40 1/40 37.5 45 16.5 { 1.7 } 14.1 { 1.4 } 1550 { 158 }

50 1/50 30 36 19.3 { 2.0 } 16.6 { 1.7 } 1550 { 158 }

60 1/60 25 30 21.3 { 2.2 } 18.3 { 1.9 } 1550 { 158 }

40 1/40 37.5 45 20.0 { 2.0 } 17.0 { 1.7 } 2470 { 252 }

50 1/50 30 36 25.0 { 2.5 } 21.0 { 2.1 } 2470 { 252 }


0.1
60 1/60 25 30 28.0 { 2.9 } 24.0 { 2.4 } 2470 { 252 }

75 1/75 20 24 35.0 { 3.5 } 29.0 { 3.0 } 2470 { 252 }

90 1/90 16.7 20 39.0 { 3.9 } 33.0 { 3.3 } 2470 { 252 }


16 2
HCMA010 100 1/100 15 18 43.0 { 4.3 } 36.0 { 3.7 } 2470 { 252 }
2
120 1/120 12.5 15 46.0 { 4.7 } 39.0 { 4.0 } 2470 { 252 }

150 1/150 10 12 56.0 { 5.7 } 47.0 { 4.8 } 2470 { 252 }

180 1/180 8.3 10 59.8 { 6.1} 51.0 { 5.2 } 2470 { 252 }

200 1/200 7.5 9 60.3 { 6.2 } 56.0 { 5.7 } 2470 { 252 }


CROISE MOTOR

240 1/240 6.3 7.5 76.0 { 7.8 } 65.0 { 6.6 } 3730 { 381 }
22 3
300 1/300 5 6 92.0 { 9.4 } 79.0 { 8.0 } 3730 { 381 }
Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or less than the value shown in the table above.
Allowable O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.

■Output Housing dimensions


Thru
Frame hole
Face mount type 0.1kW

B C RD
number φA
(H8)
13 49 7.5 10 34
16 59.5 10 13 40.5
22 79 6.5 10 54
28 91 7 10 67
32 ─ −5 0 66
Cross-section X-O-Y
40 ─ −2 − 1 86
50 ─ −9 − 4 107
Note) φA dimension is protruded for a length of C from the housing mounting surface. Set the clearance
that the length C plus 1 mm or longer between the mounting surface and the installation surface.
Nomenclature Technical Information
171 Page 14 Page 254
CROISE MOTOR

■Outline dimensions
L
CSMA010-130U10∼60 TR(B) 1
Reduction ratio : 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60 Approx. weight : 6.7
(8.7)
kg

268.5(285.5) 124 170 124


226(243) 42.5 L 78
39
46
38.5
T 46
124
39 39 46 R 46
38.5 39
78
45 4-M5 Tap Depth 10

φ18h7

φ18h7
M6 Tap Depth 12

φ18h7
φ18h7
36 38.5 38.5 36
PCD80 (also applies to the other side) 30 36 36 30
30 30
35° 35°

35° 35°

40

φ49

φ49

φ49

φ49
67.5

110
φ140

35 35
3.5
70
67

32

120 28.5 120 28.5 42 106.5


φ12 65.5 166
80 152.5
4-M5 Tap Depth 10 45.8 45.8 45.8
4-M5 Tap Depth 10 4-M5 Tap Depth 10
55 55 55

L
HCMA010-160U40∼200 TR(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60, 75, 90, 100, 120, 150, 180, 200 Approx. weight : 10.4
(12.4)
kg
336(353) 149 206 149
57 92
286(303)
M8 Tap Depth 16 70
50 L 92
46
57
47
T 57
149
46 46 57 R 47 46
4-M6 Tap Depth 12 47 47
PCD96 (also applies to the other side) 44 44 44 44
38 38 38
φ22h7

φ22h7

φ22h7

φ22h7
38

6

35° 5°
67.5

48

φ59.5

φ59.5

φ59.5

φ59.5
6
φ140

123

127

° 35°
79

35
67

127 21.5 127 21.5 35 113.5


φ12 184 170.5
78.6 4-M6 Tap Depth 12 55 4-M6 Tap Depth 12 55 4-M6 Tap Depth 12 55
96 64 64 64

L
HCMA010-220U240∼300 TR(B) 3
Reduction ratio : 240, 300 Approx. weight : 15.2
(17.2)
kg
365(382) 190 260 190
299(316)
M10 Tap Depth 20 83
66 L 120
60
70
63.5
T 70
190
60 60 70
R 70
63.5 60
120

4-M8 Tap Depth 15 60 63.5 63.5 60


φ28h7

φ28h7

φ28h7

φ28h7

50 60 60 50
PCD128 (also applies to the other side)
°

50 50
35

7
35° 35°
64
67.5

φ79

φ79

φ79
φ79
8
φ140

164
26

CROISE MOTOR
4
100

35
67

φ12 141 7.5 141 7.5 21 127.5


211 197.5
104.8 4-M8 Tap Depth 16 73.4 4-M8 Tap Depth 16 73.4 4-M8 Tap Depth 16 73.4
128 86 86 86

Note 1) ( ) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-types.


Note 2) For output shaft arrangement "T" the phases of the right and left output shaft key are not necessary aligned precisely.
Face mount type 0.1kW

172
Face mount type Three-phase 0.2kW Non-brake type, Brake type

■Specification chart
Brake
Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Number Number Frequency Protection Cooling
Output V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated
of phases of poles Hz type method
50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type torque of Insulation
motor torque
Totally Self
Non-
Three- 200/200/220 1.2/1.1/1.1 1420/1700/1720 enclosed managed 150%
0.2kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous Class E excitation Class B
phase (400/400/440) (0.59/0.55/0.55) (1410/1690/1720) type type over
type
(IP44)(JC411)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.
Reducer frame number
reduction steps

Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number
Number of

Motor Actual revolution


Model number output reduction r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline
kW ratio dimensions
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf}

10 1/10 150 180 11.1 { 1.1 } 9.3 { 1.0 } 1350 { 138 }

15 1/15 100 120 15.7 { 1.6 } 13.2 { 1.3 } 1350 { 138 }

20 1/20 13 75 90 20.0 { 2.0 } 17.0 { 1.7 } 1550 { 158 } 1

25 1/25 60 72 23.5 { 2.4 } 20.1 { 2.0 } 1550 { 158 }


CSMA020 1
30 1/30 50 60 26.6 { 2.7 } 22.7 { 2.3 } 1550 { 158 }

40 1/40 37.5 45 33.8 { 3.5 } 28.9 { 3.0 } 2130 { 217 }

50 1/50 16 30 36 39.7 { 4.1 } 34.1 { 3.5 } 2250 { 229 } 2

60 1/60 25 30 45.0 { 4.6 } 38.7 { 4.0 } 2350 { 240 }

40 1/40 37.5 45 40.0 { 4.1 } 34.0 { 3.4 } 2470 { 252 }

50 1/50 30 36 50.0 { 5.1 } 42.0 { 4.3 } 2470 { 252 }


0.2 16 3
60 1/60 25 30 56.0 { 5.7 } 47.0 { 4.8 } 2470 { 252 }

75 1/75 20 24 59.0 { 6.1 } 58.0 { 6.0 } 2470 { 252 }

90 1/90 16.7 20 81.0 { 8.3 } 68.0 { 7.0 } 3730 { 381 }

100 1/100 15 18 89.0 { 9.1 } 75.0 { 7.7 } 3730 { 381 }


HCMA020 2
120 1/120 12.5 15 97.0 { 9.9 } 82.0 { 8.4 } 3730 { 381 }
22 4
150 1/150 10 12 118.0 {12.0 } 100.0 {10.2 } 3730 { 381 }

180 1/180 8.3 10 129.0 {13.1 } 110.0 {11.2 } 3730 { 381 }

200 1/200 7.5 9 139.0 {14.2 } 120.0 {12.3 } 3730 { 381 }


CROISE MOTOR

240 1/240 6.3 7.5 161.0 {16.4 } 138.0 {14.1 } 5150 { 526 }
28 5
300 1/300 5 6 195.0 {19.9 } 167.0 {17.0 } 5150 { 526 }

Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or less than the value shown in the table above.
Allowable O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.

■Output Housing dimensions


Thru
Frame hole
Face mount type 0.2kW

B C RD
number φA
(H8)
13 49 7.5 10 34
16 59.5 10 13 40.5
22 79 6.5 10 54
28 91 7 10 67
32 ─ −5 0 66
Cross-section X-O-Y
40 ─ −2 − 1 86
50 ─ −9 − 4 107
Note) φA dimension is protruded for a length of C from the housing mounting surface. Set the clearance
that the length C plus 1 mm or longer between the mounting surface and the installation surface.
Nomenclature Technical Information
173 Page 14 Page 254
CROISE MOTOR

■Outline dimensions
L
CSMA020-130U10∼30 TR(B) 1
Reduction ratio : 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 8
(10)
kg
268.5(285.5) 124 170 124
46 78
226(243)
M6 Tap Depth 12 45
42.5
L 78
39
46
38.5 T 46
124
39 39 46 R 38.5 39

φ18h7

φ18h7

φ18h7

φ18h7
4-M5 Tap Depth 10 36 38.5 38.5 36
PCD80 (also applies to the other side) 30 36 36 30
30 30

35° 35°
6

35° 35°

40
6

φ49

φ49

φ49

φ49
67.5

110
φ140

35 35
3.5

70
67

32
120 28.5 120 28.5 42
φ12 166 106.5
152.5
65.5 4-M5 Tap Depth 10 45.8 4-M5 Tap Depth 10 45.8 45.8
80 55 55 4-M5 Tap Depth 10
55

L
CSMA020-160U40∼60 TR(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60 Approx. weight : 9
(11)
kg
285.5(302.5) 149 206 149
235(252)
M8 Tap Depth 16 54
50.5 L 92
46
57
47 T 57
149
46 46 57 R 57
47 46
92
4-M6 Tap Depth 12 47 47

φ22h7

φ22h7

φ22h7

φ22h7
PCD96 (also applies to the other side) 44 44 44 44
38 38 38 38
35°

35° 35°

6
48

φ59.5

φ59.5

φ59.5
φ59.5
6
67.5

127
φ140

35°

37 42

3.5
79
67

30

φ12 127 21.5 127 21.5 35 113.5


184 170.5
78.6 55 4-M6 Tap Depth 12 55 55
96 4-M6 Tap Depth 12 66 66 4-M6 Tap Depth 12 66

L
HCMA020-160U40∼75 TR(B) 3
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 11.7
(13.7)
kg
336(353) 149 206 149
286(303)
M8 Tap Depth 16 70
50
L 92
46
57
47 T 57
149
46 46 57 R 57
47 46
92
4-M6 Tap Depth 12 47 47
PCD96 (also applies to the other side) 44 44 44 44
φ22h7

φ22h7

φ22h7

φ22h7
7.5

38 38 38 38
35° 35°

6
35° 35°
67.5

48
φ140

φ59.5

φ59.5
φ59.5
φ59.5
6
12

127

3.5
79
67

127 21.5 127 21.5 35 113.5


φ12 184 170.5
78.6 4-M6 Tap Depth 12 55 4-M6 Tap Depth 12 55 4-M6 Tap Depth 12 55
96 64 64 64

L
HCMA020-220U90∼200 TR(B) 4
Reduction ratio : 90, 100, 120, 150, 180, 200 Approx. weight : 15.5
(17.5)
kg
365(382) 190 260 190
299(316) 66 L 120 70 T 190 R 70 120

CROISE MOTOR
83 60 63.5 70 60 60 70 63.5 60
M10 Tap Depth 20 63.5 63.5
4-M8 Tap Depth 15 60 60 60 60
φ28h7
φ28h7

φ28h7

φ28h7

PCD128 (also applies to the other side) 50 50 50 50


°
35

7
35°
64
67.5

φ79

φ79

φ79
φ79
φ140

35°
26

164

4
100

35
67

φ12 141 7.5 141 7.5 21 127.5


211
197.5
104.8 4-M8 Tap Depth 16 73.4 4-M8 Tap Depth 16 73.4 73.4
128 86 86 4-M8 Tap Depth 16 86

L
HCMA020-280U240∼300 TR(B) 5
Face mount type 0.2kW

Reduction ratio : 240, 300 Approx. weight : 24.1


(26.1)
kg
230 310 230
394(411)
311(328) 83 L 150
75
80
73 T 80
230
75 75 80 R 80
73 75
150

M10 Tap Depth 20 103 70 73 73 70


4-M10 Tap Depth 19
70 70
φ35h7

φ35h7

φ35h7

φ35h7

55 55
PCD160 (also applies to the other side)
°

55 55
35

8
35° 35°
80
10
67.5

φ91
φ91

φ91
φ91
φ140

28

200

5
120

35
67

°
φ12
156 156 6
131 236
160 91.8 4-M10 Tap Depth 20 91.8 4-M10 Tap Depth 20 91.8
4-M10 Tap Depth 20 108 108 108

Note 1) ( ) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-types.


Note 2) For output shaft arrangement "T" the phases of the right and left output shaft key are not necessary aligned precisely.
174
Face mount type Three-phase 0.4kW Non-brake type, Brake type

■Specification chart
Brake
Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Number Number Frequency Protection Cooling
Output V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated
of phases of poles Hz type method
50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type torque of Insulation
motor torque
Totally Self
Non-
Three- 200/200/220 2.3/2.0/2.0 1380/1650/1680 enclosed managed 150%
0.4kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous Class E excitation Class B
phase (400/400/440) (1.2/1.0/1.0) (1390/1670/1700) type type over
type
(IP44)(JC411)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.
reduction steps
Reducer frame number
Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number
Number of

Motor Actual revolution


Model number output reduction r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline
kW ratio dimensions
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf}

10 1/10 150 180 22.3 { 2.3} 18.7 { 1.9} 1400 { 143 }

15 1/15 100 120 31.4 { 3.2} 26.7 { 2.7} 1400 { 143 }

20 1/20 16 75 90 40.5 { 4.1} 34.3 { 3.5} 1660 { 169 } 1

25 1/25 60 72 46.1 { 4.7} 41.2 { 4.2} 1660 { 169 }


CSMA040 1
30 1/30 50 60 54.3 { 5.5} 46.4 { 4.7} 1880 { 192 }

40 1/40 37.5 45 72.1 { 7.4} 61.5 { 6.3} 3740 { 381 }

50 1/50 22 30 36 85.3 { 8.7} 73.1 { 7.5} 3740 { 381 } 2

60 1/60 25 30 97.5 { 9.9} 83.7 { 8.5} 3740 { 381 }

40 1/40 37.5 45 82.0 { 8.4} 69.0 { 7.1} 3730 { 381 }

50 1/50 30 36 102 {10.4} 86.0 { 8.7} 3730 { 381 }


0.4 22 3
60 1/60 25 30 116 {11.8} 98.0 {10.0} 3730 { 381 }

75 1/75 20 24 138 {14.0} 121 {12.3} 3730 { 381 }

90 1/90 16.7 20 167 {17.0} 141 {14.4} 5150 { 526 }

100 1/100 15 18 184 {18.8} 155 {15.9} 5150 { 526 }


HCMA040 2
120 1/120 12.5 15 197 {20.1} 167 {17.1} 5150 { 526 }
28 4
150 1/150 10 12 240 {24.5} 204 {20.8} 5150 { 526 }

180 1/180 8.3 10 270 {27.5} 230 {23.4} 5150 { 526 }

200 1/200 7.5 9 280 {28.6} 252 {25.7} 5150 { 526 }


CROISE MOTOR

240 1/240 6.3 7.5 337 {34.4} 288 {29.4} 9760 { 996 }
32 5
300 1/300 5 6 362 {37.0} 349 {35.6} 9760 { 996 }
Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or less than the value shown in the table above.
Allowable O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.

■Output Housing dimensions


Thru
Frame hole
Face mount type 0.4kW

B C RD
number φA
(H8)
13 49 7.5 10 34
16 59.5 10 13 40.5
22 79 6.5 10 54
28 91 7 10 67
32 ─ −5 0 66
Cross-section X-O-Y
40 ─ −2 − 1 86
50 ─ −9 − 4 107
Note) φA dimension is protruded for a length of C from the housing mounting surface. Set the clearance
that the length C plus 1 mm or longer between the mounting surface and the installation surface.
Nomenclature Technical Information
175 Page 14 Page 254
CROISE MOTOR

■Outline dimensions
L
CSMA040-160U10∼30 TR(B) 1
Reduction ratio : 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 10
(12)
kg
300.5(317.5) 149 206 149
149
250(267)
54
50.5 4-M6 Tap Depth 12
PCD96 (also applies to the other side)
L 92
46
57
47 T 57 46 46 57 R 57
47 46
92
M8 Tap Depth 16

φ22h7

φ22h7

φ22h7

φ22h7
44 47 47 44
38 44 44 38
35° 3 5 °
38 38

35° 35°
6

48

φ59.5

φ59.5

φ59.5
φ59.5
6
67.5

127
φ140

37 42
3.5

79
67

30
φ12 127 21.5 127 21.5 35 113.5
184 170.5
78.6 4-M6 Tap Depth 12 55 4-M6 Tap Depth 12 55 4-M6 Tap Depth 12 55
96 66 66 66

L
CSMA040-220U40∼60 TR(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60 Approx. weight : 13
(16)
kg
327(344) 190 260 190
260.5(277.5)
M10 Tap Depth 20 66
66.5
4-M8 Tap Depth 15
L 120
60
70
63.5 T 70
190
60 60 70 R 70
63.5 60
120
63.5 63.5

φ28h7

φ28h7

φ28h7

φ28h7
PCD128 (also applies to the other side) 60 60 60 60
50 50 50 50
35° 35°

35° 35°

7
64

φ79

φ79

φ79
φ79
8

164
67.5
φ140

44 56

4
100
67

23

φ12 141 7.5 141 7.5 21 127.5


104.8 211 211 197.5
128 4-M8 Tap Depth 16 73.4 4-M8 Tap Depth 16 73.4 4-M8 Tap Depth 16 73.4
88 88 88

L
HCMA040-220U40∼75 TR(B) 3
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 16.5
(18.5)
kg
375(392) 260
309(326)
83
66 L 120
190
70 T 70
190
60 60 70 R 70
190
120
M10 Tap Depth 20 4-M8 Tap Depth 15 60 63.5 63.5 63.5 63.5 60
60 60 φ28h7 60

φ28h7
60
φ28h7

φ28h7

PCD128 (also applies to the other side)


50 50 50 50
°
35

7
35° 5°
64
67.5

φ79

φ79

φ79
φ79
φ140

26

164

4
100

35
67

φ12 141 7.5 141 7.5


211 21 127.5
104.8 197.5
4-M8 Tap Depth 16 73.4 4-M8 Tap Depth 16 73.4
128 86 86 4-M8 Tap Depth 16 73.4
86

L
HCMA040-280U90∼200 TR(B) 4
Reduction ratio : 90, 100, 120, 150, 180, 200 Approx. weight : 26.1
(28.1)
kg
310
410(427)
L 230
T 230
R 230

CROISE MOTOR
327(344) 83 150 80 80 75 75 80 80 150
103 4-M10 Tap Depth 19 75 73 73 73 73 75
M10 Tap Depth 20
70
φ35h7

φ35h7

φ35h7

PCD160 (also applies to the other side) 70 70 70


φ35h7

55 55 55 55
°
35

8
35°
80
10

φ91

φ91

φ91
67 67.5

φ91
φ140

200
28

35°

5
120

35
°
φ12
156 156 6
131 236 91.8 4-M10 Tap Depth 20 91.8
91.8 4-M10 Tap Depth 20
160 108 108
4-M10 Tap Depth 20 108

L
HCMA040-321U240∼300 TR(B) 5
Face mount type 0.4kW

Reduction ratio : 240, 300 Approx. weight : 34.1


(36.1)
kg
433(450) 233 308 233
339(356)
2-M8TAPS DEPTH16 115
94 L 158
79
75 T 75
233
79 79 75
R 75
79
158
4-M2 Tap Depth 24
Pressure vent PCD160 (also applies to the other side) 60 60 60 60
φ38h7

φ38h7

φ38h7

φ38h7
30°

8
30° 30°
92
10
67 67.5
φ140

38

237
20

5
145
30
°

φ12
160 160 Oil gauge 2
Drain plug
235
138.6 80 Oil gauge 4-M12 Tap Depth 24 80 Oil gauge 4-M12 Tap Depth 24 80
184 4-M12 Tap Depth 24 104 104 104

Note 1) A value in ( ) is a dimension and approximate mass of the brake type.


Note 2) For output shaft arrangement "T" the phases of the right and left output shaft key are not necessary aligned precisely.
176
Face mount type Three-phase 0.55kW Non-brake type, Brake type

■Specification chart
Brake
Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Number Number Frequency Protection Cooling
Output V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated
of phases of poles Hz type method
50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type torque of Insulation
motor torque
Totally Self
Non-
Three- 200/200/220 2.9/2.6/2.5 1380/1650/1690 enclosed managed 100%
0.55kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous Class E excitation Class B
phase (400/400/440) (1.45/1.3/1.3) (1380/1650/1690) type type over
type
(IP44) (JC411)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.
reduction steps
Reducer frame number
Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number
Number of

Motor Actual revolution


Model number output reduction r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline
kW ratio dimensions
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf}

10 1/10 150 180 30.6 { 3.1} 25.8 { 2.6} 1400 { 143 }

15 1/15 100 120 43.6 { 4.4} 36.7 { 3.7} 1400 { 143 }

20 1/20 16 75 90 55.7 { 5.7} 47.2 { 4.8} 1660 { 169 } 1

25 1/25 60 72 60.6 { 6.2} 55.9 { 5.7} 1660 { 169 }


CSMA055 1
30 1/30 50 60 60.5 { 6.2} 56.2 { 5.7} 1880 { 192 }

40 1/40 37.5 45 99.0 {10.1} 84.5 { 8.6} 3740 { 381 }

50 1/50 22 30 36 117 {11.9} 100 {10.2} 3740 { 381 } 2

60 1/60 25 30 117 {11.9} 108 {11.1} 3740 { 381 }

40 1/40 37.5 45 113 {11.6} 95.0 { 9.7} 3730 { 381 }


22 3
50 1/50 30 36 130 {13.3} 118 {12.0} 3730 { 381 }
0.55
60 1/60 25 30 161 {16.5} 136 {13.9} 5150 { 526 }

75 1/75 20 24 199 {20.3} 168 {17.1} 5150 { 526 }

90 1/90 16.7 20 229 {23.4} 194 {19.8} 5150 { 526 }


28 4
100 1/100 15 18 253 {25.8} 214 {21.8} 5150 { 526 }
HCMA055 2
120 1/120 12.5 15 270 {27.6} 230 {23.5} 5150 { 526 }

150 1/150 10 12 292 {29.8} 280 {28.6} 5150 { 526 }

180 1/180 8.3 10 383 {39.1} 327 {33.3} 9760 { 996 }


32 5
200 1/200 7.5 9 419 {42.8} 358 {36.6} 9760 { 996 }
CROISE MOTOR

240 1/240 6.3 7.5 484 {49.4} 414 {42.2} 12210 { 1246 }
40 6
300 1/300 5 6 587 {59.9} 501 {51.1} 12210 { 1246 }
Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or less than the value shown in the table above.
Allowable O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.

■Output Housing dimensions


Thru
Frame hole
Face mount type 0.5kW

B C RD
number φA
(H8)
13 49 7.5 10 34
16 59.5 10 13 40.5
22 79 6.5 10 54
28 91 7 10 67
32 ─ −5 0 66
Cross-section X-O-Y
40 ─ −2 − 1 86
50 ─ −9 − 4 107
Note) φA dimension is protruded for a length of C from the housing mounting surface. Set the clearance
that the length C plus 1 mm or longer between the mounting surface and the installation surface.
Nomenclature Technical Information
177 Page 14 Page 254
CROISE MOTOR

■Outline dimensions
L
CSMA055-160U10∼30 TR(B) 1
Reduction ratio : 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 11
(13)
kg
206
320.5(337.5) 149 149 149
270(287) 50.5 L 92 57 T 57 46 46 57 R 57 92
54 4-M6 Tap Depth 12 46 47 47 47 47 46

φ22h7

φ22h7

φ22h7
φ22h7
M8 Tap Depth 16
PCD96 (also applies to the other side) 44 44 44 44
35° 35°

38 38 38 38

35°35°
6

48

φ59.5

φ59.5
φ59.5
φ59.5
6
67.5

127
37 42
φ140

3.5

79
67

30
127 21.5 127 21.5 35 113.5
φ12 78.6 184 55 170.5
96 55 4-M6 Tap Depth 12 66 4-M6 Tap Depth 12 55
4-M6 Tap Depth 12 66 66

L
CSMA055-220U40∼60 TR(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60 Approx. weight : 14
(16)
kg
347(364) 260
190 190 190
280.5(297.4)
M10 Tap Depth 20 66
66.5 4-M8 Tap Depth 15 L 120 70 T 70 60 60 70 R 70 120
PCD128 (also applies to the other side) 60 63.5 63.5 63.5 63.5 60
φ28h7

φ28h7

φ28h7

φ28h7
60 60 60 60
50 50 50 50
35° 35°

7
35° 5°

64

φ79

φ79

φ79
3

φ79
8

164
67.5

44 56
φ140

4
100
67

23

φ12 141 7.5 141 7.5 21 127.5


104.8 211 211 197.5
128 73.4 73.4 73.4
4-M8 Tap Depth 16 4-M8 Tap Depth 16 4-M8 Tap Depth 16
88 88 88

L
HCMA055-220U40∼50 TR(B) 3
Reduction ratio : 40, 50 Approx. weight : 18.5
(20.5)
kg
395(412) 260
329(346)
83
66
L 120
190
70 T 70
190
60 60 70 R 70
190
120
M10 Tap Depth 20 4-M8 Tap Depth 15 63.5 63.5 63.5 63.5 60
60
φ28h7
φ28h7

φ28h7

φ28h7

PCD128 (also applies to the other side) 60 60 60 60


°

50 50 50 50
35

35° 5°

7
64
67.5

φ79
8

φ79

φ79
φ79
φ140

26

164

CROISE MOTOR
4
100
35
67

φ12 141 7.5 141 7.5 21 127.5


104.8 211 73.4 197.5
128 4-M8 Tap Depth 16 86 73.4
73.4
4-M8 Tap Depth 16 86 4-M8 Tap Depth 16 86

L
HCMA055-280U60∼150 TR(B) 4
Reduction ratio : 60, 75, 90, 100, 120, 150 Approx. weight : 27.1
(29.1)
kg
310
Face mount type 0.5kW

430(447)
347(364) 83 L 150
230
80 T 80
230
75 75 80 R 80
230
150
103 4-M10 Tap Depth 19 75 73 73 73 73 75
M10 Tap Depth 20
PCD160 (also applies to the other side) 70 70 70 70
φ35h7

φ35h7

φ35h7
φ35h7
°

55 55 55 55
35

8
35° 35°
80
10
67 67.5

φ91

φ91

φ91
φ91
φ140

200
28

5
120

35
°
φ12 156 156 6
131 236 91.8
160 4-M10 Tap Depth 20 91.8 4-M10 Tap Depth 20 91.8 4-M10 Tap Depth 20 108
108 108

Note 1) ( ) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-types.


Note 2) For output shaft arrangement "T" the phases of the right and left output shaft key are not necessary aligned precisely.
178
Face mount type Three-phase 0.55kW Non-brake type, Brake type CROISE MOTOR

■Outline dimensions
L
HCMA055-321U180∼200 TR(B) 5
Reduction ratio : 180, 200 Approx. weight : 35.1
(37.1)
kg
453(470) 233 308 233
359(376)
2-M8 Tap Depth 16 115
94
4-M12 Tap Depth 24 L 158
79
75
T 75
233
79 79 75 R 75
79
158
PCD160 (also applies to the other side)
Pressure vent 60 60 60 60

φ38h7

φ38h7

φ38h7

φ38h7
30°

8
30° 30°
92
10
67 67.5
φ140

237
38

20

5
145
30
°

φ12 Oil gauge


160 160 2
138.6 235 80 80
184 4-M12 Tap Depth 24 80 4-M12 Tap Depth 24 104 Oil gauge 4-M12 Tap Depth 24 104
Drain plug Oil gauge
104

L
HCMA055-401U240∼300 TR(B) 6
Reduction ratio : 240, 300 Approx. weight : 53.5
(55.5)
kg
526(543) 267 356 267
412(429)
2-M10 Tap Depth 20 152
114 4-M12 Tap Depth 24 L 178
89
89
T 89
267
89 89 89 R 89
89
178
PCD200 (also applies to the other side) 90 90 90 90
Pressure vent
75 75 75 75
φ45h7

φ45h7

φ45h7

φ45h7
30°

9
30° 30°

112
22

14
67 67.5
φ140

270
3046

5.5
158

φ12 Oil gauge


Oil gauge Oil gauge
173 4-M12 Tap Depth 24 100 100 100
224 124 4-M12 Tap Depth 24 124 4-M12 Tap Depth 24 124
Drain plug 180 180 180

Note 1) ( ) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-types.


Note 2) For output shaft arrangement "T" the phases of the right and left output shaft key are not necessary aligned precisely.
CROISE MOTOR
Face mount type 0.5kW

Nomenclature Technical Information


179 Page 14 Page 254
Notes

180
Face mount type 0.5kW CROISE MOTOR
Face mount type Three-phase 0.75kW Non-brake type, Brake type

■Specification chart
Brake
Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Number Number Frequency Protection Cooling
Output V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated
of phases of poles Hz type method
50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type torque of Insulation
motor torque
Totally Self
Non-
Three- 200/200/220 3.8/3.4/3.4 1410/1690/1710 enclosed managed 150%
0.75kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous Class E excitation Class B
phase (400/400/440) (2.0/1.7/1.7) (1410/1690/1710) type type over
type
(IP44) (JC411)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.
reduction steps
Reducer frame number
Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number
Number of

Motor Actual revolution


Model number output reduction r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline
kW ratio dimensions
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf}

10 1/10 150 180 42.8 { 4.4} 35.9 { 3.7} 3660 { 373 }

15 1/15 100 120 60.8 { 6.2} 51.5 { 5.3} 3660 { 373 }

20 1/20 22 75 90 78.8 { 8.0} 66.7 { 6.8} 3740 { 381 } 1

25 1/25 60 72 94.1 { 9.6} 79.4 { 8.1} 3740 { 381 }


CSMA075 1
30 1/30 50 60 108 { 11.0} 91.5 { 9.3} 3740 { 381 }

40 1/40 37.5 45 141 { 14.3} 120 { 12.2} 5160 { 526 }

50 1/50 28 30 36 168 { 17.1} 143 { 14.6} 5160 { 526 } 2

60 1/60 25 30 192 { 19.6} 165 { 16.8} 5160 { 526 }

40 1/40 37.5 45 156 { 16.0} 132 { 13.4} 5150 { 526 }

50 1/50 30 36 193 { 19.7} 163 { 16.6} 5150 { 526 }


0.75 28 3
60 1/60 25 30 220 { 22.5} 186 { 19.0} 5150 { 526 }

75 1/75 20 24 271 { 27.7} 229 { 23.3} 5150 { 526 }

90 1/90 16.7 20 319 { 32.6} 270 { 27.5} 9630 { 983 }

100 1/100 15 18 352 { 35.9} 298 { 30.4} 9760 { 996 }


HCMA075 2 32 4
120 1/120 12.5 15 382 { 39.0} 324 { 33.1} 9760 { 996 }

150 1/150 10 12 435 { 44.4} 396 { 40.4} 9760 { 996 }

180 1/180 8.3 10 540 { 55.2} 460 { 47.0} 12210 { 1246 }


40 5
200 1/200 7.5 9 593 { 60.5} 505 { 51.5} 12210 { 1246 }
CROISE MOTOR

240 1/240 6.3 7.5 673 { 68.7} 576 { 58.8} 16980 { 1733 }
50 6
300 1/300 5 6 815 { 83.2} 697 { 71.1} 16980 { 1733 }

Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or less than the value shown in the table above.
Allowable O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.

■Output Housing dimensions


Thru
Frame hole
Face mount type 0.75kW

B C RD
number φA
(H8)
13 49 7.5 10 34
16 59.5 10 13 40.5
22 79 6.5 10 54
28 91 7 10 67
32 ─ −5 0 66
Cross-section X-O-Y
40 ─ −2 − 1 86
50 ─ −9 − 4 107
Note) φA dimension is protruded for a length of C from the housing mounting surface. Set the clearance
that the length C plus 1 mm or longer between the mounting surface and the installation surface.
Nomenclature Technical Information
181 Page 14 Page 254
CROISE MOTOR

■Outline dimensions
L
CSMA075-220U10∼30 (B)
T 1
R
Reduction ratio : 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 14
(17)
kg
339(366) 190 260 190
272.5(299.5)
M10 Tap Depth 20 66
66.5
4-M8 Tap Depth
L 120
60
70
63.5 T 70
190
60 60 70 R 70
63.5 60
120
63.5 63.5

φ28h7

φ28h7

φ28h7

φ28h7
PCD128 (also applies to the other side) 60 60 60 60
50 50 50 50
35°

35° 35°

64
8

φ79

φ79

φ79
φ79
35°

164
75

44 56
φ158

4
100
79

35

150 15 150 15 30 135


φ12 104.8 220 220 205
128 73.4 73.4 73.4
4-M8 Tap Depth 16 88 4-M8 Tap Depth 16 88 4-M8 Tap Depth 16
88

L
CSMA075-280U40∼60 (B)
T 2
R
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60 Approx. weight : 19
(21)
kg
374(401) 310
290.5(317.5) 83.5 230 230 230
M10 Tap Depth 20 83
4-M10 Tap Depth 19
PCD160 (also applies to the other side)
L 150 80 T 80 75 75 80 R 80 150
75 73 73 75
φ35h7

φ35h7

φ35h7

φ35h7
73 73
70 70 70 70
55 55 55 55
35°

8
35° 35°

80
10

φ91
φ91

φ91
φ91
35°

200
75

50 70

5
φ158

120
79

29

φ12 131 165 165 15 150


160 245
91.8 91.8 91.8
4-M10 Tap Depth 20 4-M10 Tap Depth 20 110 4-M10 Tap Depth 20
110 110

L
HCMA075-280U40∼75 (B)
T 3
R
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 28.1
(38.1)
kg

422(449) 310
339(366)
103
83 L 150
230
80
T 80
230
75 75 80
R 80
230
150
4-M10 Tap Depth 19
M10 Tap Depth 20 75 73 73 73 73 75
PCD160 (also applies to the other side)
φ35h7

φ35h7

φ35h7

φ35h7

70 70 70 70
°
35

55 55 55 55
8
35° 5°
80
10

φ91

φ91

φ91
φ91
3
75
φ158

28

200

CROISE MOTOR
5
120

35
79

φ12
165 165 15
131 245 91.8 91.8
160 91.8 4-M10 Tap Depth 20 108 4-M10 Tap Depth 20 108
4-M10 Tap Depth 20
108

L
HCMA075-321U90∼150 
T(B) 4
R
Reduction ratio : 90, 100, 120, 150 Approx. weight : 36.1
(39.1)
kg
Face mount type 0.75kW

445(472) 233 308 233


351(378) 94 L 158 75 T 233 R 75 158
2-M8 Tap Depth 16 115 4-M12 Tap Depth 24 79 75 79 79 75 79
Pressure vent PCD160 (also applies to the other side)
60 60 60 60
φ38h7

φ38h7

φ38h7

φ38h7
30°

8
30°30°
92
10
79 75
φ158

38

237
20

5
145
30
°

169 169 11
φ12 244
138.6 Drain plug 80 80 Oil gauge 80 Oil gauge
4-M12 Tap Depth 24 Oil gauge 4-M12 Tap Depth 24 4-M12 Tap Depth 24
184 104 104 104

Note 1) ( ) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-types.


Note 2) For output shaft arrangement "T" the phases of the right and left output shaft key way are not necessarily aligned precisely.
182
Face mount type Three-phase 0.75kW Non-brake type, Brake type CROISE MOTOR

■Outline dimensions
L
HCMA075-401U180∼200 
T(B) 5
R
Reduction ratio : 180, 200 Approx. weight : 56.5
(59.5)
kg

512(539) 267 356 267


398(425) 114 L 178 89 T 267 R 89 178

2-M10 Tap Depth 20 152 4-M12 Tap Depth 24 89 89 89 89 89 89


PCD200 (also applies to the other side) 90 90 90 90
Pressure vent

φ45h7

φ45h7
φ45h7

φ45h7
75 75 75 75
30°

9
112
30°30°
14
22
φ158
79 75

270
46
30°

5.5
158

φ12 100 100 100


173 Drain plug 124 Oil gauge 124 Oil gauge 124 Oil gauge
224 4-M12 Tap Depth 24 180 4-M12 Tap Depth 24 180 4-M12 Tap Depth 24 180

L
HCMA075-501U240∼300 
T(B) 6
R
Reduction ratio : 240, 300 Approx. weight : 95
(98)
kg

569(596) 334 450 334


425(452) 144 L 218 116 T 334 R 116 218
2-M10 Tap Depth 20 4-M14T Tap Depth 28 109 116 109 109 116 109
Pressure vent PCD250 (also applies to the other side) 120 120 120 120
φ60h7

φ60h7
100
φ60h7

φ60h7
100 100 100
30°

140

11
30° 0°
18

3
36

355
φ158
79 75

71

7
215
30
°

φ12 Oil gauge


216.5 Drain plug 125 Oil gauge 125 125 Oil gauge
280 4-M14 Tap Depth 28 154 4-M14 Tap Depth 28 154 4-M14 Tap Depth 28 154

Note 1) ( ) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-types.


Note 2) For output shaft arrangement "T" the phases of the right and left output shaft key way are not necessarily aligned
precisely.
CROISE MOTOR
Face mount type 0.75kW

Nomenclature Technical Information


183 Page 14 Page 254
Notes

184
Face mount type 0.75kW CROISE MOTOR
Face mount type Three-phase 1.5kW Non-brake type, Brake type

■Specification chart
Brake
Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Number Number Frequency Protection Cooling
Output V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated
of phases of poles Hz type method
50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type torque of Insulation
motor torque
Totally Self
Non-
Three- 200/200/220 7.0/6.2/6.0 1420/1710/1730 enclosed managed Class E 150%
1.5kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous excitation Class B
phase (400/400/440) (3.5/3.1/3.0) (1420/1710/1730) type type (Class B) over
type
(IP44) (JC411)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.
reduction steps
Reducer frame number
Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number
Number of

Motor Actual revolution


Model number output reduction r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline
kW ratio dimensions
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf}

10 1/10 150 180 86.8 { 8.8} 72.4 { 7.4} 4290 { 437 }

15 1/15 100 120 125 { 12.7} 105 { 10.7} 4290 { 437 }

20 1/20 28 75 90 162 { 16.5} 136 { 13.9} 5160 { 526 } 1

25 1/25 60 72 196 { 20.0} 165 { 16.8} 5160 { 526 }


CSMA150 1
30 1/30 50 60 223 { 22.7} 189 { 19.3} 5160 { 526 }

40 1/40 37.5 45 289 { 29.4} 246 { 25.0} 9770 { 996 }

50 1/50 32 30 36 321 { 32.8} 292 { 29.8} 9770 { 996 } 2

60 1/60 25 30 321 { 32.8} 292 { 29.8} 9770 { 996 }

40 1/40 37.5 45 317 { 32.4} 267 { 27.2} 9760 { 996 }


32 3
50 1/50 30 36 392 { 40.0} 330 { 33.7} 9760 { 996 }
1.5
60 1/60 25 30 460 { 46.9} 388 { 39.5} 12210 { 1246 }

75 1/75 20 24 567 { 57.8} 478 { 48.7} 12210 { 1246 }

90 1/90 40 16.7 20 652 { 66.5} 551 { 56.2} 12210 { 1246 } 4

100 1/100 15 18 719 { 73.3} 607 { 62.0} 12210 { 1246 }


HCMA150 2
120 1/120 12.5 15 744 { 75.9} 674 { 68.8} 12210 { 1246 }

150 1/150 10 12 988 {101 } 840 { 85.7} 16980 { 1733 }

180 1/180 8.3 10 1126 {115 } 959 { 97.8} 16980 { 1733 }

200 1/200 50 7.5 9 1236 {126 } 1052 {107 } 16980 { 1733 } 5


CROISE MOTOR

240 1/252 5.95 7.14 1607 {164 } 1362 {139 } 16983 { 1733 }

300 1/315 4.76 5.71 1980 {202 } 1676 {171 } 16983 { 1733 }
Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or less than the value shown in the table above.
Allowable O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.

■Output Housing dimensions


Thru
Frame hole
Face mount type 1.5kW

B C RD
number φA
(H8)
13 49 7.5 10 34
16 59.5 10 13 40.5
22 79 6.5 10 54
28 91 7 10 67
32 ─ −5 0 66
Cross-section X-O-Y
40 ─ −2 − 1 86
50 ─ −9 − 4 107
Note) φA dimension is protruded for a length of C from the housing mounting surface. Set the clearance
that the length C plus 1 mm or longer between the mounting surface and the installation surface.
Nomenclature Technical Information
185 Page 14 Page 254
CROISE MOTOR

■Outline dimensions
L
CSMA150-280U10∼30 TR(B) 1
Reduction ratio : 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 25
(30)
kg

416.5(470.5)
L T 310
R
230 230 230
333(387) 83.5 150 80 80 150
4-M10 Tap Depth 19 80 75 75 80
M10 Tap Depth 20 83 75 73 73 75
(PCD160, also applies to the other side) 73 73

φ35h7

φ35h7
φ35h7
φ35h7
° 70 70 70 70
8 55 55 55 55
35

80
35° 35°
10

(φ91)

(φ91)

(φ91)

(φ91)
200
70
35°
φ198

120
50

φ27 46 20
218(216) 20 68(66) 170
131
160 4-M10 Tap Depth 20 91.8 4-M10 Tap Depth 20 91.8 4-M10 Tap Depth 20 91.8
110 110 110

L
CSMA150-321U40∼60 TR(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60 Approx. weight : 35
(40)
kg

438.5(492.5) L 233
T 308
R 233
344.5(398.5) 94 158 75 233 75 158
2-M8 Tap Depth 16 94 4-M12 Tap Depth 24 79 75 79 79 75 79
Pressure vent (PCD160, also applies to the other side)
60 60 60 60
φ38h7

φ38h7

φ38h7

φ38h7
8
°

92
30° 30°
30

10

237
30°

20

80
φ198

5
145
65
31

φ27 222(220) 16 222(220) 16 64(62) 174


138.6 Drain plug
184 4-M12 Tap Depth 24 80 Oil gauge 4-M12 Tap Depth 24 80 Oil gauge 4-M12 Tap Depth 24 80 Oil gauge
104 104 104

L
HCMA150-321U40∼50 TR(B) 3
Reduction ratio : 40, 50 Approx. weight : 43.1
(48.1)
kg

504(558)
410(464) 94 L 233 T 308 R 233
2−M8 Tap Depth 16 115 4−M12 Tap Depth 24 158 75 233 75 158
Pressure vent (PCD160, also applies to the other side) 79 75 79 79 75 79
°

8 60 60 60 60
30°
30

φ38h7

φ38h7
φ38h7
φ38h7
92
10
φ198

30°

237
38

20

145

5
3
0
°

φ27
229(227) 18 229(227) 18 71(69) 176
138.6 Drain plug
184 4−M12 Tap Depth 24 80 Oil gauge 80 Oil gauge 80 Oil gauge
104 4−M12 Tap Depth 24 104 4−M12 Tap Depth 24 104

L
HCMA150-401U60∼120 TR(B) 4
Reduction ratio : 60, 75, 90, 100, 120 Approx. weight : 63.5
(68.5)
kg
540(594)
426(480) 114 L 178
267
89 T 267
356
R 89
267
178

CROISE MOTOR
2−M10 Tap Depth 20 152 4−M12 Tap Depth 24 89 89 89 89 89 89
Pressure vent (PCD200、also applies to the other side)
90 90 90 90
75 75 75 75
φ45h7
φ45h7

φ45h7

φ45h7
112

9
30°
°
30

14
22

30°
φ198

270
30 46
°

5.5
158

φ27
232(230) 6 232(230) 6 54(52) 184
173 Drain plug 100 Oil gauge 100 Oil gauge 100 Oil gauge
224 4−M12 Tap Depth 24 124 4−M12 Tap Depth 24 124 4−M12 Tap Depth 24 124
180 180 180
L
HCMA150-501U150∼300 TR(B) 5
Face mount type 1.5kW

Reduction ratio : 150, 180, 200, 252, 315 Approx. weight : 103
(108)
kg

597(651) 334 450 334


453(507)
2−M10 Tap Depth 20
144
4−M14 Tap Depth 28
L 218
109
116 T 116
334
109 109 116
R 116
109
218

Pressure vent (PCD250, also applies to the other side)


120 120 120 120
100 100 100 100
φ60h7

φ60h7
φ60h7

φ60h7
°

140
30°
30

11
18
36

30°

355
φ198

71

7
30

215
°

φ27

252(250) 252(250) 34(32) 218

216.5 Drain plug 4−M14 Tap Depth 28 125 Oil gauge 4−M14 Tap Depth 28 125 Oil gauge 4−M12 Tap Depth 28 125 Oil gauge
280 154 154 154

Note 1) ( ) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-types.


Note 2) For output shaft arrangement "T" the phases of the right and left output shaft key way are not necessarily aligned precisely.
186
Face mount type Three-phase 2.2kW Non-brake type, Brake type

■Specification chart
Brake
Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Number Number Frequency Protection Cooling
Output V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated
of phases of poles Hz type method
50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type torque of Insulation
motor torque
Totally Self
Non-
Three- 200/200/220 9.8/8.9/8.5 1420/1710/1730 enclosed managed Class E 150%
2.2kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous excitation Class B
phase (400/400/440) (4.9/4.5/4.3) (1420/1710/1730) type type (Class B) over
type
(IP44) (JC411)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.
reduction steps
Reducer frame number
Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number
Number of

Motor Actual revolution


Model number output reduction r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline
kW ratio dimensions
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf}

10 1/10 150 180 128 { 13.1} 108 { 11.0} 9770 { 996 }

15 1/15 100 120 185 { 18.9} 160 { 16.3} 9770 { 996 }

20 1/20 32 75 90 240 { 24.5} 203 { 20.7} 9770 { 996 } 1

25 1/25 60 72 301 { 30.7} 253 { 25.8} 9770 { 996 }


CSMA220 1
30 1/30 50 60 335 { 34.1} 284 { 28.9} 9770 { 996 }

40 1/40 37.5 45 436 { 44.4} 370 { 37.7} 12200 { 1240 }

50 1/50 40 30 36 524 { 53.5} 446 { 45.5} 12200 { 1240 } 2

60 1/60 25 30 532 { 54.3} 474 { 48.3} 12200 { 1240 }

40 1/40 37.5 45 473 { 48.3} 398 { 40.6} 12210 { 1246 }

50 1/50 30 36 585 { 59.7} 492 { 50.2} 12210 { 1246 }


2.2 40 3
60 1/60 25 30 674 { 68.8} 568 { 58.0} 12210 { 1246 }

75 1/75 20 24 751 { 76.6} 701 { 71.5} 12210 { 1246 }

90 1/90 16.7 20 980 {100 } 827 { 84.4} 16980 { 1733 }

100 1/100 15 18 1081 {110 } 912 { 93.1} 16980 { 1733 }


HCMA220 2
120 1/120 12.5 15 1187 {121 } 1008 {103 } 16980 { 1733 }

150 1/150 10 12 1400 {143 } 1231 {126 } 16980 { 1733 }


50 4
180 1/180 8.3 10 1980 {202 } 1666 {170 } 16983 { 1733 }

200 1/200 7.5 9 2195 {224 } 1842 {188 } 16983 { 1733 }


CROISE MOTOR

240 1/252 5.95 7.14 2489 {254 } 2097 {214 } 16983 { 1733 }
※ ※
300 1/315 4.76 5.71 2607 {266 } 2587 {264 } 16983 { 1733 }
Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or less than the value shown in the table above.
Allowable O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.
Note 4) The models marked with ※ are ones for which the torque is limited.

■Output Housing dimensions


Thru
Frame hole
Face mount type 2.2kW

B C RD
number φA
(H8)
13 49 7.5 10 34
16 59.5 10 13 40.5
22 79 6.5 10 54
28 91 7 10 67
32 ─ −5 0 66
Cross-section X-O-Y
40 ─ −2 − 1 86
50 ─ −9 − 4 107
Note) φA dimension is protruded for a length of C from the housing mounting surface. Set the clearance
that the length C plus 1 mm or longer between the mounting surface and the installation surface.
Nomenclature Technical Information
187 Page 14 Page 254
CROISE MOTOR

■Outline dimensions
L
CSMA220-321U10∼30 (B)
T 1
R
Reduction ratio : 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 39
(44)
kg

L T R
467.5(521.5) 233 308 233
373.5(427.5) 94 158 75 233 75 158
2-M8 Tap Depth 16 94 4-M12 Tap Depth 24 79 75 79 79 75 79
Pressure vent (PCD160, also applies to the other side)
60 60 60 60

φ38h7
φ38h7

φ38h7

φ38h7
8 30°

92
°
30

10

237
30°
30°

80
20
φ198

5
145
65
31

φ27
138.6 Drain plug 222(220) 16 222(220) 16 64(62) 174
184 4-M12 Tap Depth 24 80 Oil gauge 4-M12 Tap Depth 24 80 Oil gauge 4-M12 Tap Depth 24 80 Oil gauge
104 104 104

L
CSMA220-401U40∼60 (B)
T 2
R
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60 Approx. weight : 49
(54)
kg

508.5(562.5) 267 356 267


394.5(448.5)
2-M10 Tap Depth 20 115
114
4-M12 Tap Depth 24
L 178
89
89 T 89
267
89 89 89
R 89
89
178

Pressure vent (PCD200, also applies to the other side)

90 90 90 90

φ45h7
φ45h7

φ45h7

φ45h7
30°

75 75 75 75
112

9
30°

30°
14
22

270
30°

100

5.5
158
φ198

58

38

φ27 54(52)
232(230) 6 232(230) 6 184
173 Drain plug 100 Oil gauge 100 Oil gauge 100 Oil gauge
224 4-M12 Tap Depth 24 124 4-M12 Tap Depth 24 124 4-M12 Tap Depth 24 124

L
HCMA220-401U40∼75 TR(B) 3
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 66.5
(71.5)
kg

569(623)
L 267
T R
356 267
455(509) 114 178 89 267 89 178
2−M10 Tap Depth 20 152 4−M12 Tap Depth 24 89 89 89 89 89 89
Pressure vent (PCD200, also applies to the other side)
90 90 90 90
75 75 75 75
φ45h7

φ45h7

φ45h7
φ45h7
30° 30°

9
112
°
° 46 30

22

14

CROISE MOTOR
270
φ198

5.5
158
30

φ27
232(230) 6 232(230) 6 54(52) 184
173 Drain plug 100 Oil gauge 100 Oil gauge 100 Oil gauge
224 4−M12 Tap Depth 24 124 4−M12 Tap Depth 24 124 4−M12 Tap Depth 24 124
180 180 180

L
HCMA220-501U90∼300 
T(B) 4
R
Reduction ratio : 90, 100, 120, 150, 180, 200, 252, 315 Approx. weight : 106
(111)
kg
626(680)
L T R
Face mount type 2.2kW

334 450 334


482(536) 144
218 116 334 116 218
2−M10 Tap Depth 20 4−M14 Tap Depth 28
(PCD250, also applies to the other side) 109 116 109 109 116 109
Pressure vent

120 120 120 120


100 100 100 100
φ60h7

φ60h7
140

φ60h7

φ60h7
30°

11
°

18
30

36
φ198

30°
71

355

7
215
30
°

φ27

252(250) 252(250) 34(32) 218


216.5 Drain plug
125 Oil gauge 4−M14 Tap Depth 28 125 Oil gauge 4−M14 Tap Depth 28 125 Oil gauge
280 4−M14 Tap Depth 28
154 154 154

Note 1) ( ) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-types.


Note 2) For output shaft arrangement "T" the phases of the right and left output shaft key way are not necessarily aligned precisely.
188
Face mount type Three-phase 3.7kW Non-brake type, Brake type

■Specification chart
Brake
Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Number Number Frequency Protection Cooling
Output V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated
of phases of poles Hz type method
50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type torque of Insulation
motor torque
Totally Self
Non-
Three- 200/200/220 16.0/14.8/14.0 1420/1710/1730 enclosed managed Class E 150%
3.7kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous excitation Class E
phase (400/400/440) (8.0/7.4/7.0) (1420/1710/1730) type type (Class B) over
type
(IP44) (JC411)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.
reduction steps
Reducer frame number
Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number
Number of

Motor Actual revolution


Model number output reduction r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline
kW ratio dimensions
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf}

10 1/10 150 180 218 { 22.3} 183 { 18.6} 12200 { 1240 }

15 1/15 100 120 317 { 32.3} 266 { 27.1} 12200 { 1240 }

20 1/20 40 75 90 411 { 41.9} 346 { 35.3} 12200 { 1240 } 1

25 1/25 60 72 503 { 51.3} 424 { 43.2} 12200 { 1240 }


CSMA370 1
30 1/30 50 60 579 { 59.1} 491 { 50.0} 12200 { 1240 }

40 1/40 37.5 45 755 { 77.0} 640 { 65.3} 16600 { 1690 }

50 1/50 50 30 36 857 { 87.4} 767 { 78.3} 16600 { 1690 } 2

60 1/60 25 30 857 { 87.4} 795 { 81.1} 16600 { 1690 }

40 1/40 37.5 45 803 { 81.9} 675 { 68.9} 16980 { 1733 }

50 1/50 30 36 993 {101 } 835 { 85.2} 16980 { 1733 }


3.7
60 1/60 25 30 1148 {117 } 967 { 98.7} 16980 { 1733 }

75 1/75 20 24 1363 {139 } 1192 {122 } 16980 { 1733 }

90 1/90 16.7 20 1833 {187 } 1539 {157 } 16983 { 1733 }

100 1/100 15 18 2029 {207 } 1705 {174 } 16983 { 1733 }


HCMA370 2 50 3
120 1/126 11.9 14.3 2421 {247 } 2029 {207 } 16983 { 1733 }
※ ※
150 1/157.5 9.5 11.4 2607 {266 } 2519 {257 } 16983 { 1733 }
※ ※ ※ ※
180 1/180 8.3 10 2607 {266 } 2607 {266 } 16983 { 1733 }
※ ※
200 1/200 7.5 9 2607 {266 } ※2607 ※{266 } 16983 { 1733 }
CROISE MOTOR

※ ※ ※ ※
240 1/252 5.95 7.14 2607 {266 } 2607 {266 } 16983 { 1733 }
※ ※ ※ ※
300 1/315 4.76 5.71 2607 {266 } 2607 {266 } 16983 { 1733 }
Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) The models marked with ※ are ones for which the torque limited.
Note 4) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or less than the value shown in the table above.
Allowable O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.

■Output Housing dimensions


Thru
Frame hole
Face mount type 3.7kW

B C RD
number φA
(H8)
13 49 7.5 10 34
16 59.5 10 13 40.5
22 79 6.5 10 54
28 91 7 10 67
32 ─ −5 0 66
Cross-section X-O-Y
40 ─ −2 − 1 86
50 ─ −9 − 4 107
Note) φA dimension is protruded for a length of C from the housing mounting surface. Set the clearance
that the length C plus 1 mm or longer between the mounting surface and the installation surface.
Nomenclature Technical Information
189 Page 14 Page 254
CROISE MOTOR

■Outline dimensions
L
CSMA370-401U10∼30 TR(B) 1
Reduction ratio : 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 63
(71)
kg

561(635)
447(521) 114
L 178
267
89
T 267
356 R 89
267
178
2-M10 Tap Depth 20 115 4-M12 Tap Depth 24 89 89 89 89 89 89
Pressure vent (PCD200, also applies to the other side)

90 90 90 90

φ45h7

φ45h7

φ45h7

φ45h7
75 75 75 75

112
9

30°
30°

14

270
30°
22
30°

100
5.5

158
φ214

58

47

φ27 240(238) 16 240(238) 16 62(60) 194


173 Drain plug 100 Oil gauge 100 Oil gauge 100 Oil gauge
224 4-M12 Tap Depth 24 124 4-M12 Tap Depth 24 124 4-M12 Tap Depth 24 124

L
CSMA370-501U40∼60 (B)
T 2
R
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60 Approx. weight : 99
(107)
kg

620(694)
476(550) 144 L 218
334
116 T 334
450
R 116
334
218
2-M10 Tap Depth 20 144 4-M14 Tap Depth 28 109 116 109 109 116 109
Pressure vent (PCD250, also applies to the other side)

120 120 120 120


φ60h7
φ60h7

φ60h7

φ60h7
100 100 100 100
140

11
30°

30°
18
36
30°

355
30°

125

7
215
φ214

90

15

φ27 260(258) 260(258) 42(40) 218


216.5 Drain plug 125 Oil gauge 4-M14 Tap Depth 28 125 Oil gauge 4-M14 Tap Depth 28 125 Oil gauge
280 4-M14 Tap Depth 28 154 154 154

L
HCMA370-501U40∼300 TR(B) 3
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60, 75, 90, 100, 126, 157.5, 180, 200, 252, 315 Approx.
L weight : 112
(119)
kg T R
676(750) 334 450 334
532(606)

2−M10 Tap Depth 20


144
4−M14 Tap Depth 28 L 218
109
116
T 116
334
109 109 116 R
116
109
218

(PCD250, also applies to the other side)


Pressure vent
120 120 120 120
100 100 100 100
φ60h7

φ60h7

φ60h7
φ60h7
°

30°

140

11
30

18
36

355
30°
71
φ214

CROISE MOTOR
7
215
30
°

φ27
267(268) 267(268) 49(50) 218

216.5 Drain plug 125 Oil gauge 4−M14 Tap Depth 28 125 Oil gauge 125 Oil gauge
4−M14 Tap Depth 28
280 4−M14 Tap Depth 28 154 154 154

Note 1) ( ) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-types.


Note 2) For output shaft arrangement "T" the phases of the right and left output shaft key way are not necessarily aligned
precisely.
Face mount type 3.7kW

190
Hollow shaft type Three-phase 5.5kW Non-brake type, Brake type

■Specification chart
Brake
Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Number Number Frequency Protection Cooling
Output V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated
of phases of poles Hz type method
50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type torque of Insulation
motor torque
Totally Self
Non-
Three- 200/200/220 23.8/21.0/20.0 1430/1730/1740 enclosed managed 150%
5.5kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous Class B excitation Class E
phase (400/400/440) (11.9/10.5/10.0) (1430/1730/1740) type type over
type
(IP44) (JC411)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.
reduction steps
Reducer frame number

Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number
Number of

Motor Actual revolution


Model number output reduction r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline
kW ratio dimensions
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf}

10 1/10 150 180 326 { 33.3} 273 { 27.9} 16980 { 1733 }

15 1/15 100 120 476 { 48.5} 399 { 40.8} 16980 { 1733 }

CSMA550 20 1/20 1 50 75 90 621 { 63.4} 522 { 53.3} 16980 { 1733 } 1

25 1/25 60 72 758 { 77.3} 638 { 65.1} 16980 { 1733 }

30 1/30 50 60 876 { 89.4} 740 { 75.5} 16980 { 1733 }


5.5
40 1/41 36.59 43.9 1009 {103 } 941 { 96 } 16980 { 1733 }

50 1/51.25 29.27 35.12 1068 {109 } 1000 {102 } 16980 { 1733 }

HCM550 75 1/80 2 50 18.75 22.5 1891 {193 } 1764 {180 } 16980 { 1733 } 2

90 1/90 16.67 20 1960 {200 } 1833 {187 } 16980 { 1733 }

100 1/100 15 18 1999 {204 } 1862 {190 } 16980 { 1733 }


Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or
less than the value shown in the table above.
Allowable O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.

■Output Housing dimensions


Thru
Frame hole
B C RD
number φA
(H8)
CROISE MOTOR

13 49 7.5 10 34
16 59.5 10 13 40.5
22 79 6.5 10 54
28 91 7 10 67
32 ─ −5 0 66
Cross-section X-O-Y
40 ─ −2 − 1 86
50 ─ −9 − 4 107
Note) φA dimension is protruded for a length of C from the housing mounting
surface. Set the clearance that the length C plus 1 mm or longer between
the mounting surface and the installation surface.
Hollow shaft type 5.5kW

Nomenclature Technical Information


191 Page 14 Page 254
CROISE MOTOR

■Outline dimensions
L
CSMA550-501U10∼30 TR(B) 1
Reduction ratio : 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 115
(127)
kg

683(781)
539(651) 144 4-M14 Tap Depth 28
L 218
334
116
T 334
450 R 116
334
218
2-M10 Tap Depth 20 144 (PCD250, also applies to the other side) 109 116 109 109 116 109
Pressure vent
120 120 120 120

φ60h7

φ60h7

φ60h7

φ60h7
100 100 100 100

140
11

30°
30°

18
36

355
30°
30°

125
7

215
φ252

90

36

299(302) 14 299(302) 14 81(84) 232


φ35
216.5 Drain plug 125 Oil gauge 4-M14 Tap Depth 28 125 Oil gauge 4-M14 Tap Depth 28 125 Oil gauge
280 4-M14 Tap Depth 28 154 154 154

L
HCM550-50U40∼100 TR -1 2
Reduction ratio : 41, 51.25, 80, 90, 100


(832)
2-M10 Tap Depth 20
2-M10 Tap Depth 20
L T R
※ 4-M14 Tap Depth 28
(688)
※ 4-M14 Tap Depth 28
(350) Pressure vent
PCD250 (also applies to the other side)
Pressure vent
(148)
(φ220)

18×11 key 18×11 key 18×11 key 18×11 key


Oil gauge Oil gauge Oil gauge


Oil gauge

Drain plug
Drain plug 4-M14 Tap Depth 28 4-M14 Tap Depth 28 4-M14 Tap Depth 28
4-M14 Tap De

Note 1) ( ) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-types.


Note 2) For output shaft arrangement "T" the phases of the right and left output shaft key way are not necessarily aligned
precisely.
Note 3) Motor dimension of HCM550 is a reference value.

CROISE MOTOR
Hollow shaft type 5.5kW

192
Foot mount type Three-phase 0.1kW Non-brake type, Brake type

■Specification chart
Brake
Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Number Number Frequency Protection Cooling
Output V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated
of phases of poles Hz type method
50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type torque of Insulation
motor torque
Totally Self
Non-
Three- 200/200/220 0.63/0.57/0.58 1420/1680/1710 enclosed managed 150%
0.1kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous Class E excitation Class B
phase (400/400/440) (0.32/0.29/0.29) (1440/1740/1740) type type over
type
(IP44) (IC411)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.
reduction steps
Reducer frame number

Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number
Number of

Motor Actual revolution


Model number output reduction r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline
kW ratio dimensions
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf}

10 1/10 150 180 5.5 { 0.56} 4.6 { 0.47} 1350 { 138 }

15 1/15 100 120 7.8 { 0.78} 6.6 { 0.67} 1350 { 138 }

20 1/20 75 90 10.0 { 1.0 } 8.4 { 0.86} 1550 { 158 }

CSMA010 25 1/25 60 72 11.8 { 1.2 } 10.0 { 1.0 } 1550 { 158 }


1 13 1
30 1/30 50 60 13.3 { 1.4 } 11.4 { 1.2 } 1550 { 158 }

40 1/40 37.5 45 16.5 { 1.7 } 14.1 { 1.4 } 1550 { 158 }

50 1/50 30 36 19.3 { 2.0 } 16.6 { 1.7 } 1550 { 158 }

60 1/60 25 30 21.3 { 2.2 } 18.3 { 1.9 } 1550 { 158 }

40 1/40 37.5 45 20.0 { 2.0 } 17.0 { 1.7 } 2470 { 252 }

50 1/50 30 36 25.0 { 2.5 } 21.0 { 2.1 } 2470 { 252 }


0.1
60 1/60 25 30 28.0 { 2.9 } 24.0 { 2.4 } 2470 { 252 }

75 1/75 20 24 35.0 { 3.5 } 29.0 { 3.0 } 2470 { 252 }

90 1/90 16.7 20 39.0 { 3.9 } 33.0 { 3.3 } 2470 { 252 }


16 2
HCMA010 100 1/100 15 18 43.0 { 4.3 } 36.0 { 3.7 } 2470 { 252 }
2
120 1/120 12.5 15 46.0 { 4.7 } 39.0 { 4.0 } 2470 { 252 }

150 1/150 10 12 56.0 { 5.7 } 47.0 { 4.8 } 2470 { 252 }

180 1/180 8.3 10 59.8 { 6.1} 51.0 { 5.2 } 2470 { 252 }

200 1/200 7.5 9 60.3 { 6.2 } 56.0 { 5.7 } 2470 { 252 }


CROISE MOTOR

240 1/240 6.3 7.5 76.0 { 7.8 } 65.0 { 6.6 } 3730 { 381 }
22 3
300 1/300 5 6 92.0 { 9.4 } 79.0 { 8.0 } 3730 { 381 }
Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or
less than the value shown in the table above.
Allowable O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.
Foot mount type 0.1kW

Nomenclature Technical Information


193 Page 14 Page 254
CROISE MOTOR

■Outline dimensions
L
CSMA010-130L10∼60 TR(B) 1
Reduction ratio : 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60 Approx. weight : 5.2
(6.7)
kg
262.5(279.5) 107 144 107
220(237) 42.5 L 35 72
35 37
T 72 72
37 35 35 37
R 72
37 35
35
46.5
M6 Tap Depth 12
36 36 36 36

φ18h7
φ18h7

φ18h7

φ18h7
30 30 30 30
6

37
6
67.5
φ140

35

3.5 137
100

81(104.5) 67.5 81(104.5) 67.5 81(104.5) 67.5


65
67

9
9
※2

64 75 75 75
φ12
88 4-9 drill through 95 4-9 drill through 95 4-9 drill through 95

L
HCMA010-160L40∼200 TR(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60, 75, 90, 100, 120, 150, 180, 200 Approx. weight : 10.7
(12.7)
kg

336(353) 149 206 149


286(303) 50 L 46 103 T 103 103 R 103 46
56 47 47 56 56 47 47 56
70
M8 Tap Depth 16 46 46 46 46
44 φ22h7 44 44 44

φ22h7
φ22h7

φ22h7
38 38 38
7.5

38
6
φ140

(φ59.5)

(φ59.5)

(φ59.5)

(φ59.5)
67.5

12

48
6

163

3.5
67

81
(104.5) 67.5 81(104.5) 67.5 81(104.5)
115

67.5

φ12
11
11

11
84 105 105 105
106 4-9 drill through 127 4-9 drill through 127 4-9 drill through 127

L
HCMA010-220L240∼300 TR(B) 3
Reduction ratio : 240, 300 Approx. weight : 15.7
(17.7)
kg

365(382) 190 260 190


299(316)
83
66 L 60 130
66.5 63.5
T 130 130
63.5 66.5 66.5 63.5
R 130
63.5 66.5
60

60 60 60 60 60 60 60
M10 Tap Depth 20 60
φ28h7

φ28h7

φ28h7
φ28h7

50 50 50 50

7
(φ79)
(φ79)
(φ79)

(φ79)
64
φ140
67.5

8
26

CROISE MOTOR
205

4
67

81(104.5) 67.5 81(104.5) 81(104.5) 67.5


141

67.5

φ12
14
14
14

110 140 140 140


4-11 drill through 4-11 drill through 4-11 drill through
136 166 166 166

Note 1) ( ) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-types.


Note 2) The dimension marked with an asterisk indicates that part of the motor protrudes from the mounting surface.
Note 3) For output shaft arrangement "T" the phases of the right and left output shaft key way are not necessarily aligned
precisely.
Foot mount type 0.1kW

194
Foot mount type Three-phase 0.2kW Non-brake type, Brake type

■Specification chart
Brake
Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Number Number Frequency Protection Cooling
Output V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated
of phases of poles Hz type method
50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type torque of Insulation
motor torque
Totally Self
Non-
Three- 200/200/220 1.2/1.1/1.1 1420/1700/1720 enclosed managed 150%
0.2kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous Class E excitation Class B
phase (400/400/440) (0.59/0.55/0.55) (1410/1690/1720) type type over
type
(IP44)(JC411)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.
Reducer frame number
reduction steps

Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number
Number of

Motor Actual revolution


Model number output reduction r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline
kW ratio dimensions
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf}

10 1/10 150 180 11.1 { 1.1 } 9.3 { 1.0 } 1350 { 138 }

15 1/15 100 120 15.7 { 1.6 } 13.2 { 1.3 } 1350 { 138 }

20 1/20 13 75 90 20.0 { 2.0 } 17.0 { 1.7 } 1550 { 158 } 1

25 1/25 60 72 23.5 { 2.4 } 20.1 { 2.0 } 1550 { 158 }


CSMA020 1
30 1/30 50 60 26.6 { 2.7 } 22.7 { 2.3 } 1550 { 158 }

40 1/40 37.5 45 33.8 { 3.5 } 28.9 { 3.0 } 2130 { 217 }

50 1/50 16 30 36 39.7 { 4.1 } 34.1 { 3.5 } 2250 { 229 } 2

60 1/60 25 30 45.0 { 4.6 } 38.7 { 4.0 } 2350 { 240 }

40 1/40 37.5 45 40.0 { 4.1 } 34.0 { 3.4 } 2470 { 252 }

50 1/50 30 36 50.0 { 5.1 } 42.0 { 4.3 } 2470 { 252 }


0.2 16 3
60 1/60 25 30 56.0 { 5.7 } 47.0 { 4.8 } 2470 { 252 }

75 1/75 20 24 59.0 { 6.1 } 58.0 { 6.0 } 2470 { 252 }

90 1/90 16.7 20 81.0 { 8.3 } 68.0 { 7.0 } 3730 { 381 }

100 1/100 15 18 89.0 { 9.1 } 75.0 { 7.7 } 3730 { 381 }


HCMA020 2
120 1/120 12.5 15 97.0 { 9.9 } 82.0 { 8.4 } 3730 { 381 }
22 4
150 1/150 10 12 118.0 {12.0 } 100.0 {10.2 } 3730 { 381 }

180 1/180 8.3 10 129.0 {13.1 } 110.0 {11.2 } 3730 { 381 }


CROISE MOTOR

200 1/200 7.5 9 139.0 {14.2 } 120.0 {12.3 } 3730 { 381 }

240 1/240 6.3 7.5 161.0 {16.4 } 138.0 {14.1 } 5150 { 526 }
28 5
300 1/300 5 6 195.0 {19.9 } 167.0 {17.0 } 5150 { 526 }

Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or
less than the value shown in the table above.
Allowable O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.
Foot mount type 0.2kW

Nomenclature Technical Information


195 Page 14 Page 254
CROISE MOTOR

■Outline dimensions
L
CSMA020-130L10∼30 TR(B) 1
Reduction ratio : 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 5.5
(7)
kg
262.5(279.5) 107 144 107
220(237) 42.5 L 35 72 T 72 72 R 72 35

M6 Tap Depth 12
46.5 35 37 37 35 35 37 37 35

φ18h7

φ18h7
φ18h7
36

φ18h7
36 36 36
6 30 30 30 30

37
6
67.5
φ140

35
3.5

137
100
65
67

81
(104.5) 67.5 81(104.5) 67.5 81(104.5) 67.5
※2

9
φ12 64 75 75 75
4-9 drill through 4-9 drill through 4-9 drill through
88 95 95 95
L
CSMA020-160L40∼60 TR(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60 Approx. weight : 6.5
(8)
kg
280(297) 130 176 130
230(247)
51
50 L 42 88
42 46
T 46
88
42 42
88
46
R 46
88
42
42
M8 Tap Depth 16

φ22h7
φ22h7

φ22h7

φ22h7
44 44 44 44
6 38 38 38 38
44
6
67.5
φ140

42

3.5
159
115
67

73

81(104.5) 67.5 81(104.5) 67.5 81(104.5) 67.5

11

11
11

φ12
78 90 90 90
104 4-11 drill through 114 4-11 drill through 114 4-11 drill through 114
L
HCMA020-160L40∼75 (B)
T
R
3
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 12
(14)
kg
336(353) 149 206 149
286(303)
70
50 L 46 103
56 47 T 103 103
47 56 56 47 R 103
47 56
46

46 46 46 46
M8 Tap Depth 16 44

φ22h7
φ22h7

44 44 44
φ22h7

φ22h7
7.5

38 38 38 38
6
(φ59.5)
(φ59.5)
(φ59.5)

(φ59.5)
67.5

12

48
φ140

163

3.5
67

81(104.5) 67.5 81(104.5) 67.5 81(104.5) 67.5


115

φ12
11

11
11

84 4-9 drill through 105 4-9 drill through 105 4-9 drill through 105
106 127 127 127

L
HCMA020-220L90∼200 TR(B) 4
Reduction ratio : 90, 100, 120, 150, 180, 200 Approx. weight : 16
(18)
kg
365(382) 190 260 190
130
299(316) L 60 130
T 130
R 130 60

CROISE MOTOR
66
83 66.5 63.5 63.5 66.5 66.5 63.5 63.5 66.5
60 60 60 60 60 60 60
60
φ28h7

φ28h7
φ28h7

M10 Tap Depth 20


φ28h7

50 50 50 50
7
64

(φ79)

(φ79)
(φ79)
(φ79)
67.5
φ140

8
26

205

4
141
67

81(104.5) 67.5 81(104.5) 67.5 81(104.5) 67.5


14

φ12
14

14

110 4-11 drill through 140 4-11 drill through 140 4-11 drill through 140
136 166 166 166
L
HCMA020-280L240∼300 TR(B) 5
Foot mount type 0.2kW

Reduction ratio : 240, 300 Approx. weight : 25


(27)
kg
394(411) 230 310 230
311(328) 83 L 75
82
155 T 73
155 155 R 73
155 75
103 73 82 82 73 82
75 70 70 75 75 70 70 75
φ35h7

φ35h7
φ35h7
φ35h7

55 55 55 55
8
(φ91)

(φ91)
80

( φ91)
(φ91)
10
67 67.5
φ140

28

245

5
81(104.5) 81(104.5) 81(104.5)
165

φ12
15

15

15

M10 Tap Depth 20 136 170 170 170


4-15 drill through 4-15 drill through 4-15 drill through
170 204 204 204

Note 1) ( ) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-types.


Note 2) The dimension marked with an asterisk indicates that part of the motor protrudes from the mounting surface.
196
Note 3) For output shaft arrangement "T" the phases of the right and left output shaft key way are not necessarily aligned precisely.
Foot mount type Three-phase 0.4kW Non-brake type, Brake type

■Specification chart
Brake
Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Number Number Frequency Protection Cooling
Output V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated
of phases of poles Hz type method
50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type torque of Insulation
motor torque
Totally Self
Non-
Three- 200/200/220 2.3/2.0/2.0 1380/1650/1680 enclosed managed 150%
0.4kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous Class E excitation Class B
phase (400/400/440) (1.2/1.0/1.0) (1390/1670/1700) type type over
type
(IP44)(JC411)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.
reduction steps
Reducer frame number

Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number
Number of

Motor Actual revolution


Model number output reduction r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline
kW ratio dimensions
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf}

10 1/10 150 180 22.3 { 2.3} 18.7 { 1.9} 1400 { 143 }

15 1/15 100 120 31.4 { 3.2} 26.7 { 2.7} 1400 { 143 }

20 1/20 16 75 90 40.5 { 4.1} 34.3 { 3.5} 1660 { 169 } 1

25 1/25 60 72 46.1 { 4.7} 41.2 { 4.2} 1660 { 169 }


CSMA040 1
30 1/30 50 60 54.3 { 5.5} 46.4 { 4.7} 1880 { 192 }

40 1/40 37.5 45 72.1 { 7.4} 61.5 { 6.3} 3740 { 381 }

50 1/50 22 30 36 85.3 { 8.7} 73.1 { 7.5} 3740 { 381 } 2

60 1/60 25 30 97.5 { 9.9} 83.7 { 8.5} 3740 { 381 }

40 1/40 37.5 45 82.0 { 8.4} 69.0 { 7.1} 3730 { 381 }

50 1/50 30 36 102 {10.4} 86.0 { 8.7} 3730 { 381 }


0.4 22 3
60 1/60 25 30 116 {11.8} 98.0 {10.0} 3730 { 381 }

75 1/75 20 24 138 {14.0} 121 {12.3} 3730 { 381 }

90 1/90 16.7 20 167 {17.0} 141 {14.4} 5150 { 526 }

100 1/100 15 18 184 {18.8} 155 {15.9} 5150 { 526 }


HCMA040 2
120 1/120 12.5 15 197 {20.1} 167 {17.1} 5150 { 526 }
28 4
150 1/150 10 12 240 {24.5} 204 {20.8} 5150 { 526 }

180 1/180 8.3 10 270 {27.5} 230 {23.4} 5150 { 526 }


CROISE MOTOR

200 1/200 7.5 9 280 {28.6} 252 {25.7} 5150 { 526 }

240 1/240 6.3 7.5 337 {34.4} 288 {29.4} 9760 { 996 }
32 5
300 1/300 5 6 362 {37.0} 349 {35.6} 9760 { 996 }
Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 2) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or
less than the value shown in the table above.
Allowable O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.
Foot mount type 0.4kW

Nomenclature Technical Information


197 Page 14 Page 254
CROISE MOTOR

■Outline dimensions
L
CSMA040-160L10∼30 TR(B) 1
Reduction ratio : 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 7.5
(8.5)
kg

297(314) 130 176 130


247(264)
53
50 L 42
42
88
46
T 46
88
42 42
88
46
R 46
88
42
42

M8 Tap Depth 16

φ22h7
44 44 44 44

φ22h7
φ22h7

φ22h7
6
38 38 38 38

44
6
67

42
3.5

159
115
φ140
67.5

73
81(104.5) 67.5 81(104.5) 67.5 81(104.5) 67.5

11

11
11
φ12 78 90 90 90
104 4-11 drill through 114 4-11 drill through 114 4-11 drill through 114

L
CSMA040-220L40∼60 TR(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60 Approx. weight : 10
(11)
kg

321.5(338.5) 165 230 165


259.5(276.5)
65.5
62 L 50
50
115
65
T 65
115
50 50
115
65
R 65
115
50
50

M10 Tap Depth 20 60 60 60 60

φ28h7

φ28h7
φ28h7

φ28h7
7 50 50 50 50
59
8

4
67

56

197
φ140

138
67.5

81(104.5) 81(104.5) 81(104.5)


82

67.5 67.5 67.5


14

14

14
φ12
95 4-11 drill through 114 4-11 drill through 114 4-11 drill through 114
127 140 140 140

L
HCMA040-220L40∼75 TR 3
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 17
(19)
kg

375(392) 190 260 190


309(326) 66 L 60 130
66.5 63.5 T 130 130
63.5 66.5 66.5 63.5 R 130
63.5 66.5
60

M10 Tap Depth 20 83 60 60 60 60


60 60 60 60
(φ79) φ28h7

φ28h7

(φ79) φ28h7
φ28h7

50 50 50 50

7
64

(φ79)

(φ79)
8
67.5
φ140

26

205

4
67

141

81(104.5) 67.5 81(104.5) 67.5 81(104.5) 67.5


φ12
14

14

14

110 140 140 140


136 4-11 drill through 166 4-11 drill through 166 4-11 drill through 166

L
HCMA040-280L90∼200 TR(B) 4
Reduction ratio : 90, 100, 120, 150, 180, 200 Approx. weight : 27
(29)
kg
230 310 230
410(427)
L 75 155 T 155 155 R 155 75

CROISE MOTOR
327(344) 83 82 73 73 82 82 73 73 82
103 75 70 70 75 75 70 70 75
M10 Tap Depth 20
φ35h7
φ35h7
φ35h7

φ35h7

55 55 55 55
8
80

(φ91)

(φ91)

(φ91)
10

(φ91)
67 67.5
φ140

28

245

5
81
(104.5) 81
(104.5) 81
(104.5)
165

φ12
15

15
15

136 170 170 170


4-15 drill through 4-15 drill through 4-15 drill through
170 204 204 204

L
HCMA040-321L240∼300 (B)
T
R
5
Foot mount type 0.4kW

Reduction ratio : 240, 300 Approx. weight : 36


(38)
kg
433(450) 233 308 233
339(356)
2-M8 Tap Depth 16 115
94 L 79
79
154
75
T 75
154
79 79
154
75
R 75
154
79
79

Pressure vent 60 60 60 60
φ38h7
φ38h7

φ38h7

φ38h7

8
92
10
67 67.5
φ140

38

20

275

5
183

81(104.5) 81(104.5) Oil gauge 81(104.5)


φ12 Oil gauge Oil gauge
16

16

16

Drain lump
160 4-15 drill through 160 4-15 drill through 160 4-15 drill through 160
196 196 196 196

Note 1) ( ) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-types.


Note 2) For output shaft arrangement "T" the phases of the right and left output shaft key way are not necessarily aligned precisely.
198
Foot mount type Three-phase 0.55kW Non-brake type, Brake type

■Specification chart
Brake
Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Number Number Frequency Protection Cooling
Output V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated
of phases of poles Hz type method
50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type torque of Insulation
motor torque
Totally Self
Non-
Three- 200/200/220 2.9/2.6/2.5 1380/1650/1690 enclosed managed 100%
0.55kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous Class E excitation Class B
phase (400/400/440) (1.45/1.3/1.3) (1380/1650/1690) type type over
type
(IP44) (JC411)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.
reduction steps
Reducer frame number

Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number
Number of

Motor Actual revolution


Model number output reduction r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline
kW ratio dimensions
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf}

10 1/10 150 180 30.6 { 3.1} 25.8 { 2.6} 1400 { 143 }

15 1/15 100 120 43.6 { 4.4} 36.7 { 3.7} 1400 { 143 }

20 1/20 16 75 90 55.7 { 5.7} 47.2 { 4.8} 1660 { 169 } 1

25 1/25 60 72 60.6 { 6.2} 55.9 { 5.7} 1660 { 169 }


CSMA055 1
30 1/30 50 60 60.5 { 6.2} 56.2 { 5.7} 1880 { 192 }

40 1/40 37.5 45 99.0 {10.1} 84.5 { 8.6} 3740 { 381 }

50 1/50 22 30 36 117 {11.9} 100 {10.2} 3740 { 381 } 2

60 1/60 25 30 117 {11.9} 108 {11.1} 3740 { 381 }

40 1/40 37.5 45 113 {11.6} 95.0 { 9.7} 3730 { 381 }


22 3
50 1/50 30 36 130 {13.3} 118 {12.0} 3730 { 381 }
0.55
60 1/60 25 30 161 {16.5} 136 {13.9} 5150 { 526 }

75 1/75 20 24 199 {20.3} 168 {17.1} 5150 { 526 }

90 1/90 16.7 20 229 {23.4} 194 {19.8} 5150 { 526 }


28 4
100 1/100 15 18 253 {25.8} 214 {21.8} 5150 { 526 }
HCMA055 2
120 1/120 12.5 15 270 {27.6} 230 {23.5} 5150 { 526 }

150 1/150 10 12 292 {29.8} 280 {28.6} 5150 { 526 }

180 1/180 8.3 10 383 {39.1} 327 {33.3} 9760 { 996 }


32 5
CROISE MOTOR

200 1/200 7.5 9 419 {42.8} 358 {36.6} 9760 { 996 }

240 1/240 6.3 7.5 484 {49.4} 414 {42.2} 12210 { 1246 }
40 6
300 1/300 5 6 587 {59.9} 501 {51.1} 12210 { 1246 }
Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or
less than the value shown in the table above.
Allowable O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.
Foot mount type 0.55kW

Nomenclature Technical Information


199 Page 14 Page 254
CROISE MOTOR

■Outline dimensions
L
CSMA055-160L10∼30 TR(B) 1
Reduction ratio : 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 9
(10)
kg

317(334) 130 176 130


267(284)
53
50 L 42
42
88
46
T 46
88
42 42
88
46
R 46
88
42
42
M8 Tap Depth 16

φ22h7
44 44 44 44

φ22h7

φ22h7

φ22h7
6 38 38 38 38

44
6
67

42
3.5

159
115
φ140
67.5

73

81(104.5) 67.5 81(104.5) 67.5 81(104.5) 67.5

11

11

11
φ12
78 4-11 drill through 90 4-11 drill through 90 4-11 drill through 90
104 114 114 114

L
CSMA055-220L40∼60 (B)
T 2
R
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60 Approx. weight : 11.5
(12.5)
kg

341.5 (358.5) 165 230 165


279.5(296.5) 62 L 50
50
115
65
T 65
115
50 50
115
65
R 65
115
50
50
65.5 60 60 60 60

φ28h7
φ28h7

φ28h7

φ28h7
M10 Tap Depth 20 7 50 50 50 50
59
8

4
67

56
197
φ140

138
67.5

82

81(104.5) 67.5 81(104.5) 67.5 81(104.5) 67.5


14

14

14
φ12
95 4-11 drill through 114 4-11 drill through 114 4-11 drill through 114
127 140 140 140

L
HCMA055-220L40∼50 (B)
T 3
R
Reduction ratio : 40, 50 Approx. weight : 19
(21)
kg

395(412) 190 260 190


329(346)
83
66 L 60 130
66.5 63.5
T 130 130
63.5 66.5 66.5 63.5
R 130
63.5 66.5
60
M10 Tap Depth 20 60 60 60 60
60 60 60
φ28h7

60
φ28h7
φ28h7

φ28h7

50 50 50 50
7
64

(φ79)

(φ79)

(φ79)
(φ79)
8
67.5
φ140

26

CROISE MOTOR
205

4
67

141

81(104.5) 67.5 81(104.5) 67.5 81(104.5) 67.5

φ12
14

14

14

110 140 140 140


136 4-11 drill through 166 4-11 drill through 166 4-11 drill through 166

L
HCMA055-280L60∼150 TR(B) 4
Reduction ratio : 60, 75, 90, 100, 120, 150 Approx. weight : 28
(30)
kg
Foot mount type 0.55kW

430(447) 230 310 230


347(364) 83 L 75
82
155
73
T 73
155
82 82
155
73
R 73
155
82
75
103
M10 Tap Depth 20 75 70 70 75 75 70 70 75
φ35h7
φ35h7
φ35h7
φ35h7

55 55 55 55
8
80

(φ91)

(φ91)
10

(φ91)
(φ91)
67.5
φ140

28

245

5
67

81
(104.5) 81
(104.5) 81
(104.5)
165

φ12
15

15

15

136 170 170 170


170 4-15 drill through 204 4-15 drill through 204 4-15 drill through 204

Note 1) ( ) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-types.


Note 2) For output shaft arrangement "T" the phases of the right and left output shaft key way are not necessarily aligned precisely.
200
Foot mount type Three-phase 0.55kW Non-brake type, Brake type CROISE MOTOR

■Outline dimensions
L
HCMA055-321L180∼200 TR(B) 5
Reduction ratio : 180, 200 Approx. weight : 37
(39)
kg

453(470) 233 308 233


359(376)
115
94 L 79
79
154
75
T 75
154
79 79
154
75
R 75
154
79
79
2-M8 Tap Depth 16
Pressure vent 60 60 60 60

φ38h7
φ38h7

φ38h7

φ38h7
8
92
10
φ140
67 67.5

38

275
20

5
183

81
(104.5) 81
(104.5) 81(104.5)
φ12 Oil gauge Oil gauge Oil gauge
16

16

16
160 Drain plug 4-15 drill through 160 4-15 drill through 160 4-15 drill through 160
196 196 196 196

L
HCMA055-401L240∼300 TR(B) 6
Reduction ratio : 240, 300 Approx. weight : 57
(59)
kg

526(543) 267 356 267


412(429)
152
114 L 89
89
178
89
T 89
178
89 89
178
89
R 89
178
89
89
89
2-M10 Tap Depth 20
90 90 90 90
Pressure vent 75 75 75 75
φ45h7

φ45h7
φ45h7

φ45h7
9
112
14
22
φ140
67 67.5

46

317

5.5 Oil gauge


205

180 180 Oil gauge 180


φ12 Oil gauge
18

18

18
190 Drain plug 190 190 190
230 4-17 drill through 230 4-17 drill through 230 4-17 drill through 230

Note 1) ( ) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-types.


Note 2) For output shaft arrangement "T" the phases of the right and left output shaft key way are not necessarily aligned
precisely.
CROISE MOTOR
Foot mount type 0.55kW

Nomenclature Technical Information


201 Page 14 Page 254
Notes

202
Foot mount type 0.55kW CROISE MOTOR
Foot mount type Three-phase 0.75kW Non-brake type, Brake type

■Specification chart
Brake
Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Number Number Frequency Protection Cooling
Output V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated
of phases of poles Hz type method
50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type torque of Insulation
motor torque
Totally Self
Non-
Three- 200/200/220 3.8/3.4/3.4 1410/1690/1710 enclosed managed 150%
0.75kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous Class E excitation Class B
phase (400/400/440) (2.0/1.7/1.7) (1410/1690/1710) type type over
type
(IP44) (JC411)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.
reduction steps
Reducer frame number

Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number
Number of

Motor Actual revolution


Model number output reduction r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline
kW ratio dimensions
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf}

10 1/10 150 180 42.8 { 4.4} 35.9 { 3.7} 3660 { 373 }

15 1/15 100 120 60.8 { 6.2} 51.5 { 5.3} 3660 { 373 }

20 1/20 22 75 90 78.8 { 8.0} 66.7 { 6.8} 3740 { 381 } 1

25 1/25 60 72 94.1 { 9.6} 79.4 { 8.1} 3740 { 381 }


CSMA075 1
30 1/30 50 60 108 { 11.0} 91.5 { 9.3} 3740 { 381 }

40 1/40 37.5 45 141 { 14.3} 120 { 12.2} 5160 { 526 }

50 1/50 28 30 36 168 { 17.1} 143 { 14.6} 5160 { 526 } 2

60 1/60 25 30 192 { 19.6} 165 { 16.8} 5160 { 526 }

40 1/40 37.5 45 156 { 16.0} 132 { 13.4} 5150 { 526 }

50 1/50 30 36 193 { 19.7} 163 { 16.6} 5150 { 526 }


0.75 28 3
60 1/60 25 30 220 { 22.5} 186 { 19.0} 5150 { 526 }

75 1/75 20 24 271 { 27.7} 229 { 23.3} 5150 { 526 }

90 1/90 16.7 20 319 { 32.6} 270 { 27.5} 9630 { 983 }

100 1/100 15 18 352 { 35.9} 298 { 30.4} 9760 { 996 }


HCMA075 2 32 4
120 1/120 12.5 15 382 { 39.0} 324 { 33.1} 9760 { 996 }

150 1/150 10 12 435 { 44.4} 396 { 40.4} 9760 { 996 }

180 1/180 8.3 10 540 { 55.2} 460 { 47.0} 12210 { 1246 }


40 5
200 1/200 7.5 9 593 { 60.5} 505 { 51.5} 12210 { 1246 }
CROISE MOTOR

240 1/240 6.3 7.5 673 { 68.7} 576 { 58.8} 16980 { 1733 }
50 6
300 1/300 5 6 815 { 83.2} 697 { 71.1} 16980 { 1733 }

Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or
less than the value shown in the table above.
Allowable O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.
Foot mount type 0.75kW

Nomenclature Technical Information


203 Page 14 Page 254
CROISE MOTOR

■Outline dimensions
L
CSMA075-220L10∼30 TR(B) 1
Reduction ratio : 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 12
(14)
kg
330.5(357.5) 165 230 165
268.5(295.5)
69.5
62 L 50
50
115
65
T 65
115
50 50
115
65
R 65
115
50
50
M10 Tap Depth 20
60 60 60 60

φ28h7
φ28h7

φ28h7
φ28h7
7 50 50 50 50

59
8

4
75
φ158

56

197
138
79

82

90
(113.5) 75 90(113.5) 75 90
(113.5) 75

14

14

14
φ12
95 4-11 drill through 114 4-11 drill through 114 4-11 drill through 114
127 140 140 140

L
CSMA075-280L40∼60 TR(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60 Approx. weight : 20
(24)
kg
374(401) 230 310 230
290.5(307.5)
M10 Tap Depth 20 83
83.5 L 75
75
155
73 φ35h7
T 73
155
75 75
155
73
R 73
155
75
75

φ35h7

φ35h7
70 70 70 70

φ35h7
8 55 55 55 55
80
10
φ158
75

70
245

5
165
79

95

90
(113.5) 75 90(113.5) 75 90(113.5) 75
15

15

15
φ12
136 4-15 drill through 170 4-15 drill through 170 4-15 drill through 170
170 204 204 204

L
HCMA075-280L40∼75 (B)
T 3
R
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 29
(32)
kg
422(449) 230 310 230
339(366) 83 75 155 155 155 155 75
M10 Tap Depth 20
103 L 82 73 T 73 82 82 73 R 73 82
75 70 70 75 75 70 70 75
φ35h7

φ35h7
φ35h7
φ35h7

55 55 55 55
8
80

(φ91)

(φ91)
10

(φ91)

(φ91)
75
φ158

28

245

CROISE MOTOR
79

90
(113.5) 90(113.5) 90(113.5)
165

φ12
15

15

15

136 4-15 drill through 170 4-15 drill through 170 4-15 drill through 170
170 204 204 204

L
HCMA075-321L90∼150 
T(B) 4
R
Reduction ratio : 90, 100, 120, 150 Approx. weight : 38
(41)
kg
445(472) 233 308 233
Foot mount type 0.75kW

351(378)
2-M8 Tap Depth 16 115
94
L 79
79
154
75 T 75
154
79 79
154
75 R 75
154
79
79

Pressure vent
60 60 60 60
φ38h7

φ38h7
φ38h7

φ38h7

8
92
10
φ158
75

38

20

275

5
79

183

90(113.5) 90(113.5) 90(113.5)


Oil gauge
Oil gauge Oil gauge
φ12
16

16

16

Drain plug
160 4-15 drill through 160 4-15 drill through 160 4-15 drill through 160
196 196 196 196

Note 1) ( ) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-types.


Note 2) For output shaft arrangement "T" the phases of the right and left output shaft key way are not necessarily aligned precisely.
204
Foot mount type Three-phase 0.75kW Non-brake type, Brake type CROISE MOTOR

■Outline dimensions
L
HCMA075-401L180∼200 
T(B) 5
R
Reduction ratio : 180, 200 Approx. weight : 60
(63)
kg
512(539) 267 356 267
398(425)
2-M10 Tap Depth 20 152
114
L 89
89
178
89 T 89
178
89 89
178
89 R 89
178
89
89
89
90 90 90 90
Pressure vent 75 75 75 75

φ45h7

φ45h7
φ45h7

φ45h7
9
112
14
22
φ158
75

46

317

5.5 Oil gauge


79

205

180 Oil gauge 180 Oil gauge 180


φ12
18

18

18
190 Drain plug 190 190 190
230 4-17 drill through 230 4-17 drill through 230 4-17 drill through 230

L
HCMA075-501L240∼300 
T(B) 6
R
Reduction ratio : 240, 300 Approx. weight : 102
(105)
kg
569(596) 334 450 334
425(452) 144 109 225 225 225 225 109
2-M10 Tap Depth 20 L 109 116 T 116 109 109 116 R 116 109
Pressure vent 120 120 120 120
100 100 100 100

φ60h7
φ60h7
φ60h7

φ60h7
140

11
18
36
φ158

71
79 75

410

7
270

Oil gauge Oil gauge Oil gauge


φ12

22
22

22

238 Drain plug 238 238 238


286 4-19 drill through 286 4-19 drill through 286 4-19 drill through 286

Note 1) ( ) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-types.


Note 2) For output shaft arrangement "T" the phases of the right and left output shaft key way are not necessarily aligned
precisely.
CROISE MOTOR
Foot mount type 0.75kW

Nomenclature Technical Information


205 Page 14 Page 254
Notes

206
Foot mount type 0.75kW CROISE MOTOR
Foot mount type Three-phase 1.5kW Non-brake type, Brake type

■Specification chart
Brake
Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Number Number Frequency Protection Cooling Rated
Output V A r/min Insulation Rated
of phases of poles Hz type method current
50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type torque of Insulation
motor torque
Totally Self
Non-
Three- 200/200/220 7.0/6.2/6.0 1420/1710/1730 enclosed managed Class E 150%
1.5kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous excitation Class B
phase (400/400/440) (3.5/3.1/3.0) (1420/1710/1730) type type (Class B) over
type
(IP44) (JC411)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.
reduction steps
Reducer frame number

Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number
Number of

Motor Actual revolution


Model number output reduction r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline
kW ratio dimensions
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf}

10 1/10 150 180 86.8 { 8.8} 72.4 { 7.4} 4290 { 437 }

15 1/15 100 120 125 { 12.7} 105 { 10.7} 4290 { 437 }

20 1/20 28 75 90 162 { 16.5} 136 { 13.9} 5160 { 526 } 1

25 1/25 60 72 196 { 20.0} 165 { 16.8} 5160 { 526 }


CSMA150 1
30 1/30 50 60 223 { 22.7} 189 { 19.3} 5160 { 526 }

40 1/40 37.5 45 289 { 29.4} 246 { 25.0} 9770 { 996 }

50 1/50 32 30 36 321 { 32.8} 292 { 29.8} 9770 { 996 } 2

60 1/60 25 30 321 { 32.8} 292 { 29.8} 9770 { 996 }

40 1/40 37.5 45 317 { 32.4} 267 { 27.2} 9760 { 996 }


32 3
50 1/50 30 36 392 { 40.0} 330 { 33.7} 9760 { 996 }
1.5
60 1/60 25 30 460 { 46.9} 388 { 39.5} 12210 { 1246 }

75 1/75 20 24 567 { 57.8} 478 { 48.7} 12210 { 1246 }

90 1/90 40 16.7 20 652 { 66.5} 551 { 56.2} 12210 { 1246 } 4

100 1/100 15 18 719 { 73.3} 607 { 62.0} 12210 { 1246 }


HCMA150 2
120 1/120 12.5 15 744 { 75.9} 674 { 68.8} 12210 { 1246 }

150 1/150 10 12 988 {101 } 840 { 85.7} 16980 { 1733 }

180 1/180 8.3 10 1126 {115 } 959 { 97.8} 16980 { 1733 }

200 1/200 50 7.5 9 1236 {126 } 1052 {107 } 16980 { 1733 } 5


CROISE MOTOR

240 1/252 5.95 7.14 1607 {164 } 1362 {139 } 16983 { 1733 }

300 1/315 4.76 5.71 1980 {202 } 1676 {171 } 16983 { 1733 }
Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or
less than the value shown in the table above.
Allowable O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.
Foot mount type 1.5kW

Nomenclature Technical Information


207 Page 14 Page 254
CROISE MOTOR

■Outline dimensions
L
CSMA150-280L10∼30 (B)
T
R
1
Reduction ratio : 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 26
(31)
kg

416.5(470.5) L 230
T 310
R 230
333(387) 83 75 155 155 155 155 75
75 73 73 75 75 73 73 75
83.5
M10 Tap Depth 20
70 70 70 70
55 55 55

φ35h7
φ35h7
φ35h7

φ35h7
80
8 55

10
φ198

70

245
5
142.5 95 95 95
165 (140.5) 142.5(140.5) 142.5(140.5)
95

15

15

15
2

2
φ27 136
4-φ15 bore 170 4-φ15 bore 170 4-φ15 bore 170
170 204 204 204

L
CSMA150-321L40∼60 (B)
T
R
2
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60 Approx. weight : 37
(42)
kg
438.5(492.5) 233 308 233
344.5(398.5)
3−M8 Tap Depth 16 94
94 L 79
79
154
75
T 75
154
79 79
154
75
R 75
154
79
79

Pressure vent
60 60 60 60
8
92

φ38h7

φ38h7

φ38h7
φ38h7
20

10

275
80
183

5
143 95 143 95 143 95
103

(141) (141) (141)


φ198

Oil gauge Oil gauge Oil gauge


16

16
16
φ27

160 4-φ15 bore 160 4-φ15 bore 160 4-φ15 bore 160
196 Drain plug 196 196 196

L
HCMA150-321L40∼50 TR(B) 3
Reduction ratio : 40, 50 Approx. weight : 45
(50)
kg

504(558) L 233 T 308 R 233


410(464) 94 158 75 154 154 75 158
2−M8 Tap Depth 16 115 79 75 79 79 75 79
Pressure vent
60 60 60 60
φ38h7
φ38h7

φ38h7
φ38h7

8
92
10
38
φ198

20

275

5
150(148)
183

97 71(69) 176
Oil gauge
229(227) Oil gauge
16

16

16

18 Oil gauge
φ27

160 4-φ15 bore 160 4-φ15 bore 160 4-φ15 bore 160
196 Drain plug 196 196 196

L
HCMA150-401L60∼120 TR(B) 4
Reduction ratio : 60, 75, 90, 100, 120 Approx. weight : 67
(72)
kg

540(594)
L 267
T 356
R 267

CROISE MOTOR
426(480) 114 89 178 178 178 178 89
2−M10 Tap Depth 20 152 89 89 89 89 89 89 89 89 89
Pressure vent 90 90 90 90
75 75 75 75
φ45h7

φ45h7
φ45h7

φ45h7

9
112
22

14
φ198

46

317

5.5
143
205

(141) 95 143(141) 95 143(141) 95


180 180 180
18
18

18

φ27
Oil gauge Oil gauge Oil gauge

190 Drain plug 190 4-φ17 bore 190 4-φ17 bore 190
230 4-φ17 bore 230 230 230
L
HCMA150-501L150∼300 TR(B) 5
Foot mount type 1.5kW

Reduction ratio : 150, 180, 200, 252, 315 Approx. weight : 111
(116)
kg
597(651) 334 450 334
453(507) 144 109 225 225 225 225 109
2−M10 Tap Depth 20
Pressure vent
L 109 116
120
T 116
120
109 109 116
120
R 116
120
109

100 100 100 100


φ60h7

φ60h7

φ60h7

φ60h7
140

11
18
36
71
φ198

410

7
270

143(141) 143(141) 143(141)


φ27
22

22

22

Oil gauge Oil gauge Oil gauge

238 Drain plug 4-φ19 bore 238 4-φ19 bore 238 4-φ19 bore 238
286 286 286 286

Note 1) ( ) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-types.


Note 2) For output shaft arrangement "T" the phases of the right and left output shaft key way are not necessarily aligned precisely.
208
Foot mount type Three-phase 2.2kW Non-brake type, Brake type

■Specification chart
Brake
Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Number Number Frequency Protection Cooling
Output V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated
of phases of poles Hz type method
50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type torque of Insulation
motor torque
Totally Self
Non-
Three- 200/200/220 9.8/8.9/8.5 1420/1710/1730 enclosed managed Class E 150%
2.2kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous excitation Class B
phase (400/400/440) (4.9/4.5/4.3) (1420/1710/1730) type type (Class B) over
type
(IP44) (JC411)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.
reduction steps
Reducer frame number

Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number
Number of

Motor Actual revolution


Model number output reduction r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline
kW ratio dimensions
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf}

10 1/10 150 180 128 { 13.1} 108 { 11.0} 9770 { 996 }

15 1/15 100 120 185 { 18.9} 160 { 16.3} 9770 { 996 }

20 1/20 32 75 90 240 { 24.5} 203 { 20.7} 9770 { 996 } 1

25 1/25 60 72 301 { 30.7} 253 { 25.8} 9770 { 996 }


CSMA220 1
30 1/30 50 60 335 { 34.1} 284 { 28.9} 9770 { 996 }

40 1/40 37.5 45 436 { 44.4} 370 { 37.7} 12200 { 1240 }

50 1/50 40 30 36 524 { 53.5} 446 { 45.5} 12200 { 1240 } 2

60 1/60 25 30 532 { 54.3} 474 { 48.3} 12200 { 1240 }

40 1/40 37.5 45 473 { 48.3} 398 { 40.6} 12210 { 1246 }

50 1/50 30 36 585 { 59.7} 492 { 50.2} 12210 { 1246 }


2.2 40 3
60 1/60 25 30 674 { 68.8} 568 { 58.0} 12210 { 1246 }

75 1/75 20 24 751 { 76.6} 701 { 71.5} 12210 { 1246 }

90 1/90 16.7 20 980 {100 } 827 { 84.4} 16980 { 1733 }

100 1/100 15 18 1081 {110 } 912 { 93.1} 16980 { 1733 }


HCMA220 2
120 1/120 12.5 15 1187 {121 } 1008 {103 } 16980 { 1733 }

150 1/150 10 12 1400 {143 } 1231 {126 } 16980 { 1733 }


50 4
180 1/180 8.3 10 1980 {202 } 1666 {170 } 16983 { 1733 }

200 1/200 7.5 9 2195 {224 } 1842 {188 } 16983 { 1733 }


CROISE MOTOR

240 1/252 5.95 7.14 2489 {254 } 2097 {214 } 16983 { 1733 }
※ ※
300 1/315 4.76 5.71 2607 {266 } 2587 {264 } 16983 { 1733 }

Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or
less than the value shown in the table above.
Allowable O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.
Note 4) The models marked with ※ are ones for which the torque is limited.
Foot mount type 2.2kW

Nomenclature Technical Information


209 Page 14 Page 254
CROISE MOTOR

■Outline dimensions

L
CSMA220-321L10∼30 T(B) 1
R
Reduction ratio : 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 41
(46)
kg

467.5(521.5)
L 233
T 308
R 233
373.5(427.5) 79 154 154 154 154 79
2−M8 Tap Depth 16 94 79 75 75 79 79 75 75 79
Pressure vent 94
60 60 60 60
8

φ38h7

φ38h7
φ38h7
92

φ38h7
20

10
φ198

275
80

5
183

143 95 143 95 143 95


(141) (141) (141)
103

Oil gauge Oil gauge Oil gauge


16

16

16
φ27

160 4-φ15 bore 160 4-φ15 bore 160 4-φ15 bore 160
196 Drain plug 196 196 196

L
CSMA220-401L40∼60 TR(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60 Approx. weight : 53
(58)
kg
508.5(562.5) 267 356 267
394.5(448.5)
2−M10 Tap Depth 20 115
114
L 89
89
178
89 T 89
178
89 89
178
89 R 89
178
89
89

Pressure vent

90 90 90 90
9 75 75 75 75
112

φ45h7
φ45h7

φ45h7
φ45h7
14
22

317
φ198

100

5.5 143 95 143 95 143 95


(141) (141) (141)
205
105

Oil gauge Oil gauge Oil gauge


18

18

18
φ27

190 4-φ17 bore 190 4-φ17 bore 190 4-φ17 bore 190
230 Drain plug 230 230 230

L
HCMA220-401L40∼75 TR(B) 3
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 70
(75)
kg

L T R
569(623) 267 356 267
455(509) 114 89 178 178 178 178 89
2−M10 Tap Depth 20 152 89 89 89 89 89 89 89 89 89
Pressure vent 90 90 90 90
75 75 75 75
φ45h7

φ45h7

φ45h7

φ45h7

9
112
14
22

CROISE MOTOR
46
φ198

317

5.5
205

143(141) 95 143(141) 95 143(141) 95


180 180 180
φ27
18

18

18

Oil gauge Oil gauge Oil gauge

190 Drain plug 190 4-φ17 bore 190 4-φ17 bore 190
230 4-φ17 bore 230 230 230

L
HCMA220-501L90∼300 
T(B) 4
R
Reduction ratio : 90, 100, 120, 150, 180, 200, 252, 315 Approx. weight : 114
(119)
kg
Foot mount type 2.2kW

626(680)
428(536) 144
L 109
334
225
T 225
450
225
R 225
334
109
2−M10 Tap Depth 20 109 116 116 109 109 116 116 109
Pressure vent 120 120 120 120
100 100 100 100
φ60h7

φ60h7

φ60h7

φ60h7
140

11
18
36
71
φ198

410

7
270

143(141) 143(141) 143(141)


φ27
22

22

22

Oil gauge Oil gauge Oil gauge

238 Drain plug 4-φ19 bore 238 4-φ19 bore 238 4-φ19 bore 238
286 286 286 286

Note 1) ( ) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-types.


Note 2) For output shaft arrangement "T" the phases of the right and left output shaft key way are not necessarily aligned precisely.
210
Foot mount type Three-phase 3.7kW Non-brake type, Brake type

■Specification chart
Brake
Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Number Number Frequency Protection Cooling
Output V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated
of phases of poles Hz type method
50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type torque of Insulation
motor torque
Totally Self
Non-
Three- 200/200/220 16.0/14.8/14.0 1420/1710/1730 enclosed managed Class E 150%
3.7kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous excitation Class E
phase (400/400/440) (8.0/7.4/7.0) (1420/1710/1730) type type (Class B) over
type
(IP44) (JC411)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.
reduction steps
Reducer frame number

Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number
Number of

Motor Actual revolution


Model number output reduction r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline
kW ratio dimensions
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf}

10 1/10 150 180 218 { 22.3} 183 { 18.6} 12200 { 1240 }

15 1/15 100 120 317 { 32.3} 266 { 27.1} 12200 { 1240 }

20 1/20 40 75 90 411 { 41.9} 346 { 35.3} 12200 { 1240 } 1

25 1/25 60 72 503 { 51.3} 424 { 43.2} 12200 { 1240 }


CSMA370 1
30 1/30 50 60 579 { 59.1} 491 { 50.0} 12200 { 1240 }

40 1/40 37.5 45 755 { 77.0} 640 { 65.3} 16600 { 1690 }

50 1/50 50 30 36 857 { 87.4} 767 { 78.3} 16600 { 1690 } 2

60 1/60 25 30 857 { 87.4} 795 { 81.1} 16600 { 1690 }

40 1/40 37.5 45 803 { 81.9} 675 { 68.9} 16980 { 1733 }

50 1/50 30 36 993 {101 } 835 { 85.2} 16980 { 1733 }


3.7
60 1/60 25 30 1148 {117 } 967 { 98.7} 16980 { 1733 }

75 1/75 20 24 1363 {139 } 1192 {122 } 16980 { 1733 }

90 1/90 16.7 20 1833 {187 } 1539 {157 } 16983 { 1733 }

100 1/100 15 18 2029 {207 } 1705 {174 } 16983 { 1733 }


HCMA370 2 50 3
120 1/126 11.9 14.3 2421 {247 } 2029 {207 } 16983 { 1733 }
※ ※
150 1/157.5 9.5 11.4 2607 {266 } 2519 {257 } 16983 { 1733 }
※ ※ ※ ※
180 1/180 8.3 10 2607 {266 } 2607 {266 } 16983 { 1733 }
※ ※ ※ ※
200 1/200 7.5 9 2607 {266 } 2607 {266 } 16983 { 1733 }
CROISE MOTOR

※ ※
240 1/252 5.95 7.14 2607 {266 } ※2607 ※{266 } 16983 { 1733 }
※ ※ ※ ※
300 1/315 4.76 5.71 2607 {266 } 2607 {266 } 16983 { 1733 }
Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or
less than the value shown in the table above.
Allowable O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.
Note 4) The models marked with ※ are ones for which the torque is limited.
Foot mount type 3.7kW

Nomenclature Technical Information


211 Page 14 Page 254
CROISE MOTOR

■Outline dimensions
L
CSMA370-401L10∼30 TR(B) 1
Reduction ratio : 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 67
(75)
kg

561(635)
447(521) 114 L 89
267
178
T 178
356
178
R 178
267
89
2−M10 Tap Depth 20 115 89 89 89 89 89 89 89 89
Pressure vent

90 90 90 90
75 75 75 75
9

112

φ45h7
φ45h7

φ45h7
φ45h7
22

14

317
φ214

5.5 100 151 105 151 105 151 105


205 (149) (149) (149)
105

Oil gauge Oil gauge Oil gauge


18

18

18
1

1
φ27
190 4-φ17 bore 190 4-φ17 bore 190 4-φ17 bore 190
230 Drain plug 230 230 230

L
CSMA370-501L40∼60 (B)
T 2
R
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60 Approx. weight : 105
(113)
kg

620(694)
476(550) 144
L 109
334
225
T 225
450
225
R 225
334
109
2−M10 Tap Depth 20 144 109 116 116 109 109 116 116 109
Pressure vent

120 120 120 120


100 100 100 100
11
140

φ60h7
φ60h7

φ60h7
φ60h7
18
36

125

410
φ214

151(149) 151(149) 151(149)


7
270
145

φ27
22

22

22
Oil gauge Oil gauge Oil gauge

238 Drain plug 4-φ19 bore 238 4-φ19 bore 238 4-φ19 bore 238
286 286 286 286

L
HCMA370-501L40∼300 TR(B) 3
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60, 75, 90, 100, 126, 157.5, 180, 200, 252, 315 Approx. weight : 120
(127)
kg
L T R
676(750) 334 450 334
532(606) 144 109 225 225 225 225 109

2−M10 Tap Depth 20


L 109 116 T 116 109 109 116 R 116 109
120 120 120 120
Pressure vent
100 100 100 100
φ60h7

φ60h7

φ60h7

φ60h7
140

11
18
36
71
φ214

CROISE MOTOR
410

7
270

158(159) 158(159) 158(159)


22

φ27
22

Oil gauge
22

Oil gauge Oil gauge

238 Drain plug 238 4−φ19 bore 238 4−φ19 bore 238
286 4−φ19 bore
286 286 286

Note 1) ( ) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-types.


Note 2) For output shaft arrangement "T" the phases of the right and left output shaft key way are not necessarily aligned
precisely.
Foot mount type 3.7kW

212
Foot mount type Three-phase 5.5kW Non-brake type, Brake type

■Specification chart
Brake
Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Number Number Frequency Protection Cooling
Output V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated
of phases of poles Hz type method
50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type torque of Insulation
motor torque
Totally Self
Non-
Three- 200/200/220 23.8/21.0/20.0 1430/1730/1740 enclosed managed 150%
5.5kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous Class B excitation Class E
phase (400/400/440) (11.9/10.5/10.0) (1430/1730/1740) type type over
type
(IP44) (JC411)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.
reduction steps
Reducer frame number

Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number
Number of

Motor Actual revolution


Model number output reduction r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline
kW ratio dimensions
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf}

10 1/10 150 180 326 { 33.3} 273 { 27.9} 16980 { 1733 }

15 1/15 100 120 476 { 48.5} 399 { 40.8} 16980 { 1733 }

CSMA550 20 1/20 1 50 75 90 621 { 63.4} 522 { 53.3} 16980 { 1733 } 1

25 1/25 60 72 758 { 77.3} 638 { 65.1} 16980 { 1733 }

30 1/30 50 60 876 { 89.4} 740 { 75.5} 16980 { 1733 }


5.5
40 1/41 36.59 43.9 1009 {103 } 941 { 96 } 16980 { 1733 }

50 1/51.25 29.27 35.12 1068 {109 } 1000 {102 } 16980 { 1733 }

HCM550 75 1/80 2 50 18.75 22.5 1891 {193 } 1764 {180 } 16980 { 1733 } 2

90 1/90 16.67 20 1960 {200 } 1833 {187 } 16980 { 1733 }

100 1/100 15 18 1999 {204 } 1862 {190 } 16980 { 1733 }


Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or
less than the value shown in the table above.
Allowable O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.
CROISE MOTOR
Foot mount type 5.5kW

Nomenclature Technical Information


213 Page 14 Page 254
CROISE MOTOR

■Outline dimensions
L
CSMA550-501L10∼30 TR(B) 1
Reduction ratio : 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 121
(133)
kg
        

683(781)
539(651) 144
L 109
334
225
T 225
450
225
R 225
334
109
2−M10 Tap Depth 20 144 109 116 116 109 109 116 116 109
Pressure vent

120 120 120 120


100 100 100 100
11

140

φ60h7

φ60h7

φ60h7

φ60h7
36

18

125

410
φ252

190 123 190(193) 123 190(193) 123


7 270 (193)
145

22

22

22
Oil gauge Oil gauge Oil gauge
φ35
238 Drain plug 4-φ19 bore 238 4-φ19 bore 238 4-φ19 bore 238
286 286 286 286

L
HCM550-50L40∼100 TR(B)
-1 2
Reduction ratio : 41, 51.25, 80, 90, 100
2−M10 Tap Depth 20

4−M14 Tap Depth 28

Pressure vent
PCD250 (also applies to the other side) L T R

18×11 key 18×11 key 18×11 key 18×11 key


Oil gauge Oil gauge Oil gauge

Drain plug 4-19 drill through 4-19 drill through 4-19 drill through

Note 1) ( ) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-types.


Note 2) For output shaft arrangement "T" the phases of the right and left output shaft key way are not necessarily aligned
precisely.
Note 3) Motor dimension of HCM550 is a reference value.

CROISE MOTOR
Foot mount type 5.5kW

214
Notes

215
Nomenclature, Standard specifications

■Model number
GEAR MOTOR MINI series

G M M T 6 0 F 5 0 B‐W
① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦

① Product series name GMM Gear motor mini series


② Motor specification T Three-phase
S Single-phase
③ Motor capacity 40 40W
60 60W
90 90W
Nomenclature, Standard specifications

④ Mounting type F Flange type


⑤ Reduction ratio 8 1/8
(example) 50 1/50
240 1/240 Note 1) The outdoor specification (W) has the
waterproof specification IP65 or equivalent.
⑥ Brake No code Non-brake Note 2) Outdoor specification (W) is also
B Brake-type fabricated with the brake (B).
⑦ Specification No code Lead wire outlet type Note 3) The resin terminal box mount type (P)
cannot be fabricated with brake-type (B).
code W Outdoor type Note 4) Contact us for the outdoor specification (W) with single-phase 90 W
J Waterproof specification (GMMS90) and brake-type (B) with single-phase 90W (GMMS90).
V Three-phase 400V class, Single-phase 200V class Note 5) The motor does not have a
countermeasure agaimst the micro surge.
WV Outdoor (Three-phase 400V class, Single-phase 200V class)
Note 6) Three-phase 400V class cannot be
P Resin terminal box attached started up with the inverter.
PV Resin terminal box attached, Double voltage (Three-phase 400V class, Single-phase 200V class) Note 7) Three-phase 200V class can be driven by an
inverter. However, continuous operation in low
N2 Ready for UL (three-phase 60W and 90W non-brake type only) Global
frequency and higher than 60Hz is not possible.
N3 Ready for CCC (three-phase 60W and 90W non-brake type only) series Note 8) Note 8) Refer to page 301 for global series voltage.

■Specifications
Output Three-phase : 40、60、90W Single-phase : 40、60、90W
Power supply 200/200/220V 50/60/60Hz 100V 50/60Hz
Number of poles 4 4
Protection type Totally-enclosed type(IP30) Totally-enclosed type (90W is totally-enclosed fan-cooled type) (IP30)
Motor

Cooling method Self-cooling type Self-cooling type (90W is self-operating type)


Starting method ― Condenser run
Rating Continuous
Insulation E class
Brake Non-excitation operation, DC electromagnetic brake (excluding single-phase 90W)
Reduction ratio 1/5∼1/240
Ambient condition Reducer

Lubricating method Grease lubrication


Start end key way New JIS key (JISB1301-1976): output shaft key attached (not for hollow shaft; ordinary-class key way)
Output shaft end section With tap processing (not for hollow shaft)
Installation place Indoor not exposed to dust or water
Ambient temperature −15℃∼40℃
Ambient humidity Less than 85% (non condensing)
Altitude Elevations below 1000m
Atmosphere Free from corrosive gases, explosive gases and steam
Mounting direction No limitations on mounting angles: horizontal, vertical or inclined
Paint color Munsell N7.5・Light gray

■Motor specifications
Number Number Frequency Voltage Rated revolution Rated current Starting torque N・m {kgf・m}
Output
of phases of poles Hz V r/min A (Nominal torque ratio %)
0.54/0.38/0.48 {0.055/0.039/0.049}
40W 1375/1648/1684 0.33/0.30/0.30
(194/165/212)
Three- 0.83/0.62/0.75 {0.085/0.063/0.076}
60W 4 50/60/60 200/200/220 1321/1598/1622 0.45/0.40/0.42
phase (192/172/211)
1.13/0.87/1.01 {0.115/0.089/0.103}
90W 1313/1586/1622 0.60/0.55/0.55
(172/161/191)
0.21/0.21 {0.022/0.022}
40W 1411/1711 0.89/0.82
(79.7/96.6)
Single- 0.25/0.25 {0.026/0.025}
60W 4 50/60 100 1293/1625 1.17/1.06
phase (57.5/69.5)
0.40/0.40 {0.041/0.041}
90W 1274/1614 1.73/1.60
(59.6/75.5)

219
GEAR MOTOR MINI series

■Specification chart

GEAR MOTOR MINI series


Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Page and drawing number
Motor Actual Number of revolution
Model
output reduction reduction r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline dimensions
number
W ratio steps 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf} Non-brake type Brake type
5 1/5 300 360 1.18 {0.12} 0.98 {0.10} 441 { 45}
8 1/8 187.5 225 1.86 {0.19} 1.57 {0.16} 490 { 50}
10 1/10 150 180 2.25 {0.23} 1.86 {0.19} 539 { 55}
15 1/15 2 100 120 3.43 {0.35} 2.84 {0.29} 588 { 60}
20 1/20 75 90 4.61 {0.47} 3.82 {0.39} 637 { 65}
25 1/25 60 72 5.68 {0.58} 4.80 {0.49} 686 { 70}
GMM 221 221
30 1/30 50 60 6.86 {0.70} 5.68 {0.58} 686 { 70}
T40 | |

Specification chart
40 1/40 37.5 45 8.62 {0.88} 7.25 {0.74} 735 { 75}
40 1 3
50 1/50 30 36 10.8 {1.10} 9.02 {0.92} 735 { 75}
GMM
60 1/60 25 30 12.9 {1.32} 10.8 {1.10} 735 { 75}
S40
80 1/80 18.8 22.5 17.3 {1.77} 14.4 {1.47} 735 { 75}
100 1/100 3 15 18 21.7 {2.21} 18.0 {1.84} 735 { 75}
120 1/120 12.5 15 26.0 {2.65} 21.7 {2.21} 735 { 75}
160 1/160 9.4 11.3 34.6 {3.53} 28.8 {2.94} 1370 {140} 221 221
200 1/200 7.5 9 43.3 {4.42} 36.1 {3.68} 1370 {140} | |
240 1/240 6.2 7.5 51.9 {5.30} 43.3 {4.42} 1370 {140} 2 4

5 1/5 300 360 1.76 {0.18} 1.47 {0.15} 490 { 50}


8 1/8 187.5 225 2.74 {0.28} 2.25 {0.23} 490 { 50}
10 1/10 2 150 180 3.43 {0.35} 2.84 {0.29} 539 { 55}
15 1/15 100 120 5.19 {0.53} 4.31 {0.44} 588 { 60}
20 1/20 75 90 6.86 {0.70} 5.68 {0.58} 637 { 65}
25 1/25 60 72 8.62 {0.88} 7.15 {0.73} 686 { 70}
GMM 222 222
30 1/30 50 60 10.3 {1.05} 8.62 {0.88} 686 { 70}
T60 | |
40 1/40 37.5 45 12.9 {1.32} 10.8 {1.10} 735 { 75}
60 1 3
50 1/50 30 36 16.3 {1.66} 13.5 {1.38} 735 { 75}
GMM
60 1/60 25 30 19.5 {1.99} 16.3 {1.66} 735 { 75}
S60
80 1/80 3 18.8 22.5 26.0 {2.65} 21.7 {2.21} 735 { 75}
100 1/100 15 18 32.4 {3.31} 27.0 {2.76} 735 { 75}
120 1/120 12.5 15 38.9 {3.97} 32.4 {3.31} 735 { 75}
160 1/160 9.4 11.3 51.9 {5.30} 43.3 {4.42} 1370 {140} 222 222
200 1/200 7.5 9 64.9 {6.62} 54.1 {5.52} 1370 {140} | |
240 1/240 6.2 7.5 ※64.9 ※{6.62} ※ 54.1 ※{5.52} 1370 {140} 2 4

5 1/5 300 360 2.55 {0.26} 2.16 {0.22} 490 { 50}


8 1/8 187.5 225 4.12 {0.42} 3.43 {0.35} 490 { 50} 224− 1
224
10 1/10 2 150 180 5.19 {0.53} 4.31 {0.44} 539 { 55} (GMMT90)

15 1/15 100 120 7.74 {0.79} 6.47 {0.66} 588 { 60}
3
GMM 20 1/20 75 90 10.3 {1.05} 8.62 {0.88} 637 { 65} 224− 5
T90 25 1/25 60 72 12.2 {1.24} 10.1 {1.03} 686 { 70} (GMMS90) (GMMT90)
3
30 90 1/30 50 60 14.6 {1.49} 12.2 {1.24} 686 { 70}
GMM 40 1/40 37.5 45 20.6 {2.10} 17.2 {1.75} 735 { 75} 224− 2
S90 50 1/50 2 30 36 25.8 {2.63} 21.5 {2.19} 735 { 75} 224
(GMMT90)
60 1/60 25 30 31.0 {3.16} 25.8 {2.63} 735 { 75} |
80 1/80 18.8 22.5 38.9 {3.97} 32.4 {3.31} 1270 {130} 4
224− 6
100 1/100 3 15 18 48.7 {4.97} 40.6 {4.14} 1270 {130} (GMMT90)
(GMMS90)
120 1/120 12.5 15 58.4 {5.96} 48.7 {4.97} 1370 {140}
Note 1) The reduction ratio shown here is the actual reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution speed should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor (page 219).
Note 3) The models marked with ※ are ones for which the torque limited.

220
Flange type Three-phase, Single-phase 40W GEAR MOTOR MINI series

■Motor specifications
GEAR MOTOR MINI series

Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution Starting torque Brake
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min N・m {kgf・m} Rating Insulation actuating
Hz type method
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz (Nominal torque ratio %) method
Three- 0.54/0.38/0.48{0.055/0.039/0.049} Totally Self
4 50/60/60 200/200/220 0.33/0.30/0.30 1375/1648/1648 Non-
phase (194/165/212) enclosed cooled
40W Continuous Class E excitation
Single- 0.21/0.21{0.022/0.022} type type
type
4 50/60 100 0.89/0.82 1411/1711 (IP30)(IC410)
phase (79.7/96.6)

■Specification chart
Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Moment of inertia
Actual Number of revolution
Model Motor Drawing number of 2
reduction reduction r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. kg・m
number output outline dimensions
Flange type 40W

ratio steps 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf} {GD2 kgf・m }


2

5 1/5 300 360 1.18 {0.12} 0.98 {0.10} 441 { 45}


8 1/8 187.5 225 1.86 {0.19} 1.57 {0.16} 490 { 50} Three-phase
non-brake
10 1/10 150 180 2.25 {0.23} 1.86 {0.19} 539 { 55} Non-brake -4
1.84×10
-4
15 1/15 2 100 120 3.43 {0.35} 2.84 {0.29} 588 { 60} {7.35×10 }

20 1/20 75 90 4.61 {0.47} 3.82 {0.39} 637 { 65}
1
25 1/25 60 72 5.68 {0.58} 4.80 {0.49} 686 { 70} Three-phase
GMM brake-type
30 1/30 50 60 6.86 {0.70} 5.68 {0.58} 686 { 70} 1.86×10
-4
T40 -4
40 40 1/40 37.5 45 8.62 {0.88} 7.25 {0.74} 735 { 75} {7.45×10 }
W Brake-type
50 1/50 30 36 10.8 {1.10} 9.02 {0.92} 735 { 75}
GMM | Single-phase
60 1/60 25 30 12.9 {1.32} 10.8 {1.10} 735 { 75}
S40 non-brake
80 1/80 18.8 22.5 17.3 {1.77} 14.4 {1.47} 735 { 75} 3 -4
2.07×10
-4
100 1/100 3 15 18 21.7 {2.21} 18.0 {1.84} 735 { 75} {8.27×10 }
120 1/120 12.5 15 26.0 {2.65} 21.7 {2.21} 735 { 75}
Single-phase
160 1/160 9.4 11.3 34.6 {3.53} 28.8 {2.94} 1370 {140}
Non-brake 2 brake-type
200 1/200 7.5 9 43.3 {4.42} 36.1 {3.68} 1370 {140} 2.09×10
-4

Brake-type 4 -4
240 1/240 6.2 7.5 51.9 {5.30} 43.3 {4.42} 1370 {140} {8.37×10 }
Note 1) The reduction ratio shown here is the actual reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution speed should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.

Three-phase, single-phase non-brake type


GMM TS40F5∼120 1 GMM TS 40F160∼240 2
Reduction ratio : 5, 8, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, Approx. weight : Three-phase 3.2kg Reduction ratio : 160, 200, 240 Approx. weight : Three-phase 3.8kg
40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120 Single-phase 3.4kg Single-phase 4.0kg

1/5 ∼ 1/30 、1/40 ∼ 1/120

Three-phase, single-phase brake type


GMM TS 40F5∼120B 3 GMM TS 40F160∼240B 4

Reduction ratio : 5, 8, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, Approx. weight : Three-phase 3.8kg Reduction ratio : 160, 200, 240 Approx. weight : Three-phase 4.4kg
40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120 Single-phase 4.0kg Single-phase 4.6kg

1/5 ∼ 1/30 、1/40 ∼ 1/120

Nomenclature Technical Information


Note) The direction of rotation of the output shaft is applied in case of rotating direction A of page 262.
221 Page 219 Page 254
Flange type Three-phase, Single-phase 60W GEAR MOTOR MINI series

■Motor specifications

GEAR MOTOR MINI series


Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution Starting torque Brake
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min N・m {kgf・m} Rating Insulation actuating
Hz type method
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz (Nominal torque ratio %) method
Three- 0.83/0.62/0.75{0.085/0.063/0.076} Totally Self
4 50/60/60 200/200/220 0.45/0.40/0.42 1321/1598/1622 Non-
phase (192/172/211) enclosed cooled
60W Continuous Class E excitation
Single 0.25/0.25{0.026/0.026} type type
type
4 50/60 100 1.17/1.06 1293/11625 (IP30)(IC410)
phase (57.5/69.5)

■Specification chart
Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Moment of inertia
Actual Number of revolution
Model Motor Drawing number of 2
reduction reduction r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. kg・m
number output outline dimensions

Flange type 60W


ratio steps 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf} {GD2 kgf・m }
2

5 1/5 300 360 1.76 {0.18} 1.47 {0.15} 490 { 50}


8 1/8 187.5 225 2.74 {0.28} 2.25 {0.23} 490 { 50} Three-phase
non-brake
10 1/10 2 150 180 3.43 {0.35} 2.84 {0.29} 539 { 55} Non-brake -4
1.62×10
-4
15 1/15 100 120 5.19 {0.53} 4.31 {0.44} 588 { 60} {6.46×10 }

20 1/20 75 90 6.86 {0.70} 5.68 {0.58} 637 { 65}
1
25 1/25 60 72 8.62 {0.88} 7.15 {0.73} 686 { 70} Three-phase
GMM brake-type
30 1/30 50 60 10.3 {1.05} 8.62 {0.88} 686 { 70} 1.64×10
-4
T60 -4
40 60 1/40 37.5 45 12.9 {1.32} 10.8 {1.10} 735 { 75} {6.56×10 }
W Brake-type
50 1/50 30 36 16.3 {1.66} 13.5 {1.38} 735 { 75}
GMM | Single-phase
60 1/60 25 30 19.5 {1.99} 16.3 {1.66} 735 { 75}
S60 non-brake
80 1/80 3 18.8 22.5 26.0 {2.65} 21.7 {2.21} 735 { 75} 3 -4
1.93×10
-4
100 1/100 15 18 32.4 {3.31} 27.0 {2.76} 735 { 75} {7.73×10 }
120 1/120 12.5 15 38.9 {3.97} 32.4 {3.31} 735 { 75}
Single-phase
160 1/160 9.4 11.3 51.9 {5.30} 43.3 {4.42} 1370 {140}
Non-brake 2 brake-type
200 1/200 7.5 9 64.9 {6.62} 54.1 {5.52} 1370 {140} 1.96×10
-4

Brake-type 4 -4
240 1/240 6.2 7.5 ※64.9 ※{6.62} ※ 54.1 ※{5.52} 1370 {140} {7.83×10 }
Note 1) The reduction ratio shown here is the actual reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution speed should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) The models marked with ※ are ones for which the torque limited.

Three-phase, single-phase non-brake type


GMM TS 60F5∼120 1 GMM TS 60F160∼240 2
Reduction ratio : 5, 8, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, Approx. weight : Three-phase 3.4kg Reduction ratio : 160, 200, 240 Approx. weight : Three-phase 4.0kg
40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120 Single-phase 4.4kg Single-phase 5.0kg

1/5 ∼ 1/30 、1/40 ∼ 1/120

Three-phase, single-phase brake type


GMM TS 60F5∼120B 3 GMM TS 60F160∼240B 4
Reduction ratio : 5, 8, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, Approx. weight : Three-phase 4.0kg Reduction ratio : 160, 200, 240 Approx. weight : Three-phase 4.7kg
40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120 Single-phase 5.0kg Single-phase 5.6kg

1/5 ∼ 1/30 、1/40 ∼ 1/120

Note) The direction of rotation of the output shaft is applied in case of rotating direction A of page 262. Nomenclature Technical Information
Page 219 Page 254 222
Flange type Three-phase, Single-phase 90W

■Motor specifications
GEAR MOTOR MINI series

Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution Starting torque Brake
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min N・m {kgf・m} Rating Insulation actuating
Hz type method
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz (Nominal torque ratio %) method
Three- 1.13/0.87/1.01{0.115/0.089/0.103} Totally enclosed type Self cooled type Non-excitation
4 50/60/60 200/200/220 0.60/0.55/0.55 1313/1586/1622
phase (172/161/191) (IP30)(IC410) type
90W Continuous Class E
Single 0.40/0.40{0.041/0.041} Total y-enclosed fan-cooled Self managed type
4 50/60 100 1.73/1.60 1274/1614 ─
phase (59.6/75.5) type(IP30)(IC411)

■Specification chart
Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Moment of inertia
Actual Number of revolution
Model Motor Drawing number of 2
reduction reduction r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. kg・m
number output outline dimensions
Flange type 90W

ratio steps 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf} {GD2 kgf・m }


2

5 1/5 300 360 2.55 {0.26} 2.16 {0.22} 490 { 50}


Three-phase non-brake
8 1/8 187.5 225 4.12 {0.42} 3.43 {0.35} 490 { 50} Three-phase
1
non-brake
10 1/10 2 150 180 5.19 {0.53} 4.31 {0.44} 539 { 55} -4
Three-phase brake-type 2.15×10
15 1/15 100 120 7.74 {0.79} 6.47 {0.66} 588 { 60} -4
{8.61×10 }
3
GMM 20 1/20 75 90 10.3 {1.05} 8.62 {0.88} 637 { 65}
T90 25 1/25 60 72 12.2 {1.24} 10.1 {1.03} 686 { 70} Single-phase non-brake Three-phase
90 3 5 brake-type
30 1/30 50 60 14.6 {1.49} 12.2 {1.24} 686 { 70} -4
W 2.18×10
GMM 40 1/40 37.5 45 20.6 {2.10} 17.2 {1.75} 735 { 75} Three-phase non-brake
-4
{8.71×10 }
S90 50 1/50 2 30 36 25.8 {2.63} 21.5 {2.19} 735 { 75} 2
60 1/60 25 30 31.0 {3.16} 25.8 {2.63} 735 { 75} Three-phase brake-type Single-phase
non-brake
80 1/80 18.8 22.5 38.9 {3.97} 32.4 {3.31} 1270 {130} 4 -4
1.93×10
100 1/100 3 15 18 48.7 {4.97} 40.6 {4.14} 1270 {130} Single-phase non-brake -4
{7.73×10 }
120 1/120 12.5 15 58.4 {5.96} 48.7 {4.97} 1370 {140} 6
Note 1) The reduction ratio shown here is the actual reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution speed should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.

Nomenclature Technical Information


223 Page 219 Page 254
GEAR MOTOR MINI series

Three-phase non-brake type

GEAR MOTOR MINI series


GMMT90F5∼30 1 GMMT90F40∼120 2
Reduction ratio : 5, 8, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : Three-phase 3.9kg Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120 Approx. weight : Three-phase 4.5kg

1/5 ∼ 1/20 、1/25 ∼ 1/30 1/40 ∼ 1/60 、1/80 ∼ 1/120

Flange type 90W


Three-phase brake type
GMMT90F5∼30B 3 GMMT90F40∼120B 4
Reduction ratio : 5, 8, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : Three-phase 4.5kg Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120 Approx. weight : Three-phase 5.1kg

1/5 ∼ 1/20 、1/25 ∼ 1/30 1/40 ∼ 1/60 、1/80 ∼ 1/120

Single-phase non-brake type


GMMS90F5∼30 5 GMMS90F40∼120 6
Reduction ratio : 5, 8, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : Single-phase 4.4kg Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120 Approx. weight : Single-phase 5.0kg

1/5 ∼ 1/20 、1/25 ∼ 1/30 1/5 ∼ 1/20 、1/25 ∼ 1/30

Note) The direction of rotation of the output shaft is applied in case of rotating direction A of page 262.

■Operating condenser for single-phase motor

Applied motor Output A B C E H Pressure resistance


40W 15μF 48 31 21 4.5 33
60W 18μF 59 33 23 4.5 34.5 220V
90W 27μF 59 38 28 4.5 40
Note) Commonly used for brake-type and non-
brake motors.
It is attached to the product. Use this by
connecting.

224
Nomenclature, Standard specifications

■Model number
HYPOID MOTOR MINI series

H M M T 6 0 L 5 0 L B‐W
① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ⑧

① Product series nameHMM Hypoid motor mini series


② Motor specification T Three-phase
S Single-phase
③ Motor capacity 40 40W Lead wire outlet type
60 60W
90 90W
④ Mounting type L Foot mount type
Nomenclature, Standard specifications

U Face mount type


H Hollow shaft type
⑤ Reduction ratio 8 1/8
(example) 50 1/50
240 1/240
Resin terminal box attached
⑥ Shaft arrangement L Output shaft located to the left as viewed from the motor side
T Output shaft located on both shafts
R Output shaft located to the right as viewed from the motor side
S Only in face mount type, output shaft is on the left side when looked at from the motor.
No code Hollow shaft type
⑦ Brake No code Non-brake
B Brake-type
⑧ Specification No code Lead wire outlet type
code W Outdoor type Lead wire outlet type Foot mount type
J Waterproof specification
Note 1) ※The outdoor specification (W) is equivalent to waterproof specification IP65.
V Double voltage (Three-phase 400V class, Single-phase 200V class) Note 2) The outdoor specification (W) is also fabricated with brake-type (B).
Note 3) Resin terminal box mount type (P) cannot be fabricated with brake-type (B).
WV Outdoor, Double voltage (Three-phase 400V class, Single-phase 200V class) Note 4) Contact us for the outdoor specification (W) with
single-phase 90 W (HMMS90) and brake-type (B)
P Resin terminal box attached with single-phase 90W (HMMS90).
PV Resin terminal box attached, Double voltage (Three-phase 400V class, Single-phase 200V class) Note 5) The motor does not have a countermeasure for the micro surge.
Note 6) Three-phase 400V class cannot be started up with the inverter.
N2 Ready for UL (three-phase 60W and 90W non-brake type only) Global Note 7) Three-phase 200V class can be driven by an inverter. However, continuous operation
in low frequency and at 60 Hz or higher is not possible.
N3 Ready for CCC (three-phase 60W and 90W non-brake type only) series Note 8) Note 8) Refer to page 301 for global series voltage.

■Specifications
Output Three-phase : 40、60、90W Single-phase : 40、60、90W
Power supply 200/200/220V 50/60/60Hz 100V 50/60Hz
Number of poles 4 4
Protection type Totally-enclosed type(IP30) Totally-enclosed type (90W is totally-enclosed fan-cooled type) (IP30)
Motor

Cooling method Self-cooling type Self-cooling type (90W is self-operating type)


Starting method ― Condenser run
Rating Continuous
Insulation E class
Brake Non-excitation operation, DC electromagnetic brake (excluding single-phase 90W)
Reduction ratio 1/5∼1/240
Ambient condition Reducer

Lubricating method Grease lubrication


Start end key way New JIS key (JISB1301-1976): output shaft key attached (not for hollow shaft; ordinary-class key way)
Output shaft end section With tap processing (not for hollow shaft)
Installation place Indoor not exposed to dust or water
Ambient temperature −15℃∼40℃
Ambient humidity Less than 85% (non condensing)
Altitude Elevations below 1000m
Atmosphere Free from corrosive gases, explosive gases and steam
Mounting direction No limitations on mounting angles: horizontal, vertical or inclined
Paint color Munsell N7.5・Light gray

■Motor specifications
Number Number Frequency Voltage Rated revolution Rated current Starting torque N・m {kgf・m}
Output
of phases of poles Hz V r/min A (Nominal torque ratio %)
0.54/0.38/0.48 {0.055/0.039/0.049}
40W 1375/1648/1684 0.33/0.30/0.30
(194/165/212)
Three- 0.83/0.62/0.75 {0.085/0.063/0.076}
60W 4 50/60/60 200/200/220 1321/1598/1622 0.45/0.40/0.42
phase (192/172/211)
1.13/0.87/1.01 {0.115/0.089/0.103}
90W 1313/1586/1622 0.60/0.55/0.55
(172/161/191)
0.21/0.21 {0.022/0.022}
40W 1411/1711 0.89/0.82
(79.7/96.6)
Single- 0.25/0.25 {0.026/0.025}
60W 4 50/60 100 1293/1625 1.17/1.06
phase (57.5/69.5)
0.40/0.40 {0.041/0.041}
90W 1274/1614 1.73/1.60
(59.6/75.5)

225
HYPOID MOTOR MINI series

■Specification chart

HYPOID MOTOR MINI series


Value inside of [ ] indicates the brake-type.
Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Page and drawing number
Actual Number of revolution
Model Motor
reduction reduction r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline dimensions
number output
ratio steps 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf} Hollow shaft type Face mount type Foot mount type
5 1/5 300 360 0.98 {0.10} 0.88 {0.09} 147 { 15}
8 1/8 187.5 225 1.67 {0.17} 1.37 {0.14} 206 { 21}
10 1/10 150 180 2.06 {0.21} 1.67 {0.17} 343 { 35}
15 1/15 100 120 3.04 {0.31} 2.55 {0.26} 441 { 45}
Non-brake Non-brake Non-brake
20 1/20 75 90 4.02 {0.41} 3.43 {0.35} 539 { 55} 228 228 227
2
25 1/25 60 72 5.10 {0.52} 4.21 {0.43} 588 { 60} | | |
HMM
30 1/30 50 60 6.08 {0.62} 5.10 {0.52} 686 { 70} 1 3 5
T40

Specification chart
40 40 1/40 37.5 45 8.13 {0.83} 6.76 {0.69} 784 { 80}
50 W 1/50 30 36 10.2 {1.04} 8.43 {0.86} 882 { 90}
HMM Brake-type Brake-type Brake-type
60 1/60 25 30 12.2 {1.24} 10.2 {1.04} 882 { 90}
S40 228 228 228
80 1/80 18.8 22.5 15.5 {1.58} 12.8 {1.31} 980 {100}
| | |
100 1/100 15 18 19.3 {1.97} 16.1 {1.64} 980 {100}
2 4 6
120 1/120 12.5 15 23.1 {2.36} 19.3 {1.97} 1080 {110}
3
160 1/160 9.4 11.3 30.9 {3.15} 25.8 {2.63} 1370 {140}
200 1/200 7.5 9 38.6 {3.94} 32.1 {3.28} 1370 {140}
240 1/240 6.2 7.5 46.4 {4.73} 38.6 {3.94} 1370 {140}
5 1/5 300 360 1.57 {0.16} 1.27 {0.13} 255 { 26}
8 1/8 187.5 225 2.45 {0.25} 2.06 {0.21} 353 { 36}
10 1/10 150 180 3.04 {0.31} 2.55 {0.26} 441 { 45}
15 1/15 100 120 4.61 {0.47} 3.82 {0.39} 588 { 60} Non-brake Non-brake Non-brake
20 1/20 75 90 6.08 {0.62} 5.10 {0.52} 735 { 75} 230 230 229
2
25 1/25 60 72 7.64 {0.78} 6.37 {0.65} 882 { 90} | | |
HMM
30 1/30 50 60 9.11 {0.93} 7.64 {0.78} 980 {100} 1 3 5
T60
40 60 1/40 37.5 45 12.2 {1.24} 10.2 {1.04} 1080 {110}
50 W 1/50 30 36 15.2 {1.55} 12.7 {1.30} 1180 {120}
HMM Brake-type Brake-type Brake-type
60 1/60 25 30 18.3 {1.87} 15.2 {1.55} 1180 {120}
S60 230 230 230
80 1/80 18.8 22.5 23.1 {2.36} 19.3 {1.97} 1760 {180} | | |
100 1/100 15 18 28.9 {2.95} 24.1 {2.46} 1760 {180}
2 4 6
120 1/120 12.5 15 34.7 {3.54} 28.9 {2.95} 1760 {180}
3
160 1/160 9.4 11.3 46.4 {4.73} 38.6 {3.94} 1760 {180}
200 1/200 7.5 9 57.9 {5.91} 48.2 {4.92} 1760 {180}
240 1/240 6.2 7.5 69.5 {7.09} 57.9 {5.91} 1760 {180}
5 1/5 300 360 2.25 {0.23} 1.86 {0.19} 255 { 26}
8 1/8 187.5 225 3.63 {0.37} 3.04 {0.31} 353 { 36}
10 1/10 150 180 4.61 {0.47} 3.82 {0.39} 441 { 45}
15 1/15 100 120 6.86 {0.70} 5.68 {0.58} 588 { 60} Non-brake Non-brake Non-brake
20 1/20 75 90 9.11 {0.93} 7.64 {0.78} 735 { 75} 232− 1 232− 4 233− 7
2 232− 3 231− 6 233− 9
25 1/25 60 72 11.5 {1.17} 9.51 {0.97} 882 { 90}
HMM
30 1/30 50 60 13.7 {1.40} 11.5 {1.17} 980 {100}
T90
40 90 1/40 37.5 45 18.3 {1.87} 15.2 {1.55} 1080 {110}
50 W 1/50 30 36 22.8 {2.33} 19.0 {1.94} 1180 {120}
HMM Brake-type Brake-type Brake-type
60 1/60 25 30 27.4 {2.80} 22.8 {2.33} 1180 {120} 232 232 233
S90
80 1/80 18.8 22.5 34.7 {3.54} 28.9 {2.95} 1760 {180} | | |
100 1/100 15 18 43.4 {4.43} 36.2 {3.69} 1760 {180} 2 5 8
120 1/120 12.5 15 52.1 {5.32} 43.4 {4.43} 1760 {180}
3
160 1/160 9.4 11.3 69.5 {7.09} 57.9 {5.91} 1760 {180}
200 1/200 7.5 9 86.8 {8.86} 72.3 {7.38} 1760 {180}
240 1/240 6.2 7.5 104 {10.6} 86.8 {8.86} 1760 {180}
Note 1) The reduction ratio shown here is the actual reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution speed should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor (page 225).
Note 3) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or
less than the value shown in the table above.
Also, O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.

226
Hollow shaft type, face mount type, foot mount Three-phase, Single-phase 40W

■Motor specifications
HYPOID MOTOR MINI series

Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution Starting torque Brake
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min N・m {kgf・m} Rating Insulation actuating
Hz type method
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz (Nominal torque ratio) method
Three- 0.54/0.38/0.48{0.055/0.039/0.049} Totally Self
4 50/60/60 200/200/220 0.33/0.30/0.30 1375/1648/1648 Non-
phase (194/165/212) enclosed cooled
40W Continuous Class E excitation
Single 0.21/0.21{0.022/0.022} type type
type
4 50/60 100 0.89/0.82 1411/1711 (IP30)(IC410)
phase (79.7/96.6)

■Specification chart
Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number of Moment of inertia
Actual Number of revolution
Model Motor 2
reduction reduction r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. outline dimensions kg・m
number output
ratio steps 2
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf} Hollow shaft type Face mount type Foot mount type {GD2 kgf・m }
40W

5 1/5 300 360 0.98 {0.10} 0.88 {0.09} 147 { 15}


8 1/8 187.5 225 1.67 {0.17} 1.37 {0.14} 206 { 21}
Three-phase
10 1/10 150 180 2.06 {0.21} 1.67 {0.17} 343 { 35} non-brake
-4
15 1/15 100 120 3.04 {0.31} 2.55 {0.26} 441 { 45} 1.84×10
Non-brake Non-brake Non-brake -4
{7.35×10 }
20 1/20 75 90 4.02 {0.41} 3.43 {0.35} 539 { 55}
2 | | |
25 1/25 60 72 5.10 {0.52} 4.21 {0.43} 588 { 60} Three-phase
HMM 1 3 5
30 1/30 50 60 6.08 {0.62} 5.10 {0.52} 686 { 70} brake-type
-4
T40 1.86×10
40 40 1/40 37.5 45 8.13 {0.83} 6.76 {0.69} 784 { 80} -4
{7.45×10 }
50 W 1/50 30 36 10.2 {1.04} 8.43 {0.86} 882 { 90}
HMM Single-phase
60 1/60 25 30 12.2 {1.24} 10.2 {1.04} 882 { 90}
S40 non-brake
Brake-type Brake-type Brake-type -4
80 1/80 18.8 22.5 15.5 {1.58} 12.8 {1.31} 980 {100} 2.07×10
| | | -4
{8.27×10 }
100 1/100 15 18 19.3 {1.97} 16.1 {1.64} 980 {100}
2 4 6
120 1/120 12.5 15 23.1 {2.36} 19.3 {1.97} 1080 {110} Single-phase
3
160 1/160 9.4 11.3 30.9 {3.15} 25.8 {2.63} 1370 {140} brake-type
-4
2.09×10
200 1/200 7.5 9 38.6 {3.94} 32.1 {3.28} 1370 {140} -4
{8.37×10 }
240 1/240 6.2 7.5 46.4 {4.73} 38.6 {3.94} 1370 {140}
Note 1) The reduction ratio shown here is the actual reduction ratio.
(They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the
Operating condenser for single-phase motor
10

synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.


The actual revolution speed should be calculated from the
rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to
both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or
less than the value shown in the table above. φ4.2
33

Also, O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2


of the value shown in the table above.

4.5
48
21

31
Applied motor 40W: Capacity 15 μF, resistance voltage 220V

Foot mount type : Non-brake type, brake type


L
HMM TS 40L5∼240 TR Reduction ratio : 5, 8, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240 Approx. weight : Three-phase 3.8kg Single-phase 4.0kg 5
1/5 ∼ 1/60 、
1/80 ∼ 1/240

Nomenclature Technical Information


227 Page 225 Page 254
HYPOID MOTOR MINI series

HYPOID MOTOR MINI series


Hollow shaft type : Non-brake type, brake type
HMM TS 40H5∼240 Reduction ratio : 5, 8, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240 Approx. weight : Three-phase 3.8kg Single-phase 4.0kg 1
220(263)
1/5 ∼ 1/60 、
Shaft length 78
Mounting surface 300(150) 1/80 ∼ 1/240
Mounting surface

Details of hollow output shaft


DEPTH3
4-M5 bolt through-hole
Opposite side: M8 TAP 16 DEEP

HMM TS 40H5∼240B Reduction ratio : 5, 8, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240 Approx. weight : Three-phase 4.5kg Single-phase 4.7kg 2

40W
1/5 ∼ 1/60 、
Mounting surface Shaft length 78 1/80 ∼ 1/240
Mounting surface

Details of hollow output shaft


φ42H8 DEPTH 3
4-M6 bolt through-hole
Opposite side: M8 TAP 16 DEEP

Face mount type : Non-brake type, brake type


HMM TS 40U5∼240 ST Reduction ratio : 5, 8, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240 Approx. weight : Three-phase 4.1kg Single-phase 4.3kg 3
1/5 ∼ 1/60 、
1/80 ∼ 1/240

Mounting surface Mounting surface 4-M6 bolt through-hole φ42H8 DEPTH 3


Opposite side: M8 TAP 16 DEEP

HMM TS 40U5∼240 ST B Reduction ratio : 5, 8, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240 Approx. weight : Three-phase 4.8kg Single-phase 5.0kg 4
1/5 ∼ 1/60 、
1/80 ∼ 1/240

Mounting surface Mounting surface 4-M6 bolt through-hole φ42H8 DEPTH 3


Opposite side: M8 TAP 16 DEEP

L
HMM TS 40L5∼240 TR B Reduction ratio : 5, 8, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240 Approx. weight : Three-phase 5.1kg Single-phase 5.3kg 6
1/5 ∼ 1/60 、
1/80 ∼ 1/240

Note 1) For output shaft arrangement "T" the phase of the right and left output shaft key way are not necessarily aligned precisely.
Note 2) The direction of rotation of the output shaft is applied in case of rotating direction A of page 262. 228
Hollow shaft type, face mount type, foot mount Three-phase, Single-phase 60W

■Motor specifications
HYPOID MOTOR MINI series

Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution Starting torque Brake
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min N・m {kgf・m} Rating Insulation actuating
Hz type method
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz (Nominal torque ratio) method
Three- 0.83/0.62/0.75{0.085/0.063/0.076} Totally Self
4 50/60/60 200/200/220 0.45/0.40/0.42 1321/1598/1622 Non-
phase (192/172/211) enclosed cooled
60W Continuous Class E excitation
Single 0.25/0.25{0.026/0.026} type type
type
4 50/60 100 1.17/1.06 1293/11625 (IP30)(IC410)
phase (57.5/69.5)

■Specification chart
Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number of Moment of inertia
Actual Number of revolution
Model Motor 2
reduction reduction r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. outline dimensions kg・m
number output
ratio steps 2
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf} Hollow shaft type Face mount type Foot mount type {GD2 kgf・m }
60W

5 1/5 300 360 1.57 {0.16} 1.27 {0.13} 255 { 26}


8 1/8 187.5 225 2.45 {0.25} 2.06 {0.21} 353 { 36}
Three-phase
10 1/10 150 180 3.04 {0.31} 2.55 {0.26} 441 { 45} non-brake
-4
15 1/15 100 120 4.61 {0.47} 3.82 {0.39} 588 { 60} 1.62×10
Non-brake Non-brake Non-brake -4
{6.46×10 }
20 1/20 75 90 6.08 {0.62} 5.10 {0.52} 735 { 75}
2 | | |
25 1/25 60 72 7.64 {0.78} 6.37 {0.65} 882 { 90} Three-phase
HMM 1 3 5
30 1/30 50 60 9.11 {0.93} 7.64 {0.78} 980 {100} brake-type
-4
T60 1.64×10
40 60 1/40 37.5 45 12.2 {1.24} 10.2 {1.04} 1080 {110} -4
{6.56×10 }
50 W 1/50 30 36 15.2 {1.55} 12.7 {1.30} 1180 {120}
HMM Single-phase
60 1/60 25 30 18.3 {1.87} 15.2 {1.55} 1180 {120}
S60 non-brake
Brake-type Brake-type Brake-type -4
80 1/80 18.8 22.5 23.1 {2.36} 19.3 {1.97} 1760 {180} 1.93×10
| | | -4
{7.73×10 }
100 1/100 15 18 28.9 {2.95} 24.1 {2.46} 1760 {180}
2 4 6
120 1/120 12.5 15 34.7 {3.54} 28.9 {2.95} 1760 {180} Single-phase
3
160 1/160 9.4 11.3 46.4 {4.73} 38.6 {3.94} 1760 {180} brake-type
-4
1.96×10
200 1/200 7.5 9 57.9 {5.91} 48.2 {4.92} 1760 {180} -4
{7.83×10 }
240 1/240 6.2 7.5 69.5 {7.09} 57.9 {5.91} 1760 {180}
Note 1) The reduction ratio shown here is the actual reduction ratio.
(They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the
Operating condenser for single-phase motor
10

synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.


The actual revolution speed should be calculated from the
rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to
both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or
less than the value shown in the table above. φ4.2
34.5

Also, O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2


of the value shown in the table above.

4.5
59
23

33
Applied motor 60W: Capacity 18 μF, resistance voltage 220V

Foot mount type : Non-brake type, brake type


L
HMM TS 60L5∼240 TR Reduction ratio : 5, 8, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240 Approx. weight : Three-phase 5.8kg Single-phase 6.8kg 5
1/5 ∼ 1/60 、
1/80 ∼ 1/240

Nomenclature Technical Information


229 Page 225 Page 254
HYPOID MOTOR MINI series

HYPOID MOTOR MINI series


Hollow shaft type : Non-brake type, brake type
HMM TS 60H5∼240 Reduction ratio : 5, 8, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240 Approx. weight : Three-phase 5.0kg Single-phase 6.0kg 1
246(289)
1/5 ∼ 1/60 、
Shaft length 88
300(150)
1/80 ∼ 1/240
Mounting surface Mounting surface

Details of hollow output shaft 4-M6 bolt through-hole DEPTH4


Opposite side: M8 TAP 16 DEEP

HMM TS 60H5∼240B Reduction ratio : 5, 8, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240 Approx. weight : Three-phase 5.7kg Single-phase 6.7kg 2

60W
1/5 ∼ 1/60 、
Shaft length 88 1/80 ∼ 1/240
Mounting surface

Mounting surface
Details of hollow output shaft 4-M6 bolt through-hole φ48H8 DEPTH 4
Opposite side: M8 TAP 16 DEEP

Face mount type : Non-brake type, brake type


HMM TS 60U5∼240 ST Reduction ratio : 5, 8, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240 Approx. weight : Three-phase 5.5kg Single-phase 6.5kg 3
1/5 ∼ 1/60 、
1/80 ∼ 1/240

Mounting surface Mounting surface


4-M6 bolt through-hole φ48H8 DEPTH 4
Opposite side: M8 TAP 16 DEEP

HMM TS 60U5∼240 ST B Reduction ratio : 5, 8, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240 Approx. weight : Three-phase 6.2kg Single-phase 7.2kg 4
1/5 ∼ 1/60 、
1/80 ∼ 1/240

Mounting surface Mounting surface


4-M6 bolt through-hole φ48H8 DEPTH 4
Opposite side: M8 TAP 16 DEEP

L
HMM TS 60L5∼240 TR B Reduction ratio : 5, 8, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240 Approx. weight : Three-phase 6.5kg Single-phase 7.5kg 6
1/5 ∼ 1/60 、
1/80 ∼ 1/240

Note 1) For output shaft arrangement "T" the phase of the right and left output shaft key way are not necessarily aligned precisely.
Note 2) The direction of rotation of the output shaft is applied in case of rotating direction A of page 262. 230
Hollow shaft type, face mount type, foot mount Three-phase, Single-phase 90W

■Motor specifications
HYPOID MOTOR MINI series

Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution Starting torque Brake
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min N・m {kgf・m} Rating Insulation actuating
Hz type method
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz (Nominal torque ratio) method
Three- 0.83/0.62/0.75{0.085/0.063/0.076} Totally Self
4 50/60/60 200/200/220 0.45/0.40/0.42 1321/1598/1622 Non-
phase (192/172/211) enclosed cooled
90W Continuous Class E excitation
Single 0.25/0.25{0.026/0.026} type type
type
4 50/60 100 1.17/1.06 1293/11625 (IP30)(IC410)
phase (57.5/69.5)

■Specification chart
Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number of Moment of inertia
Actual Number of revolution
Model Motor 2
reduction reduction r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. outline dimensions kg・m
number output
ratio steps 2
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf} Hollow shaft type Face mount type Foot mount type {GD2 kgf・m }
90W

5 1/5 300 360 2.25 {0.23} 1.86 {0.19} 255 { 26}


8 1/8 187.5 225 3.63 {0.37} 3.04 {0.31} 353 { 36}
Three-phase Three-phase Three-phase
10 1/10 150 180 4.61 {0.47} 3.82 {0.39} 441 { 45}
non-brake non-brake non-brake Three-phase
| | non-brake
15 1/15 100 120 6.86 {0.70} 5.68 {0.58} 588 { 60} -4
| 2.15×10
20 1/20 75 90 9.11 {0.93} 7.64 {0.78} 735 { 75} 1 4 7 -4
{8.61×10 }
2
25 1/25 60 72 11.5 {1.17} 9.51 {0.97} 882 { 90}
HMM
30 1/30 50 60 13.7 {1.40} 11.5 {1.17} 980 {100}
T90 Three-phase Three-phase Three-phase
40 90 1/40 37.5 45 18.3 {1.87} 15.2 {1.55} 1080 {110} brake-type brake-type brake-type Three-phase
| | | brake-type
50 W 1/50 30 36 22.8 {2.33} 19.0 {1.94} 1180 {120} -4
HMM 2.18×10
2 5 8 -4
{8.71×10 }
60 1/60 25 30 27.4 {2.80} 22.8 {2.33} 1180 {120}
S90
80 1/80 18.8 22.5 34.7 {3.54} 28.9 {2.95} 1760 {180}
100 1/100 15 18 43.4 {4.43} 36.2 {3.69} 1760 {180} Single-phase Single-phase Single-phase
Single-phase
120 1/120 12.5 15 52.1 {5.32} 43.4 {4.43} 1760 {180} non-brake non-brake non-brake
3 | | | non-brake
-4
160 1/160 9.4 11.3 69.5 {7.09} 57.9 {5.91} 1760 {180} 1.93×10
3 6 9 -4
{7.73×10 }
200 1/200 7.5 9 86.8 {8.86} 72.3 {7.38} 1760 {180}
240 1/240 6.2 7.5 104 {10.6} 86.8 {8.86} 1760 {180}
Note 1) The reduction ratio shown here is the actual reduction ratio.
(They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the
Operating condenser for single-phase motor
10

synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.


The actual revolution speed should be calculated from the
rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to
both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or
less than the value shown in the table above. φ4.2
40

Also, O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2


of the value shown in the table above.

4.5
59
28

38
Applied motor 90W: Capacity 27 μF, resistance voltage 220V

HMMS90U5∼240 ST Reduction ratio : 5, 8, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240 Approx. weight : Single-phase 6.5kg 6
Single-phase non-brake type
1/5 ∼ 1/60 、
1/80 ∼ 1/240

Mounting surface Mounting surface


4-M6 bolt through-hole φ48H8 DEPTH 4
Opposite side: M8 TAP 16 DEEP

Nomenclature Technical Information


231 Page 225 Page 254
HYPOID MOTOR MINI series

HYPOID MOTOR MINI series


Hollow shaft type
HMMT90H5∼240 Reduction ratio : 5, 8, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240 Approx. weight : 5.5kg 1
Three-phase non-brake type 246(289)
1/5 ∼ 1/60 、
Shaft length 88
300(150)
1/80 ∼ 1/240
Mounting surface Mounting surface

Details of hollow output shaft 4-M6 bolt through-hole DEPTH4


Opposite side: M8 TAP 16 DEEP

HMMT90H5∼240B Reduction ratio : 5, 8, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240 Approx. weight : Three-phase 6.2kg 2

90W
Three-phase brake type
1/5 ∼ 1/60 、
Shaft length 88 1/80 ∼ 1/240
Mounting surface

Mounting surface
Details of hollow output shaft 4-M6 bolt through-hole φ48H8 DEPTH 4
Opposite side: M8 TAP 16 DEEP

HMMT90H5∼240 Reduction ratio : 5, 8, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240 Approx. weight : 6.0kg 3
Single-phase non-brake type
1/5 ∼ 1/60 、
Shaft length 88

Mounting surface
1/80 ∼ 1/240
Mounting surface

Details of hollow output shaft 4-M6 bolt through-hole DEPTH4


Opposite side: M8 TAP 16 DEEP

Face mount type


HMMT90U5∼240 ST Reduction ratio : 5, 8, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240 Approx. weight : Three-phase 6.0kg 4
Three-phase non-brake type
1/5 ∼ 1/60 、
1/80 ∼ 1/240

Mounting surface Mounting surface


4-M6 bolt through-hole φ48H8 DEPTH 4
Opposite side: M8 TAP 16 DEEP

HMMT90U5∼240 ST B Reduction ratio : 5, 8, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240 Approx. weight : Three-phase 6.7kg 5
Three-phase brake type
1/5 ∼ 1/60 、
1/80 ∼ 1/240

Mounting surface Mounting surface


4-M6 bolt through-hole φ48H8 DEPTH 4
Opposite side: M8 TAP 16 DEEP

Note 1) For output shaft arrangement "T" the phase of the right and left output shaft key way are not necessarily aligned precisely.
Note 2) The direction of rotation of the output shaft is applied in case of rotating direction A of page 262. 232
Hollow shaft type, face mount type, foot mount HYPOID MOTOR MINI series
HYPOID MOTOR MINI series

Hollow shaft type


L
HMMT90L5∼240 TR Reduction ratio : 5, 8, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240 Approx. weight : Single-phase 6.3kg 7
Three-phase non-brake type
1/5 ∼ 1/60 、
1/80 ∼ 1/240

L
HMMT90L5∼240 TR Reduction ratio : 5, 8, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240 Approx. weight : Three-phase 7.0kg 8
90W

Three-phase brake type


1/5 ∼ 1/60 、
1/80 ∼ 1/240

L
HMMS90L5∼240 TR Reduction ratio : 5, 8, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240 Approx. weight : Single-phase 6.8kg 9
Single-phase non-brake type
1/5 ∼ 1/60 、
1/80 ∼ 1/240

Note 1) For output shaft arrangement "T" the phase of the right and left output shaft key way are not necessarily aligned precisely.
Note 2) The direction of rotation of the output shaft is applied in case of rotating direction A of page 262.

Nomenclature Technical Information


233 Page 225 Page 254
Characteristics
Chharacteristics
r ce si s
Operating principle, structure GEAR MOTOR/CB GEAR MOTOR

■Operating principle
Clutch armature
Brake armature
1. Stopping Motor Clutch rotor
Brake coil
Clutch coil Hub
Motor ON or OFF
Clutch OFF
Brake OFF

Output shaft stopped


(free)

Gap Gap

2. Clutching
Motor ON
Clutch ON
Brake OFF

GEAR MOTOR/CB GEAR MOTOR


Output shaft
rotating
Rotation
direction is
opposite in
triple
Suction
reduction

3. Braking
Motor ON
Clutch OFF

Operating principle, structure


Brake ON
Output shaft stopped
(braked)

Suction

■Structure
6 7 4 3 2 12
■ GMTA040-24L25CB
1 . Motor
2 . L case
3 . M bracket
4 . Housing
5 . Motor flange
6 . Clutch
7 . Brake
8 . Motor shaft
9 . Pinion with input shaft
10. First stage wheel
11. Pinion with the second shaft
12. Wheel with output shaft
1 8 5 9 10 11

236
Nomenclature, Model lineup

■Model number

GMTA010-28L200CB□□
① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦

① Product series name GMTA Motorized type Supplementary code (indicated on the second line of the model number)
② Motor capacity (example) 010 Three-phase 0.1 kW A combination of different supplementary codes Is optional.
③ Frame number (example) 28 Frame number 28 (Note 1)
④ Mounting type L Foot mount type Terminal box position
U Face mount type   P2: 180°swing
F Flange mount type Paint color (standard color: Munsell 2.5G6/3)
  C0: Light gray (Munsell N7.5)
⑤ Reduction ratio (example) 200 1/200
  C1: Light silver metallic
⑥ Specification code CB Clutch brake type   C2: Ivory white (Munsell 7.5Y9/1)
⑦ Option code 1. Z Inverter motor type   C3: Dark silver metallic
(Order of priority) 2. V 400V class (400/400/440V 50/60/60 Hz)
3. V1 380V50Hz Terminal box position codes
4. V2 380V60Hz
5. V3 415V50Hz    Standard type       P2
6. V4
GEAR MOTOR/CB GEAR MOTOR

460V60Hz
Note 1) Refer to the specification chart and outside dimension diagram for the frame number.

■Model lineup
Foot mount type
5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 120 165 200

0.1kW 18L 24L 28L

0.2kW 18L 24L 28L


Nomenclature, Model lineup

0.4kW 24L 28L 38L

0.75kW 28L 38L 42L

1.5kW 42L 50L 63L

2.2kW 42L 50L 63L

3.7kW 50L

Face mount type, Flange mount type


5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 120 165 200

0.1kW 18U 24U 28U

0.2kW 18U 24U 28U

0.4kW 24U 28U 38U

0.75kW 28U 38U 42F

1.5kW 42F 50F 63F

2.2kW 42F 50F 63F

3.7kW 50F

237
GEAR MOTOR/CB GEAR MOTOR

■ Specifications
Output Three-phase:0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.75, 1.5, 2.2, 3.7kW

Power supply 200/200/220V 50/60/60Hz

Pole number 4

Protection type 0.1kW-Totally-enclosed type(IP44)0.2∼3.7kW-Totally-enclosed external fan type(IP44)


Motor

Cooling method 0.1kW-Self-cooled type(IC410)0.2∼3.7kW-Self-managed type(IC411)

Starting method −

Rating Continuous

Insulation class E

Reduction ratio 1/5 to 1/200

Reduction method Circumscribed gear method (helical gear/spur gear)


Reducer

Lubricating method Grease

GEAR MOTOR/CB GEAR MOTOR


Start end key way New JIS key(JIS B1301-1976)
:Output shaft key attached

Output shaft end section Tapped

Installation place Indoor not exposed or water


Ambient condition

Ambient temperature 0℃ to 40℃

Ambient humidity Less than 85% (non condensing)

Altitude At elevations below 1000m

Atmosphere Free from corrosive gases, explosive gases and steam

Nomenclature, Model lineup


Mounting direction No limitations on mounting angles: Horizontal, vertical or inclined

Paint color Munsell 2.5G 6/3

Note) A protection method for CB gear motor is IP12.

■Clutch/Brake specifications
Type Dry-type single plate friction type

Actuation method Excitation

Rated voltage DC24V

Insulation Class B

Protection type Open

Gap adjustment With auto gap device

Lining No asbestos

238
Technical data

■Power supply box


The following two types of power supply boxes and controllers for the clutch brake are prepared.
Select one type according to the desired application. The controller is a non-contact type and suitable when used in highly frequent levels.

Specifications
Capacity Recommended Varistor for
Model Model number Function Specifications
W CB gear motor discharge circuit

GMTA010
DMP-10/24 10 GMTA020 Z15D151
GMTA040

DMP type
Power supply box Commutation only
GMTA075
DMP-20/24A 20 GMTA150 Z15D151
GMTA220

Input voltage AC100/100/110V


DMP-63/24A 63 GMTA370 Z15D151
200/200/220V
Output voltage DC24V
Commutation Rating Continuous
TMP type
TMP-40D 40 All models Not required Brake torque
GEAR MOTOR/CB GEAR MOTOR

Controller Paint color Munsell 7.5BG6/1.5


With adjustment function

(the varistor is equipped with CB gear motor)

DMP-10/24 4-φ4 Mounting hole


Approx. weight :1kg DMP-63/24A 4-φ7 Mounting hole Approx. weight : 2kg

Cover Case 

Caution nameplate

Product nameplate
Diode
Fuse
Fuse base

Terminal block
Terminal indication nameplate
Technical data

Rubber bush

4-φ5.8 Mounting hole


DMP-20/24A TMP-40D

Cover
Case 
Cover
Caution nameplate
Case 
Product nameplate
Product
Diode nameplate

Fuse
Input AC100/110V 
Fuse base
Input AC200/220V 

Input voltage Input signal IMB : Brake


Terminal block CL : Clutch
Terminal indication nameplate
4-φ7 Mounting hole Rubber bush
Rubber bush

Approx. weight : 1.2kg Approx. weight : 2.2kg

■Outline dimensions of terminal box


Three-phase 0.1 kW to 0.75 kW Three-phase 1.5 kW to 3.7 kW
Grounding terminal

φ27 Bore position

239
GEAR MOTOR/CB GEAR MOTOR

1. CB GEAR MOTOR wiring 2. Circuit example when the standard power supply box (DMP type) is used.
Operating voltage of the clutch/brake is DC24V. Therefore, use the DC
power supply box that converts commercial AC power supply to the specified
DC24V and connect as shown in the following figure (reference drawing).

Motor Clutch brake


U・V・W:Motor terminal Power supply
(When 220 VAC) V V
C・N :Clutch terminal
B・N :Brake terminal
UVW CNB Si :Thyristor
Power supply box
(Discharge element)
Si Si
DC power supply box

Tr : Transformer
DC24V
V : Varistor
MB : Electromagnetic brake
PB 1,PB 2:Push-button switch
AC200V(AC220V) Rf : Silicone rectifier
CL : Electromagnetic clutch

GEAR MOTOR/CB GEAR MOTOR


EF : Fuse
MC : Electromagnetic contactor

3. Discharge circuit
V:Varistor

When operating the switch at the DC side by using the standard power supply box (DMP type),
use the varistor attached to the CB gear motor to create the discharge circuit for prevention
of switch protection and insulation breakdown prevention of the electromagnetic clutch brake. V V

When the standard controller (TMP type) is used, the discharge circuit is integrated. Therefore,
the above operation is not necessary.

Technical data
4. Power supply capacity
The power supply capacity of the electromagnetic clutch/brake should be 130% or higher of the clutch/brake consumption power.
In addition, when more than two CB gear motors are used, the capacity should be 130% or higher of the sum of all CB gear motors.

5. Brake torque adjusting function


For the TMP-type control unit, a brake torque adjusting resistor
is set in the circuit. The brake torque can be adjusted as shown
in the figure to the right by reducing the voltage with this
resistor. The lower limit of voltage adjustment is about 70%.
If the voltage is reduced too much, insufficient pull-in of the
Static friction torque (%)

armature will result. The scale of the control unit should be


regarded as a guideline. To determine the precise value,
measure the terminal voltage.

6. Special control circuit


If fast actuation of the clutch/brake is required, increase the
voltage applied to the clutch/brake above the rated voltage,
which will shorten the armature pull-in time and the torque rise
time.
Using this method will cause heating of the clutch/brake body. Voltage

In addition, if the GD2 of the load is 0.5 or more as compared


with that of the motor, the shock on starting will be increased.
Care should therefore be taken when using this method.
Scales on regulator

240
Technical data GEAR MOTOR/CB GEAR MOTOR

■Precautions for use


● Use with constantly held loads When rotating the motor in high speed at 1800 r/
Because the brake of the CB gear motor exerts a braking min or faster during coupling and controlling, damage
effect through excitation, it is unsuitable for use in equipment, of gear and shaft may occur due to abnormal lining
such as hoisting machines, that always holds loads. abrasion and impact load of the clutch/brake.
● Provision of totally-enclosed types ● Handling variable voltage and double voltage

The standard product cannot be used in an outdoor place where it will be exposed to For a motor, it is possible to cope with variable voltage and double
water or an indoor place where there is lots of dust or oil milt, because the clutch/brake voltage at the time of purchase or through rewinding. For the power
part is of open type. For such uses, a totally-enclosed type clutch/brake is required. supply box for a clutch/brake, because it is for AC100/200V, a
For more information, contact our company. 100V instrumentation power supply should be used.
● Operation by inverter ● Explosion-proof type

When operating by using an inverter, the motor No explosion-proof-type clutch/brake is available.


revolution count during clutch/brake coupling and Consider other intermittent mechanisms such as
control should be 1,800 r/min (60 Hz) or lower. indexing drives.

■Specifications of motor and clutch/brake


Table 1. Moment of inertia of motor and clutch/brake
GEAR MOTOR/CB GEAR MOTOR

Inertial moment of motor Inertial moment of clutch brake


Motor 2
Clutch brake model number
IM GDM IC GDC2
output 2 2 2
kg・m {kgf・m } Clutch Brake kg・m {kgf・m2}
−3 −3 −4
0.1kW 0.64×10 2.54×10 NC/NB-0.15/0.1-AG-001 1.21×10 {4.83×10−4}
0.2kW 0.74×10−3 2.96×10−3 NC/NB-0.3/0.2-AG-001 1.21×10−4 {4.83×10−4}
0.4kW 0.90×10−3 3.59×10−3 NC-0.6AG-033 NB-0.4AG-001 2.16×10−4 {8.63×10−4}
−3 −3 −3
0.75kW 1.37×10 5.48×10 NC-1.2AG-034 NB-0.75AG-001 0.62×10 {2.46×10−3}
1.5kW 3.41×10−3 13.6×10−3 NC-2.5AG-033 NB-1.5AG-001 1.94×10−3 {7.74×10−3}
−3 −3 −3
2.2kW 4.79×10 19.2×10 NC-2.5AG-033 NB-2.2AG-001 1.94×10 {7.74×10−3}
3.7kW 7.60×10−3 30.4×10−3 NC-5AG-024 NB-3.7AG-001 0.49×10−2 {1.94×10−2}
Technical data

Table 2. Armature pull-in time


Armature suction time Model number of Armature suction time Model number of
(S) power supply box (S) power supply box
0.010 DMP 0.030 DMP
NC/NB-0.15/0.1 0.015 TMP NC/NB-2.5/1.5 0.045 TMP
0.005 EMP 0.015 EMP
0.010 DMP 0.035 DMP
NC/NB-0.3/0.2 0.015 TMP NC/NB-2.5/2.2 0.053 TMP
0.005 EMP 0.018 EMP
0.015 DMP 0.040 DMP
NC/NB-0.6/0.4 0.023 TMP NC/NB-5/3.7 0.060 TMP
0.008 EMP 0.020 EMP
0.020 DMP
NC/NB-1.2/0.75 0.030 TMP EMP is a two-times overexcitation and used as a special
0.010 EMP specification.

Table 3. Specifications of clutch/brake


Static friction torque Dynamic friction torque Power consumption Allowable work EO Total workload ET
Motor output Category Clutch brake model number
N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} (W) J/min {kgf・m/min} J {kgf・m}
Clutch 1.47 { 0.15 } 0.88 { 0.09 } 4 1960 { 200 }
0.1kW/100W NC/NB-0.15/0.1-AG-001 25.5×107 { 2.6×107 }
Brake 0.98 { 0.1 } 0.59 { 0.06 } 3 1764 { 180 }
Clutch 2.94 { 0.3 } 1.76 { 0.18 } 5 1960 { 200 }
0.2kW/200W NC/NB-0.3/0.2-AG-001 25.5×107 { 2.6×107 }
Brake 1.96 { 0.2 } 1.18 { 0.12 } 4 1764 { 180 }
Clutch NC-0.6AG-033 5.88 { 0.6 } 3.53 { 0.36 } 8 2744 { 280 }
0.4kW 39.2×107 { 4.0×107 }
Brake NB-0.4AG-001 3.92 { 0.4 } 2.35 { 0.24 } 7 2450 { 250 }
Clutch NC-1.2AG-034 11.8 { 1.2 } 6.86 { 0.70 } 11 4410 { 450 }
0.75kW 61.7×107 { 6.3×107 }
Brake NB-0.75AG-001 7.35 { 0.75 } 4.41 { 0.45 } 8 3969 { 405 }
Clutch NC-2.5AG-033 24.5 { 2.5 } 14.7 { 1.5 } 17 6860 { 700 }
1.5kW 90.2×107 { 9.2×107 }
Brake NB-1.5AG-001 14.7 { 1.5 } 8.82 { 0.9 } 12 6174 { 630 }
Clutch NC-2.5AG-033 24.5 { 2.5 } 14.7 { 1.5 } 17 6860 { 700 }
2.2kW 90.2×107 { 9.2×107 }
Brake NB-2.2AG-001 21.6 { 2.2 } 12.7 { 1.3 } 16 6174 { 630 }
Clutch NC-5AG-024 49.0 { 5.0 } 29.4 { 3.0 } 25 10290 { 1050 }
3.7kW 16.7×108 { 1.7×108 }
Brake NB-3.7AG-001 36.3 { 3.7 } 22.5 { 2.3 } 17 9310 { 950 }

241
Selection GEAR MOTOR/CB GEAR MOTOR

■Selection
1. Selecting procedure
¡When making a selection based on the torque and revolution, select a model number according to the gear motor.
The allowable inertia ratio, clutch/brake clutching work, and life span are described here.
1. Conditions (1)Output shaft revolution speed nL and frequency Hz
(2)Load torque on motor shaft Tℓ
2
(3)Load on motor shaft GDℓ (moment of inertia)
(4)GDM2 of motor
(5)Starting frequency per minute N(Maximum frequency: 60 times/min.)
(6) Method of coupling to load
Correction factor by the coupling method(
:UF)
2. Selection of model(1)Calculate the corrected inertia ratio(U). Method of coupling to load UF
GDℓ2×UF Direct coupling, etc. that causes no shake 1.0
  U= GD 2M Chain transmission, etc. that causes shake 1.5
(2)Make sure that the corrected inertia ratio (U) of the
           motor to be used does not exceed the allowable inertia ratio (Umax). Allowable inertia ratio(
:Umax)
            * If it exceeds the allowable inertia ratio, please contact our company. Reduction ratio Umax
(3)While referring to the clutch/brake selection diagram on page 10, select a suitable motor 1/30 or lower 1.0
           capacity to allow for the load torque on the motor shaft and GD2 on the motor shaft. 1/40∼1/50 0.5

           (For N = 25, refer to the diagram for N = 30.) 1/100∼1/200 0.2

GEAR MOTOR/CB GEAR MOTOR


           When a precise selection is necessary, determine it using
           the basic formula on page 244.
3. Determination of life span Calculate the clutching work per time Eℓ using the formula shown in Section 3 on page 244.
From this Er and the total work ET of the clutch/brake(shown on page 241)calculate the total clutching count (Z).
ET
 Z=
Eℓ
To calculate the life span in units of days, use the following formula.

Z Zd:Life span in units of days


 Zd = N :Starting count per minute
N×60×Nh
Nh:Average operating time per day
2. Example of selection
SI units Gravitational units

Selection
1. Conditions 1. Conditions
(1)Output shaft revolution speed nL = 50 r/min(50 Hz) (1) Output shaft revolution speed nL = 50 r/min (50 Hz)
(2)Load torque on motor shaft Tr = 1.764 N・m (2)Load torque on motor shaft Tℓ = 0.18 kgf・m
2
(3) Moment of inertia on motor shaft (3)Load on motor shaft GDℓ = 0.004 kgf・m2
Iℓ = 0.001 kg・m2(Load being coupled directly) (Load being coupled directly)
(4)Moment of inertia of load of motor IM = 0.00119 kg・m2 (4)GDM2 of motor = 0.00476 kgf・m2
(5)Starting frequency N = 15 times/min (5)Starting frequency N = 15 times/min
2. Selection of model 2. Selection of model
Iℓ×UF 0.001×1.0
2
GDℓ×UF 0.004×1.0
U= = = 0.84 U= = = 0.84
IM 0.00119 GD M2 0.0476
・Because the output shaft revolution speed is 50 r/min, the reduction ratio is 1/30 ・Because the output shaft revolution count is 50 r/min, the reduction ratio is 1/30
according to the specification chart (page 235) and therefore the allowable inertia according to the specification chart (page 235) and therefore the allowable inertia
ratio is 1.0, which means there is no problem with the corrected inertia ratio U. ratio is 1.0, which means there is no problem with the corrected inertia ratio U.
・Because the starting frequency per minute is 15 times/min., refer to the ・Because the starting frequency per minute is 15 times/min., refer to the
diagram for N=20 times/min. The point of intersection of the above shown Tℓ graph for N=20 times/min. The point of intersection of the above shown Tℓ
2
and Iℓ in this diagram indicate that the proper motor capacity is 0.4 kW. As a and GDℓ in this diagram indicate that the proper motor capacity is 0.4kW.
result, the model number that should be selected is GMT040-L30CB. As a result, the model number that should be selected is GMT040-L30CB.
3. Determination of life span 3. Determination of life span
(Perform the following calculation while referring to page 244.) (Perform the following calculation while referring to page 244.)
Er = ΣGD ×n × Td
2 2
ΣI×n2 Td
Er = × 7160 (Td − Tℓ)
182 (Td − Tr)
= 1.216×10 ×1500 × 3.53
−3 2
4.86×10 − 3×15002 0.36
= ×
182 (3.53 − 1.76) 7160 (0.36 − 0.18)
=29. 9J = 3.05kgf・m
ΣI= 2.16×10 − 4 + 1.0×10 − 3 ΣGD2 = 8.63×10 − 4 + 4.0×10 − 3
= 1.216×10 − 3kg・m2 = 4.86×10 − 3kgf・m2
n = 1500r/min n = 1500r/min
Td = 3.53N・m Td = 0.36kgf・m
Tℓ = 1.76N・m Tℓ = 0.18kgf・m
ET = 3.92×108J ET = 4.0×107kgf・m
Z = 3.92×10 = 13.1×106 times
8
Z = 4.0×10 = 13.1×106 times
7

29.9 3.05
242
Selection

3. Clutch/Brake selection diagram


SI units N=20 times/min
Tℓ = TL  Iℓ = IL2
R R
Tℓ : Load torque on motor shaft (N・m)
TL : Load torque on output shaft(N・m)
Iℓ : Moment of inertia of load on motor shaft(kg・m2)
IL : Moment of inertia of load on output shaft(kg・m2)
R : Reduction ratio

Gravitational units
Tℓ =
TL  GDℓ2 = GD2L
R R2
Tℓ : Load torque on motor shaft(kgf・m)
TL : Load torque on output shaft(kgf・m)
GDℓ2 : Load on motor shaft GD2(kgf・m2)
GD2L : Load on output shaft GD2 (kgf・m2)
R : Reduction ratio
GEAR MOTOR/CB GEAR MOTOR

N=30 times/min N=40 times/min


Selection

N=50 times/min N=60 times/min

243
GEAR MOTOR/CB GEAR MOTOR

4. Basic formula for selection


SI units Gravitational units
1. Torque, revolution speed, and power 1. Torque, revolution count, and power
P TL : Torque on output shaft N・m TL = 974
P TL : Torque on output shaft kgf・m
TL = 9550
nL P : Power kW nL P : Power kW
nL : Revolution speed of output shaft r/min nL : Output shaft revolution speed r/min
2. Conversion to motor shaft 2. Conversion to motor shaft
(1)Tr: Load torque on motor shaft N・m (1)Tr: Load torque on motor shaft kgf・m
 Tr = TLTL:Torque on output shaft N・m Tr = TL TL : Torque on output shaft kgf・m
i
i :Reduction rate i i : Reduction rate
(2)Ir: Moment of inertia on motor shaft kg・m2 (2)GDr2 : Load on motor shaft GD2 kgf・m2
Ir = I2L
2
GDr2 = GD L

i 2
i
IL : Moment of inertia on output shaft kg・m2 GD2L : Load on output shaft GD2 kgf・m2
3. Clutching (braking) work 3. Clutching(braking) work
(1)Er:Clutching (braking) work per time J (1)Er: Clutching(braking)work per time kgf・m
ΣI×n2r Td ΣGD2×nr2 Td
Er = × Er = ×
182.5 (Td±Tr) 7160 (Td±Tr)
ΣI = IC + Ir ΣGD2 =GD2C +GDr2
          Moment of inertia on motor shaft

GEAR MOTOR/CB GEAR MOTOR


Load on motor shaftGD2
       Clutch/brake Clutch/brake
inertia moment(Page 241, Table1) GD2(Page 241, Table1)
nr : Motor shaft rotation count r/min nr : Motor shaft rotation count r/min
Td : Dynamic friction torque of clutch/brake N・m Td : Dynamic friction torque of clutch/braking kgf・m
(Page 241, Table3) (Page 241, Table3)
+: Positive torque at the time of braking +: Positive torque at the time of braking
−: Negative torque at the time of clutching −: Negative torque at the time of
and braking clutching and braking
(2)EN: Clutching (braking) work per minute J (2)EN : Clutching (braking) work per minute  kgf・m/min
EN = Er×N EN = Er×N
 N: Starting frequency (time/min)  N: Starting frequency (time/min)
EN ≦ Eo EN ≦ Eo
Eo: Allowable work  J/min(Page 241, Table3) Eo : Allowable work kgf・m/min(Page 241, Table3)

Selection
4. Clutching (braking) time 4. Clutching (braking) time
tb: Clutching (braking) time s tb: Clutching (braking) time s
ΣI nr 2
nr
tb =
9.55
× tb = ΣGD ×
(Td±Tr) 375 (Td±Tr)
+: Positive torque at the time of braking +: Positive torque at the time of braking
−: Negative torque at the time of clutching −: Negative torque at the time of
and braking clutching and braking
5. Response time 5. Response time
ta: Armature pull-in time s (Page 241, table 2) ta: Armature pull-in time s (Page 241, table 2)
6. Calculation of braking distance 6. Calculation of braking distance
S =(ta + 1 tb)×V S =(ta + 1 tb)×V
2 2
S: Braking distance mm S: Braking distance mm
V: Speed(conveyor speed, etc.)mm/s V: Speed(conveyor speed, etc.)mm/s
7. Stopping accuracy 7. Stopping accuracy
Precise determination of the stopping accuracy is difficult because Precise determination of the stopping accuracy is difficult because
it is affected by voltage, temperature, alteration through use, it is affected by voltage, temperature, alteration through use,
operating time, etc. However, if the following variations are assumed: operating time, etc. However, if the following variations are assumed:
 a. Load torque variation:  ±20%  a. Load torque variation:  ±20%
 b. Breaking torque variation:  ±20%  b. Breaking torque variation:  ±20%
 c. Time lag variation: ±0.01s  c. Time lag variation: ±0.01s
The variation from the calculated breaking The variation from the calculated breaking
distance is about ±30%. distance is about ±30%.
 Stopping accuracy δ= S x 0.6or S x ±0.3  Stopping accuracy δ= S x 0.6or S x ±0.3
For example, when the calculated braking distance S is For example, when the calculated braking distance S is
10 mm, the stopping accuracy is 6 mm (10±3 mm). 10 mm, the stopping accuracy is 6 mm (10±3 mm).

244
Specification chart

■Specification chart

reduction steps
Frame number
Motor Output shaft revolution Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Page and drawing number of outline dimensions

Number of
Nominal
Model number output r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. Three-phase
reduction ratio
kW 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf} Foot mount Flange mount
5CB 1/5 300 360 2.8 { 0.29 } 2.4 { 0.24 } 274 { 28 } 247‐ 1 247‐ 5
10CB 1/10 150 180 5.7 { 0.58 } 4.8 { 0.49 } 431 { 44 }
247 247
15CB 18 1/15 100 120 8.6 { 0.88 } 7.2 { 0.73 } 568 { 58 }
| |
20CB 1/20 2 75 90 11.8 { 1.2 } 9.5 { 0.97 } 686 { 70 }
2 6
25CB 1/25 60 72 14.7 { 1.5 } 11.8 { 1.2 } 804 { 82 }
30CB 1/30 50 60 17.6 { 1.8 } 14.7 { 1.5 } 902 { 92 }
40CB 1/40 37.5 45 22.5 { 2.3 } 19.6 { 2.0 } 1098 { 112 } 247 247
GMTA010 0.1
50CB 24 1/50 30 36 28.4 { 2.9 } 23.5 { 2.4 } 1264 { 129 } | |
60CB 1/60 25 30 34.3 { 3.5 } 28.4 { 2.9 } 1431 { 146 } 3 7
75CB 1/75 20 24 43.1 { 4.4 } 36.3 { 3.7 } 1666 { 170 }
100CB 1/100 3 15 18 56.8 { 5.8 } 48.0 { 4.9 } 2009 { 205 }
247 247
120CB 1/120 12.5 15 68.6 { 7.0 } 56.8 { 5.8 } 2274 { 232 }
28 | |
165CB 1/165 9.1 10.9 94.1 { 9.6 } 78.4 { 8.0 } 2813 { 287 }
4 8
200CB 1/200 7.5 9 115 { 11.7 } 95.1 { 9.7 } 3195 { 326 }
5CB 1/5 300 360 5.7 { 0.58 } 4.7 { 0.48 } 431 { 44 } 248‐ 1 248‐ 5
10CB 1/10 150 180 11.8 { 1.2 } 9.5 { 0.97 } 686 { 70 }
15CB 18 1/15 100 120 17.6 { 1.8 } 14.7 { 1.5 } 902 { 92 } 248 248
| |
GEAR MOTOR/CB GEAR MOTOR

20CB 1/20 2 75 90 22.5 { 2.3 } 19.6 { 2.0 } 1098 { 112 }


2 6
25CB 1/25 60 72 28.4 { 2.9 } 23.5 { 2.4 } 1264 { 129 }
30CB 1/30 50 60 34.3 { 3.5 } 28.4 { 2.9 } 1431 { 146 }
40CB 1/40 37.5 45 46.1 { 4.7 } 38.2 { 3.9 } 1735 { 177 } 248 248
GMTA020 0.2
50CB 24 1/50 30 36 56.8 { 5.8 } 48.0 { 4.9 } 2009 { 205 } | |
60CB 1/60 25 30 68.6 { 7.0 } 56.8 { 5.8 } 2274 { 232 } 3 7
75CB 1/75 20 24 86.2 { 8.8 } 71.5 { 7.3 } 2636 { 269 }
100CB 1/100 3 15 18 115 { 11.7 } 95.1 { 9.7 } 3195 { 326 }
120CB 1/120 12.5 15 137 { 14.0 } 115 { 11.7 } 3606 { 368 }
248 248
28 | |
165CB 1/165 9.1 10.9 189 { 19.3 } 158 { 16.1 } 4459 { 455 }
4 8
200CB 1/200 7.5 9 218 { 22.2 } 181 { 18.5 } 4822 { 492 }
5CB 1/5 300 360 12.1 { 1.23 } 10.0 { 1.02 } 686 { 70 }
10CB 1/10 150 180 24.5 { 2.5 } 20.6 { 2.1 } 1098 { 112 } 249 249
Specification chart

15CB 24 1/15 100 120 36.3 { 3.7 } 30.4 { 3.1 } 1431 { 146 } | |
2 1 4
20CB 1/20 75 90 48.0 { 4.9 } 40.2 { 4.1 } 1735 { 177 }
25CB 1/25 60 72 60.8 { 6.2 } 50.0 { 5.1 } 2009 { 205 }
30CB 1/30 50 60 72.5 { 7.4 } 60.8 { 6.2 } 2274 { 232 }
40CB 1/40 37.5 45 94.1 { 9.6 } 78.4 { 8.0 } 2754 { 281 } 249 249
GMTA040 0.4
50CB 28 1/50 30 36 118 { 12.0 } 98.0 { 10.0 } 3195 { 326 } | |
60CB 1/60 25 30 140 { 14.3 } 118 { 12.0 } 3606 { 368 } 2 5
75CB 1/75 20 24 175 { 17.9 } 146 { 14.9 } 4185 { 427 }
3
100CB 1/100 15 18 234 { 23.9 } 195 { 19.9 } 5076 { 518 }
249 249
120CB 1/120 12.5 15 281 { 28.7 } 234 { 23.9 } 5733 { 585 }
38 | |
165CB 1/165 9.1 10.9 364 { 37.1 } 303 { 30.9 } 6664 { 680 } 3 6
200CB 1/200 7.5 9 389 { 39.7 } 324 { 33.1 } 6684 { 682 }
Note 1) The nominal reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio.
Note 2) The output shaft revolution speed is calculated by dividing the synchronous revolution speed of the motor by the nominal reduction ratio.
For the actual reduction ratio, refer to the specification chart for the inline type on pages 51 to 52.
However the reducer of 0.2kW is used for 0.1 also. For the reduction ratio for 0.1kW, refer to the actual reduction ratio for 0.2kW.

245
GEAR MOTOR/CB GEAR MOTOR

reduction steps
Frame number
Motor Output shaft revolution Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Page and drawing number

Number of
Nominal
Model number output r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline dimensions
reduction ratio
kW 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf} Foot mount Flange mount
5CB 1/5 300 360 22.6 { 2.31 } 18.8 { 1.92 } 1049 { 107 }
10CB 1/10 150 180 45.1 { 4.6 } 38.2 { 3.9 } 1666 { 170 } 250 250
15CB 28 1/15 100 120 67.6 { 6.9 } 56.8 { 5.8 } 2176 { 222 } | |
2
20CB 1/20 75 90 91.1 { 9.3 } 75.5 { 7.7 } 2636 { 269 } 1 4
25CB 1/25 60 72 114 { 11.6 } 94.1 { 9.6 } 3058 { 312 }
30CB 1/30 50 60 136 { 13.9 } 114 { 11.6 } 3459 { 353 }
40CB 1/40 37.5 45 175 { 17.9 } 146 { 14.9 } 4185 { 427 } 250 250
GMTA075 0.75
50CB 38 1/50 30 36 220 { 22.4 } 183 { 18.7 } 4861 { 496 } | |
60CB 1/60 25 30 264 { 26.9 } 220 { 22.4 } 5488 { 560 } 2 5
75CB 1/75 20 24 300 { 30.6 } 250 { 25.5 } 5792 { 591 }
3
100CB 1/100 15 18 439 { 44.8 } 369 { 37.7 } 7301 { 745 }
120CB 1/120 12.5 15 527 { 53.8 } 439 { 44.8 } 8242 { 841 } 250 250
42 | |
165CB 1/165 9.1 10.9 724 { 73.9 } 604 { 61.6 } 9800 { 1000 }
3 6
200CB 1/200 7.5 9 735 { 75.0 } 613 { 62.5 } 9800 { 1000 }
5CB 1/5 300 360 45.3 { 4.62 } 37.7 { 3.85 } 1666 { 170 }
10CB 1/10 150 180 91.1 { 9.3 } 75.5 { 7.7 } 2548 { 260 }
15CB 1/15 100 120 136 { 13.9 } 114 { 11.6 } 3342 { 341 }
251 251
42 2 | |

GEAR MOTOR/CB GEAR MOTOR


20CB 1/20 75 90 181 { 18.5 } 151 { 15.4 } 4047 { 413 }
1 4
25CB 1/25 60 72 226 { 23.1 } 189 { 19.3 } 4694 { 479 }
30CB 1/30 50 60 272 { 27.8 } 226 { 23.1 } 5302 { 541 }
40CB 1/40 37.5 45 351 { 35.8 } 293 { 29.9 } 6292 { 642 }
GMTA150 1.5 251 251
50CB 1/50 30 36 439 { 44.8 } 366 { 37.3 } 7301 { 745 }
50 | |
60CB 1/60 25 30 527 { 53.8 } 439 { 44.8 } 8242 { 841 }
2 5
75CB 1/75 20 24 659 { 67.2 } 549 { 56.0 } 9565 { 976 }
3
100CB 1/100 15 18 878 { 89.6 } 732 { 74.7 } 11584 { 1182 }
251 251
120CB 1/120 12.5 15 1054 {107.5 } 878 { 89.6 } 13073 { 1334 }
63 | |
165CB 1/165 9.1 10.9 1449 {147.9 } 1207 {123.2 } 13230 { 1350 }
※ ※ ※ ※
3 6
200CB 1/200 7.5 9 1470 {150.0 } 1225 {125.0 } 13230 { 1350 }
5CB 1/5 300 360 66.6 { 6.8 } 55.9 { 5.7 } 2078 { 212 }
10CB 1/10 150 180 133 { 13.6 } 111 { 11.3 } 3293 { 336 }
252 252

Specification chart
15CB 1/15 100 120 200 { 20.4 } 167 { 17.0 } 4312 { 440 }
42 2 | |
20CB 1/20 75 90 266 { 27.1 } 221 { 22.6 } 5223 { 533 }
1 4
25CB 1/25 60 72 332 { 33.9 } 277 { 28.3 } 6066 { 619 }
30CB 1/30 50 60 399 { 40.7 } 332 { 33.9 } 6850 { 699 }
40CB 1/40 37.5 45 515 { 52.6 } 429 { 43.8 } 8114 { 828 }
GMTA220 2.2 252 252
50CB 1/50 30 36 644 { 65.7 } 537 { 54.8 } 9418 { 961 }
50 | |
60CB 1/60 25 30 773 { 78.9 } 644 { 65.7 } 10633 { 1085 }
2 5
75CB 1/75 20 24 966 { 98.6 } 805 { 82.1 } 12338 { 1259 }
3
100CB 1/100 15 18 1288 {131.4 } 1073 {109.5 } 14955 { 1526 }
120CB 1/120 12.5 15 1545 {157.7 } 1288 {131.4 } 16885 { 1723 } 252 252
63 | |
165CB 1/165 9.1 10.9 2126 {216.9 } 1771 {180.7 } 17640 { 1800 }
※ ※ ※ ※
3 6
200CB 1/200 7.5 9 2156 {220.0 } 1796 {183.3 } 17640 { 1800 }
5CB 1/5 300 360 112 { 11.4 } 93.1 { 9.5 } 2930 { 299 }
10CB 1/10 150 180 223 { 22.8 } 186 { 19.0 } 4645 { 474 }
251 252
15CB 1/15 100 120 335 { 34.2 } 279 { 28.5 } 6096 { 622 }
2 | |
20CB 1/20 75 90 448 { 45.7 } 372 { 38.0 } 7389 { 754 } 7 7
GMTA370 3.7 50
25CB 1/25 60 72 560 { 57.1 } 466 { 47.6 } 8565 { 874 }
30CB 1/30 50 60 671 { 68.5 } 560 { 57.1 } 9673 { 987 }
40CB 1/40 37.5 45 866 { 88.4 } 722 { 73.7 } 10290 { 1050 }
3 251‐ 8 252‐ 8
50CB 1/50 30 36 1083 {110.5 } 903 { 92.1 } 10290 { 1050 }
Note 1) The nominal reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio.
Note 2) The output shaft revolution speed is calculated by dividing the synchronous revolution speed of the motor by the nominal reduction ratio.
For the actual reduction ratio, refer to the specification chart for the inline type on pages 51 to 52.
However the reducer of 1.5kW is used for 2.2 also. For the reduction ratio for 2.2kW, refer to the actual reduction ratio for 1.5kW.
Note 3) The models marked with ※ are ones for which the torque limited.

246
Outline dimensions

Three-phase 0.1 kW Foot mount type Three-phase 0.1 kW Face mount type
GMTA010-18L5CB 1 GMTA010-18U5CB 5
Reduction ratio: 5 Approx. weight: 9.1kg Reduction ratio: 5 Approx. weight: 9.1kg

355.5
355.5 230 125.5
230 125.5 115 M6 TAP 50

φ18h6
28 16 DEEP 10 28 115 M6 TAP
25 6 25 16 DEEP

18
φ127

φ127

6
134.5

φ105h7
φ128
3.5

90
4-φ11

φ18h6
3.5

18
12
6

16 16 30 30
98 57 φ27 63 63 φ27 0
3

R9
4-M10 TAP
130 150 D1 32 DEEP
PC

GMTA010-18L10∼25CB 2 GMTA010-18U10∼25CB 6
Reduction ratio: 10, 15, 20, 25 Approx. weight: 7.9kg Reduction ratio: 10, 15, 20, 25 Approx. weight: 7.7kg
GEAR MOTOR/CB GEAR MOTOR

335 335
230 105 115
230 105
M6 TAP
φ18h6

28 16 DEEP 46
115 M6 TAP
25 6 8 28
16 DEEP
φ127

15

25
6

128.5

58.5
φ127

φ90h7
φ109
3.5
4-φ9
85

φ18h6
10

6
3.5

15

58.5
6
12 12
φ27 31 31
87 49 59 59 φ27
4-M8 TAP

R8
111 0
140 11 26 DEEP
P CD
Drawing number of outline dimensions

GMTA010-24L30∼75CB 3 GMTA010-24U30∼75CB 7
Reduction ratio: 30, 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight: 9.3kg Reduction ratio: 30, 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight: 9.1kg

364.5 364.5
230 134.5 115 230 134.5
M6 TAP
φ24h6

36 59
16 DEEP 10 36 115 M6 TAP
32 7 16 DEEP
32
18
φ127

134.5

φ127

8
φ105h7
φ128

4
90

4-φ11
φ24h6

4
12

18

7
16 16 30 30
98 66 φ27 63 63 φ27
R9

130 150 30 4-M10 TAP


D1 32 DEEP
PC

GMTA010-28L100∼200CB 4 GMTA010-28U100∼200CB 8
Reduction ratio: 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight: 11.7kg Reduction ratio: 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight: 11.5kg

391
391
230 161 230 161
115 M8 TAP
φ28h6

42 67 M8 TAP
20 DEEP 20 DEEP
37 7 10 42 115
37
23
8
φ127

158.5

φ127

φ125h7
φ157

4
105

4-φ12
8
φ28h6
15

4
23

φ27 7
16 16 35 35 φ27
116 78
1

75 75 0
R1

148 180 15 4-M12 TAP


P CD 38 DEEP

Nomenclature Specification chart Technical Information


247 Page 237 Page 245 Page 254
GEAR MOTOR/CB GEAR MOTOR

Three-phase 0.2 kW Foot mount type Three-phase 0.2 kW Face mount type
GMTA020-18L5CB 1 GMTA020-18U5CB 5
Reduction ratio: 5 Approx. weight: 9.0kg Reduction ratio: 5 Approx. weight: 9.0kg

393.5
393.5 268 125.5
268 125.5 115 M6 TAP

φ18h6
16 DEEP 50 M6 TAP
28 10 28 115 16 DEEP
25 6

18
25
φ140

67.5
139.5

φ140

φ105h7
φ128
3.5

90
4-φ11

6
φ18h6
3.5

12

18

67
6
16 16 30 30
φ27 φ27

R9
98 57 63 63
130 30 4-M10 TAP
150 D1 32 DEEP
PC

GMTA020-18L10∼25CB 2 GMTA020-18U10∼25CB 6
Reduction ratio: 10, 15, 20, 25 Approx. weight: 7.8kg Reduction ratio: 10, 15, 20, 25 Approx. weight: 7.6kg

GEAR MOTOR/CB GEAR MOTOR


373 M6 TAP 373
268 105 115 16 DEEP 268 105
M6 TAP
φ18h6

28 46 115 16 DEEP
6 8 28
25
15

25
φ140

67.5
137.5

φ140

φ109

φ90h7
4-φ9 3.5
85

φ18h6

6
3.5

15
10

67
12 12 31 31 φ27

R8
87 49 φ27 59 59
111 140 10 4-M8 TAP
D1 26 DEEP
PC

Drawing number of outline dimensions


GMTA020-24L30∼75CB 3 GMTA020-24U30∼75CB 7
Reduction ratio: 30, 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight: 9.2kg Reduction ratio: 30, 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight: 9.0kg

402.5 402.5
M6 TAP
268 134.5 115 16 DEEP 268 134.5
φ24h6

36 59 M6 TAP
32 10 36 115 16 DEEP
7
18

32
φ140

139.5

67.5
φ140

φ105h7

8
φ128

4
90

4-φ11
φ24h6
12

4
18

67

7
16 16 30 30
98 66 φ27
φ27 63 63
R9

130 150 30 4-M10 TAP


D1 32 DEEP
PC

GMTA020-28L100∼200CB 4 GMTA020-28U100∼200CB 8
Reduction ratio: 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight: 11.8kg Reduction ratio: 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight: 11.4kg

429
429 268 161
M8 TAP M8 TAP
268 161 115 67
20 DEEP
φ28h6

42 10 42 115 20 DEEP
37 7 37
23
φ140

φ140

φ125h7
φ157
158.5

4
105

8
φ28h6

4
23

4-φ12
15

7
φ27
16 16 35 35 φ27
1

50
R1

116 78 75 75 1 4-M12 TAP


148 180 PCD 38 DEEP

Nomenclature Specification chart Technical Information


Page 237 Page 245 Page 254 248
Outline dimensions

Three-phase 0.4 kW Foot mount type Three-phase 0.4 kW Face mount type
GMTA040-24L5∼25CB 1 GMTA040-24U5∼25CB 4
Reduction ratio: 5, 10, 15, 20, 25 Approx. weight: 12.0kg Reduction ratio: 5, 10, 15, 20, 25 Approx. weight: 9.8kg

434
434 179 109 146
179 109 146 59
115 M6 TAP M6 TAP
36
φ24h6
16 DEEP 10 36 115 16 DEEP
32 32
7

18

67.5
φ140

φ140
139.5

φ105h7

8
φ128
4-φ11

φ24h6
90
4 4

18

67
7
φ27
16 16 30 30

12
φ27

R9
98 66 63 63 0
130 150 D13 4-M10 TAP
32 DEEP
PC

GMTA040-28L30∼75CB 2 GMTA040-28U30∼75CB 5
Reduction ratio: 30, 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight: 12.5kg Reduction ratio: 30, 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight: 12.5kg
GEAR MOTOR/CB GEAR MOTOR

464 464
179 109 176 M8 TAP 179 109 176
115
φ28h6

42 20 DEEP 67
37 7 10 42 M8 TAP
115
23

37 20 DEEP
8
φ140

158.5

φ125h7
105

φ157
4
φ140

4-φ12
15

φ28h6

8
φ27 4

23
16 16 35 35 7
116 78 75 75 φ27

1
148 180

R1
150 4-M12 TAP
P CD 38 DEEP
Drawing number of outline dimensions

GMTA040-38L100∼200CB 3 GMTA040-38U100∼200CB 6
Reduction ratio: 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight: 16.5kg Reduction ratio: 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight: 22.5kg

504
504 M10 TAP 179 109 216
179 109 216 25 DEEP 87 115 M10 TAP
115
φ38h6

58 25 DEEP
12 58
50 8 50
27

137.5
10
φ140

198.5

φ155h7
φ191
φ140

5
130

10

4-φ15
φ38h6

5
20

27

φ27 8
17 17 41 41 φ27
140 98 93 93
6

95
R1

174 220 D1 4-M16 TAP


PC 34 DEEP

Nomenclature Specification chart Technical Information


249 Page 237 Page 245 Page 254
GEAR MOTOR/CB GEAR MOTOR

Three-phase 0.75 kW Foot mount type Three-phase 0.75 kW Face mount type
GMTA075-28L5∼25CB 1 GMTA075-28U5∼25CB 4
Reduction ratio: 5, 10, 15, 20, 25 Approx. weight: 16.8kg Reduction ratio: 5, 10, 15, 20, 25 Approx. weight: 16.8kg

495.5 M8 TAP 495.5


185 123 187.5 20 DEEP 185 123 187.5

φ28h6
42 124 67 M8 TAP
124
37 7 10 42 20 DEEP

23
37
φ158

158.5

76.5
φ158

φ125h7
φ157
4

105
4-φ12

15

8
φ28h6
4

23
φ27

79
7
16 16 35 35 φ27
116 78

1
75 75 50

R1
148 180 D1 4-M12 TAP
PC 38 DEEP

GMTA075-38L30∼75CB 2 GMTA075-38U30∼75CB 5
Reduction ratio: 30, 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight: 20.8kg Reduction ratio: 30, 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight: 26.8kg

GEAR MOTOR/CB GEAR MOTOR


538.5 538.5
185 123 230.5 M10 TAP 185 123 230.5
124 M10 TAP
φ38h6

25 DEEP 87
58 124 25 DEEP
50 8 12 58
27

50
10

137.5
φ158

198.5

φ158

φ155h7
φ191
5
130

4-φ15
20

10
φ38h6
5

27
φ27
8
17 17 41 41
140 98 93 93 φ27

6
R1
174 220 5 4-M16 TAP
9
D1 34 DEEP
PC

Drawing number of outline dimensions


GMTA075-42L100∼200CB 3 GMTA075-42F100∼200CB 6
Reduction ratio: 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight: 42.3kg Reduction ratio: 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight: 44.3kg

568
568 M10 TAP
185 123 260 M10 TAP 185 123 260
124 25 DEEP 98 25 DEEP
66 255
φ42h6

60 18 10
8 66
33
12
φ158

60
φ42h6

8
230

φ230h7

31 12
33
150

5
φ158

255

4-φ18
22

φ27
0

146

5
φ

25 25 60 60 φ27
150 96 105 105
200 260 4-φ18

Nomenclature Specification chart Technical Information


Page 237 Page 245 Page 254 250
Outline dimensions

Three-phase 1.5 kW Foot mount type Three-phase 1.5 kW Face mount type
GMTA150-42L5∼30CB 1 GMTA150-42F5∼30CB 4
Reduction ratio: 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight: 56.0kg Reduction ratio: 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight: 63.0kg

M10 TAP
601.5 601.5 25 DEEP
148 255
66 M10 TAP 98

φ42h6
18 10 148
60 25 DEEP
8
66

φ42h6
33
60

12
φ198

φ230h7
230

12

255
5

150

φ198

33
4 -φ18 φ27

10
22

146
φ3
5
25 25 60 60
150 96 105 105 φ27
200 260 4-φ18

GMTA150-50L40∼75CB 2 GMTA150-50F40∼75CB 5
Reduction ratio: 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight: 77.0kg Reduction ratio: 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight: 78.0kg
GEAR MOTOR/CB GEAR MOTOR

653
114 320
653
82 M10 TAP 18 10 M10 TAP
25 DEEP 25 DEEP
φ50h6

75
9 82

φ50h6
75
9
14

43
φ198

φ300h7
292.5

14

320
5.5

43
φ198
190

4 -φ18

0
39

188.5
25

5.5

φ
φ27
25 25
180 112 65 65 φ27
135 135
230 4 -φ18
330
Drawing number of outline dimensions

GMTA150-63L100∼200CB 3 GMTA150-63F100∼200CB 6
Reduction ratio: 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight: 108.0kg Reduction ratio: 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight: 112.0kg

697.5
697.5 360
M12 TAP 127
95 18 10 M12 TAP
30 DEEP
φ63h6

90 30 DEEP
11
95
φ63h6

90
18

11
54
φ198

339.5

φ340h7

360

7
225

54

φ 18
φ198

4 -φ22
0

214.5
28

44

φ27 7
35 35 75 75
150 150 φ27
210 135
370
280 4-φ18

Three-phase 3.7 kW Foot mount type


GMTA370-50L5∼30CB 7 GMTA370-50L40∼50CB 8
Reduction ratio: 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight: 92.0kg Reduction ratio: 40, 50 Approx. weight: 96.0kg

763
736.5 M10 TAP 82 M10 TAP
82 25 DEEP 25 DEEP
φ50h6
φ50h6

75
75 9 9
14
14
φ214

φ214
43

43

292.5
292.5
190

190


- 18 5.5 4 -φ18 5.5
25
25

φ27 25 25 φ27 25 25
65 65 65 65
135 135 180 112 135 135
180 112 230 330
230 330

Nomenclature Specification chart Technical Information


251 Page 237 Page 245 Page 254
GEAR MOTOR/CB GEAR MOTOR

Three-phase 2.2 kW Foot mount type Three-phase 2.2 kW Flange mount type
GMTA220-42L5∼30CB 1 GMTA220-42F5∼30CB 4
Reduction ratio: 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight: 59.0kg Reduction ratio: 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight: 61.0kg

M10 TAP
630.5 630.5 25 DEEP
66 148 M10 TAP 98 255

φ42h6
60 25 DEEP 18 10 148
8
66

φ42h6
12

33
60
φ198

φ230h7
230

12

255
22 150

φ198
4 -φ18 φ27 5

0
33

146
φ3
5
25 25
150 96 60 105 105 60
200 φ27 4-φ18
260

GMTA220-50L40∼75CB 2 GMTA220-50F40∼75CB 5
Reduction ratio: 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight: 80.0kg Reduction ratio: 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight: 83.0kg

GEAR MOTOR/CB GEAR MOTOR


M10 TAP
682 25 DEEP
682 114
M10 TAP 320
82 18 10
25 DEEP
φ50h6

75
9
82
14

φ50h6
75 9
φ198

5
43

292.5

14
φ300h7

320
190

φ198

4 -φ18 5.5
25

43

188.5
φ27

39
5.5

φ
25 25
65 65
180 112 135 135 φ27
230 330 4-φ18

Drawing number of outline dimensions


GMTA220-63L100∼200CB 3 GMTA220-63F100∼200CB 6
Reduction ratio: 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight: 111.0kg Reduction ratio: 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight: 115.0kg

726.5 M12TAP
30 DEEP
726.5 127
M12 TAP 360
95 18 10
30 DEEP
φ63h6

90
11
95
φ63h6
18

90
11
φ340h7
339.5
φ198

54

360
φ198

7
54
225

4018


- 22
214.5
28

φ27
φ4

7
35 35 75 75 φ27
210 135 150 150
280 370 4-φ18

Three-phase 3.7 kW Flange mount type


GMTA370-50F5∼30CB 7 GMTA370-50F40∼50CB 8
Reduction ratio: 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight: 94.0kg Reduction ratio: 40, 50 Approx. weight: 98.0kg

736.5 M10 TAP 763 M10 TAP


114 320 25 DEEP 114 320 25 DEEP
18 10 18 10

82 82
φ50h6
φ50h6

75 9 75 9
φ300h7

14

φ300h7

14

320
φ214

320

φ214

43

0
0

188.5
188.5

9
43

39

φ3
φ

5.5 5.5

φ27 φ27
4-φ18 4-φ18

Nomenclature Specification chart Technical Information


Page 237 Page 245 Page 254 252
Notes

253
Selection

■ Selection example [Conveyor drive]


A and B in the selected example indicate installation method, A: foot mount, B: Hollow shaft mount in the following figure.
The selected example is the Hypoid motor. However, select gear motor and croise motor according to the installation method.

A: Foot mount B: Hollow shaft mount

Hollow shaft

Guide rail

Chain reduction ratio = 1:2 Guide rail

Foot mount

Selecting condition
・Total mass of transfer material : M = 150 kgf ・Operating time : 8 hours/day
(Total mass of transfer materials) (W = 150 kgf) ・Starting frequency : 10 times/hour
・Transfer speed : V = 14m/min ・Stop : Immediate stop (brake)
・Friction factor with the guide rail : μ = 0.15 ・Operating power supply : Three-phase 200V, 60 Hz
・Chain transmission efficiency : η = 0.95 ・Shaft arrangement : right

1. Determination of reduction ratio


Determine the reduction ratio based on a necessary revolution speed of the output shaft.
Refer to the reduction ratio on the specification chart for selection.
A: a Calculate the revolution speed (nC) of the conveyor shaft.
V×1000 14×1000
nC= = =22.3r/min
D×π 200×π

s Calculate the revolution speed (nL) of the output shaft of the hypoid motor.
2
nL=nC× =44.6r/min
1
d Determine the reduction ratio.
According to the specification chart on page 81, output shaft revolution speed of 45 r/min is closest to 60 Hz. 44.6 r/min, therefore the suitable reduction ratio is 1/40.
B: a Calculate the revolution speed (nC) of the conveyor shaft.
V×1000 14×1000
nC= = =22.3r/min
D×π 200×π
Technical information

s Calculate the revolution speed (nL) of the output shaft of the hypoid motor.
nL = nC = 22.3r/min
d Determine the reduction ratio.
According to the specification chart on page 81, output shaft revolution speed of 22.5 r/min is closest to 60 Hz. 22.3 r/min, therefore the suitable reduction ratio is 1/80.

2. Calculation of output shaft torque


Calculate the required output shaft torque based on the load torque.
Multiply a service factor that meets the operation condition on page 258 Table 1 to calculate the correction torque on the output shaft.
A: a Calculate the required torque (TC) of the conveyor shaft.
D 1 1 200 1
TC=9.8μM × × =9.8×0.15×150× × =23.2N・m
Selection

2 1000 η 2000 0.95

C
1
{ T =μW D2×1000 1
× =0.15×150×
η
200
2000
×
1
0.95
=2.37kgf・m }

s Convert to the torque (TL) on the output shaft of hypoid motor.


1 1 1 1
TL=TC× × =23.2× × =12.2N・m
2 η 2 0.95

{ T =T × 12 × η1 =2.37× 12 × 0.95
L C
1
=1.25kgf・m }

255
Technical information

d Calculate the correction torque (TF) of the output shaft.


On page 258 table1, the service factor CF = 1, and TF = TL x 1 = 12.2 N·m  
{TF = TL×1 = 1.25kgf·m}
f Calculate the motor capacity.
On the specification chart on pages 81 to 82, the reduction ratio is 1/40. The motor capacity that satisfies 60 Hz torque 12.2N·m {1.25 kgf·m} is 0.1 kW.
B: a Calculate the required torque (TC) of the conveyor shaft.
D 1 200
TC=9.8μM × =9.8×0.15×150× =22.1N・m
2 1000 2000
200
C
1
{ T =μM D2 ×1000 =0.15×150×
2000
=2.25kgf・m }

s The torque on the output shaft of hypoid motor (TL) is equal to the torque on the conveyor shaft, TL = TC = 22.1 N·m {TL = TC = 2.25 kgf·m}
d Calculate the correction torque (TF) of the output shaft.
On page 258 table1, the service factor CF = 1, and TF = TL x 1 = 22.1 N·m {TF = TL x 1= 2.25 kgf·m}
f Calculate the motor capacity.
On the specification chart on page 81 to 82, the reduction ratio is 1/80. The motor capacity that satisfies 60 Hz torque 22.1N·m {2.25 kgf·m} is 0.1 kW.

3. Tentative determination of the model number


In consideration of the reduction ratio, torque, and immediate stop,
Tentatively select A: brake-type hypoid motor HMTA010-19L40RB and check the conditions.
Tentatively select B: brake-type hypoid motor HMTA010-20H80B and check the conditions.

4. Checking the inertia moment of the load {inertia load (GD2)} and starting frequency
When starting the motor with a large inertia moment of the load (also when stopping, if the brake is mounted), a large torque generates momentarily, and
which may lead to an unexpected accident. Consider by referring to the coupling method to the load and the inertia moment {load inertia (GD2)} of the load.
A: a Calculate the inertia moment of the load of the conveyor shaft (IC) {Load inertia (GD2C)}.
IC = MR2 = 150×0.12 = 1.5kg·m2
{GD2C = WD2 = 150×0.22 = 6kgf·m2}
s Calculate the inertia moment (Iℓ) {load inertia (GD2ℓ)} of the motor shaft.

2 2
1 1 1 1
Ir=IC×
i2C
× 2 =1.5×
iL ( ) ×( 40 )=0.23×10
2
−3
kg・m2

2 2
1 1 1 1
{ GD 2
r =GD2C×
i2C
× 2 =6×
iL 2 ( ) ×( 40 )=0.94×10 −3
kgf・m2 }

Technical information
d Calculate the inertia ratio (U) of the hypoid motor.
Ir GD2r
U=
IM
U= {
GD2M
}
-3 2 -3 2
On page 270, inertia moment (IM){load inertia (GD2M)} of the motor shaft is 0.66 x 10 Kgf·m {2.64 x 10 Kgf·m }, and
0.23×10−3 0.94×10 −3

U=
0.66×10−3
≒0.35 { U= 2.64×10 −3 ≒0.36 }
f Checking the starting frequency
On page 258 table 3, the starting frequency is 30 times/hour and satisfying the condition.
B: a Calculate the inertia moment of the load of the conveyor shaft (IC) {Load inertia (GD2C)}.
IC = MR2 = 150×0.12 = 1.5kg·m2
Selection

{GD2C = WD2 = 150×0.22 = 6kgf·m2}


s Calculate the inertia moment (Iℓ) (GD2ℓ)} of the motor shaft.
1 1 2
Ir=IC× 2 =1.5× =0.23×10−3kg・m2
iL 80
1 1 2
{GD 2
r =GD2C× 2
iL
=6×
80
=0.94×10−3kgf・m2 }

256
Selection

d Calculate the inertia ratio (U) of the hypoid motor.


2
Ir
U=
IM { U= GD
GD }
r
2
M

On page 270, the inertia moment (IM) of the motor shaft is


0.66×10−3kg・m2 {2.64×10−3kgf・m2}
0.23×10−3 0.94×10−3
U=
0.66×10 −3 ≒0.35 U=
2.64×10−3 {
≒0.36 }
f Checking the starting frequency
On page 258 table 3, the allowable starting frequency is 6 times/min, which is satisfactory.

   ※If the allowable starting frequently is not satisfied, the reducer may get damaged earlier than the
expected life span. Up size the model number and re-check or decrease the usage frequency.
    - If the usage frequency cannot be decreased, the life span shortens. In that case, please contact us.
    - When the inertia ratio is large, we recommend the slow start by using the inverter.

5. Checking the overhang load (O.H.L.)


When attaching the sprocket, gear, belt, etc. to the output shaft or the input shaft, the overhang load
acting on the shafts become equal to or lower than the allowable overhang load of the hypoid motor
(indicated on the specification chart).
Calculate the O.H.L.
2000TF×f×Lf
O.H.L=
DS
A: When the acting position is the center of the shaft length, the page 258 table 4 and formula 1 and page 259 table 5, use the formulas
f = 1, Lf = 1
RS60-13T P.C.D = 79.6 mm and
2000×12.2×1×1
O.H.L= =307N
79.6
2000×1.25×1×1
{ O.H.L= 79.6
=31.4kgf }
confirm that the calculated O.H.L. within allowable O.H.L. The allowable O.H.L. on the specification chart is 1617 {65kgf} N, and therefore, the calculated O.H.L. acceptable.
B: When the acting position is assumed to be at ℓ from the hollow output shaft end,
f = 1, Lf = 1
2000×22.1×1×1
Technical information

O.H.L= =221N
200
2000×2.25×1×1
{ O.H.L= 200
=22.5kgf }
confirm that the calculated O.H.L. within allowable O.H.L. the allowable O.H.L. on the specification chart is 2254 {230kgf} N, and therefore, the calculated O.H.L. acceptable.

※ If the calculated value is less than the allowable O.H.L., move the acting position toward the output
shaft, use a sprocket with longer RCD., or select the larger size hypoid motor.

6. Determination of the model number


Selection

The following model numbers are determined from the ones that satisfy installation method, power
supply, immediate stop, torque, reduction ratio, starting frequency, and O.H.L.

Brake-type hypoid motor A: HMTA010-19L40RB

B: HMTA010-20H80B

257
Technical information

■ Technical data for selecting


1. Service factors Table 1. Service factors: (CF)

Output shaft capacity torques on the specification Operating time


10 hours or less/day 10 hours or more/day
chart are the values calculated with the usage Operating condition
Load condition Intermittent/continuous Intermittent/continuous
factor = 1.0. Select a service factor (Cf) from the
Uniform load without shock 1 1
table on the right by considering the operating
time, operating condition, and load condition. Light shock load 1 1.2
Calculate the output shaft correction torque. Note) When it is used in middle to severe level shock loading, consult us.

2. Inertia ratio and allowable starting frequency Table 2. Croise motor inertia ratio and allowable starting frequency
During the start-up, the impact torque occurs due to the load Load type Inertia ratio: U Allowable starting frequency
inertial (also during stopping if the brake is attached), and an 1 4 times/hr.
unexpected accident may occur due to the load, coupling method, Without shocks 0.5 4 times/min.
0.2 or less 10 times/min.
and the load inertia size. Check by the following procedure 0.5 4 times/hr.
With shocks such as chain
according the load, coupling method, and the load inertia. 0.3 4 times/min.
0.2 or less 10 times/min.
(1) Calculation of inertia moment (I) of load {load
Note) In conditions other than Table 2 above, consult us.
inertia (GD2)}
(2) Calculation of inertia moment (IL) of load for motor shaft conversion {load inertia (GD2L )}
(3) C a l c u l a t e t h e i n e r t i a
Table 3. GEAR MOTOR, HYPOID MOTOR: inertia ratio and allowable starting frequency
ratio (U) of the compact
gear motor.
IL GD2L
U=
IM
{ U= 2
GDM
}
Allowable starting frequency

Direct coupling, etc.


2
I n{GDM }: Inertia moment that causes no shake

of the motor shaft of the


GEAR MOTOR {Inertia of
the motor shaft}
(4) Confirm that the allowable Chain transmission, etc.
that causes shake
starting frequency is
satisfied by referring to
tables 1 and 2.
times/min.

times/hr.

Moment of inertia on motor shaft


Inertia ratio
 =
HYPOID MOTOR/GEAR MOTOR inertia moment
equivalent to motor shaft (Table 3 on page 269)

Technical information
3. Overhang load of the output shaft
When mounting the sprocket, gear, or belt to the output center shaft, or when mounting to the hollow
shaft by using a case tap, confirm that the overhang load acting on the output shaft is equal to or
lower than the allowable O.H.L. of the gear
Table 4. O.H.L. factor f
motor.
Chain Toothed gear belt V belt
※When the enforced toothed belt is used,
calculate by adding mounting tension. Do 1.0 1.25 1.5

not use the O.H.L. factor (f) on Table 1. Formula 1. Acting position factor: Lf
ℓ/Q 0.25 0.38 0.5 0.75 1
<Overhang load calculation>
Lf 0.8 0.9 1 1.5 2
Selection

2000×TF×f×Lf
Allowable O.H.L.≧
Dp Center shaft Hollow shaft note

TF : Correction torque Model number Q: Standard length

f : OHL factor (Table 1) l: Acting position

Lf : Acting position factor (Formula 1) Driven shaft

Dp : Pitch circle diameter including sprocket (mm)


Hollow output shaft

Thru hole section


Mounting surface

Note) Hollow shaft Q: Refer to table 5 for standard length.

258
Selection

Table 5. Standard length: Q


Hypoid motor Croise motor
Type number Reduction rate Q Type number Reduction rate Q Type number Reduction rate Q Type number Reduction rate Q
HMMT40H 5 ∼ 240 HMTA020-45H 600 ∼ 1200 CSMA010-130H 10 ∼ 60 HCMA040-32*H 240 ∼ 300
28 20
HMMS40H 5 ∼ 240 HMTA040-45H 300 ∼ 480 CSMA020-130H 10 ∼ 60 HCMA055-32*H 180 ∼ 200
HMMT60H 5 ∼ 240 HMTA075-45H 60 ∼ 200 66 HCMA010-16*H 40 ∼ 200 HCMA075-32*H 90 ∼ 150
50
HMMS60H 5 ∼ 240 HMTA150-45H 5 ∼ 80 HCMA020-16*H 40 ∼ 75 HCMA150-32*H 40 ∼ 50
25
HMMT90H 5 ∼ 240 HMTA220-45H 5 ∼ 60 CSMA040-160H 10 ∼ 30 CSMA150-32*H 40 ∼ 60
HMMS90H 5 ∼ 240 36 HMTA040-55H 600 ∼ 1200 CSMA055-160H 10 ∼ 30 CSMA220-32*H 10 ∼ 40
HMAT010-20H 5 ∼ 120 HMTA075-55H 300 ∼ 480 HCMA010-22*H 240 ∼ 300 HCMA055-40*H 240 ∼ 300
HMTA020-20H 5 ∼ 60 HMTA150-55H 100 ∼ 200 HCMA020-22*H 90 ∼ 200 HCMA075-40*H 180 ∼ 200
82
HMTA010-30H 160 ∼ 200 HMTA220-55H 80 ∼ 120 HCMA040-22*H 40 ∼ 75 HCMA150-40*H 60 ∼ 120
55
HMTA010-30H 300 ∼ 480 HMTA370-55H 5 ∼ 60 HCMA055-22*H 40 ∼ 50 30 HCMA220-40*H 40 ∼ 75
HMTA020-30H 80 ∼ 200 42 HMTA550-55H 5 ∼ 40 CSMA040-220H 40 ∼ 60 CSMA220-40*H 50 ∼ 60
HMTA040-30H 5 ∼ 50 CSMA055-220H 40 ∼ 60 CSMA370-40*H 10 ∼ 30
HMTA010-35H 600 ∼ 1200 CSMA075-220H 10 ∼ 30 HCMA075-50*H 240 ∼ 300
HMTA020-35H 300 ∼ 480 HCMA020-28*H 240 ∼ 300 HCMA150-50*H 150 ∼ 300
58
HMTA040-35H 60 ∼ 200 HCMA040-28*H 90 ∼ 200 HCMA220-50*H 90 ∼ 300
70
HMTA075-35H 5 ∼ 50 HCMA055-28*H 60 ∼ 150 HCMA370-50*H 40 ∼ 300
40
HCMA075-28*H 40 ∼ 75 CSMA370-50*H 40 ∼ 60
CSMA075-280H 40 ∼ 60 CSMA550-50*H 10 ∼ 30
CSMA150-280H 10 ∼ 30

■ Formula for calculating the brake life span and braking distance
1. Braking work amount
(IM+Ir) ×n2 Tb (GD2M+GD2r )×n2 Tb
Er=
182.5
×
(Tb±Tr)
{E r =
7160
×
(Tb±Tr) }
Eℓ : Braking amount per 1 time J {kgf·m}
2
IM {GD } : Brake-type hypoidmotor (gearmotor) inertiamoment kg·m2 (Page 270)
M

Iℓ{GD2ℓ} : Inertia moment of the motor shaft load kg·m2 {GD2·fm2)


n : Motor shaft revolution speed r/min {kgf·m}
Tb : Kinetic friction torque of the brake N·m {kgf·m} (Page 267 Brake specification chart)
Tℓ : Load torque of the motor shaft N·m{kgf·m}
± codes: Indicate ( − Tℓ) for the minus load such as a suspended load.
Technical information

2. Brake life span


ET Z :Brake life span frequency times
Z=
Er ET:Total braking work amount of brake J {kgf・m}
  (Brake specification chart on page 267)

3. Braking time
t = ta + tb
2 2
(IM+Ir) ×n (GDM+GDr ) ×n
tb=
9.55×
(Tb±Tr)
tb= {
375× (Tb±Tr) }
ta:Braking delay time s
Duration from output of the actuation signal to the point when the brake actually works
Selection

(Refer to the brake specification chart on page 267.)

4. Braking distance
1 S:Braking distance mm
(        )
S= ta+
2
t ×V b
V:Speed of straight-line moving body mm/s

259
Technical information

■ How to calculate inertia moment


1. Inertia moment of the revolving body
Moving body Inertia moment calculating formula GD2 calculating formula
SI unit {Gravitational units}
When the revolving center is

1 2 2 1 2
I= Mr GD = WD
same as the self shaft

2 2
(kg·m2) {kgf·m2}

1
I= M (r 2
+r 2
2 ) 2 1 2 2
2 1
GD = W (D + d )
2
{kgf·m2}
(kg·m2)

1 2 2 2 1 2 2
I= M (A + L ) GD = W (A + L )
12 3

(kg·m2) {kgf·m2}
When the revolving center is

r2 1
different from the self shaft

I=M ( 2 +R) 2
GD = W
2

(2D 2
+ 4R )
2

(kg·m2) {kgf·m2}

M A2 + L2 A2 + L2
I=
4 ( 3
+ 4R
2

) GD = W
2

( 3
+ 4R
2

)
(kg·m2) {kgf·m2}

M 2 2 2 1 2 2
I= (A + 4L ) GD = W (A + 4L )
12 3
(kg·m2) {kgf·m2}

2. Inertia moment of the parallel moving body Technical information

Chain Work
2
M3r21 + M4r2 2 W3D21 + W4D22
Driving I = M1r 2
+ M2r 2
+ GD = W1D 2
+ W2D 2
+
Following
1 1
2 1 1
2
sprocket
sprocket

(kg·m2) {kgf·m2}

1 V
2
V
2
Table Work I=
4
(M + M ) ×
1 2
( πn ) 2
GD = (W + W ) ×1 2
( πn )
Selection

2
Screw (kg·m ) {kgf·m2}
n: Motor revolution speed to V (r/min) n: Motor revolving count to V (r/min)

1 2 2 2 1 2 2
I= M1r + M2r GD = W1D + W2D
2 2

(kg·m2) {kgf·m2}

260
Technical data

■ Standard terminal box specification


1. Motor output: 0.1 kW ∼ 0.75 kW [Made of resin]
Terminal size Terminal box position

67 P
Motor output A P


Without brake

0.1kW  64.5 81
0.2kW  102.5 81

67
0.4kW  102.5 81
(0.55kW) 102.5 81
1. Terminal screw size M3.5 [Tightening torque 0.8 N·m {0.08 kgf-m}] 12.5
Cover 12 0.75kW  98.5 90
2. Earth terminal screw size M4 [Tightening torque 1.2 N·m {0.12 kgf-m}] A φ12
3. For the outlet direction of the terminal box, a customer can select a direction from three
directions indicated with arrows in the following drawings by attaching the cover.

83 P


Motor output A P
Brake-type

0.1kW  102.5 104.5


0.2kW  119,5 104.5

70
DC module 0.4kW  119.5 104.5
Cover
(0.55kW) 119.5 104.5
1. Terminal screw size M3.5 [Tightening torque 0.8 N·m {0.08 kgf-m}] 31
2. Earth terminal screw size M4 [Tightening torque 1.2 N·m {0.12 kgf-m}]
9.5 0.75kW  125.5 113.5
A φ12
3. For the outlet direction of the terminal box, a customer can select a direction from
two directions indicated with arrows in the following drawings by attaching the cover.

2. Motor output: 1.5 kW ∼ 3.7 kW [Made of steel plate]


Terminal size Terminal box position

A P
Without brake

⇨ Motor output
1.5kW 117
A B
83
C
97 143
P

2.2kW 117 83 97 143


C

3.7kW 137.5 83 97 151


KD 5.5kW 151.5 123 128 202
1. Terminal screw size M4 [Tightening torque 1.2N·m {0.12 kgf-m}]
B Q
2. Earth terminal screw size M5 [Tightening torque 2.0N·m {0.2 kgf-m}]

A P


Brake-type

Motor output A B C P
1.5kW 196 135 96 141
C

2.2kW 196 135 96 141


27 3.7kW 211.5 176.5 97 154
1. Terminal screw size M4 [Tightening torque 1.2N·m {0.12 kgf-m}] B
2. Earth terminal screw size M5 [Tightening torque 2.0N·m {0.2 kgf-m}] 35.5
Technical information

3. Motor output: 5.5 kW [Made of steel plate]


Terminal size Terminal box position

151.5 202
Without brake


φ35
1. Terminal screw size M5 [Tightening torque 2.0N·m {0.2 kgf-m}]
32
2. Earth terminal screw size M6 [Tightening torque 2.5N·m {0.26 kgf-m}]
123
Technical data

263.5 205


Brake-type

φ35
1. Terminal screw size M5 [Tightening torque 2.0N·m {0.2 kgf-m}] 32
2. Earth terminal screw size M6 [Tightening torque 2.5N·m {0.26 kgf-m}]
213.5

261
Technical information

■ Wiring/rotating direction
1. Wiring
Three-phase motor type (40 kW to 5.5 kW) Single-phase motor type (40W to 90W)

U X Y U X Y
U V W U V W
Black Yellow White Black Yellow White

R S T T S R CR CR

A B A B

2. Rotating direction
The arrows in the following drawings indicate the revolving direction as viewed from the output shaft in connection A.
In connection B, the motor revolves in the opposite direction.

GEAR MOTOR HYPOID MOTOR TA CROISE MOTOR


Double reduction and quadruple reduction Double reduction and quadruple reduction CSMA series Revolving direction
Rotate clockwise as viewed from the motor anti-load side

Rotate clockwise as viewed toward the output shaft of reducer

Triple reduction Triple reduction HCMA series Revolving direction


Rotate clockwise as viewed from the motor anti-load side

Rotate counterclockwise as viewed toward the output shaft of reducer

GEAR MOTOR MINI HYPOID MOTOR MINI

Technical information
Double reduction Double reduction

Triple reduction Triple reduction


Technical data

262
Technical data

■ Brake-type motor connection


1. 0.1 kW ∼ 5.5 kW 200V class: GEAR MOTOR, HYPOID MOTOR, CROISE MOTOR
¡Standard products are delivered by simultaneous cut with AC.
¡Response time is different depending on the connections. Refer to the following diagram and select the wiring suitable to the application.

Gear motor
Hypoid motor
Croise motor
Application
Three-phase 200V Three-phase 200V
0.1kW∼3.7kW
(Croise motor is 0.1 to 0.75 kW)
5.5kW
AC simultaneous cut

MC OCR MC OCR
U U
Power supply

Power supply
V V
● For general M B M B
W W
● Standard shipping Black
Yellow Black Yellow
specification
Yellow DM200D Black Yellow PM180B Black
Blue Blue

OCR OCR
AC separate cut

MC U MC U
Power supply

Power supply
V V
● To shorten the stopping time M B M B
W W
● When attaching the phase Black
Yellow Black Yellow
advancing condenser
Yellow DM200D Black Yellow PM180B Black
Blue Blue

MC OCR
AC separate operation

U
Power supply

V MC OCR
M B U
Power supply

● For use with inverter W V


( Locate
  the inverter
  )
 at the MC section.
MCa ※1 Yellow Black W
M B

Yellow DM200D Black MCa Black


Yellow
※3 Blue Blue
● When operating the AC Yellow PM180B Black
brake separately 200∼220V
Supply voltages to the brake at ※3 mark section
are as follows.
  0.1 kW and 0.2 kW are 200 VAC to 254 VAC
  0.4 kW and 0.75 kW are 200 VAC to 220 VAC
  1.5 kW to 3.7 kW are 200 VAC to 230 VAC.

MC OCR U
DC separate cut

Power supply

V
M B
Technical information

W
● When stopping accuracy is required
(elevating device, etc.) Yellow Black
Yellow DM200D Black
※2 Blue N Blue

Ⓜ : Motor Ⓑ : Brake MC: Electromagnetic contactor MCa: Supplemental relay OCR: Overcurrent relay DM200D, PM180B: DC module
-N-: Protection element (varistor)
Note 1) Brake voltage is DC90V. (When AC200V is input to DM200D and PM180B, and AC100V is input to DM100A.)
Note 2) When the separate cut with DC is used, the power supply module for break may be damaged depending on the wire length, wiring
method, relay type, etc. Therefore, connect a varistor between the terminals for DC separate cut.
Note 3) It is more effective when the varistor is connected near the power supply module for brake (blue lead wire section). Refer to the
specific varistor model numbers below. Select 470V varistor voltage for DM200D.
Note 3) (DM400D is integrated in the varistor. External attachment is not necessary.)
Technical data

Model number
Product name Manufacturer name
For DM100A, DM200D
Surge absorber Panasonic ERZV14D471
Z-trap Fuji Electric Device Technology Co., Ltd. ENE471D-14A
Ceramic varistor Nippon Chemi-Con Corporation TND14V-471KB00AAA0

(Note 3) A 5.5 kW DC module is PM180B, which is a relay integrated type. Do not prepare the AC separate cut circuit.
(Note 4) For the supplementary relay (MCa) in ※1, use the one with AC200V 7A (resistance load) or higher.
When an MC supplementary contact point or supplementary relay is used for ※2, use the contact point capacity AC200V10A or
higher (resistance load).

263
Technical information

2. 0.1 kW ∼ 3.7 kW 400V class: GEAR MOTOR, HYPOID MOTOR, and CROISE MOTOR
¡Standard products are delivered by simultaneous cut with AC. (※Contact us for 5.5 kW.)
¡Response time is different based on the connections. Refer to the following drawing and select by considering the application.

Gear motor
Hypoid motor
Croise motor
Application
Three-phase 400V Three-phase 400V
0.1kW∼0.75kW 1.5kW∼3.7kW
AC simultaneous cut

MC OCR MC OCR
Power supply
U U

Power supply
● For general V V
M B M B
● Standard shipping W W
specification Yellow Brown (N) Black Orange Black
Yellow DM200D Black Orange DM400D Black
Blue Blue Blue Blue
AC separate cut

MC OCR MC OCR
U U
Power supply

Power supply
● To shorten the stopping time V V
M B M B
● When attaching the phase W W

advancing condenser Yellow Brown (N) Black Orange Black


Yellow DM200D Black Orange DM400D Black
Blue Blue ※4 Blue Blue

MC OCR MC OCR
U U
Power supply

Power supply
V V
AC separate operation

M B M B
W W
● For inverter
MCa ※2 Yellow
Brown (N) Black MCa ※4 Orange Black
Locate the inverter at the MC
AC Yellow DM200D Black AC Orange DM400D Black
section.
※1 Blue Blue 380∼460V Blue Blue
Note) Always insulate the brown (N) terminal connected by
the closed-end connector by disconnecting from the
● When operating the brake
terminal block. In addition, when inputting to the DC
separately module by using a transformer, use a transformer with the
following capacity.
   0.1kW∼0.4kW:60VA
   0.75kW :100VA
Supply voltage for the brake at sections with ※1
AC 200V to AC 254V

MC OCR MC OCR
DC separate cut

U U
Power supply

Power supply

V V
M B M B
● When stopping accuracy is required W W
(elevating device, etc.) Yellow Brown (N) Black Black

Technical information
Orange
Yellow DM200D Black Orange DM400D Black
※3 Blue ※5 Blue
N Blue Blue

Ⓜ : Motor Ⓑ : Brake MC: Electromagnetic contactor MCa: Supplemental relay OCR: Overcurrent relay DM200D、DM400D: DC module


-N-: Protection element (varistor)
Note) 1. For 0.4 kW and 0.75 kW, when the supply voltage to ※1brake is AC200V, limit gap in the heated condition is 0.4 mm.
2. For the supplementary relay (MCa) of ※2, use the one with contact point capacity AC200V7A or higher (resistance load).
When an MC supplementary contact point or supplementary relay is used for ※3, use the contact point capacity AC200V 10A or higher (resistance load).
When a supplementary relay (MCa) of ※4 is used, use the contact point voltage AC400 to 440V with an inductive load of 1A or higher.
When the supplementary relay (MCa) of ※5 is used, connect two or three of the relays with the contact voltage AC400 to 440V and an inductive load 1A or higher in series.
3. For wiring with DC separate cut, connect a varistor.

Model number
Product name Manufacturer name
Technical data

For DM100A, DM200D


Surge absorber Panasonic ERZV14D471
Z-trap Fuji Electric Device Technology Co., Ltd. ENE471D-14A
Ceramic varistor Nippon Chemi-Con Corporation TNR14V471K

264
Technical data

3. 40W, 60W, and 90W: GEAR MOTOR MINI series and HYPOID MOTOR MINI series
¡Standard products are delivered by simultaneous cut with AC.
¡Response time is different depending on the connections. Refer to the following diagram and select the wiring suitable to the application.

Three-phase motor Standard voltage Three-phase motor Double voltage Single-phase motor
Application
(200V class) (400V class) 100V (200V)

Black Black White

Power supply
Power supply

Power supply
¡For general White White Yellow
Gray Gray Black
¡In standard shipping Yellow Black Yellow Black Yellow Black
DM100A
Yellow Black Yellow Black Yellow (DM200D) Black
specification
Blue Blue Blue Blue Blue Blue

¡When shortening Black Black White


Power supply

Power supply
Power supply
White White Yellow
the stopping time Gray Gray Black
Yellow Black Yellow Black Yellow Black
¡When attaching the phase Yellow Black Yellow Black
DM100A
Yellow (DM200D) Black

advancing condenser Blue Blue Blue Blue Blue Blue

Black Black White


Power supply

Power supply

Power supply
¡Separately operate White White Yellow
Gray Gray Black
N section
the brake Yellow Black Yellow Black
DM100A
Yellow Black Yellow Black Yellow (DM200D) Black

AC200V ∼ 220V Blue Blue AC200V ∼ 220V Blue Blue Blue Blue
(Inverter driving is notきavailable.)
AC100V ∼ 110V
(インバータ駆動はで ません)
(AC200V ∼ 220V)
Note: Cut the N section that is connected with
the closed-end connector and be sure to
Note: Use the nominal load AC200V 7A or insulate the N section.
When using a transformer to input 200V
higher for supplementary relay MCa.
voltage to the DC module, use a transformer
with the capacity of 60 VA or higher.

¡When the elevating device and Black Black White


Power supply

Power supply
Power supply

White White Yellow


stopping accuracy are required Gray Gray Black

Yellow Black Yellow Black Yellow Black


DM100A
Yellow Black Yellow
Yellow Black (DM200D) Black
Note: For the set capacity of * mark, Blue Blue Blue Blue
N
Blue
N N Blue
use AC200V 10A or higher.

Ⓜ : Motor Ⓑ : Brake MC: Electromagnetic contactor MCa: Supplemental relay OCR: Overcurrent relay C: Condenser (accessory)
DM200D DM100A: DC module, − N − : Protection element (varistor)
Note 1) After connecting, confirm that the lead wire of the DC module has the yellow color at the power supply side and the black section at the brake side before turning on the power.
Note 2) When the DC separate cut is conducted, use a blue lead wire to construct the circuit. DC module (DM200D) has an integrated surge absorbing element.
Note 3) DC module has a diode inside. If a short circuit occurs due to wrong connection, the DC module will be damaged.
Note 4) Add protection elements to external contact points when necessary.
Note 5) When the inverter is used, do not use in a circuit other than the AC separate operation.
Note 6) If the system is used with separate DC cut, the brake power module may be damaged depending on the wire length, wiring method and relay type. Connect a varistor between DC
Technical information

separate cut terminals.


It is more effective when the varistor is connected near the power supply module for brake (blue lead wire section). Refer to the specific varistor model numbers below. Select 470V
varistor voltage for DM200D.

Model number
Product name Manufacturer name
For DM100A, DM200D
Surge absorber Panasonic ERZV14D471
Z-trap Fuji Electric Device Technology Co., Ltd. ENE471D-14A
Ceramic varistor Nippon Chemi-Con Corporation TND14V-471KB00AAA0

Note 7) Condenser for single-phase motor operation


40W: 15μF, 60 W : 18μF, 90W: 27μF (All of these has resistance voltage of 220V)
Note 8) In DM100A, the green color differs from the diagram above. (Yellow → Red, Blue → None)
Technical data

※ Heat generation of the motor


During the motor operation, all internal loss of the motor turns into heat, and the motor generates heat. In
particular, a single phase capacitor-run motor is highly heated if the load rate is low. Depending on
conditions, the temperature may exceed 90℃ at the motor casing during operation. It is not an error.
Avoid touching the motor carelessly or placing a flammable object near the motor. Accidents may occur.

265
Technical information

■ When the standard motor is continuously driven by an inverter


1. Frequency range
Maximum 120 Hz. In the low Hz range (low frequency), use within an allowable range of the inverter.
40W, 60W, and 90W cannot be used in the low frequency range and in continuous operation of 60 Hz or higher. Contact us separately.

2. Torque characteristics
For the frequency and torque characteristics, refer to the following graph.
Because kW is constant in the high speed range, the torque decreases inversely with the revolution count.
In addition, because the revolution speed increases, the motor sound, motor fan sound, reducer sound, and vibration increase.
In the low-speed range, the motor operating efficiency and the cooling effects decreases. Thus, the temperature increases.
Use by lower the torque as shown below.

0.1kW∼0.75kW 1.5kW∼3.7kW

100 100
Continuous operation Continuous operation
maximum torque maximum torque

Output torque (%)


Output torque (%)

80 80

50 50
40

6 10 20 40 60 80 100 120 6 10 20 40 60 80 100 120


Output frequency (Hz) Output frequency (Hz)
Output torque (%) is 100% rating when the motor is 60 Hz. Output torque (%) is 100% rating when the motor is 60 Hz.
(Set the base frequency at 60 Hz.) (Set the base frequency at 60 Hz.)

3. Brake-type
The brake requires specific power supply (frequency and voltage), so prepare the brake circuit for which separate operation is available.
The standard product is delivered as the brake lead wire and the motor lead wire are fixed with
screws. Remove the screw and connect separately.
During braking, apply 60 Hz (1800 r/min) or lower.
When braking in the high speed range at 60 Hz or higher, failures such as mechanical damage and
abnormal abrasion and heat generation of the lining occur. Be sure to operate at 60 Hz or lower.

4. CB GEAR MOTOR
During clutch coupling, the motor torque may occur momentarily and trip. In general, increase the inverter
capacity to double or threefold to the motor capacity.

Technical information
5. Single-phase motor and explosion-proof motor
Because the single-phase motor is using a centrifugal switch and condenser, the inverter drive is not available.
In addition, the explosion-proof motor is out of the applied power supply for the explosion-proof test (frequency and voltage). Therefore, the inverter drive is not available.

6. Precaution
When the motor with a low frequency or with 60 Hz or higher is used, lower the torque indicated in the above graphs.
When the inverter drive is applied to a 400V class motor, insulation breakage may occur due to high
voltage surge (micro surge) that occurs by switching of the inverter. Therefore, the motor requires the
countermeasure (micro surge countermeasure). The standard motors with 400V class or higher have
the micro surge measure as a standard without an instruction.
Technical data

When compared to commercial power supplies, temperature increase, noise, and vibration are larger.
To protect from motor overheat protection, use the motor by setting the electronic thermal to general-
use motor specification or prepare the thermal relay between the inverter and the motor.
When the motor is used in the base frequency of 50 Hz, apply the output torque in the above table multiplied by 0.8.

※ Inverter motor type


For 0.1 kW ∼ 5.5 kW, the inverter motor type is available as an option.
For details, refer to page 283.

266
Technical data

■ Brake specifications
1. Motor output: 0.1kW to 0.75kW
GEAR MOTOR, HYPOID MOTOR, CROISE MOTOR
Motor output Three-phase 0.1kW 0.2kW 0.4kW ※0.55kW 0.75kW
Brake model number Three-phase 200V SLB01 SLB02 SLB04 SLB04 SLB07
Three-phase 400V SLB01 SLB02 SLB04V SLB04V SLB07V
DC module model number Three-phase 200V DM200D
Model number Three-phase 400V DM200D
Rated torque Static friction torque N・m 0.98(0.98) 1.96(1.96) 3.92 3.92 7.35
{kgf・m} 0.1(0.1) 0.2(0.2) 0.40 0.40 0.75
Dynamic friction torque N・m 0.78(0.78) 1.57(1.57) 3.14 3.14 5.88
{kgf・m} 0.08(0.08) 0.16(0.16) 0.32 0.32 0.60
Voltage Three-phase 200V DC90V
Three-phase 400V DC90V
Current at 20℃ A 0.178(0.22) 0.178(0.22) 0.232 0.232 0.273
Capacity at 20℃ W 16.0(20.0) 16.0(20.0) 20.9 20.9 24.6
Initial gap mm 0.15∼0.20(0.30) 0.15∼0.20(0.30) 0.15∼0.20 0.15∼0.20 0.15∼0.20
Limitation gap mm 0.5(0.6) 0.5(0.6) 0.5 0.5 0.5
Total braking work amount    
J 1.31×108(2.56×108) 1.85×108(3.38×108) 1.85×10 8
1.85×10 8
3.66×108
{kgf・m} 1.34×107(2.61×107) 1.89×107(3.45×107) 1.89×10 7
1.89×10 7
3.73×107
Allowable starting frequency 10 times/min. (10 times/min.)
Braking delay time AC simultaneous cut 0.18∼0.25(0.20) 0.15∼0.21(0.17) 0.14∼0.17 0.14∼0.17 0.20∼0.24
S(Reference value) AC separate cut
0.11∼0.18(0.10) 0.09∼0.12(0.07) 0.06∼0.09 0.06∼0.09 0.10∼0.13
AC separate operation 0.11∼0.18(0.10) 0.09∼0.12(0.07) 0.06∼0.09 0.06∼0.09 0.10∼0.13
DC separate cut 0.05∼0.07(0.03) 0.04∼0.06(0.03) 0.03∼0.05 0.03∼0.05 0.04∼0.06

Note 1) Nominal torque indicates static friction torque and dynamic friction torque after fitting.
Note 2) Braking delay time is only for reference, which may vary with the brake condition, usage condition, and individual difference. To shorten the braking delay time (in case
of elevating device), DC separate cut is recommended.
Note 3) ※ mark is only for croise motors.

2. Motor output: 1.5kW to 5.5kW


GEAR MOTOR, HYPOID MOTOR, CROISE MOTOR
Motor output Three-phase 1.5kW 2.2kW 3.7kW 5.5kW
Brake model number Three-phase 200V SLB15 SLB22 VNB371K VNB55K
Three-phase 400V SLB15V SLB22V VNB371KV ーーーーーーーーーー
DC module Three-phase 200V DM200D PM180B
Model number Three-phase 400V DM400D ーーーーーーーーーー
Technical information

Rated torque Static friction torque N•m 15 22 36 54


{kgf・m} 1.50 2.20 3.70 5.50
Dynamic friction torque N•m 12.0 17.0 29.0 43.1
{kgf・m} 1.20 1.80 2.96 4.40
Voltage Three-phase 200V DC90V DC54V
Three-phase 400V DC180V ーーーーーーーーーー
Current at 20℃ A 0.289/0.145 0.289/0.145 0.261/0.135 0.288
Capacity at 20℃ W 26.1/26.1 26.1/26.1 26.1/27.0 16.7
Initial gap mm 0.15∼0.20 0.15∼0.20 0.3 0.35
Limitation gap mm 0.5 0.5 0.7 1.2
Technical data

Total braking work amount J   10.8×108 10.8×108 13.5×108 24.7×108


{kgf・m} 11.0×107 11.0×107 13.8×107 25.2×107
Allowable starting frequency 10 times/min
0.10∼0.20
Braking delay time AC simultaneous cut 0.30∼0.50 0.30∼0.45 (0.50∼0.70)
0.20∼0.30
S (reference value) 0.10∼0.20 0.10∼0.20
0.05∼0.10
0.03∼0.05
AC separate cut (0.20∼0.40)
0.05∼0.10
AC separate operation 0.10∼0.20 0.10∼0.20 (0.20∼0.40) 0.03∼0.05
DC separate cut 0.01∼0.02 0.01∼0.02 (0.02∼0.04) ーーーーーーーーーー
Note 1) Braking delay time is only for reference, which may vary with the brake condition, usage condition, and individual difference. To shorten the braking delay time (in case
of elevating device), DC separate cut is recommended.
Note 2) Nominal torque indicates static friction torque and dynamic friction torque after fitting.
Note 3) A value in ( ) in braking delay time for 3.7 kW indicates the value obtained in case of 400V. To shorten the braking delay time, use DC separate cut.
Note 4) 5.5 kW is made-to-order products. Please consult us for details.
267
Technical information

3. Motor output: 40W to 90W


GEAR MOTOR MINI SERIES, HYPOID MOTOR MINI SERIES
Motor output Three-phase, Single-phase 40W 60W 90W
Three-phase BXW-04-10M-10-90V-8.5
Brake model number BXW-04-10M-05-90V-8.5
Single-phase ―
DC module model number Three-phase, Single-phase Three-phase: DM200D        Single-phase: DM100A
Inertia friction torque N・cm 39.2 58.8 88.2
Rated {kgf・cm} {4.0} {6.0} {9.0}
torque Dynamic friction torque N・cm 31.4 47.0 70.6
{kgf・cm} {3.2} {4.8} {7.2}
Three-phase DC90V
Voltage
Single-phase DC45V
Current Three-phase 0.062 0.062 0.089
at 20℃ A Single-phase 0.124 0.124 —
AC side current Three-phase 0.051 0.083 0.083
at 20℃ A Single-phase 0.102 0.166 —
Capacity at 20℃ W 5.6 5.6 8.0
Initial gap mm 0.15
Limit gap mm 0.65
J 7.8×106
Total braking work amount
{kgf・m} {8.0×105}
Allowable starting frequency 10 times/min.
AC simultaneous cut 0.15 0.08 0.08
Braking delay time
AC separate cut 0.08 0.04 0.04
(reference value)
AC separate operation 0.08 0.04 0.04
S
DC separate cut 0.01 0.01 0.01

■ Rectifier (DC module)


The DC module is integrated and connected to the motor lead wire. When the DC separate cut circuit is applied, follow the
connecting diagram on page 263. When instructed at the time of order, connecting work of DC cut is conducted before shipping.
When separate shipping of the DC module is necessary in the case when the DC module is used in the control panel in DM200D,
the items in the following figure will be shipped together when instructed at the time of an order (in case of separate delivery).

Outline dimensions (DM200D) 48 15.2 Outline dimensions (In case of DM200D separate delivery)
40
Round crimped terminal 1.25-4 3.5

Close end connector


Exposed core wire 10 mm

Technical information
25

2-φ4.8

Round crimped Exposed core wire 10 mm


110 Tie-wrap TYB24M terminal 1.25-4
Close end connector

Outline dimensions (DM400D) Outline dimensions (PM180B) Outline dimensions (DM100A)


55
Technical data

16.5
41.5
6 4 6
32
4.5

AC side
205

DC cut wiring

Round crimped terminal 1.25-4


Exposed core wire 10mm
Closed end connector
Round crimped terminal
DC side

268
Technical data

■ Inertia moment on motor shaft


1. GEAR MOTOR·HYPOID MOTOR TA series (・SI unit: Inertia moment ・Gravity unit: GD2)
Three-phase motor, non-brake type Three-phase motor, brake-type Single-phase motor, non-brake Single-phase motor, brake-type
Motor
Motor specification Inertia moment GD2 Inertia moment GD2 Inertia moment GD2 Inertia moment GD2
capacity
kg・m2 {kgf・m2} kg・m2 {kgf・m2} kg・m2 {kgf・m2} kg・m2 {kgf・m2}
0.1kW Standard/inverter motor 0.64×10−3 {2.54×10−3} 0.66×10−3 {2.64×10−3} 0.60×10−3 {2.40×10−3} 0.85×10−3 {3.40×10−3}
−3 −3 −3 −3 −3 −3 −3
0.2kW Standard/inverter motor 0.74×10 {2.96×10 } 0.78×10 {3.12×10 } 0.88×10 {3.50×10 } 1.30×10 {5.20×10−3}
−3 −3 −3 −3
0.4kW Standard/inverter motor 0.90×10 {3.59×10 } 0.94×10 {3.74×10 }
0.75kW Standard/inverter motor 1.37×10−3 {5.48×10−3} 1.47×10−3 {5.89×10−3}
Standard 3.41×10−3 {13.6×10−3} 3.62×10−3 {14.5×10−3}
1.5kW (Note) Inverter motor is not available for single phase motor.
Inverter motor 3.91×10−3 {15.6×10−3} 4.12×10−3 {16.5×10−3} 5.5 kW brake type is sub-standard type.
−3 −3 −3 −3
Standard 4.79×10 {19.2×10 } 5.00×10 {20.0×10 }
2.2kW
Inverter motor 5.23×10−3 {20.9×10−3} 5.44×10−3 {21.7×10−3}
−3 −3 −3
Standard 7.60×10 {30.4×10 } 8.10×10 {32.4×10−3}
3.7kW −3 −3 −3
Inverter motor 8.24×10 {32.9×10 } 8.75×10 {35.0×10−3}
Standard 19.6×10−3 {78.6×10−3} 21.3×10−3 {85.2×10−3}
5.5kW
Inverter motor 21.4×10−3 {85.2×10−3} 23.0×10−3 {92.0×10−3}

2. CROISE MOTOR CSMA series (・SI unit: Inertia moment ・Gravity unit: GD2)
Motor capacity 0.1kW 0.2kW 0.4kW 0.55kW
Non-brake, Brake-type Non-brake Brake-type Non-brake Brake-type Non-brake Brake-type Non-brake Brake-type
2
Reduction ratio Inertia moment kg・m 0.66×10-3 0.69×10-3 0.66×10-3 0.70×10-3 0.95×10-3 0.99×10-3 1.31×10-3 1.35×10-3
1/10∼1/30 GD 2 2 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3
{kgf・m } {2.65×10 } {2.75×10 } {2.65×10 } {2.81×10 } {3.81×10 } {3.96×10 } {5.25×10 } {5.40×10 }
2
Reduction ratio Inertia moment kg・m 0.66×10-3 0.69×10-3 0.69×10-3 0.73×10-3 1.02×10-3 1.06×10-3 1.38×10-3 1.42×10-3
1/40∼1/60 GD
2 2 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3
{kgf・m } {2.65×10 } {2.75×10 } {2.75×10 } {2.91×10 } {4.08×10 } {4.23×10 } {5.52×10 } {5.67×10 }

Motor capacity 0.75kW 1.5kW 2.2kW 3.7kW


Non-brake, Brake-type Non-brake Brake-type Non-brake Brake-type Non-brake Brake-type Non-brake Brake-type
2
Reduction ratio Inertia moment kg・m 1.39×10-3 1.49×10-3 4.3×10-3 6.3×10-3 4.4×10-3 6.3×10-3 8.0×10-3 10.0×10-3
1/10∼1/30 GD2 {kgf・m2} {5.55×10 } {5.96×10 } {17.1×10 } {24.6×10 } {17.4×10 } {25.0×10 } {32.0×10 } {40.0×10 }
-3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3

2 -3 -3
Reduction ratio Inertia moment kg・m 1.37×10 1.48×10 4.2×10-3 6.1×10-3 4.5×10-3 6.2×10-3 8.9×10-3 10.9×10-3
1/40∼1/60 GD 2 2 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3
{kgf・m } {5.49×10 } {5.9×10 } {17.1×10 } {24.4×10 } {18.1×10 } {25.6×10 } {35.8×10 } {43.8×10 }

3. CROISE MOTOR HCMA series (・SI unit: Inertia moment ・Gravity unit: GD2)
Motor capacity 0.1kW 0.2kW 0.4kW 0.55kW
Non-brake, Brake-type Non-brake Brake-type Non-brake Brake-type Non-brake Brake-type Non-brake Brake-type
Technical information

2
Reduction ratio Inertia moment kg・m 0.66×10-3 0.69×10-3 0.66×10-3 0.70×10-3 0.92×10-3 0.96×10-3 1.29×10-3 1.33×10-3
1/40∼1/75 GD2 2 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3
{kgf・m } {2.65×10 } {2.75×10 } {2.65×10 } {2.81×10 } {3.67×10 } {3.82×10 } {5.15×10 } {5.30×10 }
2
Reduction ratio Inertia moment kg・m 0.66×10-3 0.69×10-3 0.66×10-3 0.70×10-3 0.96×10-3 1.00×10-3 1.29×10-3 1.33×10-3
1/90∼1/150 GD
2 2 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3
{kgf・m } {2.65×10 } {2.75×10 } {2.65×10 } {2.81×10 } {3.83×10 } {3.98×10 } {5.16×10 } {5.31×10 }
2
Reduction ratio Inertia moment kg・m 0.66×10-3 0.69×10-3 0.66×10-3 0.70×10-3 0.95×10-3 0.99×10-3 1.29×10-3 1.33×10-3
1/180∼1/200 GD
2 2 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3
{kgf・m } {2.65×10 } {2.75×10 } {2.65×10 } {2.81×10 } {3.81×10 } {3.96×10 } {5.17×10 } {5.32×10 }
2
Reduction ratio Inertia moment kg・m 0.66×10-3 0.69×10-3 0.68×10-3 0.72×10-3 0.97×10-3 1.01×10-3 1.37×10-3 1.41×10-3
1/240∼1/300 GD
2 2 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3
{kgf・m } {2.65×10 } {2.75×10 } {2.73×10 } {2.89×10 } {3.87×10 } {4.02×10 } {5.47×10 } {5.62×10 }

Motor capacity 0.75kW 1.5kW 2.2kW 3.7kW


Technical data

Non-brake, Brake-type Non-brake Brake-type Non-brake Brake-type Non-brake Brake-type Non-brake Brake-type
2
Reduction ratio Inertia moment kg・m 1.30×10-3 1.40×10-3 3.61×10-3 5.51×10-3 3.94×10-3 5.84×10-3 6.24×10-3 8.25×10-3
1/40∼1/75 GD
2
{kgf・m2} {5.20×10 } {5.61×10 } {14.4×10 } {22.0×10 } {15.8×10 } {23.3×10 } {24.9×10 } {33.0×10 }
-3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3

2
Reduction ratio Inertia moment kg・m 1.31×10-3 1.41×10-3 3.62×10-3 5.52×10-3 3.99×10-3 5.89×10-3 6.32×10-3 8.32×10-3
1/90∼1/150 GD 2 2 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3
{kgf・m } {5.24×10 } {5.65×10 } {14.5×10 } {22.1×10 } {16.0×10 } {23.5×10 } {25.3×10 } {33.3×10 }
2 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3
Reduction ratio Inertia moment kg・m 1.37×10 1.47×10 3.63×10 5.53×10 4.06×10 5.94×10 6.26×10 8.26×10
1/180∼1/200 GD 2
{kgf・m2} {5.46×10 } {5.87×10 } {14.5×10 } {22.1×10 } {16.3×10 } {23.8×10 } {25.1×10 } {33.1×10 }
-3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3

2
Reduction ratio Inertia moment kg・m 1.43×10-3 1.53×10-3 3.83×10-3 5.72×10-3 4.10×10-3 5.98×10-3 6.30×10-3 8.30×10-3
1/240∼1/300 GD
2 2 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3
{kgf・m } {5.72×10 } {6.13×10 } {15.3×10 } {22.9×10 } {16.4×10 } {23.9×10 } {25.2×10 } {33.2×10 }
Note) Common to foot mount, face mount, and hollow shaft types.
269
Technical information

4. GEAR MOTOR, HYPOID MOTOR, MINI series (・SI unit: Inertia moment ・Gravity unit: GD2)
Three-phase, non-brake Single-phase, non-brake Three-phase, brake-type Single-phase, brake-type
Motor
Inertia moment GD2 Inertia moment GD2 Inertia moment GD2 Inertia moment GD2
capacity
kg・m2 {kgf・m2} kg・m 2
{kgf・m2} kg・m2 {kgf・m2} kg・m2 {kgf・m2}
40W 1.84×10−4 {7.35×10−4} 2.07×10 −4 {8.27×10 −4}
1.86×10−4 {7.45×10−4} 2.09×10−4 {8.37×10−4}
60W 1.62×10−4 {6.46×10−4} 1.93×10−4 {7.73×10−4} 1.64×10−4 {6.56×10−4} 1.96×10−4 {7.83×10−4}
90W 2.15×10−4 {8.61×10−4} 1.93×10−4 {7.73×10−4} 2.18×10−4 {8.71×10−4} ― ―

■ Backlash of output shaft


1. CROISE MOTOR CSMA series Unit: degree
Motor capacity
0.1kW 0.2kW 0.4kW 0.55kW 0.75kW 1.5kW 2.2kW 3.7kW
Reduction ratio
1/10 0.11∼1.09 0.11∼1.12 0.09∼0.90 0.09∼0.90 0.07∼0.69 0.05∼0.58 0.14∼0.50 0.11∼0.40
1/15 0.11∼1.04 0.11∼1.12 0.09∼0.90 0.09∼0.90 0.07∼0.69 0.05∼0.58 0.14∼0.50 0.11∼0.40
1/20 0.11∼1.03 0.11∼1.04 0.09∼0.84 0.09∼0.84 0.07∼0.65 0.05∼0.54 0.11∼0.43 0.10∼0.38
1/25 0.11∼1.01 0.11∼1.05 0.09∼0.84 0.09∼0.84 0.07∼0.65 0.05∼0.54 0.14∼0.47 0.11∼0.37
1/30 0.11∼1.01 0.11∼1.05 0.09∼0.84 0.09∼0.84 0.07∼0.65 0.05∼0.54 0.14∼0.47 0.11∼0.37
1/40 0.11∼1.00 0.09∼0.87 0.07∼0.64 0.07∼0.64 0.05∼0.53 0.11∼0.41 0.10∼0.37 0.08∼0.30
1/50 0.11∼0.99 0.09∼0.85 0.06∼0.63 0.06∼0.63 0.05∼0.52 0.11∼0.41 0.08∼0.33 0.08∼0.29
1/60 0.11∼0.99 0.08∼0.84 0.06∼0.62 0.06∼0.62 0.05∼0.51 0.10∼0.40 0.08∼0.32 0.08∼0.28

2. CROISE MOTOR HCMA series Unit: degree


Motor capacity
0.1kW 0.2kW 0.4kW 0.55kW 0.75kW 1.5kW 2.2kW 3.7kW
Reduction ratio
1/ 40 0.25∼1.55 0.25∼1.55 0.16∼1.32 0.16∼1.32 0.13∼1.20 0.15∼1.09 0.12∼0.95 0.11∼0.86
1/ 50 0.25∼1.55 0.25∼1.55 0.16∼1.32 0.16∼1.32 0.13∼1.20 0.15∼1.09 0.12∼0.95 0.11∼0.85
1/ 60 0.24∼1.49 0.24∼1.49 0.15∼1.28 0.12∼1.17 0.12∼1.17 0.11∼0.93 0.11∼0.93 0.10∼0.84
1/ 75 0.24∼1.49 0.24∼1.49 0.15∼1.28 0.12∼1.17 0.12∼1.17 0.11∼0.93 0.11∼0.93 0.10∼0.84
1/ 90 0.24∼1.48 0.15∼1.26 0.12∼1.14 0.12∼1.14 0.11∼1.00 0.11∼0.91 0.09∼0.77 0.10∼0.53(0.10∼0.32)
1/100 0.24∼1.48 0.15∼1.26 0.12∼1.14 0.12∼1.14 0.11∼1.00 0.11∼0.91 0.09∼0.77 0.10∼0.53(0.10∼0.32)
1/120 0.24∼1.46 0.15∼1.24 0.12∼1.15 0.12∼1.15 0.14∼1.05 0.11∼0.91 0.10∼0.82 0.10∼0.50(0.10∼0.29)
1/150 0.24∼1.46 0.15∼1.24 0.12∼1.15 0.12∼1.15 0.14∼1.05 0.10∼0.82 0.10∼0.82 0.10∼0.50(0.10∼0.29)
1/180 0.24∼1.46 0.15∼1.23 0.12∼1.12 0.11∼0.98 0.11∼0.90 0.09∼0.76 0.09∼0.51(0.09∼0.30) 0.09∼0.51(0.09∼0.30)

Technical information
1/200 0.24∼1.46 0.15∼1.23 0.12∼1.12 0.11∼0.98 0.11∼0.90 0.09∼0.76 0.09∼0.51(0.09∼0.30) 0.09∼0.51(0.09∼0.30)
1/240 0.14∼1.20 0.11∼1.09 0.11∼0.95 0.08∼0.84 0.07∼0.73 0.09∼0.47(0.09∼0.26) 0.09∼0.47(0.09∼0.26) 0.09∼0.47(0.09∼0.26)
1/300 0.14∼1.19 0.11∼1.09 0.11∼0.95 0.08∼0.84 0.07∼0.73 0.09∼0.47(0.09∼0.26) 0.09∼0.47(0.09∼0.26) 0.09∼0.47(0.09∼0.26)
Note 1) The above values are calculated values.
Note 2) Common to foot mount, face mount, and hollow shaft types.
Note 3) However, a value in ( ) of ■ section is a hollow shaft value.

■ About self-lock
In the worm reducer (croise motor), when removing the input shaft (motor shaft) from the output shaft of the reducer is attempted in static
condition, the input shaft (motor shaft) does not start rotating. This effect is called "self-lock (automatic tightening)." Although the input
Technical data

shaft (motor shaft) revolves, large force is required for the output shaft. This effect is called "self-lock feature" or "braking effect". This "self
lock (automatic tightening)" effect is determined by the lead angle (lead angle), the tooth surface condition, and lubricating oil.
With our standard specification worm reducer (croise motor), distinctive "self-lock (automatic tightening)" effect at static condition can be
expected when the reduction ratio of one step of the worm gear is 1/50 or 1/60. In other reduction ratio (1/10 to 1/40), "self-lock nature"
and "braking effect" can be expected.
However, the effect of "self-lock (automatic tightening" sometimes decreases when shock or vibration is applied. If a certain reversal
prevention is necessary, we recommend to surely prepare the brake separately.
In addition, when the motor is used for applications that has large load inertia (such as travelling and turning device), quick braking due to
self-lock and self-lock nature occurs, which is very dangerous. In these applications, select 1/10 to 1/20 reduction ratio in the worm gear.

270
Technical data

■ Internal structural drawing


1. GEAR MOTOR TA series

■ Double-stage reduction
1 11 13 15 16 3 14 9 6 2 10 12 q Motor
w L case
e M bracket
r First-stage wheel
t Second shaft pinion
y Output shaft wheel
u Metal (second shaft M bracket side)
i Metal (second shaft L case side)
o Metal (output shaft M bracket side)
!0 Bearing (output shaft L case side)
5 !1 Bearing (motor shaft load side)
!2 Oil seal (output side)
8 !3 Oil seal (motor shaft)
!4 O-ring
4 !5 Filter
!6 Shim
7

■ Three-stage reduction 1 16 18 21 20 3 19 12 8 2 15 17 9
q Motor
w L case
e M bracket
r First-stage wheel
t Second shaft pinion
y Second stage wheel
u Third shaft pinion
i Third stage wheel
o Output shaft
!0 Metal (second shaft M bracket side)
!1 Metal (second shaft L case side)
5 !2 Metal (output shaft M bracket side)
!3 Bearing (third shaft M bracket side)
11
!4 Bearing (third shaft L case side)
14 !5 Bearing (output shaft L case side)
!6 Bearing (motor shaft load side)
11 13 !7 Oil seal (output side)
!8 Oil seal (motor shaft)
!9 O ring
@0 Filter
@1 Shim
4 6 7
Technical information

q Motor
■ Four-stage reduction w L case
e M bracket
r H bracket
1 22 26 25 3 23 24 26 25 15 t First-stage wheel pinion
10 2 19 21 11
y Second stage wheel
u Third shaft pinion
i Third stage wheel
o Fourth shaft pinion
!0 Fourth stage wheel
!1 Output shaft
!2 Metal (second shaft H bracket side)
!3 Plametal (third shaft M bracket side)
Technical data

!4 Plametal (third shaft L case side)


5
!5 Plametal (output shaft M bracket side)
6 !6 Bearing (second shaft M bracket side)
7 !7 Bearing (fourth shaft M bracket side)
20 12 16 !8 Bearing (fourth shaft L case side)
13 14
!9 Bearing (output shaft L case side)
4 @0 Bearing (motor shaft load side)
@1 Oil seal (output side)
@2 Oil seal (motor shaft)
@3 Oil seal (second shaft)
17 8 9 18 @4 O-ring
@5 Filter
@6 Shim

271
Technical information

■ Inline type

18 19

q L case
w M bracket
e R bracket
r Pinion with input shaft
t First-stage wheel
y Second-shaft pinion
u Second stage wheel
i Output shaft
o Plametal (output shaft M bracket side)
!0 Bearing (input shaft R bracket side)
!1 Bearing(Input shaft M bracket side)
!2 Bearing (second shaft M bracket side)
!3 Bearing (second shaft L case side)
!4 Bearing (output shaft L case side)
!5 Oil seal (output side)
!6 Oil seal (input shaft)
!7 O-ring
!8 Filter
!9 Shim

■ Adapter type

18 19
q L case
w M bracket
e Motor flange
r Adapter input shaft pinion
t First-stage wheel
y Second-shaft pinion
u Second stage wheel

Technical information
i Output shaft
o Plametal (output shaft M bracket side)
!0 Bearing (input shaft motor flange side)
!1 Bearing(input shaft M bracket side)
!2 Bearing (second shaft M bracket side)
!3 Bearing (second shaft L case side)
!4 Bearing (output shaft L case side)
!5 Oil seal (output side)
!6 Oil seal (input shaft)
!7 O-ring
!8 Filter
Technical data

!9 Shim

272
Technical data

2. HYPOID MOTOR TA series

■ Second-step reducer Foot integrated type


1 4 17 19 10 3 12 5 6

13

20

16

22 23 18 16 21 7

21 2

■ Three-step reducer Hollow shaft type 3

13

1 4 17 19 5 6

12 7

14 15

8
Technical information

16

11

18 18

16

23 22 23
Technical data

q Motor o Third-stage wheel !7 Bearing (motor shaft load side)


w Case !0 Output shaft !8 Oil seal (output side)
e Cover !1 Hollow output shaft !9 Oil seal (motor shaft)
r Motor pinion (hypoid pinion) !2 Bearing (second shaft cover side) @0 Seal cap
t First-stage wheel (hypoid gear) !3 Bearing (second shaft case side) @1 O-ring
y Second shaft pinion !4 Bearing (third shaft cover side) @2 Filter
u Second-stage wheel !5 Bearing (third shaft case side) @3 Shim
i Third shaft pinion !6 Output (output shaft)

273
Technical information

■ Inline type q L case


w R bracket
e Matching flange
r Input shaft pinion
t First-stage wheel
y Second-stage pinion
u Output shaft wheel
20 19
i Second shaft
o Cover
!0 Bearing (input shaft case side)
!1 Bearing (input shaft R bracket side)
!2 Bearing (second-stage cover side)
!3 Bearing (second-stage case side)
!4 Bearing (output shaft)
!5 Oil seal (input shaft)
!6 Oil seal (output side)
!7 Seal cap
!8 O-ring
!9 Filter
@0 Shim

■ Adapter type
q L case
w Motor flange
e Matching flange
r Adapter input shaft pinion
t First-stage wheel
20 19
y Second-stage pinion
u Output shaft wheel
i Second shaft
o Cover
!0 Bearing (input shaft case side)

Technical information
!1 Bearing (input shaft motor flange side)
!2 Bearing (second shaft cover side)
!3 Bearing (second shaft case side)
!4 Bearing (output shaft)
!5 Oil seal (input shaft)
!6 Oil seal (output side)
!7 Seal cap
!8 O-ring
!9 Filter
@0 Shim
Technical data

274
Technical data

3. CROISE MOTOR
№ Part name
■ Hollow shaft type )1 Case
)2 Worm
CSMA series )3 Worm wheel
)4 Output shaft
18 15 12 08 07 08 17 13 14 06 11 03 04 01 11 06 14 13
)5 M flange
)6 Exit bearing support III
)7 Filter
)8 Shim I
)9 Bearing (input shaft load side)
!0 Bearing (input shaft anti-load side)
!1 Bearing (output shaft)
!2 Oil seal (input shaft)
!3 Oil seal (output side)
!4 Hex socket head cap bolt
!5 Spring washer
!6 Hole plug
!7 Parallel key square
!8 Bearing (motor shaft load side)
!9 Snap ring

05 19 19 09 02 16 10

№ Part name
■ Hollow shaft type )1 Case
)2 Rotor shaft helical pinion
HCMA series )3 First stage helical gear
)4 Second stage worm
)5 Second stage worm wheel
22 13 24 23 24 02 14 20 08 12 09 05 01 06 12 08 20 14 )6 Output shaft
)7 M flange
)8 Exit bearing support III
)9 Exit collar
!0 Bearing (input shaft load side)
!1 Bearing (input shaft anti-load side)
!2 Bearing (output shaft)
!3 Oil seal (input shaft)
!4 Oil seal (output side)
!5 Jig snap ring
!6 Jig snap ring
Technical information

!7 Hole retaining ring


!8 Parallel key square
!9 Parallel key square
@0 Hex socket head cap bolt
@1 Hex socket head cap bolt
@2 Wave washer
07 21 15 03 18 17 16 10 25 04 19 11 @3 Filter
@4 Shim
@5 Hex socket head plug
Technical data

Note) The above structure drawings are representative drawings. Detailed specification varies in each model number. Please consult us for
details.

275
Technical information

№ Part name
■ Foot mount type 07 06 09 16 11 17 11 14 10 13 15 08 01 03 04 08 13 15 10 14 )1 Case
)2 Rotor worm
CSMA series )3 Worm wheel
)4 Output shaft
)5 M flange
)6 Packing
)7 Bearing (input shaft)
)8 Bearing (output shaft)
)9 Oil seal (input shaft)
!0 Oil seal (output side)
!1 Shim
!3 Hole retaining ring
!4 Parallel key square
!7 Filter

12 05 02

№ Part name
■ Foot mount type Case
Worm
CSMA series Worm wheel
Output shaft
20 21 17 22 23 01 07 12 09 03 15 12 09 06 14 16 04 M flange
Output bearing support
Output bearing support
Shim
Shim
⑩ Bearing (input shaft load side)
⑪ Bearing (input shaft anti-load side)
⑫ Bearing (output shaft load side)
⑬ Oil seal (input shaft)
⑭ Oil seal (output shaft)
⑮ Parallel key angle
⑯ Parallel key angle
⑰ Pressure vent
⑱ Oil gauge
⑲ Base
⑳ Motor
Bearing (motor shaft load side)
05 13 08 10 02 11 18 19 Wave washer
Filter

Technical information
№ . Part name
■ Foot mount type Case
Rotor shaft helical pinion
HCMA series First-stage helical gear
Second-stage worm
26 24 14 27 22 02 01 09 13 25 05 20 13 25 08 15 21 06 Second-stage worm wheel
Output shaft
M flange
Output bearing support
Output bearing support
⑩ Base
⑪ Bearing (input shaft load side)
⑫ Bearing (input shaft anti-load side)
⑬ Bearing (output shaft load side)
⑭ Oil seal (input shaft)
Technical data

⑮ Oil seal (output shaft)


⑯ Shaft snap ring
⑰ Shaft snap ring
⑱ Hole snap ring
⑲ Parallel key angle
⑳ Parallel key angle
Parallel key angle
Pressure vent
Oil gauge
07 16 19 03 18 17 11 04 12 23 10 Wave washer
Shim
Motor
Filter

Note) The above structure drawings are representative drawings. Detailed specification varies in each model number. Please consult us for details.

276
Technical data

4. GEAR MOTOR MINI series

q Case
w M bracket
e Motor frame
r Rotor
t Stator
y Motor pinion
u First-stage wheel
i Second shaft pinion
o Second-stage wheel
!0 Third shaft pinion
!1 Third-stage wheel
!2 Output shaft
!3 O ring
!4 Filter
!5 Ball bearing
!6 Ball bearing
!7 Ball bearing
!8 Ball bearing
!9 Ball bearing
@0 Metal
@1 Oil seal
@2 Oil seal

5. HYPOID MOTOR MINI series

q Case
w Cover
e Motor frame
r Rotor
t Stator
y Motor pinion
u First-stage wheel
i Second shaft pinion
o Second-stage wheel
!0 Third shaft pinion
!1 Third-stage wheel
!2 Hollow output shaft
!3 Ball bearing
Technical information

!4 Ball bearing
!5 Ball bearing
!6 Ball bearing
!7 Ball bearing
!8 Ball bearing
!9 Filter
@0 Oil seal
@1 Oil seal
@2 gasket
Technical data

277
Technical information

■ Brake structure
1. For three-phase 0.1 kW to 2.2 kW: GEAR MOTOR, HYPOID MOTOR, and CROISE MOTOR
One-touch manual release type is also available as an option. Refer to page 285 for details.

SLB brake
1. Anti-load bracket with yoke
9 8 6 5 7 4 3 2 1 1918 9 8 6 5 7 4 3 2 1 1918 2. Coil
10 10
12 11 3. Armature
13 12 4. Spring retainer
14 13 5. Braking plate
14 6. Shaft nut
7. Collar
8. Guide bolt
B1 U V W B2 9. Lining
10. Fan cover
11. Fan (no fan in the upper figure.)
12. Angle hub
13. Snap ring
14. Key
1516 17 15. Spring pin
15 16 17
16. Braking spring
Gear motor, hypoid motor Gear motor, hypoid motor 17. Fan cover set screw
  [Three-phase 0.1 kW]   [Three-phase 0.2 kW ∼ 2.2 kW] 18. DC module
Croise motor 19. Close-end connector
  [Three-phase 0.1 kW ∼ 2.2 kW]

※ Manual release (standard equipment) Braking plate hole to insert M5 screw (2 sections)

M5 screw (length 10 mm - 15 mm) Dril through hole


Release the outlet shaft as no load (Not attached)

is applied.

Brake gap
Remove the fan cover and attach the screws.
After completion of operation, be sure to
remove the screws, attach the fan cover, and
then start operating.

Note)M6 screw is applied for 1.5 kW and 2.2 kW.

2. For three-phase 3.7 kW to 5.5 kW: GEAR MOTOR, HYPOID MOTOR


VNB brake 16 15 11 1 2 4 9 8 7 10 13

1. Yoke 11. Hexagonal nut


2. Coil 12. Braking plate
3. Braking spring 13. Sheet packing
4. Armature 14. Center hub
U V W
5. Lining 15. Fan

Technical information
6. Anti-load bracket 16. Fan cover
7. Stud bolt 17. Snap ring
8. Liner 18. Key
9. Distance collar 19. DC module
10. Protection liner 20. Close-end connector
17 18 14 3 5 12 6 19 20

3. Three-phase 40W to 90W, Single-phase 40W to 60W: MINI series

1. Coil 11. Lead wire (protective tube attached)


Technical data

2. Stator 12. Key


3. Armature 13. Set screw
4. Rotor (lining) 14. Hexagonal U nut
5. Rotor hub 15. Brake cover
6. Mounting flange 16. DC module
7. Stud bolt
8. Torque spring
9. Supplemental spring
10. Silence spring

278
Option

■ GEAR MOTOR
Flange
When mounting the face mount type to the flange, use an S flange or an M flange. (Material: Cast iron made)

1. S flange: Eccentric type

Model number: UFS27

※ Four bolts are attached to the flange.

Applied flange number List of dimensions Unit: mm


Motor output Flange number Cs E F H R O Y Z Mass kg
Reduction ratio 0.1kW 0.2kW 0.4kW 0.75kW UFS13 18 4 12 135 32 125 150 9 1.2
100W 200W 400W ― UFS15 20 4 12 150 32 140 170 9 1.3
5 UFS27(UFS25) UFS27 UFS25 20 4 16 150 41 140 170 9 1.4
UFS37
10, 15, 20, 25 UFS15 UFS15(UFS13)(UFS25) UFS27 24 4 16 175 41 165 200 11 2.3
30, 40, 50 (UFS13) UFS37 24 4 18 175 47 165 200 11 2.1
UFS27
UFS37
60, 75 UFS27 (UFS25)
100, 120, 165, 200 (UFS25) UFS37
300, 360, 450 UFS37 Note ( ) Products in the parenthesis are S flanges that are one frame smaller.

2. M flange: Concentric type

Model number: UFM39


Technical information

4-Z screw ※ Four bolts are attached to the flange.

Applied flange number Dimension list Unit: mm


Motor output Flange number E F H R O Y Z Mass kg
Reduction ratio
0.1kW 0.2kW 0.4kW 0.75kW 1.5kW UFM15 3.5 12 155 32 145 170 M10 1.4
5 UFM26 UFM26 3.5 16 165 41(32) 148 185 M12 1.7
UFM26 UFM39
10, 15, 20, 25 UFM15 UFM48 UFM39 4 18 190 47 180 215 M12 2.5
Option

30 UFM15 UFM48 5 26.5 280 60.5 260 290 φ12 7.5


40, 50 UFM26 UFM39 UFM48 Note 1) In UFM48 only, a flange fixing bolt hole is feed-through hole.
60, 75 Note 2) A size in the parenthesis is applied when attached to
UFM26 1/5 of 0.1 kW, 0.2 kW, 100W, and 200W.
100, 120, 165, 200 UFM39 UFM48
300, 360, 450 UFM39 UFM48
600, 720, 1000, 1200 UFM48

279
Technical information

■ HYPOID MOTOR
1. Shaft end cover
For the hollow shaft type, a cover for opposite of the mounting side is provided.
It is applicable to the adapter type and the inline type. (Material: Polypropylene resin made, Green)

Unit:mm Model number Application model


Model number: HM140CAP HM70CAP HMTA010-20H5∼120
※Note 1 HMTA020-20H5∼60
38 HMTA010-30H160∼35H1200
19
HMTA020-30H80∼45H1200
HMTA040-30H5∼45H480
φ76

HMTA075-35H5∼45H200
φ69

HM90CAP
※Note 1 HMTA150-45H5∼80
φ89

φ90
φ96
HMTA220-45H5∼60
HMTA100-30H5∼35H1200
φ70

HMTA200-30H5∼45H1200
HMTA040-55H600∼1200
HMTA075-55H300∼480
HMTA150-55H100∼200
HM140CAP
HMTA220-55H80∼120
HM70CAP HM90CAP HM140CAP HMTA370-55H5∼60
HMTA550-55H5∼40
Note1) Paint color CO (light gray) for HM70CAP
and HM90CAP is also available.
2. Torque arm
For the hollow shaft type, a torque arm used for on-shaft mounting is available.
It is applicable to the adapter type and the inline type. (Material: SS400)

Model number: HM150TA <Mounting example>


  The torque arm can be attached to either the short pitch or the
long pitch side according to the mounting condition of the reducer.

Unit: mm

Technical information
Model number Application model A B C D H L R1 R2 R3 φZ1 φZ2 Bolt Board thickness t
HMTA010-20H5∼120 M10
HM100TA 100 62 38 70 82 126 9 11 37 9 11 4.5
HMTA020-20H5∼60 recommended
HMTA010-30H160∼480
HMTA020-30H80∼200
M12
HM150TA HMTA040-30H5∼50 150 103 47 88 129 157 11 15 47 11 13 6
recommended
HMTA100-30H5∼480
HMTA200-30H5∼200
HMTA010-35H600∼1200
HMTA020-35H300∼480
HMTA040-35H60∼200 M16
HM200TA 200 142 58 106 171 188 12 17 47 13 17 6
HMTA075-35H5∼50 recommended
HMTA100-35H600∼1200
HMTA200--35H300∼480
HMTA020-45H600∼1200
Option

HMTA040-45H300∼480
HMTA075-45H60∼200 M20
HM250TA 250 177 73 123 214 228 16 21 ― 17 21 9
HMTA150-45H5∼80 recommended
HMTA220-45H5∼60
HMTA200-45H600∼1200
HMTA040-55H600∼1200
HMTA075-55H300∼480
HMTA150-55H100∼200 M20
HM350TA 350 245 105 182 293 331 22 26 ― 22 22 9
HMTA220-55H80∼120 recommended
HMTA370-55H5∼60
HMTA550-55H5∼40

280
Option

■ CROISE MOTOR(When the frame numbers are the same, the same size of shaft end cover can be used commonly for both CSMA and HCMA series.)
1. Shaft end cover
For the hollow shaft type of the croise motor, a cover for opposite of the mounting side is available. (Material: SS400) Unit:mm
<Mounting example> Model number Frame number φA B C
Model number: CSM22CAP B

CSM13CAP 13 49 20 18
CSM16CAP 16 61 20 18
CSM22CAP 22 74 20 18
C

φA
CSM28CAP 28 84 20 18
CSM32CAP 32 97 26 23
CSM40CAP 40 110 26 23
CSM50CAP 50 140 31 28

2. Torque arm
For the hollow shaft type, a torque arm used for on-shaft mounting is available. (Material: SS400) Unit:mm
<Mounting example> Reducer B Bolt Tightening torque Mass
Model number: CSM50TA Model number A φC φD E F φJ φK M degree T
M° M°
frame number PCD size N・m {kgf・m} kg
8-φK

CSM13TA 13 90 80 92 68 10 20 9 5.5 35゜ 6 M5×16 6.3 {0.64} 0.3


φC
PCD
B CSM16TA 16 105 96 111 81 15 27 11 6.6 35゜ 6 M6×18 11 {1.1} 0.4
φD

CSM22TA 22 140 128 148 108 20 35 11 9 35゜ 6 M8×20 26 {2.6} 0.7


CSM28TA 28 175 160 185 135 25 45 14 11 35゜ 9 M10×25 51 {5.2} 1.6


A

M° M°
CSM32TA 32 200 160 190 130 25 45 16 14 30゜ 9 M12×30 118 {12} 1.9
CSM40TA 40 250 200 230 170 30 50 18 14 30゜ 9 M12×30 118 {12} 2.6
E

φJ
F T

CSM50TA 50 320 250 286 214 30 50 20 17 30゜ 12 M14×40 186 {19} 4.1

3. Base
For the face mount L type and hollow shaft type, a base for mounting the base and the flange are available. Unit:mm
<Flange mounting example> Reducer Bolt Tightening torque Mass
Model number: CSM13BA Model number A B C D E F G H φI φJ φK L
E
4-φJ
B
4-φI Flange surface R side Flange surface L side frame number size N・m {kgf・m} kg
F D

CSM13BA 13 104 88 86 70 30 9 45.8 65.5 5.5 6.6 50 55 M5×16 6.3 {0.64} 0.2
φ
K
CSM16BA 16 127 106 105 84 36 11 55.0 78.6 6.6 9 60 66 M6×20 11 {1.1} 0.3
C

G
A
L

<Base mounting example 2> CSM22BA 22 166 136 140 110 41 14 73.4 104.8 9 11 80 88 M8×25 26 {2.6} 0.5
H

CSM28BA 28 204 170 170 136 45 15 91.8 131.0 11 15 100 110 M10×30 51 {5.2} 0.9
<Base mounting example 1>
Flange surface R side
(Opposite side is a flange
CSM32BA 32 196 196 160 160 38 16 80.0 138.6 14 15 98 114 M12×35 118 {12} 1.9
surface L side)
※Additional work for the case is required. CSM40BA 40 230 230 190 190 47 18 100.0 173.0 14 17 110 124 M12×35 118 {12} 3.5
Technical information

(Corresponds to special model)

Case bottom side CSM50BA 50 286 286 238 238 55 22 125.0 216.5 17 19 140 154 M14×40 186 {19} 7.0

■ MINI series
1. Shaft end cover 2. Torque arm
For the hollow shaft type, attach to the shaft end that is opposite of the mounting side. On-shaft mounting torque arm for hollow shaft type.

Model number: HM42CAP Model number: HM100TA


5 7 Output shaft core
Note)
2 3 4 3 HM80TA does
not have a R38
section.
Option

R38
φ50
φ42

φ56
φ48

● In the hollow shaft type,


it can be mounted by
one-touch to opposite of
Model number Application model A B C D H L Board thickness t
the mounting side.
● Material is PP resin HM80TA 40W 80 47 33 63 67 114 4.5
made ( Polypropylene). 60W
HM100TA 100 62 38 70 82 126 4.5
90W

281
Technical information

■ Supporting voltage
1. 400V class Double voltage [Option code: V]
Motor that supports three ratings of 400V class, which are 400V/50 Hz, 400V/60 Hz, and 440V/60 Hz.

  Supporting capacities: 40W to 90W, 0.1 kW to 5.5 kW

2. 400V class Different voltage [Option code: V1, V2, V3, and V4]
Motor that supports different voltages of three ratings in 400V class (380V, 415V, 420V, and 460V).

  Supporting capacities: 0.1 kW to 5.5 kW


○ Standard products
△ Made-to-order products

400V class Option Motor capacity


Series
different voltage code 0.1kW 0.2kW 0.4kW 0.55kW 0.75kW 1.5kW 2.2kW 3.7kW 5.5kW
380V/50Hz V1 ○ ○ ○ − ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
380V/60Hz V2 ○ ○ ○ − ○ ○ ○ ○ △
415V/50Hz V3 ○ ○ ○ − ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
Gear motor
415V/60Hz − ○ ○ ○ − ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
Hypoid motor
420V/50Hz − ○ ○ ○ − ○ ○ ○ ○ △
420V/60Hz − ○ ○ ○ − ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
460V/60Hz V4 ○ ○ ○ − ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
Note
380V/50Hz V1 ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
Note
380V/60Hz V2 ○ ○ ○ △ ○ ○ ○ ○ △
Note
415V/50Hz V3 ○ ○ ○ △ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
Note
415V/60Hz − ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
Croise motor
Note
420V/50Hz − ○ ○ ○ △ ○ ○ ○ ○ △
Note
420V/60Hz − ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
Note
460V/60Hz V4 ○ ○ ○ △ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○

Note) Croise motor with 5.5 kW is available only in CSMA series. For HCMA series, consult us for details.

3. 200V class Different voltage


Motor that supports different voltages of three ratings of 200V class. (There are no option codes.)

Technical information
 Supporting capacities: 0.1 kW to 5.5 kW
○ Standard products
△ Made-to-order products

200V class Motor capacity


Series
Different voltage 0.1kW 0.2kW 0.4kW 0.55kW 0.75kW 1.5kW 2.2kW 3.7kW 5.5kW
50Hz ○ ○ ○ − ○ ○ ○ ○ △
210V
60Hz ○ ○ ○ − ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
Gear motor
220V 50Hz ○ ○ ○ − ○ ○ ○ ○ △
Hypoid motor
50Hz ○ ○ ○ − ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
230V
60Hz ○ ○ ○ − ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
Option

Note
50Hz ○ ○ ○ △ ○ ○ ○ ○ △
210V Note
60Hz ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
Croise motor
Note
220V 50Hz ○ ○ ○ △ ○ ○ ○ ○ △
Note
50Hz ○ ○ ○ △ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
230V Note
60Hz ○ ○ ○ △ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○

Note) Croise motor with 5.5 kW is available only in CSMA series. For HCMA series, consult us for details.

282
Option

■ Inverter motor type [Option code: Z, ZV]


Motor exclusively used for inverters that fixed torque operation is available in 6 to 60 Hz range during
inverter driving.
(In 2.2 kW and 3.7 kW type, torque decreases at 10 Hz or lower. 90% torque at 6 Hz)

  Supporting capacities: 0.1 kW to 5.5 kW

[Inverter motor type: Torque characteristic]


0.1kW∼1.5kW 5.5kW

[Standard motor: Torque characteristic]


100 Maximum torque for
90 continuous operation
0.1kW - 0.75kW (see page 266 for 1.5kW - 3.7kW)

% 2.2kW、3.7kW
100 Maximum torque for

continuous operation
Output torque

︶ 80
50 %

Output torque
50

6 10 20 40 60 80 100 120
6 10 20 40 60 80 100 120
Output frequency (Hz)
Output frequency (Hz)
For the output torque (%), set the rated torque at 100% with the motor at 60 Hz.
* For the output torque (%), set the rated torque at 100% with (Set the base frequency at 60 Hz.)

the motor at 60 Hz. (Set the base frequency at 60 Hz.)

Motor capacity
Series Voltage Code
0.1kW 0.2kW 0.4kW 0.75kW 1.5kW 2.2kW 3.7kW 5.5kW

Gear mortor 200V class Z ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○


Hypoid motor 400V class ZV ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
Note 2
200V class Z ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
Croise motor
Note 2
400V class ZV ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○

Note 1) Rated voltage〔0.1kW∼0.75kW:200V class=200/220V 60Hz, 400V class=400/440V 60Hz〕 ○ Standard products △ Made-to-order products
〔1.5kW∼5.5kW:200V class=200/60Hz, 400V class=400/60Hz〕
Note 2) Croise motor with 5.5 kW is available only for CSMA series. For HCMA series, consult us for details.

※ Precaution for invertor motor type


Technical information

・ A range from 60 to 120 Hz is a specific range for constant horsepower as the standard motor. The output torque is restricted here.
Therefore, be careful with the load torque.
・ For the input voltage from the inverter to the motor, set the output voltage of the inverter by setting the base frequency and base
voltage of the inverter, as the voltage and the frequency on the name plate can be surely obtained. (In case of invertor motors, the
base frequency has to be 60 Hz.) In addition, do not directly connect the inverter motor without an inverter. The current drastically
increases by the voltage change. (However, an operation only for a short period of time, such as in test run or in emergency case, is
excluded.) In addition, this phenomenon appears often in 50 Hz.
・ Set the base frequency of the inverter at 60 Hz for sure.
・ When 100% torque is necessary in low frequency range, apply torque boost to the inverter when necessary. Avoid operating
continuously and for a long time while applying too much torque boost. Overheat may occur.
Option

・ The motor may resonate in specific revolution speed and frequency. When operating the motor continuously, avoid resonance
frequency by changing the setting of inverter carrier frequency.
・ When the load is light in a situation such as a test run, the current value may be indicated largely in low-frequency range. This
happens due to the motor characteristic and is not abnormal. By changing the inverter setting (lower the torque boost, lower the V/
F ratio, and torque vector control), the current value can be decreased.
・ To protect the motor from overheating, use the electric thermal by setting for the inverter motor specification or set a thermal relay
between the inverter and the motor.
・ For the brake-type, refer to the wiring diagram (263 to 265) . When braking in the high speed range above 60Hz, mechanical
damage and abnormal abrasion of the brake lining occur. Be sure to operate at 60 Hz or lower.
283
Technical information

■ Outdoor specification [Optioncode: W]


When installing the outdoor type motor, install at a place, where is not very dusty. Attach a cover if the installed place is exposed to strong water stream,
rainstorm, vapor, or snow coverage. When the surrounding temperature increases to 40℃ or higher, be sure to protect the motor by using a heat insulating cover.
Consult us if the motor is not horizontal at the installation place. Be sure that the terminal box outlet port is not facing the direction where water directly splashes.

[GEAR MOTOR, HYPOID MOTOR, and CROISE MOTOR]


1. Terminal box position dimension
Motor capacity A B
0.1kW ∼ 0.75kW 1.5kW ∼ 5.5kW A
0.1kW 2.5 118
A B
B 0.2kW 40.5 118
0.4kW 40.5 118
0.75kW 36.5 127
1.5kW 117 153
2.2kW 117 153
3.7kW 137.5 162
Note) When mounting a gear motor foot, terminal box, tools, and bolts interfere in the following models. 5.5kW 151.5 254
Therefore, applied bolt types are limited. Note 1) The total length is the same as that of the indoor specification standard item.
・In case of GMTA010 (020) -18L: Set M8-25 mm for the bolt thread length. Note 2) A motor with 5.5 kW is rotated 15° clockwise from the horizontal position (upper side).
・In case of GMTA020-28L: Use a hex head bolt. Note 3) Combinations of the item with a brake and outdoor specifications are made-to-order products. Please contact us for details.

2. Structure of terminal box


84
0.1kW 1.5kW 5.5kW
∼ 0.75kW ∼ 3.7 kW
B1 U V W B2
90

Cover PF1/2
(Cable max. dia. φ18)
59
33

10

3. Changing the position and outlet direction of the terminal box


Terminal box position and outlet direction can be changed in 90 or 180 pitch.
Refer to the model number table and instruct by using a supplemental code.

[GEAR MOTOR, HYPOID MOTOR, MINI series]


1. Terminal box position dimension
Motor capacity A B

Technical information
Compatible cable diameter: φ9 to φ14
Ground attachment section: PF1/2 83(126) 98
40W
60W 91(134) 106
90W 91(134) 106
Terminal box mounting position can be
A value in ( ) indicates the dimension of
changed to the lower side by inverting
brake-type.
180 . If a change is necessary, inform 1/160 to 1/240 of gear motor mini series in
us at time of order. 40W is 109 mm in B dimension.

2. Changing the terminal box outlet direction


Outlet direction of the terminal box can be changed in 90°pitch. If a change is necessary, inform us at
time of order.
Option

284
Option

■ Hard terminal box type [Option code: H]


Aluminum terminal box is as same as that of outdoor specification.

 Supporting capacities: 0.1 kW to 0.75 kW

- Terminal box position dimension


- Terminal box structure     All structures are same as the outdoor specification terminal box.
- Position and outlet direction change

■ Resin terminal box type [MINI series]


Gear motor mini series Hypoid motor mini series
Motor capacity Reduction ratio A B Motor capacity Reduction ratio A B
1/5∼1/120 70 72 40W 1/5∼1/240 70 72
40W
1/160∼1/240 53 72 60W 1/5∼1/240 77 80
1/5∼1/120 77 80 90W 1/5∼1/240 77(99) 80
60W
1/160∼1/240 77 80 A value in ( ) indicates the dimension of single-
1/5∼1/30 77(99) 80 phase 90W.
90W
1/40∼1/120 77(99) 80
A value in ( ) indicates the dimension of single-
phase 90W.
Terminal box mounting position can be changed to the lower side by
inverting 180 . If a change is necessary, inform us at time of order.

■ One-touch manual release [Option code: Q]


One-touch manual release function that can release the brake of the brake-type motor in one-touch.

  Supporting capacities: Three-phase 0.1 kW to 3.7 kW

Three-phase 0.1 kW ∼ 2.2 kW: SLB brake Three-phase 3.7 kW: VNB brake ※ CROISE MOTOR excluded
Arm for one-touch release Arm for one-touch release
Operation Operation
Motor
Release

Release
Technical information

Fan cover
In 0.1 kW type, the longer direction of the fan cover is 25-mm longer than other types.

■ Manual shaft type [Option code: M]


A manual shaft type is available for manual revolution from the motor fan side.

  Supporting capacities: 0.1 kW to 0.75 kW


Hexagonal wrench key
Option

Supports 0.1 kW ∼ 0.75 kW GEAR MOTOR, HYPOID MOTOR, and


CROISE MOTOR brake types.
Operate by turning the hexagonal hole (M6, opposite side in
5 mm) on the center of the motor fan cover by using a Manual shaft (hexagonal hole M6: opposite side in 5 mm)
commercially available hexagonal wrench key. When operating, be
sure that the brake is manually released. In addition, never turn during the operation.

285
Technical information

■ Safety-increase explosion-proof specifications


The gear motor supports safety-increase explosion-proof motor with the explosion-proof level eG3.

  Supporting capacities: 0.1 kW to 0.75 kW Explosion-proof level: eG3

Motor output Reduction ratio P X θ°

0.1 kW 1/5∼1/200 170 94 15

0.2 kW 1/300∼1/1200 163 62 0

1/5∼1/200 96 15
0.4 kW 179
1/300∼1/1200 61.5 15

1/5∼1/200 99 15
PF3/4 screw 0.75 kW 188
1/300∼1/450 57.5 15

Note 1) 0.1 kW motor is same as 0.2 kW motor frame. Frame number of the reduction section is also same as 0.2 kW. Therefore, the exterior and external dimension are same as 0.2 kW.
Note 2) The mounting posture of the motor with 0.1 kW and 0.2 kW reduction rate of 1/300 or higher is rotated for 15° counterclockwise when compared to motors with 01/200 or smaller. Therefore, the size of ≪ P ≫ is different.
Note 3) ≪ X ≫ dimension is the one near the motor center.

■ Brake 400V direct input specifications (when operating separately from 400V AC)
Capacity of 0.1 kW ∼ 0.75 kW. Direct input of 400V to the brake is available, and 200V power supply is unnecessary in a separate operation.
Brake parts also changes. If such change is necessary, inform us at time of order. (DC module is integrated in the hard terminal box.).

  Supporting capacities: 0.1 kW to 0.75 kW


Supporting CE, UL, and CCC is also available.

Brake specification
Capacity Brake model number DC module model number Voltage Wiring of AC separate operation (400V)
0.1kW SLB01 (180V) MC OCR
U
Power supply

0.2kW SLB02 (180V) AC380V V


M B

AC440V W
0.4kW SLB04 (180V) DM400D DC180V Black
MCa Orange
AC380V
0.55kW SLB04 (180V) DM400D

AC440V Orange
0.75kW SLB07 (180V) Blue Blue

■ Outdoor continuous nominal specifications for the brake-type Technical information


Outdoor specifications for the brake-type can be used in continuous rating.
Brake structure Outdoor SLB brake
 Supporting capacities: 0.1 kW to 3.7 kW (Reference) Brake cover

O-ring
HYPOID MOTOR, GEAR MOTOR Screw

Spacer
 ・0.2kW ∼ 0.75kW [Option code: BWC]
Joint
 ・0.1kW, 1.5kW, 2.2kW [Option code: BW] Oil seal

CROISE MOTOR V-ring

Fan
 ・0.1kW ∼ 0.75kW [Option code: BWC]
Option

Fan cover

 ・1.5kW ∼ 3.7kW [Option code: BW]

Capacity
Note
Protection type IP65 JPW44
Motor capacity 0.1kW 0.2kW 0.4kW 0.55kW 0.75kW 1.5kW 2.2kW 3.7kW
HYPOID MOTOR ● ● ● − ● ● ● ●
GEAR MOTOR ● ● ● − ● ● ● ●
Note Note Note
CROISE MOTOR ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Note) The protection format of the croise motor HCMA series 0.4 kW (reduction ratio: 1/240 to 1/300), 0.55 kW (reduction ratio: 1/180
to 1/300), and 0.75 kW (reduction ratio: 1/90 to 1/300) is IP54, as the pressure vent is applied to the reduction section.
286
Option Technical information

■ Supporting diameter for hollow shaft type hole diameter


1. HYPOID MOTOR [Option code: S1 to S8]
The following hole diameters for hollow shaft type are available.

  Supporting capacities: 0.1 kW to 5.5 kW


* For the key, JIS B1301-1976 (new JIS key) is applied.
Shaft diameter (H8) tolerance
Code S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8
Model number Motor capacity Speed ratio
Hole φ20 φ25 φ30 φ35 φ40 φ45 φ50 φ55
diameter
key (6×6) (8×7) (8×7)(10×8)(12×8)(14×9)(14×9)(16×10)
HMTA010-30H160(B)
∼480(B) 0.1 kW 1/160∼1/480
HMTA020-30H80(B)∼200(B) 0.2 kW 1/80∼1/200
HMTA040-30H5(B)∼50(B) 0.4 kW 1/5∼1/50 ○ ○ ●
HMTA100-30H5(B)∼480(B) 100W 1/5∼1/480
HMTA200-30H5(B)∼200(B) 200W 1/5∼1/200
HMTA010-35H600(B)
∼1200(B) 0.1 kW 1/600∼1/1200
HMTA020-35H300(B)
∼480(B) 0.2 kW 1/300∼1/480
HMTA040-35H60(B)∼200(B) 0.4 kW 1/60∼1/200
○ ○ ●
HMTA075-35H5(B)∼50(B) 0.75kW 1/5∼1/50
HMTA100-35H600(B)
∼1200(B) 100W 1/60∼1/1200
HMTA200-35H300(B)
∼480(B) 200W 1/300∼1/480
HMTA020-45H600(B)
∼1200(B) 0.2 kW 1/600∼1/1200
HMTA040-45H300(B)
∼480(B) 0.4 kW 1/300∼1/480
HMTA075-45H60(B)∼200(B) 0.75kW 1/60∼1/200
○ ○ ○ ●
HMTA150-45H5(B)∼80(B) 1.5 kW 1/5∼1/80
HMTA220-45H5(B)∼60(B) 2.2 kW 1/5∼1/60
HMTA200-45H600(B)
∼1200(B) 200W 1/600∼1/1200
HMTA040-55H600(B)
∼1200(B) 0.4 kW 1/600∼1/1200
HMTA075-55H300(B)
∼480(B) 0.75kW 1/300∼1/480
HMTA150-55H100(B)
∼200(B) 1.5 kW 1/100∼1/200
○ ○ ○ ●
HMTA220-55H80(B)∼120(B) 2.2 kW 1/80∼1/120
HMTA370-55H5(B)∼60(B) 3.7 kW 1/5∼1/60
HMTA550-55H5(B)∼40(B) 5.5 kW 1/5∼1/40
Also applicable to the adapter type and the inline type. ●Standard products ○Made to order products

2. CROISE MOTOR (Made-to-order products)


Hole diameters other than the hollow shaft type and standard diameter type can be manufactured freely. For more information about dimensions, contact our company.

 Supporting capacities: 0.1 kW to 3.7 kW


Technical information

Type number Reduction rate Corresponding hole diameter Type number Reduction rate Corresponding hole diameter Type number Reduction rate Corresponding hole diameter
CSMA010-130H 10 ∼ 60 φ12 ∼ 20 HCMA010-16 * H 40 ∼ 200 φ16 ∼ 25 HCMA075-28 * H 40 ∼ 75 φ28 ∼ 40
CSMA020-130H 10 ∼ 60 φ12 ∼ 20 HCMA010-22 * H 240 ∼ 300 φ22 ∼ 30 HCMA075-32 * H 90 ∼ 150 φ35 ∼ 50
CSMA040-160H 10 ∼ 30 φ16 ∼ 25 HCMA020-16 * H 40 ∼ 75 φ16 ∼ 25 HCMA075-40 * H 180 ∼ 200 φ40 ∼ 55
CSMA040-220H 40 ∼ 60 φ22 ∼ 30 HCMA020-22 * H 90 ∼ 200 φ22 ∼ 30 HCMA075-50 * H 240 ∼ 300 φ48 ∼ 70
CSMA055-160H 10 ∼ 30 φ16 ∼ 25 HCMA020-28 * H 240 ∼ 300 φ28 ∼ 40 HCMA150-32 * H 40 ∼ 50 φ35 ∼ 50
CSMA055-220H 40 ∼ 60 φ22 ∼ 30 HCMA040-22 * H 40 ∼ 75 φ22 ∼ 30 HCMA150-40 * H 60 ∼ 120 φ40 ∼ 55
CSMA075-220H 10 ∼ 30 φ22 ∼ 30 HCMA040-28 * H 90 ∼ 200 φ28 ∼ 40 HCMA150-50 * H 150 ∼ 300 φ48 ∼ 70
CSMA075-280H 40 ∼ 60 φ28 ∼ 40 HCMA040-32 * H 240 ∼ 300 φ35 ∼ 50 HCMA220-40 * H 40 ∼ 75 φ40 ∼ 55
CSMA150-280H 10 ∼ 30 φ28 ∼ 40 HCMA055-22 * H 40 ∼ 50 φ22 ∼ 30 HCMA220-50 * H 90 ∼ 300 φ48 ∼ 70
CSMA150-32 * H 40 ∼ 60 φ35 ∼ 50 HCMA055-28 * H 60 ∼ 150 φ28 ∼ 40 HCMA370-50 * H 40 ∼ 300 φ48 ∼ 70
CSMA220-32 * H 10 ∼ 40 φ35 ∼ 50 HCMA055-32 * H 180 ∼ 200 φ35 ∼ 50
Option

CSMA220-40 * H 50 ∼ 60 φ40 ∼ 55 HCMA055-40 * H 240 ∼ 300 φ40 ∼ 55


CSMA370-40 * H 10 ∼ 30 φ40 ∼ 55
CSMA370-50 * H 40 ∼ 60 φ48 ∼ 70
CSMA550-50 * H 10 ∼ 30 φ48 ∼ 70
CSM series (reference example)
■ Worm shaft inline type (Made-to-order products)
Worm shaft (input shaft) can be taken out from the opposite motor side case.
Objective models: CSMA, HCMA
Note) In HCMA series, revolution speeds of the motor
287 shaft and the worm shaft are different.
PLUS α series

■ Shock relay specifications [Specification code: SR]


 HYPOID MOTOR, CROISE MOTOR, and GEAR MOTOR
Reducer with the electronic overload protection device mounted. When the motor current exceeds the set value due to
overload, the shock relay operates after a set time and stops the motor directly, in order to protect the mechanical device.

 Indication example of model number

HMTA010-30H400SRN
<HYPOID MOTOR> <0.1 kW> <Hollow shaft> <Reduction ratio> <CE correspondence>
1/400

Shock relay specification

Features
● The special shock relay is integrated, and operation is available only by the motor power supply connection. The control panel is not necessary.
● It detects the motor current value and immediately stops the motor directly. Therefore, the sequence circuit is not necessary.
● By using trip codes (1c contact point), it turns on the alarm lamp or stops the motor.
● After removing the overload cause, simply turning on the power turns on the motor.
● Ready for CE
Note) It is not available to use in inverter operations.

Performance explanation Operation mode


① Start time
Motor current
It is set to prevent the shock relay to be operated by the motor
starting current. During this time overload detection is not conducted.
② Overload trip
When the overload higher than the shock time set value is applied, the Load current

shock relay trips. During the overload trip, even the power is applied
between the shock relay and the U-W, the motor current is shot down. ① Start time
    2 sec. (fixed) Shock time
③ Removing the cause for overload trip
When removing a cause for the overload trip, be sure to turn off the MC ON
OFF
power supply. The motor re-start over in case of momentary stop.
④ Recovery from overload trip ③   ④
Re-turn on the power (turn ON the MC). The motor re-starts up
Technical information

※ Load current and shock time can be set only before shipping at our site. Consult us for set values.

Supporting capacity Terminal box dimension(Dimensions other than terminal box section are same as those of standard model.)
2−φ21
200V class (Non-brake
type) X 49.5 126.5 121 Unit: mm
Hypoid motor
Croise motor Motor
0.1kW 0.2kW 0.4kW X
Gear motor Rubber cap
Capacity
5.5 28.5
○ ○ ○
0.1kW 3
131
106
102

Note) Please consult us for 400V class.


series

0.2kW 41

0.4kW 41
α Environmental condition
PLUS

Ambient temperature 0∼40℃


Ambient humidity 85% or lower without dew condensation
Mounting direction Horizontal, vertical, inclined, etc. without any limitation in the installation angle.
Note 1) 0.1 kW hypoid motor and gear motors do not have fans and fan covers.
Vibration 4.9m/s2 {0.5G} or lower (20∼50Hz) Note 2) Depending on models, the dimensions are partially different. Please consult us.
Note 3) The terminal box direction varies depending on the model.

289
Technical information

■ Hollow shaft type key-less specifications [Specification code: K]


 HYPOID MOTOR, CROISE MOTOR
Hollow shaft for exclusive use with the power lock. Key-less coupling is available, and the hollow shaft type characteristics can be more effectively used.
Easy installation and removal, and reduction of machine parts and downsizing are available.

 Indication example of model number

HMTA040-35H120K
<Hypoid motor> <0.4 kW> <Hollow shaft> <Reduction ratio>
1/120

Keyless specification

Features
● Key groove process of the driven shaft is unnecessary, and reduction of parts number and reduction of manpower for installation are available.
● As there is no key, phase matching is not required, and mounting and removal of the reducer become easy.
● Due to its strong friction tightening, prevention for slipping out and loosening are not required, and there is no backlashing with the driven shaft.
● Special shaft-end cover is provided. (Hypoid motor: 01. to 0.4 kW, 0.75 kW-1/5 to 1/50 only).

HYPOID MOTOR specification


$

&
'

Ǿ#
Ǿ%
Ǿ5

&TKXGPUJCHV

&

Unit: mm
Capacity Power lock Tightening torque MA Option
Reduction ratio φS φA φC E D B Bolt size
kW H7
model number  N・m{kgf・m} Shaft end cover
1/5∼1/120 20 30 60 31 122.5 118 PL030×060SL M5×18 4.9 {0.5} HM70CAP
0.1
1/160∼1/200 30 36 72 38 160 150 PL036×072SL M6×20 11.8 {1.2} HM90CAP-PL

Technical information
1/5∼1/60 20 30 60 31 122.5 118 PL030×060SL M5×18 4.9 {0.5} HM70CAP
0.2
1/80∼1/200
30 36 72 38 160 150 PL036×072SL M6×20 11.8 {1.2}
1/5∼1/50
0.4
1/60∼1/200
35 44 80 40 188 178 PL044×080SL M6×20 11.8 {1.2} HM90CAP-PL
1/5∼1/50
0.75
1/60∼1/200
45 55 100 45 210 200 PL055×100SL M6×25 11.8 {1.2}
1.5 1/5∼1/80
Note 1) The driven shaft to be coupled to the hypoid motor hollow shaft should have a dimensional tolerance of φS h6, a finish length of dimension E or longer and a
surface roughness of 12S or less. The finished surface of the driven shaft should be located within the range indicated by E.
Note 2) For 0.1 to 0.4 kW and 1/5 to 1/50 of 0.75 kW, a special shaft-end cover is available.

Option: Shaft end cover CROISE MOTOR Specifications


series

38
19
Capacity: 0.1kW to 1.5kW
α
PLUS
φ76

φ90
φ69

φ70

φ97

HM70CAP HM90CAP-PL

290
PLUS α series

■ Rotary encoder specifications [Specification code: E]


 HYPOID MOTOR, CROISE MOTOR, and GEAR MOTOR
By combining the rotary encoder to the anti-load side shaft end of the motor, outputting rotation codes of HYPOID MOTOR, GEAR
MOTOR, and CROISE MOTOR becomes available, and thus, automatizing and rationalizing various operations becomes available.

 Indication example of model number


GMTA220-63 L120 BE
<Gear motor> <2.2 kW> <Foot mount> <Reduction ratio>
1/120

Encoder specifications (brake type)


Features
● Controllability Open collector output signals can be extracted from the reducer. Therefore, various operations become available.
● Compact Coupling is not required for connecting the motor shaft and the rotary encoder.
● Cost down When compared to the ordinary independent type, coupling, base plate, and leveling are not required.

Structure and dimension (rotary encoder mounting section)

3 5 8 4 9 7 6 2 1 Dimension
1. Motor
Connecting dimensions are the same as the standard units.
2. Non-load bracket with yoke
3. Fan cover The total length becomes longer to the
4. Encoder mounting plate brake-type as shown in the following table.
5. Encoder
6. Mounting screw Motor output kw Fan cover extension +Amm
7. Motor shaft 0.1 61
8. Mounting screw
0.2、0.4 45
9. Fan (0.2kW or higher)
Standard item+Amm 0.75 43
1.5、2.2 37

Supporting capacity Actual reduction ratio of reducer


For actual reduction ratio of hypoid motor and gear
 Motor capacity: 0.1kW to 3.7kW motor, refer to the specification chart of inline type.
Technical information

Refer to the specification chart for the actual


 ※In non-brake type, the dimension changes.
reduction ratio of the croise motor.
Please consult us.

Rotary encoder section specifications Wiring diagram


Power supply voltage DC4.5∼30V Pin No. Color Wiring
Pulse number 100 pulse 1 Red Power supply
Open corrector output (NPN type) 6 pc 2 Black
Output form 0V common
AB90°phase difference code + Home position code Z
3 Blue Code A
Vcc Power supply
4 White Code B
Signal A.B.Z 5 Yellow
series

Output circuit Code Z


6 Black Shield
0V 0V common
α
Consumption current 30mA or lower
PLUS

Output voltage 0.5V or lower (max. pull-in)


Max. pull-in current 40mA MAX
Code start-up
1μS or lower
Code falling time
Max. response frequency 240kHz
Output circuit pressure resistance 50V MAX
Cable length 0.5 m connector cable (DF3-6S-2C made by HIROSE ELECTRIC CO., LTD.)
Vibration 4.9m/s2{0.5G}or lower(20∼50Hz)

291
Technical information

■ Pulsacion specifications [Electromagnetic encoder attached]


 HYPOID MOTOR, CROISE MOTOR, and GEAR MOTOR [Specification code: E1]
The motor has the integrated sensor that detects permanent magnetic pole located on the motor shaft
as a pulse. Therefore, this magnetic encoder is environmentally resistant and shock resistant.

 Indication example of model number


HMTA020-30H200 E1
<HYPOID motor> <0.2 kW> <Hollow> <Reduction ratio>
1/200

Pulsacion specifications
Features
● Dimension is almost same as the standard GEAR MOTOR
● Supports outdoor and waterproof specifications
● Speed control, position control, and overload detection are available.

Structure (pulsacion section) Compact in longer direction


Pulsacion specification
Compact
65mm
Permanent magnet

Hall element
Encoder specification

Supporting capacity

Technical information
 Motor capacity: 0.1kW to 3.7kW ※ Brake type, please contact us.

Pulsacion section specification Wiring diagram


Power supply voltage DC4.5 to 26.4V (5 to 24 V ±10%) Color Wiring
Pulse number 50 pulse Red Power supply
Open corrector output (NPN type) 5 pc Black 0V common
Output form
AB90° phase difference code
Green or
Vcc Power supply Code A
blue
series

Output circuit Signal A.B  White Code B


Yellow -
0V 0V common Shield NC α
Consumption current 50 mA or lower
PLUS

Output voltage 0.5V or lower (max. pull-in)


Max. pull-in current 10mA MAX
Code start-up 10 μS or lower
Code falling time
Output circuit pressure resistance 30V MAX
Cable length 0.5m
Vibration 9.8 m/s2 {1G} or lower (20 to 50 Hz)
292
PLUS α series

■ Mechanical overload protection device specifications [Specification code : G] 


CROISE MOTOR, HYPOID MOTOR
Mounting the mechanical type overload protection system developed exclusively for output shaft hollow shaft type.
It operates when an unexpected overload is applied. It protects the equipment, compact, and
easy to handle. (Supports only non-brake type)

 Indication example of model number


CSMA150-321H60G
〈Reduction ratio〉
<Croise motor> <1.5 kW> 1/60
<Hollow shaft>

Mechanical overload protection device specification

Features
● Automatic recovery (re-engagement) occurs after removing the cause of overload and rotate the driving side.
● Due to special arrangement of balls and pockets, engagement occurs at one position.
● Turning the adjusting nut allows free adjustment of the trip torque.
● By combining the non-contact type sensor, detecting overload and outputting stop and alarm of the motor become available.
● By making a unit, reducing the number of parts and operation work hours.

Operating principle, structure


[when engaged] [when tripped]
Torque is transmitted in ¡When overload is operated, a load more than the
the following order. Output shaft Center plate Steel ball
disc spring is applied to the thrusting direction.
¡Then, the center plate and the steel ball get
Driven flange Driven shaft
unengaged, and center plate starts idling.
9 5 6 4
1: Driven flange
2: Center plate 1
3: Disc spring
7
4: Stop color
5: Steel ball


6: O-ring
7: Shaft nut
8: Shaft washer
9: Parallel key
10: Hollow shaft 8
Technical information

9 2 3 10

1. Trip torque setting


¡Set the trip torque of the overload protection device by adjusting the tightening of the adjustment nut.
(1) After inserting into the driven shaft, tighten the adjustment nut manually. The condition without any clearance is set as the 0 point.
(2) Read the tightening angle of the adjusting nut that corresponds to previously determined trip torque on "Tightening
amount - Torque correlation diagram" and tighten the nut. It is optimal to find the tightening amount that matches to an
individual machine by conducting test runs with a slightly light tightening amount by using the graph as a reference.
(3) After setting the torque, fix the adjusting nut by using the shaft washer.
(4) Do not turn the adjusting nut more than the maximum value on the "Tightening amount - Torque correlation diagram." At
the time of tripping, disc spring loses curvature and becomes the locked condition.
series

Note) In some cases, the value on the specification chart (Items 145 to 148) is higher than the value on the Torque
correlation diagram. When setting the trip torque, be sure to set within the trip torque range.

α 2. Precautions when operating the overload protection device


PLUS

¡In normal operations, no noise and vibration occur. However, when there is an unexpected overload, large noise and vibration
may occur. In that case, immediately stop operating the device. In this case, using the TG sensor is recommended.

3. Recovery
¡Because the device is applying the self-recovery method, just restarting the driving side of the motor automatically resets the device.
(1) When the overload protection device is operated due to an overload, stop the revolution and remove the cause of the overload.
(2) When recovering the device, reset (re-engage) by input revolution count of 50 r/min. or lower or by motor inching.
If smooth resetting is difficult, conduct inching by applying a certain amount of load.
Avoid resetting by manually rotating the overload protection device and shaft. It is dangerous.
(3) When the ball is inserted to the pocket, a click sound occurs.
293
Technical information

CROISE MOTOR specifications (0.1 kW to 3.7 kW)


C

C1 C2
C3

L
Screw×pitch L2
L1 L3
M
N R

φS1

φS

φJ
φI
(C)

Unit: mm
Reducer frame
number 13 16 22 28 32 40 50
C 111 133 169 215 226 290 340
C1 109.5 131.5 167 212.5 221 288 331
C2 1.5 1.5 2 2.5 5 2 9
C3 39 46 60 75 79 89 109
φI 69 79 100 125 125 166 200
φJ 25 30 38 48 59 65 80
L 119.5 141.5 178 225.5 237 304 348
L1 11 13 14 18 19 28 30
L2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3
L3 106.5 126.5 162 205.5 216 273 315
M 16.5 – 00.1 21– 00.2 26 – 00.2 0
35 – 0.2 44.5 – 00.2 0
49 – 0.2 0
62.5 – 0.2
N 27 34 38 52 59 78 86
R 0.5 0.5 0.5 1.0 1.5 1.5 1.5
φS (g7) 20 25 30 40 50 55 70
φS1 18 22 27 37 47 52 66
W (N9) 6 8 8 12 14 16 20
Shaft end screw × pitch M20 × 1.0 M25 × 1.5 M30 × 1.5 M40 × 1.5 M50 × 1.5 M55 × 2.0 M70 × 2.0
Washer shaft nut AN AW 04 AN AW 05 AN AW 06 AN AW 08 AN AW 10 AN AW 11 AN AW 14
Key size 6 × 6 × 11r 8 × 7 × 15r 8 × 7 × 18r 12 × 8 × 27r 14 × 9 × 32r 16 × 10 × 40r 20 × 12 × 44r
Note) When the frame number of reducer is the same, the dimension is also the same. For dimensions of the front view, refer to the outline dimensions of the hollow shaft type of each series.

Tightening amount - Torque correlation diagram


Reducer frame number 13 Reducer frame number 16 Reducer frame number 22
50 100 220

40 90 200
Trip torque[N·m]

Trip torque[N·m]

Trip torque[N·m]

180
30 80
160
20 70

Technical information
140
10 60 120

0 50 100
0 90 180 270 360 0 90 180 0 90 180 270
Shaft nut enclosing angle [deg] Shaft nut enclosing angle [deg] Shaft nut enclosing angle [deg]

Reducer frame number 28 Reducer frame number 32 Reducer frame number 40


450 700 1200

400 600 1000


Trip torque[N·m]

Trip torque[N·m]

Trip torque[N·m]

350
500 800
300
400 600
250

200 300 400


series

150 200 200


0 90 180 270 360 0 90 180 270 0 360 720 1080
Shaft nut enclosing angle [deg] Shaft nut enclosing angle [deg] Shaft nut enclosing angle [deg]

Reducer frame number 50 α


2200
PLUS

1800
Trip torque[N·m]

HYPOID MOTOR specifications (made-to-order products) 1400

 Capacity: 0.1kW to 1.5kW 1000

600

 ※For more information about specifications and dimensions, 200


0 360 720 1080 1440
Shaft nut enclosing angle [deg]
contact our company.
294
JUST-FIT MODEL

■ Waterproof specifications [Option code: J]


 GEAR MOTOR, HYPOID MOTOR, CROISE MOTOR
GEAR MOTOR with waterproof specification that achieved IP65 class protection level.
Its specification is optimal for operating in environment where water splashes or direct rinsing
is required, such as food machinery.

 Example of model number


HYPOID MOTOR HMTA075-35H50J
Water-proof specification

Basic specifications
■ Motor protection level IP65 (IP55 is for 1.5kW and 2.2kW) ■ Painting color: Light silver metallic
■ Output shaft material S45C or SCM415 ■ Bolts exposed to outside are stainless steel made.
■ Terminal box Aluminum die cast made (40W ∼ 0.75 kW)  (Excluding fixing bolts for the reducer case.)
Steel plate made (1.5 kW, 2.2 kW) ■ Fan cover Resin made (0.2 kW ∼ 0.75 kW)
■ Urethane painting Steel plate made (1.5 kW, 2.2 kW)

Note) Specification values of each type are same as the standard type. Refer to the specification chart of each series.
IP65: it indicates the protection level for motor waterproof test and entrance of foreign objects. It has a structure that is bearable for jetted water from all directions.
※However, using in the water with high water pressure is not available. In addition, the anti-load side of the motor comes to the top side, please contact us.

Model lineup
GEAR MOTOR, HYPOID MOTOR, TA series 0.1 kW ∼ 2.2 kW
● Mounting method [Gear motor: Foot mount type, Flange type] [Hypoid motor: Hollow type, Foot mount type, Face mount type]
Reduction ratio 5 7.5 10 12.5 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75※1 100 120 165※2 200 300 360 450※3 600 720 10001200
0.1kW ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
0.2kW ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
Three- 0.4kW ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
phase 0.75kW ▲ ▲ ▲ In case of hypoid motor
※1…1/80
1.5kW ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲  :Standard item ※2…1/160
※3…1/480
2.2kW ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲:Items that can be produced.
  Please contact us.
Note 1) Item with a brake is available as an option.
Note 2) Reduction ratio 1/7.5 and 1/12.5 are the hypoid motor TA series.
Technical information

GEAR MOTOR and HYPOID MOTOR MINI series 40W ∼ 90W


● Mounting method [Gear motor: Flange type] [Hypoid motor: Hollow type, foot mount type, face mount type]

Reduction ratio 1/5 1/8 1/10 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40 1/50 1/60 1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/240
40W
Three-phase
60W
Singlephase
※ ※ ※
90W

Note) Except for single-phase 90W (non-brake type, brake type) ※:Only for Hypoid motor, and a gear motor is excluded.
JUST-FIT MODEL

CROISE MOTOR 0.1 kW ∼ 0.75 kW


● Mounting method Hollow shaft type, Face mount type
Reduction ratio 1/10 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40 1/50 1/60 1/75 1/90 1/100 1/120 1/150 1/180 1/200 1/240 1/300
0.1kW ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
Three- 0.2kW ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
phase 0.4kW ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
0.75kW ▲
Note) Item with a brake is available as an option.

295
Technical information

Various options
Select options that meet the applications.

Inverter motor type


Direct attachment of the inverter motor is possible.
100% fixed torque operation is possible
in 6 Hz to 60 Hz range.
Output shaft material: Stainless steel made
Different voltage (SUS420J2)
Voltage support is the same as that of Rusting can be prevented to the utmost.
standard products. It may not be supported depending on the reduction
ratio.

Fin-less motor frame Motor fan cover


[Aluminum made] Material [steel-plate made]
0.1 kW∼0.4 kW 0.2 kW∼0.75 kW
It is hygienic as no mold occurs with For outdoor use, steel-made type with
no accumulation of corrosive
high weatherability is recommended.
materials.

Coating
Brake Epoxy resin coating
Brake type (continuous rating) Highly resistant to chemicals. It is optimal when the
cleaning solution contains acid or alkali.
0.1 kW∼2.2 kW
Protection level: 0.1 kW∼0.75 kW IP65 Chlorinated rubber coating
1.5kW,2.2kW JPW44 High adhesiveness to the coating film and high
waterproof and anticorrosion properties.
* Coating color will be a color other than silver.

Hypoid motor
Output shaft V-ring specification Keyless coupling
(Hollow type)
[Power lock type]
The oil seal at the output shaft is protected from the outer environment.
0.1 kW∼0.75 kW
By attaching a power lock to the special hollow shaft, keyless coupling can be
conducted. Thus, key groove processing is not required, and mounting/removal
operation becomes easier. Countermeasures against loosening and falling out are not
required. Backlash between the driven shaft and the hollow shaft does not occur.

Technical information
For information about other options above, please consult us.

Terminal box specifications


84

B1 U V W B2
90

JUST-FIT MODEL

Cover PF1/2
(Cable max. dia. φ18)
59
33

10

296
JUST-FIT MODEL

■ Heat-resistance specifications [Option code: A1]


 GEAR MOTOR, HYPOID MOTOR
Gear motor and hypoid motor that can be continuously operated in special environment such
as oven, where environmental temperature is constantly high.

 Example of model number


GEAR MOTOR GMTA040-24L25BA1
Heat-resistance specification

Applicable temperature range: 0 to 60℃


(without dew condensation)

Specifications
 ■Output shaft torques of all models are the same as the
standard product (no limitation).
 ■External dimension of all models are the same as the those of
standard products.
 ■DC module of a brake-type (special product) is an individual
type, and install separately at the place with environmental
temperature of 40℃ or lower.
  Note) Inverter operation is not available.
Inverter motor type is not supported.

Model lineup
GEAR MOTOR TA series
Non-brake, Brake-type
Reduction rate 5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 120 165 200 300 360 450 600 720 1000 1200
0.1kW ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
0.2kW ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
Technical information

Three- 0.4kW ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
phase 0.75kW ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
1.5kW △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ ○:Supports both non-brake and brake type
2.2kW △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △:Supports only non-brake type.

HYPOID MOTOR TA series


Non-brake, Brake-type
Reduction rate 5 7.5 10 12.5 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 80 100 120 160 200 300
0.1kW ○ ○※ ○ ○※ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
○ ○※ ○ ○※ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
JUST-FIT MODEL

0.2kW

Three- 0.4kW ○ ○※ ○ ○※ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
phase 0.75kW ○ ○※ ○ ○※ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
1.5kW △ ─ △ ─ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △
2.2kW △ ─ △ ─ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △
Note 1) The types below are not supported. Mounting method - hollow shaft type: ○:Supports both non-brake and brake type
20H, Foot mount type: 19L, 24L, 30L, △:Supports only non-brake type.
Face mount type: 22U ※Reduction ratio: 7.5 and 12.5 has hollow shaft type only.
Note 2) Mounting method - hollow shaft type: 55H, Foot mount type: 50L, Face
mount type: 50U Pressure-vent is attached, and are design-stock type.

297
Technical information

■ Cold resistance specifications [Option code: A2]


 GEAR MOTOR, HYPOID MOTOR
Gear motor and hypoid motor that can be continuously operated in special environment, such
as a refrigerated warehouse, where the environmental temperature is constantly low.

 Example of model number


HYPOID MOTOR HMTA150-45H200A2
Cold-resistance specification
Applicable temperature range: -30 to 40℃
(Without frost and dew condensation)

Specifications
 ■Output shaft torques of all models are the same as the those
of standard product (no limitation).
 ■Terminal box is a hard terminal box or steel-plate made.
 ■Fan cover is steel-plate made.
 ■Brake-type has fully-enclosed cover type.
 ■For solvent paint specification, painting is outdoor
specification.
  Note 1) External condensation bolt is the same as that
of standard specification.
  Note 2) After a long-time stoppage, no load loss at the
re-start up becomes large.

Model lineup
GEAR MOTOR TA series
Non-brake, Brake-type
Reduction rate 5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 120 165 200 300 360 450 600 720 1000 1200
0.1kW ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
0.2kW ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○

Technical information
Three- 0.4kW ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
phase 0.75kW ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
1.5kW △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ ○:Supports both non-brake and brake type
2.2kW △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △:Supports only non-brake type

HYPOID MOTOR TA series


Non-brake, Brake-type
Reduction rate 5 7.5 10 12.5 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 80 100 120 160 200 300 360 450 600 720 1000 1200
0.1kW ○ ○※ ○ ○※ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
○ ○※ ○ ○※ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
JUST-FIT MODEL

0.2kW

Three- 0.4kW ○ ○※ ○ ○※ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
phase 0.75kW ○ ○※ ○ ○※ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
1.5kW △ ─ △ ─ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △
2.2kW △ ─ △ ─ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △
○:Supports both non-brake and brake type
△:Supports only non-brake type.
※Reduction ratio: 7.5 and 12.5 has hollow shaft type only.

298
JUST-FIT MODEL

■ GEAR MOTORS food specifications [Specification code: FS]


 GEAR MOTOR, HYPOID MOTOR
Food grease, which is highly demanded for food machinery, is supported by the GMTA and HMTA series.
It has light gray antibacterial baking paint with terminal box and fan cover that are made with
resin-coated steel plates. This series provides wide lineups or food machinery and unique options.

 Example of model number (0.1 kW to 0.75 kW)


  HYPOID MOTOR TA series

   HMTA 010 - 30 H 100 L FS □□□


① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ Food specification ⑧

  GEAR MOTOR TA series

   GMTA 040 - 28 L 200 FS □□□


① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑦ Food specification ⑧

① Series name HMTA HYPOID MOTOR


Food specifications
GMTA GEAR MOTOR
・Food grease H1 is injected.
② Motor capacity 010 Three-phase 0.1 kW  NSF international recognized "H1
020 Three-phase 0.2kW grease" is injected.
040 Three-phase 0.4kW  "NSF H1" grease is
075 Three-phase 0.75kW "lubricating oil that can be
③ Frame number (Ex.) 38 Frame number 38 used where the oil can be
accidentally contacted to
④ Mounting type H Hollow shaft type (HMTA only)
food," stated by NSF
L Foot mount type (output shaft = Not filter specification)
International in USA.
U Face mount type ・Anti bacterial powder baking coating (light gray)
⑤ Reduction ratio 80 Ex: 1/80 --- Reduction ratio: 1/5 to 1/200  * Waterproof specification is not supporting anti-bacterial specification(urethane spray coating)
⑥ Shaft arrangement No code Hollow shaft type output shaft = pot filter specification ・Aluminum die cast made terminal box attached.
 ※Hypoid motor only ・Metal fan cover attached
L Output shaft located to the left as viewed from the motor side
T Output shaft located on both shafts ・Hollow type has output shaft cover attached (HMTA075-45Hpower lockexcluded)
 ※Motor is a standard type with fins.
R Output shaft located to the right as viewed from the motor side
S Output shaft located on one side (face side) (For face mount type only)
⑦ Specification code No code Non-Brake Combination of specification codes and option codes
Specification code: for non-K Specification code: for B and BK
Technical information

B Brake-type
Z ZJ ZJV JC JCV JCVN
FS Food specification ZV JCN
J JV JVN Z ZV ZVQ
K Power lock type (For hollow type with standard hole diameter only) JN ZVM
⑧ Option code Z Inverter motor type V VN ZQ
N ZM
Waterproof specification (protection level IP65)
J V VN
※Urethane silver paint (antibacterial effect is not supported) VQ VQM
Waterproof continuous rating VM
JC N
(protection level IP55) ※Brake type only
Q
V 400V class (400/400/440V 50/50/60 Hz) M
V1 380V50Hz
V2 380V60Hz
Supplementary code (indicated on the second line of the model number)
JUST-FIT MODEL

1.Terminal box position


V3 415V50Hz
 P1: 90°swing P2: 180°swing P3: 270°swing
N 200V class CE conformity  ※For details, refer to the outdoor terminal box of each series.
VN 400V class CE conformity 2.Terminal box outlet direction
Q One-touch manual release type  D1: 90°swing D2: 180°swing D3: 270°swing
M Manual shaft type  ※For details, refer to the outdoor terminal box of each series.

* GMTA075-42 size is a molded case, spray paint (not supporting antibacterial effect) is 3.Hollow shaft hole, light and special ※HMTA hollow type only
applied.   S1:φ20 S4:φ35
  S2:φ25 S5:φ40
  S3:φ30 S6:φ45

299
Technical information

■ HYPOID MOTOR food drive specifications [specification code: FD]


With a target in lightweight transfer of bread and sweets, food transfer specification that supports food grease.
It has antibacterial baking point and finless motor for cleaning for safety management.

 Example of model number

   HMTA 040 - 30 H 50 FD K
① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦

① Series name HMTA HYPOID MOTOR


● Can be used where the grease contact foods
② Motor specification 020 0.2kW
040 0.4kW “H1 grease” accredited by NSF
③ Motor capacity 30 30 frames International is injected.
35 35 frames “NSF H1” grease is
④ Attachment method H Hollow shaft type “lubricating that
⑤ Reduction ratio (example) 50 1/50 can be used where the
oil can be accidentally
⑥ Food transfer specification FD Food transfer specification
contacted to food,” stated
⑦ Option code K Keyless specification
by NSF International in USA.

● Fan-less motor ● Shaft end cover is also attached


  frame
Easy cleaning for safety management!

● 0.2 kW is a totally-
  enclosed type.
Easy cleaning!

● Powder baking coating with


  antibacterial material contained.
Powder baking coating that is
environmentally friendly and strong resistivity
against flaws and peeling of coating.
Moreover, antibacterial material is contained.

Technical information
Option

● Hollow shaft keyless specification (with power lock)


  is available as an option (special shaft end cover attached).
Standard specifications Objective models and frame numbers
Output Three-phase: 0.2, 0.4kW Motor capacity
Ambient condition Reduction section Electric motor drive

Reduction ratio
0.2kW 0.4kW
Power supply 200/200/220V 50/60/60Hz
10
Number of poles 4
Protection format 0.2 kW - Totally-enclosed type (IP44), 0.4 kW - Totally-enclosed and fan-cooled type (IP44) 15

Cooling method 0.2 kW - Self-cooling type (IP410), 0.4 kW - Self-operated type (IP411) 20
Rating Continuous 25 30H
Insulation Class E
JUST-FIT MODEL

30
Reduction ratio 1/10∼1/200
Lubrication method H1 grease lubrication 40
Mounting method Hollow shaft type 50
Installation place Indoor location, where is not dusty and without water splash. 30H
60
Ambient temperature −20℃∼40℃
Ambient humidity 85% or lower (without dew condensation) 80
Altitude Altitude 1,000 m or lower 100
35H
Atmosphere Without corrosive gas, explosive gas, or vapor 120
Mounting direction Horizontal, vertical, or inclined surface without limitation of installation angle
160
Coating specification Antibacterial material contained powder baking coating, coating color: Munsell N7.5 (light grey)
Accessories Shaft end cover for hollow shaft 200

  300
JUST-FIT MODEL

■ GLOBAL SERIES
 GEAR MOTOR, HYPOID MOTOR, CROISE MOTOR
GLOBAL SERIES is the motor that is compatible to worldwide directives, regulations, and systems.
For Europe, CE specification motors, for the North America, UL specification motors, and or China, CCC
recognition motors are available.
In addition, "TRIPLE200" that meets 3 regulations of CE, UL, and CCC by only one motor is also available.

▶CE conformity means

CE
EU(欧州)地域
 In order to export products to EU market, "CE mark" that
indicates that the product meets the safety requirements
specified by EC directive of EU is necessary.
 (CE conformity means that "CE mark" that
indicates the compatibility to CE directive is
EU countries attached on the product itself.
EU(欧州)経済国内 ▶“Declaration Conformity”
 Self-declaration for conformity required for CE conformity is provided.
 Objective directive: Low Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC
(Low voltage directive)
 Objective regulation: EN60034-1 (regulation regarding motors)

▶UL conformity means

ULアメリカ
 UL is an abbreviation for "Underwriters Laboratories Inc." U.S.
insurance companies laboratory. This is the representative
of safety test regulations in the United States.
 UL conformity means that using the motor that
acquired this UL regulation is applied in the product and
カナダ the UL mark that satisfies the UL requlation is
United States, Canada attached to the product itself. C-UR model acquired the
美国、加拿大 recognition and conforms both UL and CSA regulations.
▶UL specifications
 Objective standard: UL1004
Technical information

 UL File No: E225995

CCC
▶CCC conformity means
 CCC is China Compulsory Certificate system and
is required to be indicated to prove the
conformity, in order to export small output
electric motor with 1.1 kW or lower.
JUST-FIT MODEL

中国  
China ▶Use permission for CCC mark
中国  Recognition can be acquired by China Quality
Certification Center (CQC).
 National standard: GB12350

301
Technical information

1. CE conformity motor [option code: N]


In order to export products to EU market, "CE mark" that indicates that the product meets the safety
requirements specified by EC directive of EU is necessary.
(CE conformity means that "CE mark" that indicates the compatibility to EC directive is attached on the product itself.
 ※Motor effective class is IE1.

 Example of model number


GEAR MOTOR GMTA150-24L75N
CE correspondence

Objective directives and regulations


Objective directive: Low Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC (Low voltage directive)
Objective regulation: EN60034-1 (regulation regarding motors)
200V class 400V class
Option code N WN VN WVN
Specification Indoor Outdoor Indoor Outdoor
Brake Non-brake Brake-type Non-brake Non-brake Brake-type Non-brake
Protection type IP44 IP20 IP55(IP44) IP44 IP20 IP55(IP44)
Heat-resistance class Class B Class B Class B Class B Class B Class B
Rated voltage 200/200/220 200/200/220 200/200/220 380/400/400/440 380/400/400/440 380/400/400/440
0.1kW
Frequency 50/60/60 50/60/60 50/60/60 50/50/60/60 50/50/60/60 50/50/60/60
Rated voltage 200/200/220 200/200/220 200/200/220 380/400/400/440 380/400/400/440 380/400/400/440
0.2kW
Frequency 50/60/60 50/60/60 50/60/60 50/50/60/60 50/50/60/60 50/50/60/60
Rated voltage 200/200/220 200/200/220 200/200/220 380/400/400/440 380/400/400/440 380/400/400/440
0.4kW
Frequency 50/60/60 50/60/60 50/60/60 50/50/60/60 50/50/60/60 50/50/60/60
Rated voltage 200/200/220 200/200/220 200/200/220 380/400/400/440 380/400/400/440 380/400/400/440
(0.55kW)
Frequency 50/60/60 50/60/60 50/60/60 50/50/60/60 50/50/60/60 50/50/60/60
Rated voltage 200/200/220 200/200/220 200/200/220 380/400/400/440 380/400/400/440 380/400/400/440
0.75kW
Frequency 50/60/60 50/60/60 50/60/60 50/50/60/60 50/50/60/60 50/50/60/60
Rated voltage 200/200/220 − (200/200/220) 380/400/415/400/440 − (380/400/415/400/440)
1.5kW
Frequency 50/60/60 − (50/60/60) 50/50/50/60/60 − (50/50/50/60/60)
Rated voltage 200/200/220 − (200/200/220) 380/400/415/400/440 − (380/400/415/400/440)
2.2kW
Frequency 50/60/60 − (50/60/60) 50/50/50/60/60 − (50/50/50/60/60)
Rated voltage 200/200/220 − (200/200/220) 380/400/415/400/440 − (380/400/415/400/440)
3.7kW
Frequency 50/60/60 − (50/60/60) 50/50/50/60/60 − (50/50/50/60/60)
Rated voltage 200/200/220 − (200/200/220) 380/400/415/400/440 − (380/400/415/400/440)
5.5kW

Technical information
Frequency 50/60/60 − (50/60/60) 50/50/50/60/60 − (50/50/50/60/60)
※0.55 kW is only for croise motors.
※Fabrication of dual voltage is possible. Please contact us for details.
※Outdoor specifications other than 1.5 kW or higher are IP44.

Terminal box
0.1kW to 0.75kW 1.5kW to 5.5 kW
Earth terminal
DC module (only for brake type)
Compatible cable diameter
φ9∼φ14 Earth terminal
B1 U

JUST-FIT MODEL

Terminal block
V
W B2

Cable ground
(PF1/2) Short cable U V W
Lead wire fixing screw
Lead wire fixing screw Terminal block

PF 3/4
(PF11-2 for 5.5kW)

302
JUST-FIT MODEL

2. UL specifications [option code: N2]


UL is an abbreviation for "Underwriters Laboratories Inc." U.S. insurance companies laboratory. This is the representative of safety test regulation
in the United States. (UL conformity means that the motor that acquired UL regulation is applied in the product and the UL mark that satisfies
the UL requlation is attached to the product itself.) C-UR model acquired the recognition and conforms both UL and CSA regulations.

 Example of model number


CROISE MOTOR CSMA010-130H60BN2
UL specification

Objective directive and regulation File No.


Objective standard: UL1004
UL File No: E225995

200V class 400V class


Option code N2 VN2
Specification Indoor Indoor
Brake Non-brake Brake-type Non-brake Brake-type
Protection type IP44 IP20 IP44 IP20
Insulation class Class A Class A Class A Class A
Rated voltage 230 − 460 −
60W
Frequency 60 − 60 −
Rated voltage 230 − 460 −
90W
Frequency 60 − 60 −
Rated voltage 230/240 230/240 460/480 460
0.1kW
Frequency 60/60 60/60 60/60 60
Rated voltage 230/240 230/240 460/480 460
0.2kW
Frequency 60/60 60/60 60/60 60
Rated voltage 230/240 230/240 460/480 460
0.4kW
Frequency 60/60 60/60 60/60 60
Rated voltage 230/240 230/240 460/480 460
0.75kW
Frequency 60/60 60/60 60/60 60
※Fabrication of dual voltage is possible. Please contact us for details.

Terminal box specifications


Technical information

Earth terminal Connecting screw

DC module
(only for brake type)

PF1/2
JUST-FIT MODEL

303
Technical information

3. CCC specification [options code: ※PN3, HN3, WN3]


CCC is China Compulsory Certificate system and is required to be indicated to prove the conformity, in
order to export small output electric motor with 1.1 kW or lower.
Recognition can be acquired by China Quality Certification Center (CQC).
 ※Motor effective class is IE1.

 Example of model number

  HYPOID MOTOR HMTA040-35H200PN3( Indoor specification,


resin terminal box, Resin fan cover )
※PN3, HN3, and WN3 are voltage 200V specification. In
case of the 400V class, the codes become PVN3, HN3( Indoor specification,
hard terminal box, Resin fan cover )
HVN3, and WVN3 respectively.
WN3( Indoor specification,
hard terminal box, Resin fan cover )
National standard: GB12350

200V class 400V class


Option code PN3 − PVN3 −
Specification Indoor − Indoor −
Resin made
Terminal box Brake Without brake Brake type − Without brake Brake type −
Specification
Deqree of protection IP44 IP20 − IP44 IP20 −
Insulation class Class E Class E − Class E Class E −
Option code HN3 WN3 HVN3 WVN3
Specification Indoor Outdoor Indoor Outdoor
Hard
Terminal box Brake Without brake Brake type Without brake Without brake Brake type Without brake
Specification
Deqree of protection IP44 IP23 IP55 IP44 IP23 IP55
Insulation class Class E Class E Class E Class E Class E Class E
Rated voltage 200/220/200/220 200/220/200/220 200/220/200/220 380 380 380
0.1kW
Frequency 50/50/60/60 50/50/60/60 50/50/60/60 50 50 50
Rated voltage 200/220/200/220 200/220/200/220 200/220/200/220 380 380 380
0.2kW
Frequency 50/50/60/60 50/50/60/60 50/50/60/60 50 50 50
Rated voltage 220 220 220 380 380 380
0.4kW
Frequency 50 50 50 50 50 50
Rated voltage 220 220 220 380 380 380
0.75kW
Frequency 50 50 50 50 50 50
Note) In case of 60W and 90W of mini series, the option code "N3" is used. The terminal box has the hard terminal boxy
specification. In addition, it does not support brake-type.

Hard terminal box specification Technical information

Earth terminal
※Resin-made terminal box specifications are the same as
DC module
(only for brake type) standard specifications.
Compatible cable diameter
φ9∼φ14
B1 U
V
W B2

Cable ground
JUST-FIT MODEL

(PF1/2)

Lead wire fixing screw Terminal block

304
JUST-FIT MODEL

4. TRIPLE200 [option code: N4]


One motor conforms three regulations "EU, UL, and CCC."
It is optimal for working machines and periphery equipment that are exported all over the world. It becomes available to use
without being concerned with motor regulations. Thus, unification of specifications and reduction of stock becomes possible.

 Example of model number

  GEAR MOTOR GMTA040-28U200N4


TRIPLE200

 Supporting capacities: 0.1 kW to 0.75 kW Directives and regulations for EU


Objective directive: Low Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC
 [Voltage: 200/200/220V 50/60/60 Hz] Objective standard: EN60034-1
 ・Gear motor TA series
+
 ・Hypoid TA series Objective directive and regulation for North America File No.
 ・Croise motor Objective standard: UL1004
UL File No: E225995
+
National standard: GB12350

Terminal box specifications


84

Cover
B1 U V W B2
90

60.5
34.5

Earth terminal
10
(DC module)
Technical information

36

Compatible cable
diameter
φ9∼φ14

5. Other combinations
It is also available to combine any 2 regulations out of 3 regulations. For more information, contact our company.

[Option code: N5] ➡ +


JUST-FIT MODEL

[Option code: N6] ➡ +

[Option code: N7] ➡ +


305
Technical information

■ List of voltage of each country (reference material)


Country name/area Frequency (Hz) Voltage (single-phase) Voltage (three-phase)

Japan 50/60 100/200 200/400


North America

America 60 115/230 230/460

Canada 60 120/347 208/240/600

India 50 240 240/415

Indonesia 50 220 380

Korea 60 110/220 200/220/380

Singapore 50 230 415

Thailand 50 220 220/380


Asia

Taiwan 60 110/220 220/380

China 50 220 220/380

Philippines 60 220 380

Hong Kong 50 200 200/346/380

Malaysia 50 240 415


Oceania

Australia 50 220 415

New Zealand 50 230 230/415

England 50 230 400

Italy 50 220 380

Austria 50 220 400

Netherlands 50 230 400

Greece 50 230 400

Switzerland 50 230 400

Sweden 50 230/400 400/690

Spain 50 127/220 220/380

Denmark 50 230 400


Europe

Germany 50 230 400

Norway 50 220/230 380

Hungary 50 220 380

Technical information
Finland 50 230 400

France 50 230 400

Bulgaria 50 230 380

Belgium 50 230 400

Poland 50 220 380

Portugal 50 230 400/480

Rumania 50 220 380

Luxembourg 50 230 400


JUST-FIT MODEL

※Please note that a voltage may be different from the above even within the same country depending on the area.

306
Handling

This section describes about general handling of GEAR MOTOR, HYPOID MOTOR, and CROISE
MOTOR. For details, refer to the instruction manual provided together with the product.

■ Inspection at receiving the product


When the reducer is delivered, inspect the following items. if there is any failure or question, contact the
dealer.
(1) Confirm that the outlet, reduction ratio, model number, voltage, and other items on the name plate
match to the product that was ordered.
(2) All accessories (such as pressure vent) are provided.
(3) No section is damaged during transport.
(4) Screws and nuts are not loose.

1. How to look at the name plate


Motor capacity GEAR MOTOR, HYPOID MOTOR, CROISE MOTOR
Model number

Motor specification Reduction ratio

Drawing number

TSUBA K I  E&M CO. Manufacturing number


J A PAN

For inquiry, inform us of following information ① TYPE (model number) , ② RATIO (reduction ratio) ,
③ MFG.NO. (manufacturing number), ④ DRAWING.NO. (drawing number)

■ Storage
When the GEAR MOTORS is not used for a while, store the motor by taking care of the following points.

1. Storage place
Store at the clean and dry indoor location.
Technical information

Do not store outdoors or in a place with humidity, dust, severe temperature change, septic gas, etc.

2. Storage posture
At the time of shipping, packing and shipping are conducted by considering the mounting direction. Store
by keeping the mounting direction (up-down direction, etc.).
In case of special installation, the grease at the bearing section may be mixed to the lubricating oil and
spills out.

3. Storage posture
(1) Storage period shall be within six months.
(2) If the storage period exceeds six months, special anti-rust specification will be required.
4. Usage after storage
Handling

(1) Non-metal sections such as oil seal, oil gauge, and oil supply plug tend to get deteriorated due to
environmental effects. Inspect those sections before starting the operation, and if there is any
deterioration, replace with new parts.
(2) Before start operating, confirm that no abnormal sound, vibration, or heat generation is occurring. If
there is any abnormal section, immediately contact the dealer.

307
Technical information

■ Installation
1. Installation direction
¡GEAR MOTOR, HYPOID MOTOR, MINI series
There is no limitation in installation directions. Mounting in any direction of horizontal, vertical, and inclined are possible.
¡CROISE MOTOR
CSMA series
 There is no limitation in installation direction in frame number 13 to 28 of the reducer. Mounting in any direction of horizontal, vertical, and inclined are possible.
 Horizontal installation is standard for frame number 32 to 50 of reducer. For other installation directions, consult at the time of order.
HCMA series
 Horizontal installation is standard. For other installation directions, consult at the time of order.

■ Installation
1. Foot mount type
¡For the installation table, use the hard and horizontal plate that gets low effect by vibration that occurs during
operation. Remove the dust and foreign objects on the installation surface and fix securely with four bolts.
¡When coupling the reducer by using a coupling, surely conduct centering. Deviation of the shaft
shortens life of bearing, gear, and shaft, and leads noise and vibration.
¡Center the chain and belt surely and adjust the tension so that no excessive torque than the specified
value is applied on the output shaft.
¡When coupling, do not strike the output shaft, coupling, pulley, or sprocket. The bearing of the output shaft may get damaged.
2. Flange mount type
¡For the installation of the flange mount type, use the hard and horizontal plate that gets low effect by vibration that
occurs during operation. Remove the dust and foreign objects on the installing surface and fix securely with four bolts.
¡When coupling the reducer by using a coupling, surely conduct centering. Deviation of the shaft
shortens life of bearing, gear, and shaft, and leads noise and vibration.
¡Center the chain and belt surely and adjust the tension so that no excessive torque than the specified
value is applied on the output shaft.
¡When coupling, do not strike the output shaft, coupling, pulley, or sprocket. The bearing of the output shaft may get damaged.
3. Face mount type
¡When installing to the machine body, use a tap of the case.
¡When coupling the reducer by using a coupling, surely conduct centering. Deviation of the shaft
shortens life of bearing, gear, and shaft, and leads noise and vibration.
¡Center the chain and belt surely and adjust the tension so that no excessive torque than the specified
value is applied on the output shaft.
¡When coupling, do not strike the output shaft, coupling, pulley, or sprocket. The bearing of the output shaft may get damaged.
4. Hollow shaft type

Technical information
 4-1. Installation of driven shaft
 ・Internal diameter tolerance of the hollow shaft is
manufactured by JIS H8. To finish the driven shaft, tighten Snap ring
the matching a little harder, such as h7 for standard type Spacer
Thrust bearing
and js6 or k6 for the case shock and radial load are large.
 ・When installing to the driven shaft, apply molybdenum
disulfide grease to the driven shaft surface and hollow Continuous-thread bolt

output shaft internal diameter before inserting. Fixture


Nut

 ・Use the jig shown on the right for smooth insertion.


 4-2. Fixing to the driven shaft
 A. When there are steps on the driven shaft
 Fabricate the end plate as shown in the figure below. B. Example when there are no steps on the driven shaft
Handling

 Fix the hollow output shaft and driven shaft. There are following two types of fixing methods.

Snap ring Snap ring Collar

End plate Spacer End plate Set screw

308
Handling

 4-3. Detent of torque arm


Torque arm Torque arm Torque arm
 ・A t t a c h t h e t o r q u e a r m t o t h e d r i v e n
mechanical side of the hypoid moor. Use Spacer

hex socket head cap bolts for attachment.


For detent of torque arm, leave some Machine
side
clearance between the hypoid motor Flat washer
Special bolt

and the driven shaft. Never fix the


Good example Bad example
torque arm by using the detent bolt. If
(no clearance for
there is no clearance, bearing in the torque arm)

reducer gets damaged. Section A


Attachment example of detent A section
When starting frequency is high and operating
in inverse way, attach a rubber bush between the torque arm
and the detent bolt (or spacer). Shock may get eased. Snap ring Jack bolt

 4-4. Removal from the driven shaft


 ・Remove the driven shaft from the hollow output shaft,
by paying attention not to apply excessive load
between the casing and the hollow output shaft. Plate Plate

Removing jig
 ・Use the jig shown on the right for smooth removal.

Plate recommended dimension (HMMT·HMTA·crois)


Objective product Output hollow shaft Plate Stop
ring
(representative frame number) hole diameter
φD T Z size
HMMT40 φ18 17.5 6 M8 C18
HMTA‐Frame 20 φ20 19.5 6 M8 C20 Z tap
HMMT60・90 φ22 21.5 8 M8 C22
CSMA‐Frame 16 φ25 24.5 9 M10 C25
HMTA‐Frame 30
φ30 29.5 9 M12 C30
CSMA-Frame 22
HMTA-Frame 35 φ35 34.5 10 M16 C35
φD
CSMA‐Frame 28 φ40 39.6 12 M12 C40
HMTA-Frame 45 φ45 44.5 12 M20 C50
T
CSMA-Frame 32 φ50 49.5 12 M16 C50
HMTA-Frame 55 φ55 54.5 14 M16 C55
CSMA-Frame 40 φ70 69.5 14 M24 C70

■ Torque arm design


When the standard torque arm is used or when the customer designs and fabricates the Bearing a
torque arm, confirm the strength level of each element by taking the following procedure.
  1. Torque arm and fixing bolt check
Technical information

Check by reaction force R of the torque arm.


  T + W×G Bearing b
R=
C

  2. Selection of shaft bearing


Check by reaction force A and B of shaft bearing.
           L1×(R−W)−D×R
A(shaft bearing a)=
L2
           (L1+L2)×(R−W)−D×R
B(shaft bearing b)=
L2
T :Output torque N·m {kgf·m} C :Distance between center of driven shaft and the detent (m)
W:Self weight of the reducer kg {kgf} D :Distance between center of reducer and the detent (m)
R :Torque arm reaction force kg {kgf} L1:Distance between center of reducer and bearing b (m)
G:Distance between center of driven shaft and center of gravity of reducer (m) L2:Distance between bearing a and bearing b (m)
Handling

* The output torque is + in rotating direction in the figure to the left and - for the inversed direction.

Dimensions when option torque arm is used (approximate value) It can be applied to the adapter type and inline type.
HMTA010-30H5∼35H1200 HMTA020-35H300∼480 HMTA075-35H5∼55H480 HMTA040-45H300∼480 HMTA550-55H5∼40
HMTA020-30H5∼200 HMTA040-30H5∼35H200 HMTA150-55H100∼200 HMTA150-45H5∼80
HMTA020-45H600∼1200 HMTA220-45H5∼55H120 HMTA370-55H5∼60
Model
HMTA040-55H600∼1200 HMTA200-35H300∼480
number
HMTA100-30H5∼35H1200
HMTA200-30H5∼200
HMTA200-45H600∼1200
G 0.10m 0.12m 0.13m 0.15m 0.26m

309
Technical information

■ Operation
1. Inspection before start
After installation and wiring are completed, check the following items before turning on the switch.
Confirm that the appropriate breaker and over current relay are used.
Confirm that the wiring is correct.
Confirm that the installation wires are securely connected.
In addition, in order to prevent the danger in advance,
Take appropriate measures at the device side in order to prevent dangerous situations, when such a
dangerous situation is expected by operating GEAR MOTOR, HYPOID MOTOR, and CROISE MOTOR or in
case these motors failed to work normally.

2. Flactuation of voltage and frequency


When voltage and frequency applied to the motor are not the specified values, take note that the feature
changes. The motor voltage of +/- 10% of the rated voltage do not affect the operation.

3. Load
The load higher than the specified amount is applied, lives of motor and gear may get affected. In addition, the
gear motor, hypoid motor, and croise motor may get damaged. Rated current values are specified on name
plates of the gear motor, hypoid motor, and croise motor. Pay close attention not to exceed those values.

4. Inspection before starting the operation


After starting the operation, inspect the following items.
 a. Confirm that the rotating direction is correct.
 b. Confirm that the maximum value of the current is within the value specified on the name plate.
 c. Confirm that there is no abnormal vibration or noise.
 d. Confirm that the starting frequency is not too many.
 e. Confirm that there is no shock.

■ Maintenance
In daily operations, simple maintenance by using the measuring tools and operators' five senses is
sufficient. Refer to the following items and pay attention during the operation.
 ・Noise --- Is the noise louder than usual? Is there periodical abnormal sound occurring?
 ・Vibration --- Is there abnormal vibration?
 ・Temperature rise --- Is the motor temperature higher than usual?

■ Grease lubrication (GEAR MOTOR, HYPOID MOTOR, MINI series)

Technical information
1. Grease lubrication
Grease is used for lubrication.

2. Grease injected type


A specified amount of lead-free grease is already injected before shipping. Use the motor as it is.

3. Grease change
Changing/refilling grease is usually not necessary. However, if the grease is changed after 20,000
hours of operation, the life will be prolonged.

4. Grease specification
Use grease for high-grade gears with a viscosity No.000 or equivalent.
Handling

5. Recommended grease
Nippon grease : Nigtight LMS No.000 (This is lead-free grease injected before delivery.)
Showa Shell Sekiyu K.K. : Alvania EP Grease R000
Nippon Oil Co., Ltd. : Pyronoc Universal 000

310
Handling

6. Grease injection amount


GEAR MOTOR TA series
・ GEAR MOTOR ・ Inline type reducer
・ CB GEAR MOTOR
・ Brake type GEAR MOTOR ・ Adapter type reducer
Motor output Reduction ratio Grease amount kg Motor output Reduction ratio Grease amount kg
1/10∼1/50 0.14 1/10∼1/25 0.14
0.1 kW
1/5・1/60∼1/200 0.3 0.1 kW 1/5・1/30∼1/75 0.3
1/300∼1/450 0.5+(0.35) 1/100∼1/200 0.5
1/600∼1/1200 1.1+(0.35) 1/10∼1/25 0.14
1/10∼1/25 0.14 0.2 kW 1/5・1/30∼1/75 0.3
1/5・1/30∼1/75 0.3 1/100∼1/200 0.5
0.2 kW 1/100∼1/200 0.5 1/5∼1/25 0.3
1/300∼1/450 1.1+(0.4) 0.4 kW 1/30∼1/75 0.5
1/600∼1/1200 1.3+(0.4) 1/100∼1/200 1.1
1/5∼1/25 0.3 1/5∼1/25 0.5
1/30∼1/75 0.5 0.75 kW 1/30∼1/75 1.1
0.4 kW 1/100∼1/200 1.1 1/100∼1/200 1.3
1/300∼1/450 1.4+(0.8) 1/5∼1/30 1.3
1/600∼1/1200 2.8+(0.8) 1.5 kW 1/40∼1/75 2.8
1/5∼1/25 0.5 1/100∼1/200 4.2
1/30∼1/75 1.1 1/5∼1/30 1.3
0.75 kW 1/100∼1/200 1.3 2.2 kW 1/40∼1/75 2.8
1/300∼1/450 2.8+(1.0) 1/100∼1/200 4.2
1/5∼1/30 1.3 1/5∼1/30 2.8
1.5 kW 1/40∼1/75 1.4 3.7 kW 1/40・1/50 2.8
1/100∼1/200 2.8
1/5∼1/30 1.3
2.2 kW 1/40∼1/75 2.8
1/100∼1/200 4.2
1/5∼1/30 2.8
3.7 kW 1/40・1/50 2.8
5.5 kW 1/5∼1/30 3.3

Note) The ( ) value of the grease amount shows an injection amount at the first step reducer of four stage deceleration (1/300 ∼ 1/1200).

HYPOID MOTOR T A series


(H: Hollow shaft, U; Face mount) (L: Foot mount type)
Frame number
Motor capacity Reduction ratio Injection amount kg Motor capacity Frame number Reduction ratio Injection amount kg
H U
1/5∼1/50 0.27 19 1/5∼1/50 0.17
20 22
1/60∼1/120 0.23 22 1/60∼1/120 0.23
0.1kW
24 1/160∼1/200 0.33 0.1kW 1/60 0.40
100W 30 24
28 1/300∼1/480 0.33+(0.15) 100W 1/80∼1/200 0.33
35 38 1/600∼1/1200 0.53+(0.15) 28 1/300∼1/480  0.33+(0.15)
1/5∼1/25 0.27 38 1/600∼1/1200 0.53+(0.15)
20 22
1/30∼1/60 0.23 19 1/5∼1/50 0.17
0.2kW
30 28 1/80∼1/200 0.33 22 1/60 0.23
200W
35 38 1/300∼1/480 0.53+(0.15) 0.2kW 1/60 0.40
28
45 42 1/600∼1/1200 1.15+(0.20) 200W 1/80∼1/200 0.33
30 28 1/5∼1/50 0.33 38 1/300∼1/480 0.53+(0.20)
35 38 1/60∼1/200 0.53 42 1/600∼1/1200 1.14+(0.20)
0.4W
45 42 1/300∼1/480 1.15+(0.40) 24 1/5∼1/50 0.28
55 50 1/600∼1/1200 3.80+(0.40) 38 1/60∼1/200 0.53
0.4W
1/5∼1/30 0.67 42 1/300∼1/480 1.14+(0.40)
35 38
1/40∼1/50 0.53 50 1/600∼1/200 3.80+(0.40)
0.75kW
45 42 1/60∼1/200 1.15 30 1/5∼1/50 0.47
Technical information

55 50 1/300∼1/480 3.70+(0.70) 0.75kW 42 1/60∼1/200 1.15


1/5∼1/30 1.40 50 1/300∼1/480 3.70+(0.70)
45 42
1.5kW 1/40∼1/80 1.15 1/5∼1/30 1.40
42
55 50 1/100∼1/200 3.80 1.5kW 1/40∼1/80 1.15
1/5∼1/20 1.40 50 1/100∼1/200 3.80
45 42
2.2kW 1/25∼1/60 1.15 1/5∼1/20 1.40
42
55 50 1/80∼1/120 3.80 2.2kW 1/25∼1/60 1.15
1/5∼1/20 3.70 50 1/80∼1/120 3.80
3.7kW 55 50
1/25∼1/60 3.40 1/5∼1/20 3.70
3.7kW 50
1/5∼1/20 3.70 1/25∼1/60 3.40
5.5kW 55 50
1/25∼1/40 3.40 1/5∼1/20 3.70
5.5kW 50
Note) The ( ) value of the grease amount shows an injection amount at the first step reducer. 1/25∼1/40 3.40

GEAR MOTOR MINI series HYPOID MOTOR MINI series


Reduction ratio Grease amount g Reduction ratio Grease amount g
1/5∼1/30 100 1/5∼1/60 180
40W
40W 1/40∼1/120 70 1/80∼1/240 150
Handling

1/160∼1/240 120 1/5∼1/60 300


60W
1/5∼1/20 100 1/80∼1/240 230
60W
1/25∼1/120 70 1/5∼1/60 300
90W
1/160∼1/240 120 1/80∼1/240 230
1/5∼1/20 100
90W
1/25∼1/60 70
1/80∼1/120 120

311
Technical information

■ Oil lubrication (CROISE MOTOR)


1. Oil lubrication
Oil is used for lubrication.

2. Pre-injected oil
A specified amount of oil (Daphne oil TE260) is already injected before shipping. Use the motor as it is.

3. Oil change
¡Frame number 13 to 28 of the reducer have a sealed structure. Therefore, for most of the cases, replacement, refilling of lubricating oil is not necessary.
However, if the deterioration of the oil is severe due to operating condition, change the oil after 2,500 hours of operation. The life will be prolonged.
¡For frame number 32 to 50 of the reducer, conduct maintenance as follows.
① For the first-time oil change, change the oil after 1,000 hours of operation.
② For the second-time oil change, change the oil after 5,000 hours of operation according to the operation conditions.

4. Pressure vent
¡Frame number 13 to 28 of the reducer have a sealed-type structure. Therefore, the pressure vent is not necessary.
¡For frame numbers from 32 to 50 of the reducer, confirm that the reducer is mounted in standard installation and
then attach the provided pressure vent first. After installation, check the oil level by using the oil gauge.
In case of installations other than the standard type, instruct at the time of order.

5. Recommended lubricating oil


Maker Recommended lubricating oil

Industrial gear oil Class 2 ISO VG320


(worm gear)

ExxonMobil Mobile 600W cylinder oil


(ISO VG380)
Esso Spartan EP320
Showa Shell Sekiyu Omala S2G
IDEMITSU Daphne CE compound 320S

Note) Conduct the following maintenance when the recommended lubrication oil above is used.
① For the first time change, change the oil after 500 hours of operation.
② For the second-time oil change, change the oil after 5,000 hours of operation according to the operation conditions.

6. Approximate oil level (L)


CSMA series HCMA series
Reducer frame Foot mount Face mount Hollow shaft Foot mount Face mount Hollow shaft
number type type type type type type

Technical information
13 0.13 0.05 0.05 ─ ─ ─
16 0.20 0.10 0.10 0.37 0.37 0.29
22 0.36 0.24 0.24 0.7 0.7 0.6
28 0.55 0.55 0.55 1.4 1.4 1.2
32 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.6 1.6 1.4
40 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.8 2.8 2.5
50 3.3 3.3 3.3 5.3 5.3 4.7
Note 1) Above oil amount is applied when the reducer is mounted in a standard installation direction (installation number 0 or 1).
Regardless of the motor kW and reduction ratio, the same oil amount is applied for the reducers with the same frame numbers in
the same series.
Note 2) In case of installation number 5 of HCMA series, increase the oil amount for 60% (approximate oil amount).

■ Oil seal
Handling

At the shaft seal of the reducer, a contact-type oil seal is applied. Replacement is almost unnecessary.
However, if the seal is changed after 10,000 hours of operation, the life of reducer will be prolonged.
The life span of the oil seal changes due to operating conditions. There are cases that replacement is
necessary before the operating time reaches 10,000 hours.
In addition, in case of devices that do not get along with oil, such as food machinery, use a damage
prevention system such as oil saucer for unexpected oil leak, due to failure or expiration of lifetime.
 ※In rare cases, grease discharges from the oil seal ripped section at the very beginning of the operation. This
grease is excessive grease filled at the time of assembly, and there is no function failure in the reducer.

312
Handling Technical information

■ Causes and countermeasures of failures


1. Causes and countermeasure for gear motors, hypoid motors, and croise motors failures
Failure contents Cause Countermeasure
Power supply check, contact power
Power failure
supply company
Disconnection of the connecting wire Circuit check
Motor does not revolve in Contact failure of the switch Repair or replacement
no-load status Disconnection of stator winding Repair in special factory
Single-phase at where is supposed to be three-
Terminal voltage check
phase
Toothed wheel, shaft, bearing are damaged Repair in special factory
Voltage drop Wiring length check
does not turn when loaded Abrasion on toothed wheel Repair in special factory
Overload operation Decrease the load
Overload operation Decrease the load
Too high starting and stopping frequencies Decrease the frequency.
Abnormal heat generation
Bearing damage Repair or replacement
Voltage is too high or too low Voltage check
Continuous sound - Bearing damage, toothed
Repair in special factory
wheel abrasion
High sound
Intermittent sound - Flaw on toothed wheel or
Repair in special factory
foreign object is bit.
Toothed wheel and bearing abrasion Repair in special factory
Large vibration
Installation failure, bolt loosening Re-tighten
Loosening of tightening parts Re-tighten
Grease is leaking
Oil seal damage Replacement

2. Causes and countermeasure for brake-type gear motors, hypoid motors and croise motor failures
Failure contents Cause Countermeasure
Wrong wire connection Connection check
Brake does not work
Switch failure Replace, repair
Grease, dust, etc. attached to lining Overhauling
Lining life span Replace, repair
Insufficient braking
Long braking time Load inertia is too large Lower load inertia
Change to DC separate cut
Technical information

AC simultaneous cut connection


connection
Wrong wire connection for brake Connection check
Motor does not turn
Motor overheat Large brake gap Gap adjustment
Thermal relay starts DC module failure Replace, repair
operating. Disconnection or short circuit of brake coil Repair in special factory
Braking sound is large
Contact failure of switch Replace, repair
Highly frequent braking Decrease the frequency
Abnormal heat generation
Load torque and load inertia are large Decrease the load

The above table indicates the causes and countermeasures of troubles most commonly occur in daily
operations.
Handling

If there are any other questions, please contact your dealer.


At that time, please inform the following data on the name plate.
 (1) Manufacturing number (MFG NO.)
 (2) Model number (TYPE)
 (3) Motor capacity (POWER)
 (4) Reduction ratio (RATIO) or revolution speed (OUTPUT SPEED)
 (5) Drawing number (DRAWING NO.)

313
Catalog No.985M001-2  2013/12 M 
500

You might also like